ee eh ee

—

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB,
August, 1890.

of the Editors of the
griculturist.

This portrait is provided through

the courtes
American

BULLETIN

OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

BAG) Pe tag oi
i}

FounDED By WiLuIam H. LEGGETT, 1870.

MISSOURI
BOTANICAL,
GARDEN.

NEW YORK:
18go.

GENERAL INDEX.

(Illustrated articles are designated by an asterisk* before the page number.)

A. A. A. S., Botanical Club of the, at Indiana-
polis, Proceedings of, 235.

A, A. A.S., Botanical papers presented before
the P's: of Biology at Indianapolis. List

of,

fo bet Bet 6 Note upon, 102.

Appointment of Dr. Thos. Morong to the Cu-
ratorship of the Columbia College Herb-
arium, 319.

Asplenium ebenoides, A new locality for, 287.

Asplenium pinnatifidum, Notes on, 257, 261.

Aster, A new North American, #37,

Bibliographical Notes on well-known plants,

ges
Botanical Museum and Laboratory of Michigan
Agricultural College, Burning of the, 103.
Botanical Diss, 16, 38, 102, 156, 180, 216, 240,
259, 287,
Botanists, x ide tee collection of, 154.
Botrychium simplex in Maryland, 177.
Brachytrichia Quoyii, 175.
Breweria humistrata, and B. aquatica, 157.
Brown University, Progress at, 240.
Bruchia, A new moss of the genus, #100.
Buxbaumia indusiata, 126.

Carices, Notes on two, 261.

Carices of the upper half of the Keweenaw Pe-
ninsula, 61.

Castilleia, Notes on, 34.

Cheilanthes Brandegei, Nn. sp., *215.

Contributions from the National Herbarium, 216.

Contributions to Canadian Bryology, II. 83,
ai;, O71.
ContTRIBUTORS :
Andrews, E. F., 157,

Bailey, L. H., 61.

Bailey, W. W., 240.

eal. W. J., 103, 153-

Beauchamp, W. M., 285.

Bebb, M. S., 149.

Bennett, James L., 259.

Best, G. N., 141.

Britton, E. G: +) 175 21, 22, 40, A 157, 165, 180,
182, 189, 222, 260, 266, 296, 3190.

Brition, N. L., 9, 14, 23, 24, 45) 53s 741 80, 9%,
IIO, 121, 156, 164, 166, 182, 183, 184, 188,
2II, 220, 221, 222, 223, 241, 246, 262, 265,
281, 289, 292, 295, 310, 319, 322, 324, 327,

328, 330.
Campbell, Douglas H., *11r3.
Glaypole, K. B., xor.
Cockerell, T. D. A. Reade
Collins, Frank S. +) 175-
Coville, KF) V.., “x, 189.
Davis, Chas, A., 318.
Day, David F., 102.
Deane, Walter, 316.
Eaton, D. C., *100, 126, *215.

Eckfeldt, John W., 255.
Egerton, John B., 177.
Fernald, Merritt L., 261.

Graves, Chas., B., 320.

Greene, Edw. L., 13.
Gregory, Emily L., 16, 38, 39, 76, *247.
Halsted, Byron D., 95, 103, 104, 151, 176, 287.

aa 242, 243, 262, 269, 322.

Hosmer, A. W., 240.
Johnson, a 287.
Kain, ©. 18:
Macoun, i. re

McDonald, F, _ ae
McDonald, Frank, 285.
McMillan, Conway, 260.
Northrop, A. B97;
Nothrop, J. I., 27.
Peck, Chas. H., 103.
Peirce, Geo. J., "30m
Porter, Thos. C. : 15, “97, 67, 275.
Powell, Sicha, ei 7
Rand, Edw, os 395 aoe
Redfield, J. a 8.
usb Bs; aI, 159, *204, 293, 330.
eer? be F, i *225. abe
Small, John Ki 257.
Spruce, Richard, 259.
Stone, Witmer, 261.
Underwood, Lucien M., 154, 258.
Vasey, Geo., 178.
Vail, Anna Murray, 105, 179, 185, 217, 241,
20.
Watson, Sereno, 97.
Wheelock, Wm. a , 191
Corticium Oakesii and Tiisieners Artocreas,
*301,—Desmodium sessilifolium, 320.

Entyloma, a new, 9

Enumeration of ine ‘Plants collected by Dr. He
H. Rusby in South America, 1885-1886, X.
9; XL. 53, S1LrGr, LE sez, XIV. 281.

Fern, a new for North America, 215.

Flora of the ee Lakes, Some further
notes on the,

Flora of the Suman of Mt. Monadnock, N. H.,
in July, 316.

Forms, On the naming of in the New Jersey
Catalogue, 121.

Fuirena, Revision of the United States species of
the Genus, 7,

Fungi of Maryland, a munificent gift, 103.

Grasses in the wrong genus cover, 153.

Grasses, new or little known, II. *225.

Gray’s Manual, The new Edition of 67, 97, 131,
132, 169, 287.

Handbook of the Mosses of Northeastern Amer-

ica, 2

Hepatice Brittanice Exsiccatz, 319.

Heuchera, A descriptive list of species of the
genus, 191.

Hybrid Grimmias, 157.

Hybrid Desmid, 158.

"oe

iv

Illinois Flora, Additions to, 156.
Index to Recent American Botanical Literature,
18, 41, 77, 106, 128, 158, 180, 218, 242, 262, 289,

322.
Indian Bread root, 285.

Laboratory of Biological research of the Brook-
lyn, Institute, 180.

Lejeunea, A new North American, 258.

Lichens of the United States, A further enu-
meration of some, 255.

Ligusticum Scoticum, new localities, 310.

Melica and Poa, Notes on, 178.
Missouri Botanic Garden, 16.

Nasturtium Armoracia, The pinnatifid leaves of,

318.

New localities, 287.

Phanerogams, New or Noteworthy North Amer-
ican, III. 310.

New varieties of well known species, 15.

Notes on the manner of growth of the cell wall,
*247.

Parry, Charles Christopher, 74.

Pentstemon albidus, Note on the Eastward ex-
tension of, .260.

Phlox bifida, Geographical distribution of, 285.

Pinus Banksiana at the West, 64.

Plant Notes from Tadousac and Temiscouata
Co,, Canada

Plants found in iain Lake, Sept. 1st, 1889,
Notes on some, tor.

Polygonatum biflorum, 259.

Proceedings of the Club, 25, 48, 82, 111, 136,
168, 189, 270, 300, 332.

Reviews of Foreign Literature, 16, 38, 76, 104,

156, 179, 217, 241, 288, 320.

Capture of insects by tricularia, 39.

Chrysanthemum Samuel Henshaw, 10s.

Conspectus Flore Europaez, 241.

Della presenza di Stipole nella Lonicera
ceerulea, 217.

Diatomées Fossiles du Japon, 18.

Die Gattungen der Pomaceen, 156.

Di una nuova stazione Italiana di Galin-
soga parviflora, ed Eleusine Indica; e
della presenza di altre pianti esotiche
nelle vicinanze di Verona, 179.

)

Freie Gefassbundel in den Halmen von Oly-

ra, 16,

Introduction to Fresh-water Alga, with an
Enumeration of all the British Species,
288.

Les Plantes Aquatiques Alimentaires, 4o.

Monographie der Gattung Orobanche, 241.

Recherches expérimentales sur les Modifica-
tions des Feuilles chez les plantes mari-
times, 241.

Recherches sur la transpiration et |’ assimi-
lation pendant les nuits Norvégiennes,
105.

Sur certains Rapports entre L’Arabie Heu-
rense et L’Ancienne Egypte, résultant
de son dernier Voyage au Yémen; par
le Dr. G. Schweinfurth. M.E. Autran,
Geneve, 1890, 320.

Sur la présence en Anjou de |’ Equisetum
littorale, Kuhlwein, 17.

Sur les procédes employé és par les Japonais
pour obtenir des Arbres nains, 4o.

The Encasing of Protoplasm in reference to
the Function of the Cell Nucleus, 38.
Ueber Anlage und Ausbildung von Libri-

formfasern in Abhangigkeit von aus-
seren Verhaltnissen, 76.
White Huckleberries, 104,
Rhexia aristosa, n. sp., *14.
Roses, North American, Remarks on the Group
Cinnamomez of, 141.
Rudbeckia, Tubular Flowers i in, 240.

Stellaria humifusa, Rottb, 38.
Stellaria pubera, 157.

Studies in Cell-division, *113.
Subularia aquatica, L., 102.

Thurber, Dr. George, A biographical sketch of,
*204.

Tragopogon, A possible natural hybrid, 176.

Viola pubescens, 38.

Weeds, A distribution of, 287.
Western Plants, The Revised Manual and some,

169,
Willows, White Mountain, IV. 149.

Zygodesmus, and its new species, Notes upon,
151.

Errata, VoLume XVII.

Page 18, last line, for Delessaria, read Delesseria,
bs 18, ‘* ‘* ‘* Rhodomenia, read Rhodymenia.
ih: 31, 4th line from bottom, 1st column, for Elscholtzia, read Elsholtzia.

46, line 8, for Marigold, read Mangold.

et 49, line 24, for completes read commences,

109, third line from bottom, for both, read host,
135, line 32, for Salia, read Salix.
220, last line, for Devzea, read Devoea.

‘* 316, line 20, for avenicola, read arenicola,

322, last line but one, for Dematium, read Dermatium.

eo

GENERIC INDEX.

Abatia, 214. Apocynum, 31, 33.
Abies, 31, 135, 180, 289. Apona, 184.
Abutilon, 128, 246. Aponogeton, 41.
Acacia, 222. Aquilegia, 43, 123, 138.
Acena, 11, 106, Arabis, 15, 68, 137, 291.
Acalypha, 44, 77. Arachis, 109.
Acer, 290. Aralia, 33, 80, 124, 134, 138.
Acerates, 265. Araliopsis, 134.
Acetabularia, 19. Araucarioxylon, 108, 218.
Achillea, 34. Arbutus, 295.
Acineta, 322. Arceuthobium, 23, 70.
Aciotis, 57. Arctostaphylos, 75, 159.
py Acisanthera, 54. Arenaria, 33, 140, 172, 317.
- Aconitum, 262. Argythamnia, 44.
| Acrostichum, 289. Aristolochia, 70, 158, 223, 323.
Actza, 32. Armillaria, 323.
Actinella, 235. Arnica, 97.
Adelobotrys, 58. Arracacia, 80, 332. ,
Adenaria, 212. Artemisia, 46, 237, 266, 292.
Adenostephanus, 223. Arthonia, 256.
Adonis, 18. Artocreas, 306.
/Echmea, 290. Ascochyta, 78.
/Egopogon, 232. Asclepias, 289.
AEschynomene, 22, 60, 80. Ascomyces, 183.
Esculus, 183, 236, 242. Asimina, 330.
Agave, 42, 80, 290. Aspidium, 28, 30, 32, 292, 325-
Agrimonia, 33. Aspidophyllum, 134.
Agropyrum, 31, 173. Asplenium, 108, 139, 215, 216, 257, 261, 287, 289,
oo : Agrostis, 31. 300.
ine Ailanthus, 102. Aster, 16, 24, 33) 37) 70) 96, 128, 140, 164, 173, 180,
Aira, 139. 262, 292, 322, 325.
Albizzia, 321. Astragalus, 24, 31, 181, 224, 265, 291.
ree cmagenes or: Atrichum, 275.
Aletris, 140. Atriplex, 79, 80.
: Aleurodiscus, 304. Attalea, 42.
5 Aifordia, 80. ; Avena, 72.
; Allamanda, 180. Avicennia, 165.
: Allium, 79, 117, 118, 120, 121, 130, 158, 159, | Axinza, 57.
164, 244. Azolla, 221, 289.
Alnus, 164.
Alsia, 275. Bacillus, 264.
Alsomitra, 284. : Bacterium, 235, 296.
Alyssum, 268. Baptisia, 164.
Amarantus, 29, 185. Barbacenia, 223, 290.
Amblystegium, 222. . Barbula, 88, 244.
Ambrosia, 06. Batrachospermum, 189.
eS Amelanchier, 31, 43, 156. Beggiatoa, 219.
— Ammannia, 99, 173. Begonia, 284.
: Amorpha, 164, 180. Belangera, 223.
Ampelopsis, 22, 236. Bellis, 163, 268.
Amphicarpza, 265. Bellucia, 212.
Amsinckia, 185. Beloperone, 80.
Amyris, 330. Bernardia, 44. \
Anabena, 81. Berula, 69
i: Andreza, 83. Beta, 46.
a, Androstephium, 158. Betula, 13, 24, 30.
tae Anemone, 44, 82, 123, 128. Betulites, rro.
; Aneura, 126, 266. Bignonia, 219.
Angstroemia, 84. Blakea, 212.
Anhalonium, 291. Blepharostoma, 126, 266.
Anona, 330. Blindia, 88.
Anthoceros, 266. Blumenbackia, 281.
Anthostomella, 265. Boerhaavia, 80.
a Antirrhinum, 43. Bonnemaisonia, 19.
ec Antitrichia, 275. Boschniakia, 241.
Apera, 23. Botrychium, 32, 72, 139, 177:
Aphyllon, 137, 241. Botrytis, 45, 79.
Apios, 285. Bouteloua, 140, 229, 231, 232, 246,
Apium, 79. Brachyontum, 57.
Aplopappus, 24, 80, 224, 246, Brachythecium, 222, 278,

Brachytrichia, 175.
Brasenia, 33.
Brassica, a 244.
Breweria, 157.
Brickellia, 185.
Brizopyrum, 229.
Brodiza, 219.
Bromus, 31, 156.
Brosimum, 223.
Bruchia, 100.
Brunella, 32, 125.
Bryonia, 39.
Bryopsis, 322.
Bryum, 244, 273.
Buchloe, 220.
Buchnera, 70.
Buckleya, 159.
Buda, 131.
Bursera, 80, 186, 330.
Buxbaumia, 126.

Cabomba, 78.

Cezsalpinia, 80.

Calamintha, 140.

Calandrinia, 312.

Calendula, 97, 164.

Callithamnion, 19, 158.
la, 28. ‘

-Callirrhoe, gg.

Callitriche, 139, 287.
Calluna, 108.
Calochortus, 167, 263, 291.
Calophysa, 211,
Bercperon, 125, 140, 190.
oe zeria, gs
tha, 99, 138, 199.
Calyptranthes, 12.
rosporium, 265,
Camassia, 43, 292.
Campanea, 1
Campanula, 27, 128, 164.
Camptosema, 22,
ptosorus, 178.
Camptothecium, 277.
Canchalagua, 29r.
Canella, 330.
Canotia, 330.
Paotbareilas, 187,
Cantharomyces, 165.
Capparis, 330.
Capsella, 34, 268, 311.
psicum, 109.
Caraguata, 263.
Cardamine, 166.
Cardiospermum, 246, 328.
Carex, 31, 61, 71, 139, 181, 261, 262, 317.
Carica, 283.
Carpinus, 108, 140.
m, 31.
Carya, 132.
ria, 214.
Cassandra, 25, 28.
Cassia, 265, 313.
Cassine, 78.
Castalia, 123, 246.
Castilleia, 34, 80.
Catalpa, 323.
Cayaponia, 283.
Ceanothus, 45, 75, 185, 222, 235.
Celtis, 79.
Cenchrus, 80.
Cephalotaxus, 4o.
Cephalotus, 245.
Cephalozia, 126, 266.
Ceramiun, 158.
Cerastium, 45, 157.
Ceratodon, 87.
Cercidophyllum, 168,
Cercidium, 222,
Cercis, 265.
Cercospora, 297.

ae ee a ee

vl

Cereus, 80, 128, 290, 291.
Cherophyllum, rog.
Chetocalyx, 22.
Cheetogastra, 54.

Chara, 19, 30, 116, 120, 121.
Cheilanthes, 80, 215.
Chelone, 32.
Chenspedicts, 31, 164.
Chiloscyphus, 266.
Chimaphila, 299.
Chiogenes, 138.
Chlorosplenium, 323.
Chorizanthe, 75, 80, 133.
Chroa, ro.
Chrysanthemum, 34, 105, 183.
Chrysophyllum, rro,
Chrysosplenium, 31.
Chydorus, 4o.

Cicuta, 33.

Cimicifuga, 140.
Cinchona, 42.

Cintracta, 20.

Citrus, 325.

Cladonia, 30.

Cladophora, 114, 116, 121, 158.
Cladosporium, 265.
Clathrocystis, 81.
Clathrus, 106,

Clavaria, 322.

Clavatia, 130.

Claviceps, 188.

Clematis, 32, 243, 332.
Cleome, 190.

Clethra, 25.

Clidemia, 211.

Clintonia, 28, 32, 78, 138.
Clitocybe, 322.

Clitopilus, 23.

Closterium, 181.

Cnicus, 29, 34, 70, 124, 237.
Coccoloba, 327.
Cochlearia, 244.
Cochliostema, ro.
Ccelospherium, 81.
Collema, 182.
Colletotrichum, 236, 265, 295.
Collinsia, 24.

Collinsonia, 29.
Comandra, 28, 139.
Comatricha, 322.
Combretum, 12.
Commelina, 179.
Coniosporium, 322.
Conium, 140, 237.
Conobea, 99.

Conopholis, 168.
Convolvulus, 43, 140, 182, 238.
Coprinus, 182, 292, 322.
Coptis, 28, 31, 32, 138.
Corallorhiza, 28, 30, 31, 139.
Coreopsis, 23, 106.
Cornularia, 222.

Cornus, 29, 138, 168, 243, 264, 292.

Corticium, 301, 322.
Corydalis, 33, 137, 172.
Cosmarium, 20.
Cotoneaster, 156.
Cotyledon, 80.
Couepia, 10, 163.
Crambe, 244.
Cranocarpus, 22.
Crategus, 69, 222, 264.
Crepis, 237.
Cristatella, 224.
Crithmum, 244.
Crocus, 244.
Crossosoma, 128.
Crotalaria, 22, 224, 312.
Croton, 20, 44, 183.

| Cucumis, 46.

Cucurbita, 266.

Cucurbitaria, 135.
Cuphea, 212.
Cupressinoxylon, 108.
Cupressus, 245, 327.
Cuscuta, 80, 224.
Cycadites, 82.
Cycadoidea, 46.
Cyclanthera, 80, 283.
Cycioloma, 287.
Cylindrosporium, 219.
Cynodon, 322.
Cynodontium, 84.
Cyperus, 315.
Cypripedium, 138, 299.
Cystopteris, 45.

_ Cystopus, 134.

Dactylis, 97.

Dalea, 80.
Danthonia, 22.
Daphnopsis; 223.
Darlingtonia, 106, 245.
Datisca, 13.
Datura, 122.
Delesseria, 18.
Dendrodochium, 20,
Dendromecon, 163.
Dennstzdtia, 21.

. Dentaria, 45.

Dermatium, 322.
Deschampsia, 31.
Desmarestia, 18.
Desmatodon, 88.

Desmodium, 164, 246, 263, 320.

Deveea, 220,
Dianthus, go.

-Diapensia, 45.

Dichodontium, 84.
Dichorisandra, 223.
Dicksonia, 21.
Diclytra, 137.
Dicranella, 85.
Dicranoweissia, 84.
Dicranum, 85, 132, 222.

_ Dictyocardites, 80.

Dictyopteris, 19.
Dictyota, 300.
Didymodon, 88.
Didymospheeria, 265.
Diervilla,

Diodia, 287.
Diospyros, 328.
Diplachne, 80.
Diplodia, 265.
Dipsacus, 183.
Dirca, 164.
Discopleura, 224.
Distichium, 88.
Distichlis, 184, 229.
Dodecatheon, 167.
Donnelismithia, 81.
Downingia, 167, 185.
Draba, 52, 82, 164.
Drosera, 33, 139.
Drymaria, 80.
Dulichium, 31.
Dysodia, 237.

Echinocactus, 163, 290.
Echinocystis, 284.
Echium, 140.
Elaterium, 284.
Eleocharis, 20, 31, 41.
Eleusine, 179.
Elsholtzia, 29, 31.
Embothrium, 183.
Empetrum, 27.
Bacelzpts, 273.
Encelia, 80, 183, 244.
Entocladia, 322,
Entomosporium, 220, 290.

Entophysa, 19.

Entyloma, 95, 265. ave
Ephedra, 106. _
Epigaa, 31, 78, 137. a

Epilobium, 20, 124, 213, 238, 292.
Epipactis, 23.

Episcia, 264.

Episcotorus, 291.

Equisetum, 17, 23, 29, 31, 72, 242.
Eremiastrum, 291.

Erigenia, 70.

Erigeron, 31, 133, 140, 224.
Eriocaulon, 102, 315.
Eriodendron, 224.

Eriodictyon, 24.

Eriogonum, 75, 80, 106, 246, 324.
Eriogynia, 291, 325.
Eriophorum, 28, 31, 45, 317-
Eriophyllum, 24.

Erodium, 46, 52.

Erythrea, 263.

Erythronium, 43.
Erythroxylon, 42.

Escalionia, 11.

Eschscholtzia, 244, 265.
Euastrum, 20, 158.

Eucaly ptus, 12, 325.

Eucharis, 107, 325.

Eucladium, 181.

Eugenia, 53.

Eulophus, 81.

Eunanus, 24, 185.

Euonymus, 249.

Eupatorium, 33, 124, 129.
Euphorbia, 44, 70, 183, 239, 244, 246, 290, 291.
Euphrasia, 27.

Eurhynchiun, 278.

Eurotia, 46.

Euryale, 41.

Eutypella, 323.

Evolvulus, 224.

- Bee

Fagara, 165.
Fagus, 31.
Ficus, 235, 254.
Fimbristylis, 173.
Fissidens, 82, 87.
Fittonia, 45.
Floerkea, 96.
Fragaria, 11, 15, 33.
Franseria, 80,
Frasera, 263.
Fraxinus, 31.
Fremontia, 330.
Fritillaria, 263.
Freelichia, 224.
Frullania, 266.
Fuchsia, 213, 214.
Fuirena, *r.

Fusarium, 323.
Fusicladium, 290, 322.

Galactia, 22.
Galaxaura, 322.
Galeopsis, 29, 34-
Galinsoga, 140, 179. oie
Galium, 31, 33. oe
Garrya, 159, 183, 243. a
Gaultheria, 25. ‘
Gaura, 246.

Gaylussacia, 25, 125, 295.
Gentiana, 73, 125, 140.
Geranium, 45.

Gerardia, 125.

Geum, 33.
Gilia, 80, 185. 3
Ginkgo, 4o. :
Gleditschia, 14. 5 “
Gleeosporium, 180, 290, 323. #
Glyceria, 72. 4

Gnaphalium, 31.

Gnomonia, 20.
tas cigar 46.
YES, 20, 31, 139.
Gordonia, 330.
any ium, 207.
Gracillaria, 18, 19.
Greeffenriedia, 58.
Graphis, 256.
Griffithsia, 239.
Grimmia, 99, 157, 271.
Grindelia, 24.
Guiacum, 330.
Gunnera, 12.
Guranta, 283.
Gustavia, 54.
Gymnostomum, 83.
Gynerium, 166.

Habenaria, 30, 270.
Hematomyces, 323.
Halenia, 28.

Hanburia, 108.
Hansteinia, 265.
Haplopappus, 108.
Harpidium, 222.
Helianthemum, 80, 265.
Helianthus, 140.
Helietta, 222, 330.
Helosis, 187.

Helotium, 323.
Hemizonia, 244.
Heppia, 182.
Heracleum, 31.
Herpestis, 80.

Hesperis, 140, 322.
Hesperocallis, 163.
Heteropsis, 295.
Heuchera, 130, 166, 191.
Hibiscus, 79.

Hicoria, 24, 108, 131, 221.
Hieraceum, 23, 70, 105, 140, 292.
Hippocampus, 221.
Hippuris, 69.

Hirtella, ro, 163.
Hoffmannseggia, 80,
Homalothecium, 276.
Honkenya, 45,
Hookeria, 181.
Hormactis, 175.
Horsfordia, 80.
Hosackia, 80, 224, 312.
Houstonia, 33, 44.
Howellia, 167.
Hutchinsia, 311.
Hydnun, 20.
Hydrocotyle, 322.
Hydrothyria, 182.
Hymenolobus, 311.
Hypericum, 31, 33, 109, 245, 311, 328.
Hypopitys, 31.
Hypnun, 126, 163, 181, 279.
Hypoxylon, 267.

Ilex, 69, 139, 221, 222, 257, 313, 314, 330.

Impatiens, 33, 45, 270.
Inga, 9.
Ipomea, 80, 246.
Irpex, 322.
Isaria, 295, 322.
Iscenurus, 229.
Isoetes, 101, 137, 184, 221, 239.
Isothecium, 222, 278.
pyrum, 240.
Iva, 237.

Jaliscoa, 292.

Jeffersonia, 68, 166.

Jouvea, 225, 233.

Juglans, 81, 135.

uncus, 31, 71, 173) 185) 236, 317,
Jungermannia, 126, 266,

4
4
7
5
~

-

viii

Juniperus, 28, 70, 110.
usslaa, 213.
usticia, 80,

Kalmia, 25, 28, 30, 138, 267.
Kalymenia, 18.

Kantia, 266.

Kelseya, 235.

Keeberlinia, 222, 330.
Kullhemia, 323.

Laboulbenia, 165.
Lachnanthes, 322.
Lactarius, 322.
Lactuca, 224, 235, 237.
Lelia, 130.
Lamium, 268.
Larix, 245.
Lathyrus, 28, 263.
Lavatera, 129, 245, 295.
ia, 24.

Leandra, 58.
Lecanora, 256.
Lechea, 172, 240.
Lecidia, 255.
Lecythis, 54.
Ledum, 28, 30, 138, 317.
Leioscyphus, 266.
Lejeunea, 258, 266.
Lemanea, 184.
Leontodon, 190, 237, 315.
Lepidium, 185, 242, 311.
Lepidospartum, 292.
Lepidozia, 266.
Lepiota, 323.
Leptogium, 182.
Leptotrichum, 88.
Leuchtenbergia, 29r.
Leucocoryne, 158.
Leucophyllum, 295.
Leucothoe, 137.
Liatris, 124.
Licania, o.
Ligusticum, 46, 319.
Lilium, 32, 79, 125, 140, 323.
Linaria, 96, 224.
Linnza, 70.
Linum, 135, 242, 248.
Liparis, 137.
Lippia, 80, 263.
Liquidambar, 268.
Liriodendron, 330.
Listera, 20, 31.
Lithospermum, 224, 290.
Loasa, 281.
Lobelia, 31, 33, 96, 101, 125, 140, 186, 245.
Loeflingia, 295.
Loeselia, 263.
Lonicera, 138, 140, 165, 217.
Lopezia, 80.
Lophocolea, 266.

tus, 312.
Lucuma, tro.
Ludwigia, 315.
Lueddemannia, 222.
Luffa, 283.
Lupinus, 124.
Lycesteria, 217.
Lycopodium, 29, 32, 72, 139, 236.
Lycoperdon, 135.
Lycopus, 32.
Lygodium, 72.
Lyngbya, 81.
Lyonothamnus, 222, 326.
Lyrocarpa, 80
Lysiloma, 80.
Lythrum, 80, 323.

Macrodendron, 223.
Macrosporium, 130, 133, 322,
Magnolia, 330,

Malacothrix, 24.
Malesherbsia, 283.
Malva, 46, 268.
Mamillaria, 80, 2Go.
Marasmius, 322.
Marsilia, 221, 242.
Martynia, 46.
Masdevallia, 222.
Massangea, 132.
Medeola, 324.
Medicago, 46, 266.
Melampsora, 135.
Melampyrun, 137.
Melanocenchris, 232.
Melica, 153, 178.
Melopepo, 266.
Melothria, 283.
Menispermun, 06.
Mentha, 31, 32, 46, 100.
Mentzelia, 185.
Merenia, ro.
Meriania, 58.
Mertensia, 28.
Mesocarpus, 185.
Metzgeria, 266.
Michenera, 301.
Miconia, 59, gt.
eieathetta: 54
Micrasterias, 41.
Micromycetes, 222.
Micropeltis, 20.
Microphysa, 212.
Microseris, 222.
Microstylis, 28, 31.
Milium, 71.
Mimulus, 24, 32.
Mimusops, 110, 321.
Mina, 245.
Mnium, 274.
Momordica, 30.
Monardella, 24, 263.
Monerma, 220.
Moneses, 28.
onrinia, 212.
Mucor, 265.
Mucronoporus, 206.
Muhlenbergia, 246.
Myla, 266.
Myrcia, 12, 53. °
Myrica, 99, 137, 138.
Myriophyllum, 30, 31.
Myrtus, rz.

Nandina, 40.
Naregamia, 244.
Nasturtium, 31, 122, 318.
Neckera, 275.
Nectria, 323.
Neillia, 23, 291.
Nelumbiun, 41.
Nelumbo, 45.
Nemopanthes, 138.
Neolindenia, 267.
Nepenthes, 245.
Nephrodiun, rc8.
Nephroma, 182.
Nicandra, 179.
Nicotiana, 244.
Nitella, 116, r2z.
Nitophyllum, 18.
Nopalea, 290.
Nostoc, 81, 175.
Notholzna, 246.
Nottrocheilus, 109.
Nuphar, 41.
Nympheza, 31, 41, 123, 132, 168, 246, 269.
Nyssa, 243, 299.
Obolaria,

137.
Odontothailia, 322.
(Edogonium, 254.

ix

(Enanthe, 41.

(Enothera, 80, 156, 185, 2t3.
Olyra, 16,

Onobrychis, 164.
Onosmodium, 70.
Ophioglossum, 177.
Opuntia, 46, 80, 263, 290, 291, 296.
Oreotrys, 107.
Ornithogalum, 137.
Orobanche, 241.
Orthotrichum, 244.
Oryzopsis, 71, 139, 184.
Oscillaria, r12.

Osmorrhiza, 31.

Osmunda, 236, 325.

Ossza, 212.

Osteomeles, 11.
Otacanthus, 223.
Ouvirandra, 41.

Oxalis, 79, 108, 137, 138, 140.
Oxybaphus, 43.

Oxycoccus, 13¢.

Oxytropis, 164.

Ozonium, 219.

Pachybasium, 295.
Pachyrhizus, 42.
Pachysandra, 186.
Padina, 300.
Palafoxia, 80.
Palmerella, 186.
Paneratium, 206.
Panicum, 133, 246.
Pannaria, 182.
Parinarium, 163.
Parnassia, 185.
Parryella, 75.
Passiflora, 166, 267, 281.
Pastinaca, 79.
Patagonula, 223.
Pelargonium, 24.
Pella, 32, 72, 215, 325.
Pelecyphora, 290.
Peltandra, 140.
Peltigera, 182.
Penicillium, 134.
Peniophora, 322.
Pentapyxis, 217.
Pentarrhaphis, 229.

Pentstemon, 23, 100, 133, 260, 300.

Peperomia, 134,
Pepo, 266.

Pereskia, 291, 327.
Periqueta, 281.
Perityle, 166, 186, 246.
Peronospora, 133, 134, 265.
Persea, 321.
Petalostemon, 164.
Petasites, 24.
Peumus, 128.
Peyritschiella, 165.
Phacelia, 80, 244.
Phaseolus, 46, 140, 244.
Phellorina, 323.
Philadelphus, 326.
Phleun, 31.

Phlox, 125, 285.
Phoenix, 296.
Pholiota, 323.

Phoma, 265, 322.
Phragmidium, 299.
Phragmites, 72, 170.
Phyllanthus, 44.
Phyllocactus, 296.
Phyllonoma, rr.
Phyllosticta, 265, 322.
Physalis, 23, 96, 290.
Physalospora, 26.
Physcomitrium, 222.
Physianthus, 324, 327.
Physma, 182.

Physocalymna, 212.
Physocarpa, 23, 291.
Phytophthora, 130, 134, 188.
Phytoptus, 120.
Picea, 79, 81, 245.
Pilostyles, 205.
Pilularia, 221.
Pinus, 24, 28, 31, 40, 64, 81, 134, 135, 186, 223, 268,
ms 327.

iper, 134.
Pistacia’ 86,
Pithecolobium, 246.
Pisum, 109, 242.
Plagiochila, 266.
Plagiothecium, 279.
Plantago, 28, 34, 287.
Plasmopora, 322.
Platanus, 77, 134, 327.
Platygrapha, 255.
Platygyrium, 276.
Pleospora, 238.
Pleroma, 54.
gingers 81, =? 4

0A, 31, 71, 153, 178, 246, 317.
Bedbahy Raaalaly ‘ :
Pogonia, 71, 140, 168.
Polanisia, 68.
Polemonium, 167.
Polygala, 69, 80, 169, 299, 324.
Polygonatum, 259.
Polygonum, 28, 33, 34, 138, 290.
Polyodon, 231.
Polypodium, 32, 287, 325.
Polyporus, 243.
Polyschistis, 230, 232.
Polysiphonia, 18.
Populus, 43, 315.
Poria, 322.
Portulaca, 164.
Potamogeton, 30, 71, 173, 174.
Potentilla, 27, 28, 33, 317.
Poterium, 11.
Pottia, 88.
Prenanthes, 24, 33.
Prepusa, 166
Prestza, 134.
Primula, 75.
Prinos, 313.‘
Proserpinaca, 23.
Prunus, 10, 69, 99, 139, 159, 164, 222, 224, 267, 322.
Pseudoleskea, 276.
Pseudotsuga, 81.
Pseudovalsa, 265.
Psidium, 12.
Psilactis, 80,
Psoralea, 164, 285, 313,
Ptelea, 223, 330.
Pterigophyllum, 18r.
Pterolepis, 54.
Ptilota, 19.
Puccinia, 80, r11, 188.
Punica, 212.
Pyrenula, 257.
Pyrola, 29, 31, 45, 151.
Pyrus, 138, 268, 328.
Pyxidanthera, 137.

uercus, 23, 76, 109, 245, 261, 269, 290.
uillaja, 10.

Rachidospermum, 184, 227.
Racomitrium, 272.
Radula, 266.

mularia, 245.
Ranunculus, 28, 30, 31, 34, 82, 96, 136, 137, 166,

182, 310, 323.

Raphanus, 164.
a 164.

exia, 14, 235, 315.
Rhinanthus, 38
Rhipsalis, 29r.

x

Rhizophora, 16s.

Rhododendron, 25, 45, 137, 139, 190, 299.

Rhodomenia, 18.

Rhodora, 317.
Rhodosciadium, 292.

Rhus, 13, 135, 139, 140, 222.
Rhynchosia, 22.
Rhynchostegium, 222.

Ribes, 11, 31, 69, 138, 159, 318.
Riccia, 266.

Ricinus, 76.

Rivularia, 175.

Robinia, 69, 76, 81, 267.
Ronpala, 223.

Rosa, 33, 110, 139, 144, 174, 188,
Rosemarinus, 244.

Rubus, ro, 14, 15, 138, 139, 164, 287, 324, 328.

Rudbeckia, 96, 240.
Ruellia, 99, 268. e)
Rumex, 34, 109, 206. ,
Ruppia, 140, 292.
Russula, 322.

Ruta, 244.

Rynchospora, 173, 240.

Sabbatia, 125, 270, 325.
Sagina, 99, 174.
Sagittaria, 33, 41, 125, 222.
Salix, 45, 135, 149, 167, 224.
Salvia, 80, 244.

Sanicula, 96.
Saprolegnia, 220.
Sarcodes, 299.

Sargentia, 292.
Sarracenia, 33, 245.
Sassafras, 134, 328.
Satureja, 244.

Saxifraga, 45, 60, 137, 185.
Scabiosa, 183.

Schinus, 165.
Schizonotus, 167.
Scheepfia, 80.

Schubertia, 245.

Scirpus, 30, 31, 71.
Scleria, 156.

Sclerotinia, 104.
Scolymus, 244.
Scorzonella, 24.
Scorzonera, 244.
Sconleria, 273.
Scutellaria, 32.

Sedum, 34, 69, 140.
Selaginella, 29, 32.
Selinum, 185.
Sellocharis, 22.

Senecio, 24.

Septoria, 219.

Sequoia, 47, 135, 279, 299.
Sesbania, 22.

Setaria, 23.

Shortia, 135, 268.

Sicyos, 39.

Sida, 69.

+ yatagtige 110,

Silene, 31, 137, 140, 207.
Side a
Simaruba, 330.

Sinapis, 46.

Sisymbrium, 244, 291.
Sisyrinchium, 125, 138, 167, 185.
Sium, 33, 185, 266, 323.
Smilacina, 71.

Smilax, 43.

Soja, 266.

Solanoa, 167,

Solanum, 79, 81, 96, 108, 164, 179, 224, 237.
Solidago, 23, 33, 99, 124, 140, 179, 317.

Sonchus, 29.
Sorghum, 135.
Sparganium, 23, 33.
Spergula, 34.

Spergularia, 131.
phzralcea, 80, 244, 246, 263.
Spherella, 81.
Sphzropsis, 215.
Sphzrozosma, 41,
Sphagnum, 296.
Spilanthes, 79.
Spinacea, 95, 266.
Spirza, 291, 314, 325.
Spiranthes, 70.
Spirocoleus, 19.
Spirogyra, 115, 116, 121.
Spironema, 108.
Sporidesmium, 26s.
Sporobolus, 71. 80, 246.
Sporotrichum, 322,
Stachybotrys, 322.
Stachys, 41.
Staphylea, 45, 137.
Staurastrum, 41.
Stella, 132.
Stellaria. 34, 38, 69, 157, 172, 268.
Stemodia, 80.
Stenostephanus, 265.
Streptanthus, 291.
Streptopus, 318,
Sticta, 182.
Stigmatomyces, 165.
Stipa, 184.
Straggaria, 19.
Stramonium, 179.
Streptopus, 318.
Strophostyles, 265.
Stylophorum, 166.
Styrax, 188.
Subularia, ror, 102,
Swietenia, 330.
Symphoricarpus, 188.
Synchytrium, 25, 108.

Tacoanthus, 223.
Tacsonia, 281.
Talinum, 312.
Tanacetum, 34.
Taonia, 300.
Taphrina, 290
Taraxacum, 34.
Taxodium, 19, 42, 44, 128, 135.
Taxus, 31.

Tecoma, 245.
Tephrosia, 80, 164.
Terminalia, 245.
Tetragonia, 79.
Tetraphis, 126.
Tetraplacus, 223.
Teucrium, 328.
Thalictrum, 24, 32, 96.
Thamnosma. 263.
Thelia, 222.
Thelypodium, 68, 246.
Theobroma, 47. —

urberia .
Tiarella, poles
Tibouchina, 54.
Tigridia, 81.

Tilia, 140, 330. :

‘Tillandsia, 135, 189, 290.

Tilletia, 47, 188, 299.
issa, 28, 131,

Tococa, 94.
Tournefortia, 179.
Tradescantia, 108, 117, 120, 121, 125.
PN gee 176, 237, 238, 244.

rapa, 41, 322.
Trematedon, 84, 100.
Trichodon, 88.
Tricholoma, 322.
Trientalis, 137.
Trifolium, 31, 34, 46, 140, 201.
Triglochin, 28, 174.
Trillium, 23, 32, 137, 138, 166, 224, 299.
Triodia, 246.
Triosteum, 70.
Triplaris, 223. -
Trisetum, 246. :
Triteleia, 158. res
Triumfetta, 268. 4
Tropzolum, 79. P
Troximon, 167. ie
Tsuga, 81.
Tubercularia, 323.
Tuomeya, 189.
Turnera, 246, 281.
‘Tylodendron, 80.
‘Tylostoma, 130.

Ullucus, 79.

Ulmus, 183, 264.
Uncinula, 239.
Underwoodia, 323.
Unifolium, 25.

Uniola, 184.

Urocystis, 130.
Uroglena, 135.
Uromyces, 239.

Uropyxis, 111.

Urtica, 76, 248
Ustilago, 47, 130, 188, 298.
Utricularia, 33, 39, 52, 70, 116, 173, 174, 245, 287.

Vaccinium, 27, 45, 104, 295, 319.
Vaginaria, 3.

Vallesia, 80.

Vancouveria, 185.

Vaucheria, 112.

Veratrum, 33, 71.

Verbascum, 31.

Vermicularia, 130, 265.
Veronica, 31, 32, 96, 124, 137, 139, 190.
Viburnum, 47, 110, 111, 138, 140.
Vicia, 29, 82, 291.

Viguiera, 80.

Vinca, 183.

Viola, 38, 82, 123, 137, 168, 224.
Vitis, 43, 236, 269, 290, 294.

Washingtonia, 327.
Webera, 222, 273.
Weinmannia, 11, 223.
Weissia, 84.
Woodsia, 30, 32, 139.

Xanthidium, 20. ¥
Xanthoxylum, 165, 330.

Yucca, 25, 80, 224, 332.

Zephyranthes, 80, 111.
Zizania, 71, 171.
Zizyphus, 42.
Zonaria, 299.
Zygodesmus, 151.

BULLETIN

4 OF THE

ia TORREY BOTANICAL. CLUB.

Vol. XVII.J New York, January 15, 1890. (No. |.

; Revision of the United States species of the genus Fuirena,
By FREDERICK V. COVILLE.

‘ Plate XCVIII.

The various forms of Fuirena grouped under the name
Ff. squarrosa, Mx., show much variation in both external
and internal characters. The external variations are confined
commonly to those of size, hairiness, and inflorescence. The
height varies from 5 cm. to 90 cm.

Hairiness of the leaves, stem, and sheaths seemed at first to

form the basis of good varietal distinctions, but a careful com-

parison of specimens shows that there is sometimes wide varia-
tion within the limits of a variety. I am inclined to believe that
these differences may be due largely to individual environment.

They certainly are not in all cases co-ordinate with other well

defined characters. _

The width of the leaves varies, in the specimens that I have
examined, from I mm. to 7 mm. according to the size of the
plant. The inflorescence varies from a single spike to one or a
few several-spiked heads. The internal variations noted are in
the length of the stipe of the achenium, the length and rough-
ness of the bristles, and several variations in the perianth-scales.

The achenium may have a stipe equal to its own length, or
may be nearly sessile. The bristles are sometimes shorter than
the stipe of the achenium, when they are usually smooth; or
they may equal the achenium, or even greatly exceéd it. In
these latter cases they are retrorsely barbed.

The perianth scales have a stalk reaching to about the base

middle of the achenium, and there expanding into a blade

usually referred to as the scale). The scale varies in form from
narrowly oblong with acute apex and base, to broadly oblong
with obtuse apex and base, and deltoid ovate with acute apex
and cordate or truncate base. It varies also much in thickness,

ae ee

+ F
EN, Se ee ge ee age eee eee eee: ae eee ere ee ee

Se esas
ne
Pee es ee

q
}
a
'

i

*

‘oil

Re CaP eT eyo SST ee gh pee aan ee

2

that part which lies above the middle of the achenium being
spongy, thickened and plump; in mature specimens the lower
portion, by compression against the achenium, being thin and
showing three, or sometimes only one, nerve. In immature speci-
mens the scales are not thick and plump above but of nearly the
same leathery texture throughout, the nerves traceable to the
apex. The middle nerve may end in a mere apiculation, in
some cases wanting, or may be produced into a short blunt point
or long barbed awn. And in some cases this awn may arise on
the back of the scale slightly below the apex.

While making an examination of the forms that have been
grouped under F/. sguarrosa it seemed desirable to include as well
our other entirely distinct species, /: scirpoidea ; and as a result
the following revision of the species of Fuzrena of the United
States is presented.

The localities given after each species and variety were taken
(except in one case which is indicated) from actual specimens
examined by the writer. These were in the herbaria of Colum-
bia College, Harvard University, Cornell University, Academy
of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, William M. Canby, Isaac
C. Martindale, John Donnell Smith, and the National Herbarium ;
and thanks are due to these three gentlemen, to Dr. Sereno
Watson, Dr. N. L. Britton, Prof. William R. Dudley and John
H. Redfield, for their kindness in facilitating the work.

To Dr. Britton I am especially indebted for notes from Mr.
C. B. Clarke of Kew, and for many valuable suggestions. The
specimens in the Shaw herbarium were examined, but by an
oversight the localities are not included.

FUIRENA.

Rottboell, Descr. et Icon. Pl. p. 70 (1773).

Inflorescence in terminal and axillary heads of spikelets, the
axillary ones sometimes wanting, and the terminal one reduced
even to a single spikelet. Spikelets many-flowered. Glumes
imbricated on all sides, aristate or mucronate, the lowest one or
two empty. Flowers hermaphrodite. Perianth-scales three, not
conduplicate, commonly stipitate, membranaceous or thickened,
in the American species with as many bristles alternating. Sta-
mens three. Style single, slender, not thickened at the base nor

hg’ Sih TT

e.

en

articulated with the ovary, deciduous. Stigmas three, slender.
Ms. Achenium about as broad as long, sharply and equally trique-
4 trous, mucronate.

KEY TO THE SPECIES AND VARIETIES.
a. Leaves reduced to bladeless sheaths. F. scirpoidea,
aa, Leaves with well-developed blades. (0).
6. Awn arising abruptly from the back of the perianth-scale, just below its

apex. F.. simplex.
66, Awn when present borne on the apex of the perianth-scale, which tapers into it.
(c).

c. Bristles reaching at least to the middle of the achenium, retrorsely

barbed. (d).
@, Perianth-scales narrowly to broadly oblong with a slender awn
e tapering to a minute point. LF, squarrosa,
bees dd, Perianth-scales rhomboidal or deltoid-ovate with a thick short awn
or point. F. squarrosa var, hispida,

cc. Bristles not exceeding the stipe of the achenium, smooth, Perianth-
scales awnless or with a mere apiculation. /. sguarrosa var. breviseta,

FUIRENA SCIRPOIDEA.

Rhizome conspicuous, stout, the stems arising from it singly
ag at frequent intervals. Stems slender, about 20-40 cm. in height,
i unbranched, terminated by 1-3 spikelets. Sheaths 2 cm. long or
less, loose, acute, bladeless. Glumes mucronate, the points ap-
pressed. Achenium sessile or nearly so by a narrow base
Bristles sometimes reaching the apex of the achenium and re- —
trorsely barbed, sometimes nearly obsolete. Scales orbicular-
oblong, obtuse at the apex or nearly apiculate, minutely scabrous
along the upper margin.

Michaux, FI. Bor.-Amer. i. p. 37, t. 7 (1803); and other
authors. Vaginaria Richardt, Pers. Syn. Pl.i. p. 70 (1805); and
other authors.
wee This plant is very distinct from the other species and shows
little variation. The structure of the fruit is very similar to that
of F. squarrosa var. breviseta, the bristles being usually longer
and barbed, and the stipe of the achenium and the stalks of the
‘scales shorter.

Georgia (Leconte). Florida (Rugel, Keeler); Miami (Gar-
); Duval County (Curtiss); Lake Monroe (Garber); St. Au-
. ne (Canby); Apalachicola (Chapman, Saurman); Jackson-
ville (Curtiss No. 3067). Alabama; Mobile (Mohr). Louisiana ;
below New Orleans on the Missiastina (Langlois) ; New Ais

(Ingalls).

Riad

FUIRENA SIMPLEX.

Rhizomes usually wanting, and stems tufted. Leaves with
well developed, flat, grass-like blades. Glumes with a long
squarrose or recurved awn. Achenium nearly sessile. Bristles
reaching about to the apex of the achenium, retrorsely barbed.
Scale-stalks reaching to the base or middle of the achenium.
Scales ovate-oblong, obtuse at the base, with a tendency to
become cordate, unusually notched at the obtuse apex. Awn
slender, commonly smooth, occasionally retrorsely barbed, some-
times fully as long as the body of the scale, sometimes short and
minute, arising abruptly from the back of the scale just below the
apex.

Vahl, Enum. Pl. ii. p. 384 (1806). / sguarrosa, Torrey
Ann. Lyc, Nat. Hist. N. Y. ii. p. 252+ (1828).* squarrosa
var. aristulata, Torrey, |. c. iii. p. 291 (1836).* L. Schiedeana,
Kunth, Enum. Pl. ii. p. 183 (1837), fide Boeckeler, Linnaea,
XXXVil. p. 105.

Plant 8-50 cm. in height, prevailingly smooth, and frequently
with short thickish leaves. It differs conspicuously from all the
other forms in that the awn rises abruptly, not by a gradual
tapering, from the scale. The scales become plump much earlier
than in / sguarrosa, so that it is seldom possible to find one that
shows the nerves, and when mature they are uniformly of a pale
buff color, while in / sguarrosa they are commonly chestnut-
brown.

Arkansas (?) (Long’s first expedition, James). Indian Terri-
tory (?); Canadian River (Bigelow). Texas (Wright No. 718,
1849; Lindheimer No. 557, 1846); Sutherland Springs (Palmer
No. 1335, 1879); Eastern Texas (Hall No. 693, in part, 1872);
Fredericksburg (Thurber No. 72, 1850); Dallas (Reverchon No.
562, 1876; Hempstead (collector unknown). New Mexico (Fend-
ler No. 877, 1847). Mexican boundary Survey No. 1523. Herb.
Berlandier Texano-Mexicanum No. 3224. Mexico (F. Mueller No.
2147, 1853) ; Monclova (Palmer No. 1336, 1880).

4 Forma MACROSTACHYA (Britt.)

F. squarrosa var. macrostachya, Britt., Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xi,

p. 87 (1884).* This appears to me to differ from the typical form

* Type specimens examined. + Paper of 1828 read in 1826.

Priyacins cata 2 oe 5

of F. simplex scarcely enough to be called a variety, and Dr.
Britton agrees with me in this opinion. It is unusually large
throughout, with long (about 2 cm.) apes “Valley of the
lower Rio Grande” (Buckley).

FUIRENA SQUARROSA.

Rhizomes,* leaves and glumes as described under J. simplex.

Achenium nearly sessile. Bristles slender, tapering to the
apex, usually exceeding the achenium, retrorsely barbed. Scale-
stalk reaching the middle of the achenium. Scale narrowly to
broadly oblong, acuminate at both ends, or sometimes abrupt at
the base, frequently only one-nerved, tapering into a slender
tapering awn usually exceeding the scale and smooth or back-
wardly barbed.

Michaux, FI. Bor.-Amer. i. p. 37 (1803). / sguarrosa, var.
pumila, Torrey, Compend. Fl. North. & Mid. States, p. 46 (1826);
Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y. iii. p. 291 (1836) 4; Fl. N. Y. ii. p.
345 (1843); Gray Man. Bot. (5th Ed.) p. 556, Pl. Il. (1867).

Plant usually small, 5-15 cm. in height, but sometimes reach-
ing 60 cm., mostly smooth except the lower sheaths. Inflor-
escence sometimes reduced to a single spikelet. The bristles are
sometimes twice as long as the stipe and achenium together, and
the awn in such cases may equal the scale and its stalk. The
barbing of the awn is more conspicuous in these two cases, and
wanting in the other extreme. I have seen one depauperate
specimen in which both bristles and awns were almost entirely
wanting, but the plant undoubtedly belonged here.

* After this paper was completed the writer, while in the field one day, saw for
the first time (never having lived ina region in which /wirena grew) a living specimen
of /. squarrosa, var. hispida. While collecting some of the plants he was astonished
to find that the rootstocks were plentifully supplied with ovoid tubers about 5 mm. in
diameter. It has been learned since that Mr. Theodore Holm of Washington had

' observed the same organs, and has found the character a constant one, He is pre-

paring a paper on the subject. Not one of the large number of herbarium speci-
mens examined during the work of revision bore a tuber, and I cannot now say

whether they are found in any of the other forms. The specimens of the typical form,

wever, look as if they had never borne tubers.

+ The following are given by Torrey in this article as synonyms. I have been

unable to examine the descriptions myself. /. sgwarrosa var, pumila, Torrey, FI.
North. & Mid. States i. p. 68 (1824); /. pumila, Sprengel, Syst. Veg. i. p. 237
(1825); Schultes, Syst. Veg. Mant. iii. p. 546 (1827). /. Zorreyana, Beck, Bot.
Ps and Mid. States p. 429 (1833).

ee
re

\

By the kindness of Mr. C. B. Clarke of the Royal Herbarium at
Kew, I have been able to ascertain that this is the typical form of
Michaux’s F. sguarrosa. He writes “Our original specimen of
Michaux named sguarrosa is the slender plant 6 to 8 inches high
with fibrous roots, in short—=sémplew Vahl. var. pumtla sp.
Spreng.”

Although in the extreme forms of this and var. hispida the
internal characters are so widely different, a series of connecting
forms exists, co-ordinate to some extent with the size of the
plant. The original specimen of Michaux as well as Torrey’s type
of var. pumila were small plants, but a series has been made (whose
internal characters are identical and whose only external differ-
ence is one of size), of which the largest specimen is, as stated
above, 60 cm. in height.

Massachusetts ; Plymouth (Oakes, Tuckerman); Tewksbury
(Torrey, Boott). Rhode Island; Providence (Olney). Long
Island, Babylon (Torrey). New Jersey; Monmouth County

(Eaton); Cape May (Parker). Delaware; Townsend (Canby).

Maryland; Salisbury (Canby). North Carolina; Wilmington

en ‘ (Canby). Florida; Micanopy (Leavenworth); Duval Co. (Curtiss
No. 3068, in part). Louisiana (Hale). Michigan, Cass Co.
_ (Wright, specimen in herbarium of Isaac Martindale); “ Macomb

paid Dr. B. Cooley” (Wheeler & Smith Cat. Pl. Mich. p. 86).
FUIRENA SQUARROSA, MICHX., VAR. BREVISETA.
Stipe and achenium usually of equal length. Bristles not

exceeding the stipe, smooth. Scale-stalks reaching above the

middle of the achenium. Scales broadly oblong or orbicular,

. rounded at the apex, with an abrupt apiculation, minutely scab-

rous along the upper margin.

F. squarrosa, Chapman, FI. South. States, p. 514 (1865).
squarrosa, var. a, Torrey Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y. iii. p 290
_ (1836).*

The plants are usually 10-20 cm. in height, and may be
almost smooth throughout, or the sheaths, especially the lower
ones, may be densely hirsute, and the leaves and culm sparingly
so. The tips of the bristles are usually incurved into the space
below the nut. The stipe of the achenium and the stalks of the
scales are longer than in any other North American form of the

* Type specimens examined,

*

genus. The scales in this form do not become so plump as in the
typical form, the var. ¢spida and F. simplex, and in mature speci-.
mens it is frequently necessary to use a compound microscope to
a | 5E the scabrosity of their upper margins. c.
I have never had any difficulty in deciding whether a speci-
men went into var. Azspzda or var. breviseta, the distinctive char-
acters, although slight, being clearly defined and constant. Never-
theless these differences seem too inconsequential for the basis of
a separate species, and although intermediate forms have not been
seen, they may be expected.
North Carolina (McCarthy); Wilmington (Curtiss). South
Carolina (Gibbs); Santee Canal (Ravenel). Georgia; Macon

os (collector not given) ; Sunbury (Le Conte). Florida (Chapman,
Buckley); Duval County (Curtiss No. 3068, in part); Miami
(Garber); Apalachicola (Saurman). Alabama (Gates, Mohr).

; Louisiana (Langlois); New Orleans (Ingalls, Drummond). Eastern

% Texas, (Neally).
FUIRENA SQUARROSA, var. HISPIDA (EIl.), Chapm.
es Stipe a little shorter than the achenium. Bristles reaching
about the middle or apex of the achenium, retrorsely barbed down
the inner face. Scale-stalks reaching the middle of the achenium. :
Scales rhomboidal, or deltoid-ovate with cordate or truncate
base, tapering into a short thick unbarbed awn or point, usually
minutely scabrous along the upper margin and about the base of
the awn. ;
Chapman, Fl. South. States, p. 514 (1865); & hispida, a
__ Elliott, Sketch Bot. S. C. & Geor. i: p. 579 (1824) Ro
squarrosa, Torrey, Compend. FI. Nor. & Mid. States, p. 45, ad
. (1826)+; Gray, Man. Bot. p. 556 (1867). /. sguarrosa, var. f.
Torrey, Ann, Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y. iii. p. 291 (1836).* F squar-
rosa, var. y, Torrey |. c.* F. squarrosa, var. 1, Torrey, Fl. N. Y. ii.
P. 345 (1843). :
Plant: 40-90 cm. in height, usually slender, with long inter-
nodes, the sheaths almost always, and the stem and leaves fre-
quently, densely hirsute. A great range of variation in the ap-

* Type specimens examined.

he | +. squarrosa Torr. Fl. N. & Mid. States i, p. 67 is also probably a synonym. I

5 have been unable to see the work. 2
ae : ‘ a
hed ; ;
Lm . Ee wee
2 a
od +& ° oa
é pes
=!
‘s id oe:
os He
* d
les 2 Fe

ort ed * 3 oe gaeg .

pearance of the scales occurs, they when immature being coria-
ceous and showing the three nerves; but when mature being
very plump, apparently nerveless, and sometimes with merely an
acute apex in place of the awn. Occasionally some of the fruits
in a spike have been found with bristles unbarbed. In fully
mature specimens this is especially apt to be true, and at the same
time the scabrosity of the apex of the scale becomes lost. Torrey’s
type of var. y are immature specimens of a form of this variety with
scales narrower than usual, and awns longer, the plant varying
toward var. pumila.

In his description of the species /. sguarrosa and F. hispida,
Elliott said very little of the characters of the perianth scales, but
characterized the last species principally by its slender habit and
hirsute sheaths. /. sguarrosa was described first and a drawing
made.* This drawing is curiously enough an excellent one of
the var. hispida, afterward described in the appendix asa species,
with no reference to the figure. It seems clear, therefore, that
Elliott, at that time at least, did not understand the true distinc-
tions of the two forms, basing them on characters usually present
but not crucial.

New York; Junius, Seneca County (Sartwell). New Jersey
(Eaton, Torrey); Cape May (Martindale). Maryland, Salisbury
(Canby, Moyer). Virginia; Prince Edward County (J. D. Smith).
District of Columbia (Ward). South Carolina; Aiken (Ravenel).
Georgia (Chapman). Kentucky (Short). Florida (Buckley,
Chapman). Alabama (Bigelow); Montgomery (McCarthy).
Louisiana (Hale). Texas (Lindheimer No. 204, 1843, Nealley) ;
Hempstead (Hall No. 693, in part, 1872).

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE.

Figures of the fruit, (achenium, bristles, and perianth-scales) of “arena, All
enlarged about ten diameters.
1.—/ scirpoidea, Michx.
2.—F. simplex, Vahl.
3.—F. sguarrosa, Michx.
4.—F, squarrosa, Michx. var. hispida (Ell.), Chapm.
5.—A scale of the same, as it appears when young.
6.—F.. squarrosa, Michx, var. breviseta, Coville.

* Ell. Sk. i. pl. I. fig. 3.

“=

CLUB. Plate XCVIITI.

UNITED States SPECIES OF FuIRENA. F. V. Coville.

ote
cores
per:

9

An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in
South America, 1885-1886.—X.
(Continued from Vol. XVI, p. 327.)
Inga strigillosa, Spruce in Mart. Fl. Bras. Reis, 1,500 ft.
(1002) |
Inga nobilis, Willd. Enum. 1047. Mapiri, 2,500 ft. (1003).
Inga edulis, Mart. Herb. fl. Bras. 113. Unduavi, 8,000 ft.
(991); Junction of the Beni and Madre de Dios (995).
Inga marginata, Willd. Sp. Pl. iv. 1015. Guanai, 2,000 ft.
(994; 998; 999).
Inga punctata, Willd. 1. c. 1016. Beni River, (1000).
Inga Matthewsiana, Benth. in Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. iv. 594.
Guanai, 2,000 ft. (996).
Inga tomentosa, Benth. Trans. Linn. Soc. xxx. 609. Mapiri,
5,000 ft. (997).
Inga stipularis, DC. Mem. Leg. 440. Mapiri, 5,000 ft. (1004).

INGA BOLIVIANA, spec. nova. Flores tomentelli, in receptaculo
distincte pedicellati, umbellam globosam formantes; pedicelli
calyce longiores; petiolus nudus; foliola 3-4 juga, elliptico-ob-
longa, apice acuminata, utrinque glabra, venulosa, sessiles,
g-20 cm. longa; umbellz longiuscule pedunculate, pedunculi
tomentelli; pedicelli 5-8 mm., calyc. 4-6 mm., corolla 10 mm.
longa; legumen ignotum. Junction of the Rivers Beni and

Madre de Dios (990). This is nearest to /. guaternata, Poepp.
& Endl. but has much larger leaflets and less woolly flowers.

Inga, probably undescribed ; collected only in fruit. Junction of
the Beni and Madre de Dios (993 and 2375). Some flowers
of J. edulis, Mart. were accidentally distributed with No. 993.

Inga, related to J nobilis, but with thin membranaceous leaves
and simple inflorescence. Mapiri, 2,500 ft. (1001). This is
most likely an undescribed species.

ROSACE.
Licania Benthami, Hook. f. in Mart. Fl. Bras. xiv. (2) 12. Junc-
tion of the Madre de Dios and Beni (2420). The same as

Spruce No. 3278.

LICANIA PALLIDA, spec. nova. Folia oblonga, utrinque pallida
et glabra, 10-12 cm. longa, 5 cm. lata; petiola crassa, I cm.
longa; panicule terminales et axillares; ramulis, bracteolis,
pedunculis calicibusque albo-pubescentibus; flores spicati ;

10

| spice 3-4 cm. longe, 8mm. late; pedunculi 2 mm. longi;
a bracteolz longiores ; stamina sub §, exserta, petala longiores ;

fructus ignotus. Junction of the Beni and Madre de Dios
(2442). Apparently nearest to L. polita.
Hirtella Americana, Aubl. Guian. i. 247. Guanai, 2,000 ft.
(702); Mapiri, 5,000 ft. (704). Junction of the Beni and
= Madre de Dios (1371). A widely diffused and variable species.
Hirtella bullata, Benth. in Hook. Journ. Bot. ii. 216. Reis,
1,500 ft. (703). The same as Spruce No. 3084, Herb. Kew.

HIRTELLA BURCHELLII, spec. nova. Flores in paniculas an-
gustas dispositi; panicule rufo-villose, anguste, axillares
terminalibusque, 12-20 cm. longa; ramulis rufo-villosis ;
foliis ovato-oblongis, acuminatis, basi rotundatis, utrinque niti-
dis, supra levis, subtus ad nervos parce villosis; pedunculis
2mm. longis calicibusque dense villosis. Beni River (1222).

The same as Burchell’s Nos. 6331, 6416 and 6571, Herb. Kew.
Nearest to the preceding species. paras
Hirtella triandra, Sw. Prodr. 57. Reis, 1,500 ft. (1448).
Hirtella bracteata, Mart. & Zucc. Abhand. Akad. Munch. x.
384? Guanai, 2,000 ft. (2492). Specimens insufficient for
— 3 certain determination.
. : Couepia glaucescens, Spruce in Mart. Flor. Bras. xiv. (2) 49. Falls
& of Madeira, Brazil (2678).
Prunus salicifolia, HBK. Nov. Gen. iv. 241. Near La Paz,
10,000 ft. (480).
Quillaja Saponaria, Mol. Chil, 354. Sorata, 8,000 ft. (728).
Rubus megallococcus, Focke, Abhand. Nat. Gesell. Bremen, iv.
157. Unduavi, 8,000 ft. (470 and 472). The same as Man-

ise
pe
oe.
ne ia 4
Be (s

don’s 662.
s Rubus Boliviensis, Focke, |. c. 158. Same locality (468). Dis-
4 tributed as KX. Sellowii, C. & S.2 The same as Mandon’s
E 656.

Rubus Bogotensis, HBK. 1. c. vi. 220. Unduavi, 8,000 ft. (474).
Possibly this may be an extreme form of &. floribundus.

ee Rubus roseus, Poir. Dict. vi. 237. Unduavi, 8,000 ft. (473 and
a 469). The same as Mandon’s Nos. 659 in part and 661.

a Rubus glaucus, Benth. Pl. Hartw. 173. Yungas, 6,000 ft. (471).
eo Rusus RUSBYI, spec. nova. Ascendens; tomentosus; folia in-

tegra, petiolata, serrata, utrinque tomentosa; stipulis latis,

11

ovatis; ramulis, petiolisque minute recurvo-aculeatis ; floris
solitariis, 2 cm. latis; sepalis ovatis, acutis, 8 cm. longis, dense
tomentosus. Planta 50cm. alta; folia 4 cm. longa, 2 cm. lata.
Next to R. Loxensis, Benth. - Unduavi, 10,000 ft. (2508).

Fragaria Chilensis, Ehrh. Beitr. vii. 26. Near La Paz, 10,000 ft.
(479).

Alchemilla aphanoides, Mutis. in Linn. f. Suppl. 122. Unduavi,
8,000 ft. (851).

Alchemilla hirsuta, HBK. |. c. 226. Sorata, 13,000 ft. (477). .

Alchemilla tripartita, R. & P. Fl. Per. i.68. Unduavi, 10,000 ft.
(476) ; 8,000 ft. (849 and 850, the latter a large, strong form).

Alchemilla pectinata, HBK.|. c. 226. Unduavi, 10,000 ft, (475).

Alchemilla pinnata, R. & P. |. c. 69. Near La Paz, 10,000 ft.
(2551).

Alchemilla, probably a reduced form of A. hirsuta. Sorata, 13,-
ooo ft. (1855). The same in Herb. Kew, coll. by Jameson in
Columbia.

Acena ovalifolia, R. & P. 1. c. 67. - Unduavi, 8, 000 ft. (467).

Acena cylindrostachya, R. & P. 1. c. 68. Near La Paz, 10,000
ft. (466).

Poterium Sanguisorba, L. Sp. Pl. 1411. Near La Paz, 10,000 ft.
(1926). Introduced from Europe.

a OSTEOMELES PERNETTYOIDES (Wedd.) (Hesperomeles pernet-

ea: tyotdes, Wedd. Chlor. And. ii. 231). Sorata, 8,000 ft. (1787).

q Unduavi, 10,000 ft. (2039). ah

SAXIFRAGEZ.

Escallonia rubra, Pers. Ench. i. 235. Valparaiso, Chili (1024).
Escallonia revoluta, (R. & P). Pers. 1. c. Same locality (487
and 1772). |
PHYLLONOMA INTEGERRIMA (Turcz). (Dulongia integerrima,
Turez. Bull, Soc. Moscou, 1858, 454). Mapiri, 5,000 ft.
(2521). A form with serrate leaves. I am obliged to Mr. N.
E. Brown for putting me on the track of this plant.
Weinmannia hirtella, HBK. 1. c. 56. Mapiri, 10,000 ft. (2040).
Weiamannia elliptica, HBK.1. c. 50. Yungas, 6,000 ft. (535);
__ Unduavi, 8,000 ft. (536). Some of these specimens were dis-
tributed as W. subsessilifolia, R. & P.?
Ribes albiflorum, R. &. P. Fl. Per. iii. 12. Unduavi, 8,000 ft,

(478).

bah erty 2
oor Hee: a

12

HALORACE-.
Gunnera scabra, R. & P. 1. c. t. 44. Unduavi, 8,000 ft. (624).

COMBRETACE/“.

Combretum Facquint, Griseb. Fl. Brit. West Indies, 275. Junc-
tion of the Beni and Madre de Dios (721).
Combretum Leflingti, Eichl. in Mart. Fl. Bras. xiv. (2) 110.

Guanai, 2,000 ft. (622), and (2635?) the latter in fruit only. 4
Combretum Aubletii, DC. Prodr. iii. 19. Beni River (1773).
Combretum, sp. undetermined. Guanai, 2,000 ft. (623).

MYRTACE.

Eucalyptus capitellatus, Sm. Bot. Nov. Holl. 42. Near Val-
paraiso (600). Cultivated.

Calyptranthes, a species near C. Spruceana, Berg. Guanai, 2,000 poe
ft. (1226). Not at Kew, and perhaps undescribed. Ceollect- oa
ed only in fruit. |

Psidium pomiferum, L. Sp. Pl. 672. Beni River (2083).

Psidium polycarpon, Lamb. Trans. Linn. Soc. xi. 231. Yungas, s
4,000 ft. (2460). ae

Psidium, sp. Falls of Madeira, Brazil, (2084).

Psidium aromaticum, Aubl. Guian. i. 485. Falls of Madeira
(2085). Compared with Schomburgh’s No. 355, Herb. Kew,
and appears not distinct. 3

Myrtus microphylla, Humb. & Bonpl. Pl. A®quin. t. 4. Sorata, 5
10,000 ft. (2042). _ 4

Myrcia lanceolata, Camb. in St. Hil. Fl. Bras. Merid. ii. 236.
Yungas, 6,000 ft. (605 and 1447).

Myrcia Selloana, Berg in Mart. Flor. Bras. xiv. (1) 197. Falls of
the Madeira (585); Junction of the Beni and Madre de Dios,
(592) and 586),

Myrcia velutina, Berg, |. c. 182. Falls of the Madeira (590).

Myrcia Paive, Berg, |. c. 179. Yungas, 4,000 ft. (598). The
same as Spruce No. 486.

Myrcia anacardiefolia, Berg, Gardn. Lond. Journ. Bot. ii. 354.
Falls of the Madeira (2683). ag

Myrcia Berberis, DC. Prodr. iii. 254? Falls of the Madeira.

(587).

i ae

Bibliographical Notes on well known Plants.—X.

By Epwarp L. GREENE.

RHUS CANADENSIS, Marshall, Arb. 129 (1785).

Rhus aromatica, Ait. Hort. Kew. i. 367, and

Rhus suaveolens, Ait. |. c. 368 (1789).

Betula triphylla, Thunb. Diss. Betul. 12 (1807).

Although Marshall’s descriptions are never clearly diagnostic,
still, in the case of this Rus it would seem as if no American
botanist could doubt for a moment what bush the man had in
view. But the name has always been placed in the synonymy
of R. aromatica sometimes with,—as often without—a mark of
doubt. At the time of his writing there was no other known
North American shrub to which his description would apply ;
and there is no excuse for our continuing to employ the later
name R. aromatica. Thunberg’s grave error in referring the
bush to the genus Befz/a, is not more remarkable than that of
his master Linnzeus, when the latter, as some critics assure us,
first published his Rhus typhina asa species of Datisca (D. hirta,
Linn. Sp. Pl. 1037).

That Aiton’s 2. aromatica and R. suaveolens are one and the
same species has long been admitted on all sides - the two names
are about equally good, and the uniform retention of the first
rather than the second is one of many cases in which authors
have, with one consent, recognized the principle of priority of
place.

There was an earlier Rhus Canadensis of Philip Miller, and
this, in days long past, may have stood with some people in the
way of the adoption of that of Marshall. But Miller’s name is
conceded to be a synonym either of R glabra or R. typhina.
It was a pinnate-leaved species, at all events,and a mere synonym,

and cannot therefore stand in the way of the restoration of &.

Canadensts, Marsh.*

*In the deep cafions of Northern Arizona which lead down to the Grand Cafion
of the Colorado, I discovered a few months since an exceedingly interesting shrub
which will bear the following name and description :

Rhus Canadensis, Marsh., var. SIMPLICIFOLIA. Shrub 3 or 4 feethigh, diffuse,
slender ; leaves an inch long or less, round-ovate, obtuse, nearly truncate at base,
coarsely and somewhat evenly crenate, rarely with a very small lobe or separate
leaflet on one side below ; spikes few flowered, almost capitate.

14

RUBUS PARVIFLORUS, Nutt. Gen. i. 309 (1818).

Rubus Nutkanus, Mog. Seringe in DC. Prodr. ii. 566 (1825).

Publication cannot date from drawings, any more than from
manuscripts, so long as they remain mere engraver’s or printer’s
“copy ;” and the named drawings of Nutkan plants by Mocino
passed into publicity by means of the several volumes of the
Prodromus ; hence Nuttall’s name for this widely dispersed west-
ern Kubus must be preferred in place of that now long in vogue,
for it has priority of publication by seven years. When the
species first became known there were doubts expressed in vari-
ous quarters as to its distinctness from the eastern 2. odoratus;
but such doubts no longer obtain, although rose-tinted petals
lately observed in some individuals of our western and usually
white-flowered shrub, and the fragrance of the flowers, not at
first noted, together reassert the close affinity.

Along the Californian coast this Rubus takes on a firmer
texture of foliage, and therewith an almost velvety vestiture of
pubescence,—differences quite sufficient to place it in the rank of
a named variety. At first it was even regarded as a valid species
(X. velutinus, H. & A.) and its name should be Rubus parvi-
Jlorus, Nutt., var. VELUTINUS (H. & A.)

GLEDITSCHIA INERMIS, Crantz, Inst. Rei Herb. i. 219 (1766).
The bibliography of this tree, as given at page 110 of

volume xv. of this Journal, must be amended in accordance with

the fact that Crantz (not Miller), is the real author of this name.

A New Species of Rhexia.

(Plate XCIX.)

RHEXIA ARISTOSA. Stem square, slender, about 7 dm.
high, branching above, entirely smooth; leaves lanceolate-linear
and linear-oblong, 2-3 cm. long, 3-6 mm. wide, sessile, erect,
obtuse or obtusish at each end, serrate toward the apex with ap-
pressed subulate teeth, the lower surface entirely smooth with the
three ribs prominent, the upper surface with scattered, subulate
hairs and the ribs impressed; flowers 1-3 at the summits of the
stem and branches, borne on short peduncles; calyx urceolate,
its mouth and linear lobes armed with stiff, vellow, subulate hairs;
corolla 4.cm. broad when expanded; petals magenta-red, un-

A ‘ Hadlick del. af not.

RHEXIA ARISTOSA, Britt.

15

equally obovate, rounded but obtusely pointed and tipped with
an arista 2mm. in length and clothed with a few scattered hairs;
filaments 7 mm. long, equalling the anthers. Fruit not seen.
For this interesting addition to the North American Flora
we are indebted to Messrs. E. H. Kilmer and John C. Gifford of
May’s Landing, Atlantic County, New Jersey, who collected it
in August, 1888, at Egg Harbor City. The specimens were
communicated to me by Rev. Dr. John C. Peters, an alumnus of
Princeton College, who has furnished much valuable information
concerning the plants of that portion of the State. It had pre-
viously been collected by Capt. John Donnell Smith in Sumter
County, South Carolina, and I am indebted to Dr. Watson for a
sprig from the specimen preserved in the Gray herbarium. The
Egg Harbor plants evidently grew in water, which had, however,
dried up at the time of collection. N. L. BRITTON.

New Varieties of Well-Known Species.

ARABIS L&VIGATA, (Muhl.), Poir., var. BURKII.

Leaves linear or lance-linear, entire or rarely with one or two
teeth, not auricled at base; flowers half the usual size; sepals
broad, and as long as the petals; seeds wing-margined.

Found first (1852) on the dry hills of Franklin Co., Penn.,
where it is common, and later (1867) near Harrisburg, by Mr.
Isaac Burk.

FRAGARIA VESCA, L., var. AMERICANA, (var. f., Torrey &
Gray, Fl. N. Am. 1, p. 148).

Softly villous; leaves thin, becoming glabrate with age,
sharply serrate-dentate; scape and peduncles slender; flowers
small ; fruit ovoid, of a light pink color; surface of the receptacle
smooth and shining, not pitted; akenes prominent and barely
attached to it.

The European plant is naturalized in many places, but this
variety is undoubtedly native. It occurs on cliffs, in wild, shaded
ravines, and has been collected at a number of stations in the
northern United States and Canada.

RUBUS VILLOSUS, Ait., var. MONTANUS.
More slender and smaller in all its parts; fruit oblong, or

16

conical, like a narrow thimble, sometimes an inch in length, less
soft and fleshy and possessed of a peculiar flavor.

' Abundant on the higher mountains of New York, New Jersey
and Pennsylvania, it goes everywhere by the name of “the
mountain blackberry.”

ASTER PRENANTHOIDES, (Muhl.), var. LONGIFOLIUS.

Leaves thin, deep green, sharply serrate above the middle,
the larger ones 5 to 8 inches in length, narrowly lanceolate,
tapering into a long acumination, the contraction below the
middle nearly obsolete.

This well-marked variety has been found in Northampton,
Delaware and Luzerne Counties, Pennsylvania.

THOS. C. PORTER.

Botanical Notes.

The Missouri Botanic Garden. The provisions of the will of
Mr. Henry Shaw, the philanthropic millionaire of St. Louis, have
recently been made public, and botanists have every reason to be
highly gratified with them. For the whole of his vast estate,
representing a present valuation of more than $3,000,000, is left
in trust for the support of the gardens which were his delight
during the latter portion of his long life-time, and which will thus
be supplied with an income second only to that of Kew. This
must give a most powerful impetus to the study of botany and
horticulture. The great income, it is stated, will probably be
materially increased in the appreciation in value of real estate
now lying on the outskirts of the city,

Dr. Wm. Trelease, the professor of Botany in Washington
University, has been fittingly chosen as Director of this important
establishment. His time must necessarily be largely occupied
with administrative details, but we hope that these will not alto-
gether interfere with further contributions from his pen towards
the elucidation of critical problems in North American Botany.

Reviews of Foreign Literature,

Freie Gefassbiindel in den Halmen von Olyra. In a late
number of “Flora” is an article by Fritz Miller from Brazil.

‘The author describes the joints of a certain species of Olyra, a

grass which grows there in dense masses on the boundaries of
; ” their forests, as containing free vascular bundles stretched from
one end of the joint to the other. The word free is not used
here in the ordinary sense of a bundle ending free, but rather the
opposite. This bundle is described as a string or thread extend-
ing through the joint and, in its perfect condition, adhering at
both ends. Sometimes this string is tense, sometimes with coils
and spiral windings, forming a snarl of the different threads
which nearly fills the cavity. These grasses are said to reach the
i height of two feet and over, and the length of the joints to vary
greatly. The seven lowest joints of one stem are recorded as
varying from eighteen centimeters to five-tenths of a centimeter
in length. They also vary in regard to the presence of the vas-
cular bundle. No rule could be found regulating the appearance
of these strings. They never occurred nearer the growing end
of the stem than the fourth or fifth joint, those above these being
solid; anywhere else along the stem they were liable to occur.
The upper ones are described ais transparent enough to allow
their structure to be determined without cutting. The bundle
consists of a central annular duct enclosed by two kinds of cells,
which are described as long with narrow diameter, the outer ones
being thin walled and whose long diameter is about twice that of
. the other two dimensions.
The author is unable to give any reason for the existence of
2 these threads, neither does he give the manner of their origin,
farther than to suggest that their growth does not take place
exclusively at the lower end. In conclusion he states that he
has sought in vain in the joints of many other grasses for this
appearance; also in two other species of this same genus with
no result.

fie Bas os

Sur la présence en Anjou de l’ Equisetum littorale, Kiihlwein,
par M. L’abbé Hy. (Bull. Soc. Bot. France, xxxvi, pp. 312-
314). Although reputed to bea rare species, Eguisetum littor-
ale, on account of its habitual sterility, has probably been much
overlooked. To distinguish it from E. arvense and E. Limosum
with which it ordinarily grows, the following characteristics are
given: The central medullary canal is reduced to one-half the

18

diameter of the stem, whereas, in E /imosum the stems are
largely fistulose. From £. arvense it may be distinguished by
the first internode of the branches surpassing little if any the
length of the corresponding foliage. The anatomical characters
still further separate them. In Z£. /éttorale each fibro-vascular
bundle or ridge of the stem is encased in a special endodermis,
in £. arvense a common endodermis surrounds the exterior of
the central cylinder.

If E. littorale is really as rare as reported its geographical dis-
tribution can only be accounted for on the ground of hybridi-
zation. Without having direct proof the author is inclined to _
consider it a hybrid between £. arvense and LE. limosum ; its
characters are absolutely intermediate. He agrees with Milde
and not with Duval-Jouve in his conclusions.

Ay, Bs

Diatomées Fossiles du Fapon. J. Brun and J. Tempeére.
(Reprinted from Memoires de la Societé de Physique et d’His-
toire Naturelle de Geneve. Tome xxx. No. 9.)

The volume is devoted to the calcareous earths of Sendai and
Yedo, and consists of seventy-five pages of text accompanied by
nine beautifully executed phototype plates embracing 135
figures. Prof. Brun, of the University of Geneva, has so long
been known as a standard authority upon the Diatomacee, that
this work will be welcomed as a valuable contribution to the
literature of the subject. It is worthy of note that some of the
species figured occur also in the famous Santa Monica earth.
Others are found in the Atlantic City fossil deposit recently

described in this journal.
C3.

Index to Recent American Botanical Literature.

Adonis. H. H. Rusby. (Drug. Bull. Nov, 1889, reprinted).
Illustrations are given of A. vernalis, A. autumnalis and A.
estivalts.

Algarum ex insula Georgia A ustrali— Species et genera nova.
P. F. Reinsch (Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Gesellsch. vi. 144-156).

New species are described in the genera Desmarestia, Polyst-
phonia, Kalymenia, Gracillaria, Rhodomenia, Delessaria, Nito-

19

phyllum, Bonnemaisonia, Choreocolax, Ptilotaand Callithamnion.
The following are new genera, each with a single new species:
Chroa, Merenia, Straggaria. Collected during the German

_ Transit of Venus Expedition, 1882-'83.

Algen—Brazilien Gesammelten, Bearbeitung der von H. Schenck.
M. Mobius. (Hedwigia, xxviii. 309-347; t. X. and XI). 64

species (including one Chara) are enumerated and novelties de-

scribed in the following genera: Spirocoleus ; LEntophysa,—a new
genus, found in the tissues of Chara Hornemanni; Acetabularia,
Dictyopteris,; Gracillaria. ;

Bahamas.—The Botany of the. Chas. S. Dolley. (Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 130-134, 1889).

On the occasion of presenting for publication a paper entitled
“ A Provisional List of the Plants of the Bahama Islands,” by John
Gardiner and L. J. K. Brace, which we shall hope to notice in
these columns as soon as it is issued, Professor Dolley remarked
on the general character of the Bahaman Flora and its relation to
that of Florida and Bermuda. In this connection we would
state that Dr. and Mrs. Northrop are now in Bahama, prepared
and equipped to obtain extensive collections of both animals and
plants. The club may therefore anticipate hearing some account
of this exceedingly interesting flora at no very distant day.

Balad Cypress—The. W. P. Wilson. (Forest Leaves, ii. 110,
111, illustrated). This little article includes a discussion upon
the nature and functions of ‘“‘ knees,” and the figure of the tree,
(Taxodium distichum) is an exceedingly good one, reproduced
from one of Dr. Rothrock’s photographs. The theory that the
knees are respiratory organs is maintained.

Cochliostema Jacobianum. (Garden, xxxvi. 477, illustrated).

Color Character—The. ‘Edward L. Greene (Pittonia, ii. 35-
46; advance sheets).

Professor Greene shows how stable a character color is in cer-
tain great groups of plants, and does not approve of naming
albino forms.

Contributions Towards a List of the Fauna and Flora of Wet
Mountain Valley, Colorado.—\l. T. D. A. Cockerell. West Am.
Sci. vi. 134-136).

The monocotyledonous plants of the region are here enum-
erated,

a
i oe

20

Croton Alabamensis, C. Mohr. (Garden and Forest, ii. 592,
fig. 150).

Desmidieer frau Grinland. Robert Boldt. (Bihang till
Kongl-Svenska Vet. Akad. Hand. xiii. Afd. III. No. 5, pp. 48;
two plates).

This is a list of Greenland Desmidiacea, with localities and
descriptions of new species in Euastrum, Cosmarium, Xanthi-
dium, and Staurastrum. The plates represent fifty-three of the
species and forms enumerated. The paper was noted some
months since in the ‘‘ Botanisches Centralblatt,” but this number~
of the “ Bihang” has only recently come to us. It contains also
a lengthy tabulation by the same author of the geographical dis-
tribution of all known arctic Desmids.

Exotic Fungi—Some. M.C. Cooke. (Grevillea, xviii. 34, 35).

Cintracta Patagonica, from Patagonia; Dendrodochium vertt-
ctllatum, from South Carolina, Hydnum cretaceum, Gnomonia
cortacea and Micropeltis maculata are described by Dr. Cooke and
Mr. Massee.

Eleocharis—The Genus in North America. N. 1. Britton.
(Journ. N. Y. Mic. Soc. v. 95-111, reprinted)

Dr. Britton has here given us a critical account of the rela-
tionships and synonymy of this somewhat difficult genus, with a
careful account of the geographical distribution, and a valuable
numerical reference to the chief collections of each species and
variety. He finds that 40 species are North American, with 36
occurring in the United States, just ‘“ double the number known
to Dr. Torrey in 1836. The author's conclusions regarding
the value of certain characters in classification are important, and
are stated in the following sentence: ‘‘ lam not unaware that his-
tological details have been invoked in the classification of this
natural order, and I have been particularly impressed by the ex-
tremely minute and laborious researches of Palla as published in
Engler’s Bot. Jahrb. x. 293, but as the results reached by him
appear to me to destroy natural alliances rather than to ascertain
them, I have not used the arrangement of the fibro-vascular bun-
dles of the stem as proposed by him, nor, indeed, have I found it
necessary to invoke it.”

The paper is the result of studies extending over several years,

a

bs

-
.

during which a great number of specimens, both at home and
abroad, have been studied. £. Parishii is a new species from
Agua Caliente, San Diego Co., Cal., No. 1569, Coll. of S. B.

Parish.
H. H.-R.

Fern Flora of Canada. George Lawson. (Halifax, N. S., 30 pp.
small 8vo. illustrated.)

This neat little book is intended for the use of schools, com-
prising a description of all ferns known to inhabit the Dominion,
with localities where they grow. An introductory portion of
ten pages is accompanied by illustrations of seventeen genera and
will be very helpful to the beginner. Professor Lawson adopts
in all cases the oldest specific name, and uses other names than
those generally accepted for several genera, notably, Dennstedtia
for Dicksonia punctilobula, On the whole this is an interesting
little book and commends itself to those who are interested in the
geographical distribution of ferns, and indeed to all lovers of

these plants. 6. Gi 8.

Ghiesbreght, Augustus B. E-xplorador de Mexico; Veda y tra-
bajos del Naturalista Belga. Jose N. Roriosa. (La Natur-
aleza, i, (2d ser. pp. 211-217).

From this grateful tribute to the fifty years of labor of one
who has done so much both botanically and zoologically for
Mexico, we learn that Auguste Boniface Ghiesbreght was born in
Brussels, March 10, 1810. He studied and practiced medicine in
Belgium till 1836, when Leopold I. commissioned him and Lin-
den and Funk to investigate the natural history of Mexico. These
three accompanied Henri Galeotti in his ascension of the peak of
Orizaba in 1838, and made extensive collections at elevations
ranging from 9,000 to 12,000 feet. In 1839 they collected ex-
tensively at Tabasco and Chiapas, returning to Belgium once a
year for three years with extensive collections. Later Ghies-
breght alone visited the ‘‘ Northern and Southern States, crossed
the Cordilleras three times from ocean to ocean, traversed the
great Mesa, and ascended the volcanoes of Colima, Jorullo and
Cempoaltepec.”

He lived at Teapa from 1855 to 1862, making extensive ex-
plorations and collections of living and pressed plants which

22

he took to Belgium. In 1862 he settled at the capital of

Chiapas, San Cristobal Las Casas, and made extensive collections

of insects, molluscs, orchids, agaves and bromeliads. Many of

the latter were transported living to Europe and were described
by Lindley in the “ Flore des Serres et des Jardins de l'Europe.”

His collections are scattered through the museums and academies

of Belgium, England, France, Switzerland, Germany and Russia.

EB. eB.

Grasses of Mountain Meadows and Deer Parks. ¥. 1. Scrib-
ner. (Bull. Agric. Exp. Station, Univ. of Tenn. ii. 59-67,
illustrated.

In addition to the material previously given by the author
under the title of ‘‘ The Grasses of Roan Mountain,” tables of
analyses are here given of several of the grasses mentioned, and a
figure of Danthonia compressa.

Flerbarium and Plant Descriptions Adapted to any Botany. ¥.
T. Nelson (4to., Boston, Allyn & Bacon, 1889, 75 cents).
This is another aid for the ready determination of plants from

descriptions, designed to effect at the same time a preservation

of the specimen examined. Each plant is assigned four pages.

The first contains printed headings to be filled in by the pupil,

and the specimen is to be mounted on the third, the folded sheet

then serving for a species cover. These sheets are put up in
portfolios of fifty.

Hypertrophicd Hairs on Ampelopsis. John A. Ryder. (Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil, Part II. 155, 1889).

Prof. Ryder called attention to certain enlarged hairs on the
leaves, petioles and tendrils of the Japanese species.

Leguminose nove vel minus cognite Austro-Americane. 1. P.
Taubert. (Flora, Ixxii. 421-430).

Sellocharis is a new genus related to Lotus, and S. paradoxa
a single species. Cvotalaria Urbaniana, Sesbania oligosperma,
Aischynomene Riedliana, Chetocalyx Ilheotica, C. Glaziovtt,
Cranocarpus Mezit, Galactia Aschersoniana, Camptosema penta-
phyllum, Rhynchosia Schenckit are newly described. All are
from Brazil. .
Netllia.— The North American, Edward L, Greene. (Pittonia,

ii, 25-31.

ee
AEP aR,

23

Professor Greene reviews the history of these shrubs, discus-
ses their relationship to the Asiatic species, from which he con-
cludes they are not to be generically separated, shows that the
genus Physocarpa is referable to Rafinesque before Maximowicz
and gives us valuable notes on the species, which stand as follows:
(1) WV. opulifolia (L.), S. Wats.; (2) NV. capitata (Pursh), Greene,
which is WV. opulifolia var. mollis of the California botany; (3)
N. monogyna (Torr.), Greene., the WV. Torreyi, S. Wats., and
whose early name we are glad to see restored, and (4) JV. malva-
cea, n.sp. from northern Idaho, a remarkable species, differing
from the others mentioned from its non-inflated carpels. Besides
these, Prof. Greene suspects a fifth species in the plant of the
southern Alleghenies, which has not been much collected.

N. 1 s,
New York—Annual Report of the State Botanist, made to
the Regents of the University, February 25th, 1889. Chas.

H. Peck. (From 42d Rep. Mus. Nat. Hist.; pamph. pp. 48;

two plates, Albany, 1889).

Mr. Peck reports on the work done in the botanical depart-
ment of the State Museum of Natural History during the year
previous to this date. 268 species were added to the herbarium,
of which 108 were new to it, among them veracium prealtum
from Lewis Co.; Pentstemon levigatus from near Rome; Phy-
salis Peruviana from Manor, L. 1.; Quercus heterophylla and
Q. Rudkini from Staten Island; Sparganium affine (so called)
from the Adirondack Mts. Setarta verticillata and Apera
Spica-venti from Lansingburgh, and Lgutsetum littorale
from Oneida Lake, and the rest fungi, of which the usual large
proportion (46 species this time) are described as new. Under
“Remarks and Observations’? we note Proserpinaca pectina-
cea reported from Manor, L. I, a remarkable form of Solzdago
nemoralis with white rays from Elizabethtown, Essex Co.; Coreop-
sis trichosperma, var. tenuiloba from Eastport and Patchogue, L.
1; Arceuthobium pusillum from several localities in Chenango
County, found by Mr. Coville; a new locality for Epipactis in
Onondaga Co., an additional note on Trillium grandiflorum, var.
variegatum, and other interesting items. Mr. Peck gives also a
review of the New York species of C/ctopi/us, a genus of pileate,

24

fleshy fungi, enumerating fourteen species, of which eleven are
of his own description. As no references to literature are given,
we cannot tell from this document how many of them are de-

scribed here for the first time. ms, DB.
Pecan Tree—The. Chas. Mohr. (Garden and Forest, ii. 569,
570).

In this article, which is mostly concerned with the economic
value of the tree, we are pleased to note that the author has
adopted the name Hickoria Pecan.

Pelargonium—The Horseshoe. F. 1, Sargent. (Pop. Sci. News,
xxili. 181, 182, illustrated). ,
Piuus Banksiana on the Maine Coast. Edward L. Rand. (Gar-
den and Forest, ii. 579).
A memorandum upon the article published in the BULLETIN
of November, 1889, with some additional notes.
River Birch—The. (Garden and Forest, ii. 591, fig. 149).
This plate represents a characteristic group of trees of Betula
nigra in winter, when destitute of foliage.
Spectes—New or Noteworthy. Edward L. Greene. (Pittonia,
ii. 17-24; advance sheets).
The following are described as new: Aster brickellioides, var.
glabratus ; Aplopappus Bloomeri, var. Sonnei; A. cruentus ;
- Grindelia Hendersoni » Petasites nivalis , Senecio Franciscanus ;
S. conophyllus,; S. Gibbonsii,; Layia hispida, Eriophyllum
tanacetifolium , Prenanthes stricta; Mimulus Scouleri, vay.
cespitosus ; Lunanus angustifolius, Collinsia stricta and Monar-
della discolor. Many of these were collected by Professor
Greene during his exceedingly successful journey of last summer.
There are also critical notes on Scorzonella borealis, Malacothrix
altissima, Mimulus Scouleri, Lrtodictyon Parryt, Thalictrum hes-
perium (S. platycarpum, Greene) and Astragalus anemophilus,
with which is joined A. Miguelensis.
ALL, B.
Thismia Glaziovii— Une nouvelle Phanérogame sans Chlorophyll.
V. A. Poulsen. (Revue Bot. i. 549, 550).
A preliminary note on a new saprophytic species of Burman-
niacez, little more than two inches in height, from humus in a

eevee

25

Brazilian forest. An anatomical study of this interesting plant
will soon be published.

Trinidad.—Annual Report on the Royal Botanic Gardens for
1888. J. H. Hart. (Pamph. 4to. pp. 41, Gov. Printing Of-
fice, Port of Spain, 1889).

Unifolia.— Geographical Distribution of Western. Edward L.
Greene. (Pittonia, ii. 31-35 ; advance sheets).

Evidence is adduced to show that UW. sesstfolium has not
been found east of the Coast Range, and that U. ste/latum ac-
tually crosses the continent as does U. racemosum. More fruit- _
ing specimens are called for.

Yucca elata. (Garden and Forest, ii. 568, fig. 146).

Proceedings of the Club.

The regular meeting of the Club was held at Columbia Col-
lege, Dec. 10th, the Vice-President in the chair and twenty-two
persons present.

An Amendment to the Constitution was adopted, making the
regular meetings of the Club twice a month. The announced
lecture of the evening ‘“‘ Fungus Diseases of the Cranberry,” by
Professor Byron D. Halsted was then delivered. The substance
of his remarks was as follows:

The minute, red galls upon the cranberry leaves, stems, Gowle
ers and fruit, are caused by a unicellular fungus known as Syn-
chytrium Vaccinii,Th. It is probably at present confined to
the Marian Bog, near Brown’s Mill, Burlington County, New
Jersey. The following additional members of the Ericacez are
hosts to this gall fungus: Rhododendron viscosum, Kalmia an-
gustifolia, Clethru alnifolia, Cassandra calyculata, Gaylussacta
resinosa and Gaultheria procumbens, in all of which the fungus-
bearing cell of each gall is much alike, but in the galls them-
selves there is a wide variation upon the different hosts. These
plants are infested only when within reach of the bog water and
above the high tide or flood mark no galls are to be found. In
a portion of the bog, cut off by a railroad grade with no water-
way through it, there were no galls. The upper portion of the
bog is upon two streams which join near its middle.

¥.
ee

Seal

pos we as

roe

-

26

Up one of these streams no galls could be found, while along
the other there was an abundance. It seems clear that the first
point attacked was upon the latter stream, and the disease has
spread with the water. It was found upon vines for miles below
the bog in question, and doubtless would ruin other bogs below
this one if there had been any to infest. The gall fungus is fond
of much moisture and probably would be checked by leaving the
bog dry through the winter and preventing, if possible, floods in
spring. The bog is now almost worthless and picking was con-
fined to those areas not bathed by the contaminated water. The
cheapest, quickest and most thorough treatment would be to burn
the diseased vines and start again. As several related plants
along the shore of the bog are also affected, it is evident that
these also must be destroyed.

The so-called “cranberry scald” causes the loss of about
one-third of the cranberry crop in New Jersey, where it is now
mostly confined. The affected berries at first show a soft spot
which may spread over the whole fruit and give it a light brown
color. Soon after this the berry becomes wrinkled, and small
pustules appear, bearing spores. The diseased spot of a berry
when first affected is filled with the branching filaments of a fun-
gus. The whole diseased plant abounds in these threads and
upon the leaves at least two kinds of spores are formed, one
pycnidial and the other ascosporous. The fungus causing the

scald has not been fully determined, but it is in many respects

closely related to Physalospora Bidwellit, which causes a somewhat
similar decay of the grape known as the black rot.

The thanks of the Club were extended to Prof. Halsted for
his interesting and instructive address.

Dr. Britton exhibited a set of thin cross sections of North
American woods, mounted for lantern slides, prepared by Mr.
Romyn B. Hough, of Lowville, New York, and remarked on the
beauty and value of the preparations.

* BULLETIN

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Vol. XVII.) New York, February 5, 1890. [No. 2.

Plant Notes from Tadousac and Temiscouata County, Canada.
By John I. Northrop and Alice B. Northrop.

The little village of Tadousac is beautifully situated at the
junction of the Saguenay and the St. Lawrence. The latter river
here forms quite a deep bay, on the curving shores of which
stands the main part of the village, while on the jutting rocky
point that separates the bay from the mouth of the Saguenay,
are the picturesque cottages of the French fishermen and half-
breeds. Just south of the village the banks become very steep
and here, far above the present beach, are two, and in some places,
three very fine terraces, stretching around the point of the bay
and for some distance down the St. Lawrence. Back of all rise
the lofty hills of the Saguenay. Our first walk was out on the
headland at the mouth of the latter river,and here, at the level of
the sea, we found many of the alpine plants of Mt. Washington;
among these were Potentilla tridentata, Luphrasta officinalis and
Vaccinium Vitis-Tdea. Great mats of Empetrum nigrum grew on
the rocky banks and beautiful Campanulas nodded from the crevi-
ces. We were interested in observing that here Campanula rotun-
difolia bore only a single flower at the summit, and resembled
but slightly the large and many-flowered plants, two feet in height,
that we had collected in Crawford Notch, and also very different
: apparently from the little blue bells, three inches high, that grow
near the Lake of the Clouds on Mt. Washington, and bear but a |
single erect flower, of a very dark blue color.

We found much the same difference in the forms of Euphrasia
officinalis, We had first collected it a few weeks previous, near
Oakes’ Gulf on Mt. Washington, and there, though mature, it was
so tiny that in order to find it we had literally to get down on
our hands and knees, and go over the ground inch by inch. At
Tadousac we collected the usual small bushy Canadian form and
a week or two later, at Lake Temiscouata, found some specimens
about 8 inches high. Besides this alpine flora, there were many

*
"a0
ys
.
a4

ey

28

maritime plants. Plantago maritima and Triglochin maritimum
were common, 77ssa salina grew on the tide flats, and Lathyrus
maritimus over the rocks on the beach. But most beautiful of
all were the great spreading clusters of Mertensia maritima, with
its graceful trailing branches, glaucous foliage, and showy blue
flowers.

Higher up on the rocks were great patches of Kalmia angus-
tifolia, making masses of pink bloom; with these grew Ledum
latifolium and Cassandra calyculata, both in fruit, while shading
these tangled thickets, were Pinus Banksiana, the white spruce,
and the black spruce. Trailing over the rocks we found Yust-
perus Sabina, var. procumbens, in fruit, and the prostrate variety
alpina of Funtperus communts.

The yellow blossoms, and curious inflated pods of Rhinanthus
Crista-galli were common near the shore, and in the wet grassy
spots Microstylis unifolia grew plentifully. Along the Saguenay
we collected Ranunculus Cymbalaria, and in the crevices of the
rock Aspidium fragrans was found growing in large tufts, still
holding last years leaves, and Corallorhiza innata. Here we also
coliected Comandra livida and Goodyera repens.

On the border of a small pond near Tadousac, Polygonum
amphibium was found and in the bogs near the shore we saw
Eriophorum gracile, and with it the purple-flowered /oten-
tilla palustris ; also Calla palustris, but the flowers had already
gone and we could only get the fruit. Although it was the last
week in July, we noticed that the little birches on the hillsides
near Tadousac had begun to turn yellow, showing that the brief
northern summer was already on the wane.

A sail of three hours brought us to Riviere du Loup, and the
next morning we botanized along the banks of the rapid flowing
stream that gives the town its name. In one place it makes a
plunge of about 40 feet over the edges of the dark slaty rock
which forms its bed, and here under the hemlocks we found
Moneses uniflora, the bright blue berries of CUntonta, Coptis tri-
folia and Halenta deflexa.

Our train left Riviere du Loup about noon, and we were soon
speeding towards Lake Temiscouata, some fifty miles to the
southeast. At first poplars, birches and spruces were plenty, but
as we neared the lake we passed through great swamps of 7haja

occidentalis, some of the trees being the largest we had ever seen.
In the cleared places were large patches of Cuicus arvensis,
Epilobium spicatum and great masses of the gorgeous yellow
heads of Sonchus arvensis, while in places Vicia Cracca covered
the grass and low shrubs with a mantle of blue. After a ride of
nearly three hours, we alighted at our destination, the little
village of Notre Dame du Lac, prettily situated on the curving
shore of Lake Temiscouata.

Two lists of plants from this region have already appeared in
the BULLETIN, the first by John I. Northrop, in November,
1887, the second by Henry M. Ami, in May, 1888.

On my previous visit, in one place near the shore, I collected
an exotic labiate, which was not determined as the specimen was
in fruit, but this year we found the same species, now evidently
well established and holding its own in a dense growth of
Galeopsis Tetrahit and Amarantus. It has curious one-sided
spikes of blue flowers, and a peculiar lemon-like odor. We sent
some specimens to Dr. Britton, who wrote in reply that it was
Elsholtzia cristata, a native of Siberia, and belonged near our
genus Collinsonia. We found it growing in a clearing near a
mill, and there is no doubt but that it has been introduced. Still,
there are no records of its ever being cultivated, and how it
reached this out-of-the-way spot is a mystery.

Near by on the banks of a brook, /éstera convallartoides
grew abundantly and on the hillside above we found a few
specimens of Pyrola chlorantha. Great beds of Cornus Cana-
densis grew here, as almost everywhere in Canada, and we noted
that here, as elsewhere, we could not find a single four-leaved
plant that bore a flower. We had been struck with this fact
while botanizing in the White Mountains, and had made it a
special point of observation all summer, but out of the hundreds
of plants which we examined not one exception did we find to
this rule.

One day we took our canoe and paddled some three miles
down the opposite shore of the lake and here, growing among
the moss along a little brook, we found the rare Selaginella
spinosa, looking very much like a delicate Lycopodium. Far-
ther up the lake on the way to Mount Wissick we found a
number of plants of /guzsetum littorale. The specimens have

30

since been carefully examined and compared with those so
named by Dr. Morong and they are undoubtedly the same spe-
cies. On our way to Mount Wissick we passed over a shallow
portion of the lake and a better place to collect water plants
could not readily be found. The bottom was in some places
gravelly and in others of sandy clay. The water was beauti-
fully clear, but two or three feet in depth. We found here five
Potamogetons: P. pectinatus, P. gramineus, P. amplifolius, P. na-
tans and P. perfoliatus, the delicate Ranunculus aquatilis, var.
trichophyllos, and two species of Chara. Here and there the
spikes of the great Bulrush, Scirpus J/acustris, rose six or
seven feet above the surface of the water.

Most beautiful of all were the I/yriophyllums,; one of these,
vertictllatum grew near our camping place in great masses and
we could look down into the clear water and trace the long,
feathery unbranched stems until they reached the sand, some
seven or eight feet below.

Another species, more slender and growing in much shal-
lower water, we have since determined as Myriophyllum alternt-
florum. Attention has been called to this interesting species by
Dr. Morong in a previous number of the BULLETIN, (xiv. 51.)
where he states that it has been found in Lake Memphremagog,
Canada, by Mr. J. R. Churchill, but previously had been col-
lected no nearer to us than Greenland,

Well pleased with our morning’s spoils, we paddled on a mile
or so further, until we found a good camping place, when we
disembarked and soon started for the top of ‘‘la grosse montagne.”

Our trail led up through the usual growth of balsam, white
spruce, and Letula papyrifera; here and there the ledges were
luxuriously carpeted with Cladonia rangeriferina. Higher up
we found dozens of specimens of Halenaria Hookeriana, and
even more abundant was Corallorhiza multiflora. We also
found some few spikes of C. ixvata. About 550 feet above the
lake we found some plants of Zpig@a repens (the first we had
seen in Canada) surrounded by Vaccinium Pennsylvanicum,
Kalmia angustifolia and Ledum latifolium, and shaded by black
and white spruces. Among the crannies of the upper ledges we
found Woodsia Ilvensis, W. hyperborea,Pellea gracilis and Aspt-
dium fragrans.

pee

wee)

- ey
sa

The summit was shaded by very fine specimens of the red
pine, Pinus resinosa, The next day we worked up our plants,
collected some fossils from the ledges at the foot of the moun-
tain, and later on inthe afternoon started back for Notre Dame
du Lac. The few remaining days we spent there were devoted to
grasses and sedges—there was not a very great variety of either,
however, and their names will be found in the appended list.

The following list contains the plants collected that have not
been mentioned in the former lists. Unless otherwise stated the
locality is in the vicinity of Notre Dame du Lac.

Ranunculus reptans,

i Coptis trifolia,
Nymphea advena,
Nasturtium palustre.
Silene noctifiora,
Hypericum ellipticum.
Trifolium hybridum,
Astragalus oroboides,

var. Americanus.
Amelanchier Canadensis,

var. rotundifolia,

Ribes prostratum.
Myriophyllum verticillatum.
ae M. alterniflorum,
ee Osmorrhiza brevistylis.

genes Fleracleum lanatum.
3 Carum Carut,
Galium asprellum.
Lrigeron Philadelphicum,
> Gnaphalium uliginosum.

Lobelia Dortmanna.

Epigea repens, Mt. Wissick.
Pyrola elliptica,

P. rotundifolia,

P. chlorantha.

Hypopitys Monotropa.
Fraxinus sambucifolia,
Veronica serpyllifolia.

V. scutellata.

Verbascum Thapsus.
entha sativa,
ltzia cristata.

acynum androsemi folium.

Chenopodium capitatum.
Fagus ferruginea.

Chrysosplenium Americanum.

Listera convallariodes.
Microstylis uni folia.
Corallorhiza innata.
Goodyera repens.
Habenaria orbiculata,
Trillium erectum,
Juncus nodosus,

J. tenuis.

J. bufonius.
Potamogeton amplifolius.
P. gramineus.
P. per foliatus.

P. pectinatus,

Carex tntumescens.
Carex retrorsa.

C. stipata.

C. tentaculata,

Scirpus atrovirens.
Eriophorum cyperinum,
Dulichium spathaceum.
Eleocharis palustris,

FE. ovata.

Phieum pratense.
Agrostis alba,

A, hiemalis,
Deschampsia caspitosa,
Poa serotina,

Bromus ciliatus,
Agropyrum repens.
Taxus baccata var. Canadensis,
Abies Mariana.
Lequisetum arvense,

LE. limosum.

E, littorale,

E. pratense,

EL. scirpoides.

32

Polypodium vulgare. Botrychium Virginicum, var. gracile,
Pella gracilis. Mt. Wissick.

Aspidium fragrans. Lycopodium annotinum.

Woodsia Ivensis. Mt. Wissick. L. lucidulum.

W. hyperborea, Mt. Wissick. Selaginella spinosa, Lake Temiscouata.

Some Further Notes on the Flora of the Rangeley Lakes.

I have been especially interested in Mr. Johnson’s notes on
the flora of the Rangeley Lake region published in the October
number of the BULLETIN, because some years ago I spent the
month of September in one of the camps on Lake Molechunk-
amunk,—the same lake on which his camp was placed. Our
observations were made therefore in much the same region, but
at different seasons of the year, so perhaps on this account a few
notes of the plants I observed may be a fitting supplement to his
statements. |

I was too late for grasses, sedges, and orchids, and on my list
therefore I find few species, if any, noted. For some reason or
other the ferns seem to have been neglected in my collections,
perhaps because not abundant, as Mr. Johnson suggests. I
find six species of Lycopodium, however, fully as many as
could be expected.

In addition to the Ranunculacee mentioned I may name
Clematis Virginiana,; Thalictrum polygamum, Coptis trifolia;
Actea spicata var. rubra, and A. alba. The three species last
named were not uncommon in the deep woods.

Two species belonging to the Scropulariacee—Chelone glabra
and Veronica scutellata—and four indigenous species of Labiatz
—Mentha Canadensis, Lycopus Virginicus, Scutellaria lateri-
Jlora, and Brunella vulgaris-—were all I found belonging to these
families. Thoreau, if! remember rightly, speaks of the monkey-
flower (Mimulus ringens) as abundant throughout this region,
but I saw no trace of it. These two families therefore seem
poorly represented, as Mr. Johnson states. Like him, I found
no indigenous species of Leguminose. I found the Liliaceze, the
Polygonacee, the Rosacez, the Ericacee and the Composite all
fairly represented for a woodland region. Of the Liliacez,
Trillium erectum and T. erythrocarpum,; the two species of
Streptopus ; Clintonia borealis, were all common. Lilium Cana-

33

4 dense and Veratrum viride were noted on the lake road from
, Andover. The latter is an extremely common plant in the
Andover region further south. Of the Polygonacee Polygonum
amphibium was the most interesting species. It was very abun-
dant in a marshy inlet of the lake. Of the Rosacee, Geum
rivale, Agrimonia Eupatoria, Fragaria vesca, and FPotentilla .
Norvegica were perhaps the most noteworthy herbaceous species. :
Rosa lucida and R. Carolina were both common. I should now
expect to find R. zztida as well. The list of Composite is large
in proportion to the other lists. The golden rods most noticed
were Solidago latifolia, S. lanceolata, S. juncea, and S. rugosa ;
while the asters were fewer in number—A. macrophyllus, A. e
puniceus, A. acuminatus, and A. umbellatus being the most é
common species. Ewupatorium purpureum was common, but £.
ageratoides was rare and local. Hieracium Canadense, H. scab-
rum, Lactuca Canadensis, and Prenanthes altissima were not
uncommon among wood plants.
Other plants having more or less interest were Brasenta
peltata, which fairly choked a small pond in the vicinity; Sarra-
cenia purpurea; Corydalis sempervirens ; Drosera rotundifolia
and D. intermedia var. Americana, Hypericum ellipticum
and A. mutilum , Impatiens aurea ; Sium cicutefolium ; Cicuta f
bulbifera, Aralia racemosa; Galium asprellum; Houstonia
cerulea; Lobelia Dortmanna and L. inflata ; Utricularia cornuta;
Apocynum androsemifolium ,; Sparganium simplex, and Sagit-
taria variabilis. Many of these Mr. Johnson probably observed
as well. I agree with him when he mentions the apparent pau-
city of species—for my list includes a little less than two hun-
__ dred—but am sure that both his list and my own might be much
increased by a longer search. There are many small bogs and
marshy ponds that would doubtless yield many species of water
plants if any one took the pains to explore them. While the i
deep-wood flora is not of great variety, yet certain species must
be present that could be found by careful search.
i On the mountains in the neighborhood some interesting
_ plants must occur. The only one I recall is Arenarta Grenlan-
dca, which I found on Mount Aziscoos, and which is also re-
: _ ported on Bald Pate Mount, near Andover, by the Rev. J. W.
Sture.

34

In the small clearings and settlements on the lakes a number
of weeds and other introduced plants have appeared. This was
an extremely interesting part of the flora to me, and I| therefore
made as full a list as possible of the species observed. The in-
vading army was then small in number and few in species, but is
likely here as elsewhere to more than hold its own as Jong as the
clearings are open to the sun. I mention a few of these invaders
to show how our common weeds travel in the footsteps of man :—
Ranunculus acris; Capsella Bursa-pastoris ; Stellaria media ,;
Spergula arvensis ; Trifolium pratense, and T. repens; Sedum
Telephium ; Achillea Millefolium ; Chrysanthemum Leucanthe-
mum; Taraxacum officinale; Tanacetum vulgare, Cnicus ar-
vensis and C. lanceolatus ; Plantago major ; Galeopsis Tetrahit,
Polygonum FPersicaria; and Rumex Acetosella. All these
species were collected at the Upper Dam, except Spergula arven-
sis, which was seen only at Indian Rock, some miles farther
north. Most of them, however, appeared as well in.other in-
habited clearings, and often about the logging camps in the
woods.

I have not spoken of the trees and shrubs, for the species
observed were those that any one would expect to find in the
northern woods. The whole region is much devastated by the
lumbermen, and little pine have they left behind them. The
poplar and the spruce are now being attacked, and I suppose in
time this country will lose much of the wild beauty that is now
one of its greatest charms. EDWARD L. RAND.

Notes on Castilleia.

BY 1. DA; COCKEREr?:

These singular plants, with their variously colored bracts and
comparatively inconspicuous flowers, are very numerous in the
West, and exceedingly variable. In Custer County, Colorado,
we have at least three species—possibly more, while each one of
these presents interesting varieties or forms. About West Cliff,
rather below 8,000 feet alt., one finds in the meadows and on the
prairies scarlet and pale yellow species. The scarlet-bracted
species, which grows mainly on dry land, is C. zvtegra, Gray ;
the other taller, and with pale yellowish bracts, is C. pallida

35

var. acuminata.* This latter species prefers damper ground, and
affords food for certain Lepidopterous larve. Leaving the open
ground, we may now ascend to about 8,200 feet, where the pine
timber begins at the base of the Sangre de Cristo Range. Weat
once meet with a different form, which is rather like zztegra, but
taller and more slender, and otherwise peculiar. Failing to fit it
with any known species, I will call it for the present C. zntegra
var. gracilis.t This is the first sign of increase of altitude, which,
added to the effect of the timber, with moisture and shade, has
produced this taller form with deeply incised bracts.

Let us now follow up Brush Creek, one of the mountain
streams. Up to over 10,000 feet we meet with nothing new,
until, on a dry aspen-covered slope, appears a third scarlet-
bracted form, Castilleia linariwfolia, Benth. C. integra var.
grows at the same place, and can be distinguished from it at a
glance. We will call this C. évariewfolia form (a.) cocctnea, as the
species is not always of this color. So we go on higher, and at
about 11,000 feet is another stranger—when first I saw it, I did
not even guess what it might be. But an examination in the
hand, and a comparison with the C. /inariwfolia I had gathered
lower down, soon settled the matter—it was a form {¢ of /narie-
folia with bright crimson 5-parted bracts. How strange, to find

a species abundantly at one altitude, and uniformly scarlet, and
to ascend perhaps 800 feet in the same gulch, and find it again—
but crimson! It was one of the most striking things in variation

I had ever seen, but shortly it was to be outdone in the same genus.
Close to where I had found the crimson /énariefolia, | came
across a little family of Cas¢z//etas growing on a space of about
_ two feet square—C. pallida forms, evidently. There were three
varieties or forms, all intergrading beautifully at that very spot;

* C. pallida acuminata (Pursh), Britt.—C. pallida septentrionalis, Gray ;
Coult. Man. p. 284.

+ CASTILLEIA INTEGRA GRACILIS: About 2 feet high, tomentose puberulent :
Leaves rather inclined to be scabrous. Stem slender, erect, strong, somewhat
tinged with purple. Leaves narrow, lanceolate, conspicuously 3-nerved, entire:
lower cauline 58 mill. long and g} broad. Bracts tomentose, 3-parted, the divisions
(the middle one largest) bright scarlet. Calyx about equally cleft before and behind
or rather more before. Galea exerted, shorter than tube of corolla. Lip tricallous.

Described from fresh specimens. Willow Creek, Custer Co., Colo., Aug. 3, 1889.
$C. Linariefolia f. rosea f, nov.

36

though perhaps if one of each had been shown to a botanist who
knew nothing of variation in this genus and had never seen the
intermediates, he would unhesitatingly have classed them as
species. Two of the forms fell under the general definition of C.
pallida var. occidentalis, Gray, having the bracts white-tipped.
The first, most like ordinary acuminata of the valley, I will call f.
lobata. The bracts are mostly 3-lobed, pale greenish, white at
ends. The upper leaves have lateral lobes. The second may be
named f. ¢ézcfa, showing as it does the first indication of crimson-
purple in this species. The lip is scarcely half the length of the
galea; the bracts are broad, 5-lobed or cut and tinged with
purplish. They are white at the ends. The leaves are entire.
These two forms, although peculiar enough, are recognizable as
varities of pallida. But growing with them we have the third, a
shorter crimson-purple bracted plant, as different from acuminata
as can well be—the variety Haydeni of Gray. With the interme-
diate forms growing all together, one can see how Haydeni may
be really a variety of pallida, and yet compare typical Haydenz
with typical acuminata of the valley, and the relation seems
almost impossible. One plant tall, with pale bracts and entire
leaves—the other small, its inflorescence depresssed, its bracts
purple, and its leaves often much divided! It is possible, too, as
one must admit, that the supposed intermediate forms /odata and
_tincta are really hybrids, which from reversion and variability
are different in their characters. Yet C. /énarivfolia has shown
how scarlet may change to crimson without any hybridization
being anyway probable, and the variation of Haydent from
acuminata is after all only the usual variation of species in this
genus, carried to extremes. But again, the two forms of /n-
ariefolia do not intermix, while Haydent and even acuminata
itself grow together, which favors the idea of their being distinct
as species. At timber line (12,000 feet alt.), Haydeni is abun-
dant while occidentalis sparingly occurs, and even examples of
acuminata which I could not distinguish from those of four
thousand feet below. Above timber line, the mountain side is
beautifully pink with Haydenz in wonderful profusion. When I
sat down I gathered all I could hold in my hands without moving
from my seat, but, unfortunately, when pressed, they lose most

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. Plate C.

CF iets aor

ASTER ToRREYI, Porter.

*
'

37

of their natural beauty. On the whole, though Hayden? is cer-
tainly descended from pallida, I think we may call it a species,
Castilleia flaydeni (Gray), while the /obata and tincta forms may
be doubtfully referred to occidentalis x Haydeni—if occidentalis is
not itself the hybrid. I feel exceedingly doubtful about this
conclusion, nevertheless, for it seems to imply more free hybridi-
zation than is common.

However, hybrids or otherwise, the whole series of Custer
County Castilleias shows us very plainly the effect of altitude in
this genus. It acts in changing scarlet to crimson or purple, and
in dividing the leaves and bracts. At extreme high altitude,
dwarfing also is apparent, but this is mainly the effect of want of
shelter.

A New North American Aster,
(Plate C.)

ASTER TORREYI. Stem erect, rather stout, apparently 2
to 3 feet high, reddish, puberulent; cauline leaves broadly ovate,
tapering to the base, conspicuously veined, and scabrous beneath,
sharply serrate, the acute apex and the tips of the serratures
apiculate- mucronate ; upper ones smaller, inclined to be oblong
and truncate at the base; inflorescence corymbose; heads nu-
merous, crowded on the ends of the ascending branches; bracts
of the involucre Ovate, obtuse, imbricated in several rows, scar-
ious in the center, and green on the tips and along the margins,
the inner slightly tinged with purple, woolly-ciliate; rays about
4 lines long; akenes sparsely hirsute.

It belongs to the same group which includes 4. Engelmanni
and A. elegans, and has heads of flowers much like those of the
latter in all respects, although the involucral bracts are somewhat
broader and more obtuse.

The single specimen from which this description is drawn was
collected in 1865, by Dr. John Torrey, on a high mountain near
Donner Pass, in California, Remaining in his herbarium until
now, without a name, it must have been overlooked by Dr. Gray,
when engaged in the study of the genus. It consists only of the
upper half of the plant, of which a figure is here given, in the
hope that the botanists of the Pacific Slope may be inspired to
make diligent search for the re-discovery of a species so beautiful

and well-marked, THOS. C, PORTER.

38

Botanical Notes.

Note on Viola pubescens. In connection with the statement
concerning Fall-flowering violets made by Mr. A. J. Foerste, on
page 267 of the October number of the BULLETIN, it may be
interesting to note the occurrence of these late flowers in Viola
pubescens as well. In this vicinity a small clump of plants of this
species has been flowering with more or less perfect and conspi-
cuous flowers at irregular intervals throughout the summer. To-
day (Oct. 17th) I have noticed one of the last of these flowers.
It is about one-third the size of the early flowers with color and
veining distinct. The upper petals are, however, aborted to mere
rudiments, while the lateral petals are reduced in size in propor-
tion to that of the lower petal, and project in line with the sepals,
rather than expand. All this agrees well with Mr. Foerste’s
statement above referred to. EDWARD L. RAND.

Stellaria humifusa, Rotth, On a visit to Little Cranberry
Island, south of Mount Desert Island, Me., in August last, while
crossing a salt marsh my attention was drawn by the vivid green
of a few clumps of a Caryophyllaceous plant of a low and com-
pact growth, with ovate, sessile and fleshy leaves. Examination
showed it to be the species above named. This locality is, I
believe, the most southern one yet recorded. It is an inhabitant
of the arctic seas, frequently occurring on the coast of Labrador.
Pringle collected it on the south shore of the St. Lawrence one hun-
red miles below Quebec (BULLETIN, VI, 366). Macoun quotes it

from Anticosti Island, and from wet, boggy places on shore of
Lake Mistassini; other observers have seen it, though rarely, in

New Brunswick. Prof. Goodale collected it on the northern border
of Maine on the St. John’s, and now we find it on the coast of
Maine in lat. 44° 15’. J. H. REDFIELD.

Reviews of Foreign Literature.
The Encasing of Protoplasm in reference to the Function of the

Cell Nucleus.

This is the title of an article, by G. Haberlandt, in the Journal
of the Vienna Academy of Science, in which some peculiar
cellulose growths are studied in regard to their probable connec-
tion with the action of the nucleus, Klebs succeeded in dividing

39

the protoplasmic body of the cells of certain plants in two halves,
one of which contained a nucleus and the other lacked this. This
was done by plasmolytic agencies. Haberlandt undertook to find
out whether some such action did not take place in certain cases
without artificial agency. The first objects of study were the
hairs of different Cucurbitacee.

In the short hairs of Bryonia leaves it was found that fre-
quently in the process of the secondary cell wall thickening, as it
is called in Germany, the protoplasmic body was separated in two
halves, about equal. The one contained a nucleus, the other was
without one. Now, when new cellulose coats were formed, only
that part of the protoplasm containing a nucleus was found to
participate in this process. Even when the cellulose ring did not
form an entire wall, but grew toward the center of the cell so far
as to nearly separate the two portions of protoplasm, that portion
containing the nucleus had the power of making a new cellulose
coat, so as to entirely encase itself from the other half. Also, in
hairs whose whole length was covered by a cell wall of nearly
uniform thickness, the protoplasmic body was often separated in
two unequal portions, by the part holding the nucleus surrounding
itself with one or more cellulose coats. This, he says, is exactly
analogous to the process occurring in the bast cells of Asclepiadez
and Apocynacee, as described by Krabbe. He traced the same
occurrence in the hairs on the under side of the leaves of Szcyos
angulatus and Momordica Elaterium. The encasing in cellulose
does not depend on the size of the protoplasmic body, but on its
possession of a nucleus.

In the work referred to by Krabbe, the author compares this
process of cell-formation within a cell to the formation of asco-
spores, and in this later work by Haberlandt this view appears
to be fully established. The work of Krabbe was done to
prove certain theories in regard to the manner of growth of cell
wall, and, as such, deserves a separate review. The work of
Haberlandt, on the other hand, has special reference to the action
of the nucleus in the formation of new membrane. _ E. L. G.
Capture of insects by Utricularia.

In the “ Berichte der Deutschen Botanical Gessellschaft,” is
an article by M. Biisgen, on the manner and meaning of the
capture of insects by Utricularia vulgaris.

40

Experiments were made by feeding plants 15 centimeters
long, containing about 15 leaves each, with 6 bladders, with a
certain animal, Chydorus sphericus. About 270 of these were
fed each plant, and their progress of growth compared with that
of other similar plants equally well provided for, except they
were carefully prevented from obtaining animal diet. The results
proved that the plants fed with animals grew nearly twice as fast
as those which were not able to obtain this food.

The manner in which the animals find their way, unassisted,
into the bladders is also described. There is nothing specially
new in this except, perhaps, the presence of bacteria on the
secreting hairs. The lid of the bladder opens by means of the
pressure on its surface, and closes quite suddenly, thus capturing
the unlucky animal, and, after its death, bacteria proceed to
destroy its remains. EB. L. G,

Sur les procédés employés par les Faponais pour obtenir des Arbres
nains ; par M. P. Maury. (Bull. Soc. Bot. d. France, xxxvi.
290-204.)

The Japanese exhibit of dwarfed plants at the Paris Exposition
has attracted a good deal of attention. In this article illustrations
are given of Pinus Faponica one hundred years old; Ginkgo
biloba, sixty years; Cephalotarus, ninety years, and Nandina
domestica seventy years old—each of them in ordinary window
pots. The method described is the following: The seeds are
sown in very small pots, and the young plants allowed to grow
till their roots having absorbed all the earth (toute la terre) which
they contain, completely replacing it, and escaping in search of a
soil more vast. They are then re-potted to others but slightly
larger, and the operation is repeated indefinitely. This practice
seems to be the most important of those employed by the Japanese
horticulturist. Forced in this way to a slow development, by
insufficient nourishment and moisture—for even this is deprived
them—the trunk is atrophied. Under these circumstances con-
iferous trees, especially, remain dwarfed in size. To train them
into compact and shapely forms, the branches are bound together
by bamboo fibres. E.G

Les Plantes Aquatiques Alimentaires, A. Paillieux et D. Bois,

(Bulletin Bimensuel de la Soc. Nat. D’Acclimatation de

France, December 5, 1888).

In this pamphlet of thirty-one pages the authors treat of the
following edible plants: Aponogeton distachyum and ten other
species of the genus; Ouvirandra fenestralis ; Trapa bicornis, T.
bispinosa and T. natans, var.; Nelumbium speciosum and NV. lu-
teum; Euryale ferox ; Nuphar multisepalum ; Nymphea Lotus,
NV. edulis, N. rubva, N. cerulea and N. Rudgeana ; Eleocharis
tuberosa,; Sagittaria sagittefolia, S. Sinensis and Cénanthe sto-
lonifera. Of these the synonyms and common names are given
with a short description and notes on habitat, cultivation, uses
and geographical distribution. In many cases they have been
cultivated or become naturalized in France, and the information
given is full and reliable, in others, it is quoted or is meagre.
The authors desire for cultivation specimens of Sagittaria vari-

ables. | i Os

Histoire dun nouveau Légume. A Pailleux et D. Bois. (Rev.

Sci. Nat. Appl., Nos. 12, 13, 1889).

The tubercles of Stachys affinis, Bruge, have been introduced
into cultivation by M. Paillieux, who considers them the third
new vegetable of the century and has done all in his power to
create a demand for them in the market under the name of
“Crosnes du Japon.” They have been used for pickles and
salads and are recommended for invalids and those of delicate
digestion, because of the large percentage (.76) of hydro-carbons
in the form of galactane. The flavor and nature of these rhizomes
seems to be similar to that of the artichoke. The plant is native
of eastern Asia and known also as S. ¢uberifera,

Index to Recent American Botanical Literature.

Alge of Maine—The Freshwater, William West. (Journ. Bot.
XXVli. 205-207).
One new species, (Spherozosma Aubertianum), and two new
varieties, (Micrasterias pinnatifida, Ralfs., var. trigona, and
Staurastrum angulatum, W. West, var. subangulaium), are de-

scribed.

Alge of the West Indian Region—Catalogue of the Marine. Geo.

42

Murray. (Journ. Bot. xxvii. 237-242; 257-262; 298-305,
concluded). :

In addition to the catalogue of species, a table showing the
distribution and a list of authorities is appended.

Atacama— Botanische Reise nach der Proving in 1885. R. A.
Philippi. (Verhand. Deutsch. wiss. Verein Santiago, 1888,
214-221).

Bald Cypress—The knees of the ; a New Theory of their Function.
R. H. Lamborn. (Garden and Forest, iii. 21, 22, fig. 4).
The much discussed question as to the function of the

“knees” of Zaxodium distichum here receives another contribu-
tion. The author advances the very plausible theory that they
serve to strengthen the angle where the roots change their di-
rection from a horizontal to a more or less vertical one. As these
roots undoubtedly act in the capacity of anchors to hold the trees
steady in the soft and yielding soil where they grow, the above
hypothesis seems entirely within reason. The significant fact is
mentioned that the Bald Cypress seldom, if ever, is known to be
prostrated by the wind, in spite of its apparently insecure place
of growth. It is also suggested that the knees may serve the
purpose of arresting drift material, and holding it until it decays
and becomes food for the roots of the trees to absorb. The
author considers the theory that they are aerating organs as yet
unsubstantiated.

Bulletin of Miscellaneous Information—Royal Gardens, por
1889. (8vo. pp. 306. London, 1889).

Contains much that is of interest to American botanists.
Under the caption Coca are full descriptions, with figures, of
Erythroxlyon Coca and £. Coca, var. Novo-Granatense, and brief
notes upon other species of the genus. Two memoranda are
given upon the Yam Bean (Pachyrhizus tuberosus), one of which
is illustrated. The short-podded Yam Bean (P. angulatus) is also
figured. Zizyphus chloroxylon, the Jamaica cogwood, is figured,
and its bibliography given. Considerable space is occupied by
the description of the economic values of Aétalea funifera ;
Cinchona, Agave rigida, var. Sisalina, and several others. In
the list of hardy annual and perennial herbaceous plants which
have perfected seeds at the Gardens are a large number of our

well-known North American species, and the same may be said

of their list of newly-introduced garden plants, among which

may be noted Amelanchier alnifolia, A. oligocarpa, Antirrht-
num Nuttallianum, Aquilegia longissima, Camassia Cusickit,

Convolvulus Californicus, Erythronium Hendersonit, Oxybaphus

Caltfornica, Smilax rotundifolia, Vitis indivisa, etc. Under the

heading, ‘‘ Guide to the Botanical Literature of the British Em-

pire,” will be found lists of the works relating to, or in which refer-
ence is made to the botany of the British Possessions in the

Western Hemisphere—a very useful compilation.

Champignons de Venezuela et principalement de la Region du Haut
Orénoque recoltes en 1887 par M. A. Gaillard. - N. Patouil-
lard and A. Gaillard (Soc. Mycol. France iv. Fasc. 2, 7-46, PI.
VI-XIII; from Bot. Centralb. xxxix. 121).

Chenes de l' Amerique septentrionale en Belgique. J. Houba (8vo.
pp. 329, Hasselt, 1887).

Cottonwood. (Populus monilifera, Ait.) Observations on the,
Albert F. Woods. (Bull. No. 11, Agric. Exp. Sta. of Neb.
93-97). |
An attempt is here made to differentiate between the male

and female trees, by other than the usual sexual characteristics.
The tables of observations on times of leafing and defoliation and
number of lateral and terminal buds are not devoid of interest,
and the entire article shows considerable care in its preparation.
but the net results may be best stated in the author’s own words,
viz.: “There are therefore, no observable secondary sexual char-
acters, and it is safe to say that the sex of cottonwoods cannot be
determined until they begin to bear fruit.” It should be re-
marked, however, that the author does not class the appearance
and dropping of leaves as a secondary characteristic. The fact
that the female tree is the last to leaf and the first to drop its
leaves, is considered as due to the expenditure of vital force in
perfecting its fruit, hence it is a pr¢mary characteristic! It seems
as if considerable latitude might be given to the definition of pri-
mary characteristics, and their number be greatly increased under
such a ruling.

Cypréss.— The Deciduous. (Garden and Forest, iii. 2, Fig. 2).
Contains a discussion of ‘‘knees’’ and other phenomena in

PRR Pn eee eT ey

connection with Zaxodium distichum, and a characteristic view

of a swamp in Southern Indiana.

December.—A mild. (Garden and Forest, iii. 11).

Several contributions under this heading announce the flow-
ering of plants out of season, from many widely separated sec-
tions of the country. Similar communications appear in the fol-
lowing issue, and finally the editors are obliged to say: ‘‘ We
have received many letters, for which we have no further space,
from correspondents who give lists of flowers blooming out
of their season. But with bluets (Houstonta cerulea) flowering
by New England roadsides, Anemone blanda opening in the su-
burban gardéns of this city, and dandelions starring the turf
everywhere the day after New Years, it is safe to pronounce this
an exceptional winter.”

Economic Fungi.—Announcement and Contents of Fascicle. A.
B. Seymour and F. S. Earle. (Cambridge, Mass., January
I, 1890).

The announcement is made that a series of fascicles of fungi
of economic importance are to be prepared, to illustrate the dis-
eases of noxious and useful plants. Each fascicle is to be given
a distinctive character, and will be prepared either loose or in
book form. Fascicle I, containing 50 species, is now ready
for distribution, at $3.00 or $3.50, according to method of pre-
paration.

Euphorbiaceous Plants collected by Mr. T. S. Brandegee in 1889
on the mainland of Lower California and the adjacentislands
of Magdalena and Santa Barbara. C. F. Millspaugh. (Proc.
Cal. Acad. Sci. (II), ii. 217-230; reprint, issued December 17,
1889).

In this ‘“‘ Contribution to North American Euphorbiacee, I,”
Dr. Millspaugh enumerates 41 species and varieties, of which the
following are described as new: Phyllanthus Brandeget ,; P. ctl-
tato-glandulosus ; Croton Magdalene ; Argythamnia Brande-
get, A. serrata, var. Magdalene; A. sericophylla, var. ver-
rucosemina , Acalypha Comunduana ; Bernardia viridis; L£u-
phorbia Purisimana, E. Brandegei ; E. pediculifera, var. minor ;
E. conjuncta ; E. involuta; E. geminiloba,; E. Comunduana ;
E. heterophylla, var. eriocarpa. There are also critical notes on

45

many other species. If this order serves as an index to the rest
of Mr. Brandegee’s collection, it must be wonderfully rich in

novelties. N. Ed

Fittonia argyroneura. WW. H. G. (Garden xxxvi, 527, illus-
trated).

Flora of the Northern Shores of America.—Remarks on, with
Tabulated Observations made by Mr. F. F. Payne, on the De-
velopment of Plants at Cape Prince of Wales, Hudson Strait,
during 1886. Geo. Lawson. (Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada;
Sec. iv. 1887, reprinted).

In the list of plants collected, numbering 66 species, will be
found many which are familiar to all who have collected in the
Northern United States and in our eastern mountain regions,
such as Vaccinium Vitis-Idea, V. uliginosum, Diapensia Lappon-
ica, Pyrola minor, Rhododendron Lapponicum, Salix herbacea,
Saxifraga oppositifolia, etc., and a few which are known at the sea
level in our own neighborhood, such as Cerastium vulgatum, Hon-
kenya peploides, Eriophorum polystachyon and Cystopteris fragilis.
Flowers and Insects. IIT, Chas. Robertson. (Bot. Gaz., xiv, 297-

304).

Notes are given upon the habits and effects of bird and insect
visitors upon Nelumbo lutea, Dentaria laciniata, Geranium mac-
ulatum, Impatiens aurea, I. biflora, Staphylea trifolia and Cean-
othus Americanus.

Fungi of Economic Interest.—Notes on; Observed in Lancaster
County, Nebraska, during the summer of 1889. Roscoe Pound,
(Bull. No. 11, Agric. Exp. Sta. of Nebraska, 83-91).

The author states that ‘the popular idea, and one which one
constantly encounters in conversing with those who suffer from
the damage done by these fungi, namely, that they are more
abundant in wet seasons than in dry ones, has not been confirmed
by my observations.” Three lists are given, one of injurious
fungi, numbering 64 species; one of those which are harmless so
far as observed, numbering 5 ; and one of beneficial fungi, num-
bering 6. Under the latter heading the intention is evidently to
describe the species which are beneficial to economic botany—
not to the hosts, Thus ‘‘ Botrytis tenella, Sacc, On “ June

a
ES
“a

46

Bugs” (Lachnosterna) and several caterpillars. Often kills large

numbers of them.”

Garden Vegetables.—History of. E. L. Sturtevant. (Am. Nat.
Xxili. 665-677).

We are pleased to again welcome the author’s contributions
to this subject. In this paper he treats of the Lima Bean, (Pha-
seolus lunatus, L.), Lovage, (Ligusticum levisticum, L.), Mal-
lows, (Malva crispa, L.), Marigold, (Beta vulgaris, var.), Marty-
nia, (Martynia proboscidea, Glox., and M. lutea, Lindl.), Melon,
(Cucumis melo, L.), Mint, (Mentha viridis, L.), Mugwort, (Ar-
temisia vulgaris, L.), and Mustard, (Sivapis alba, L., S. nigra,
L., S. brassicata, L., S. Chinensis, L, and S. Pekinensis, Lour).
Gontograptus Thureant, McCoy, from the Levis Formation.—Aad-

ditional Notes on. Henry M. Ami. (Can. Ree. Sci. iii. 502,

503, illustrated).

Grasses and Forage Plants of the United States,and such Foreign
Kinds as have been Introduced.—The A gvricultural, (George
Vasey. (Special Bull. Bot. Divn. U. S. Dep’t Agric., Wash-

ington, D.C., 1889).

This profusely illustrated report begins with an account of the
grasses, 99 of which are figured. Amongst the forage plants
other than grasses may be noted Opuntia Engelmanni, Erodium
_cicutarium, Eurotia lanata, besides the Trifoliums, Medicagos,
and other allied plants, all figured. Excellent plates are also
- given, under the heading “ General Description of Grasses,” of
roots and rhizomes ; sheaths, ligules and blades; inflorescence and
dissections of flowers.

Hickory Matter.—In the. N. 1. Britton. (Garden and Forest,
il. 621,622). A communication, with editorial comment.
Palaeontology of the Plains, No. 1\—Contributions to the. F.W.
Cragin. (Bull. Washburn Coll. Lab. Nat. Hist., ii. 65-68).

Cycadoidea munita is described as a new species, intermedi-
ate between C. megalophylla and C. microphylla.

Relation of the Flora to the Geological Formation in Lincoln
County, Kentucky—The. Warry A. Evans. (Bot. Gaz. xiv.
310-314).

This is a contribution along a line of investigation to which
too little attention has been paid, The relations between any

Pa aly ty hl car a al
.

47

geological formations and their accompanying floras are of value
and are often of unexpected interest. The author is working in
a field of research which ought to bring forth good results.

Rusts and Smuts of Nebraska—A Preliminary Enumeration of

the. (Bull. No. 11, Agric. Exp. Sta. of Neb., 37-82).

One hundred and nineteen rusts and twenty smuts are enu-
merated, to which is appended an index to all the host plants
mentioned.

Sequota—The Great. Chas. H. Shinn. (Garden and Forest, ii.

614-615).

The author here gives the early history of the discovery of
the “big trees’ and the rapid rate at which they are now being
destroyed for commercial purposes.

Smut in Oats—Preliminary Report on. (Bull. No. 8, Kans.

State Agric. Coll. Exp. Station, Oct. 1889).

Ustilago segetum, (Bull.) Ditm. is described and figured, as is
also the striking smut, 77//etia fetens, (B. and C.) Trel. which
affects wheat.

Smut of Indian Corn—The. C. E. Bessey. (Bull. No. 11.

Agric. Exp. Sta. of Neb., 25-35, figs. 8 and 9).

Ustilago maydis is figured.

Smut of Wheat and Oats—The. J. C. Arthur and Chas E. Bes-

sey. (Bull. No. 11, Agric. Exp. Sta. of Neb., 1-23, figs. I-

7). Tilletia fetens and Ustilago segetum are figured.

Station Botanists at Washington—The. Byron D. Halsted.

(Bot. Gaz. xiv. 305-309).

This is the report of the Secretary of the Botanical Committee
of the Association of American Agricultural Colleges and Ex-
periment Stations, for the meeting held at Washington, D. C.,
November 12-15, 1889.

Sugar Producing Plants. Wilford Skaife. (Can. Rec. of Sci.

iii. 455-475).

An historical account of sugar-making from the earliest times,

the plants used and methods employed. 3
_ Theobroma cacao. (Le Nat. Canadien, xix. 113, fig. 15).

“ Ueber Brasilianische Kletterstraucher. . Schenck. (Verhand.

Naturw. Verein der Rheinl., 1889).

Viburnum pauciflorum. C.S.S. (Gard, and Forest, iii. 4 fig. 1).

48

Wet Mountain Valley, Colorado—Contributions Toward a List of
the Fauna and Flora of. T.D. A. Cockerell. (West Am.
Sci. vi. 153-155).

In this contribution the author lists thirty-one Alga, nine

Pteridophyta and four Gymnosperme.

Proceedings of the Club.

The annual meeting was held Friday evening, January 14th,
1890, the Vice-President in the chair, and 21 persons present.

Prof. Byron D. Halsted, Mr. John K. Small, Miss Anna M.
Vail, and Mr. F. von Wilmowsky were elected Active Members.

The deaths of Mr. James Hogg and Dr. W. DeForest Day,
two of the incorporators of the Club, were announced by the
Secretary, and a committee was appointed to draw resolutions
expressive of the sentiments of the Club.

Dr. Rusby, on behalf of the Field Committee, read a final
report of the season’s work.

Mr. Hollick,:Seeretary of the Botanic Garden Committee,
read a report of progress. The Committee was continued.

Reports of the officers were read and accepted. The editors
presented the following

SPECIAL REPORT ON THE BULLETIN.

On the completion of the 20th year of publication of the
BULLETIN the Editors consider it desirable that a statement of
the progress of that journal from its beginning should be publicly
made, as well as of its present prospects and needs. While the
main facts of its history are familiar to some of the older mem-
bers to those who have recently come into the Club they will
be new and will therefore be of especial interest.

The first number was published in January, 1870, consisting of
four pages issued by Mr. William H. Leggett. While bearing the
name BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB, it was actu-
ally a private venture on the part of that earnest and enthusiastic
botanist, for at that time the Club had no legal organization. Mr.
Leggett stated in his salutatory that its object ‘was primarily to
form a medium of communication for all those interested in the
Flora of this vicinity and thus to bring together and fan into a flame
the sparks of botanical enthusiasm at present too much isolated,

49

* * * We hope to have no lack of interesting communica-
tions, not only from deep investigators, but from all those who
meet with interesting facts, for we wish it to be distinctly under-
stood that we have chiefly in view the development of a greater
botanical interest in our neighborhood and found our hopes of
success as much upon learners as upon the learned. While the
BULLETIN will be chiefly devoted to the local Flora of New York,
it will not exclude matters of general botanical interest, of which
we hope correspondents will keep it informed.” The matter of
financial support was thus alluded to. ‘‘We suppose that we can
supply each of thirty subscribers at five dollars a year with ten
copies, but must wait for a little experience. If we find it favor-
ably received we are not without hope of ensuring it a perman-
ency, which of course, it ought to have. But of this we purpose
to speak hereafter.”

A new catalogue of the plants within thirty-three miles of
New York was proposed, as well as an herbarium to illustrate it.
Both were immediately begun, the first portions of the catalogue
being printed in the second number, where the terms of ordinary
subscription were fixed at one dollar per annum.

The publication was continued monthly throughout the year,
48 pages completing Volume 1. The result of the experiment
is best given in the language of the Editor, as printed in January,
1871. “The present number completes the second year of our
publication. The interest shown in it augurs well for its future.
Thanks to its friends—some warm ones outside of the Club—it
will not fall very far short of paying expenses. When there is a
permanent fund of from three to five thousand dollars, as we
count there will be some day, it will be insured a permanency.
Meanwhile it will be continued at the present rates.”

Printing was regularly proceeded with, not with any great fi-
nancial encouragement, however, for in February, 1872, it was
stated ‘‘Our expenses for the first two years exceed our income
$53. 33.” The third volume ran to 56 pages. The Local Cat-
alogue was given greatest prominence, although other matter was
beginning to claim space. In January, 1873, the Editor re-
marked: ‘THE BULLETIN is now entering upon its fourth year,
and we know has been of service in bringing the students of

aT Oe eo eres
MTS? |

BOTANICAL
GARDEN.

~

50

Botany throughout the country into communication with each
other. Our receipts do not yet quite cover our expenses. It is
our ambition to enlarge our little publication and make it perman-
ent. Todo this there is need of funds. * * An endowment of
about $3, 000 would enable us, with our present list of subscribers,
to double the number of pages, and perhaps, add some much
needed illustrations.’”’ The subject was again alluded to in July
of the same year, at the time of the final organization of the Club,
and again in December. The fourth volume reached about the
same size as its predecessors, and the first five volumes were com-
pleted in December, 1874.

Meanwhile the Local Catalogue had been extended as far as
Carex. The difficulty of obtaining correct and reliable reports
on the Graminez caused its suspension, although the list of Car-
ices and a few grasses appear in the first number of Vol. vi., as a
supplement, issued, however, at a long subsequent date. But
more general matter was crowding in and there was no lack of it.
The next five years were allowed to run on as one vol-
ume (Vol. vi.) reaching 379 pages, an average of about 76 pages
annually. The publication fund hoped for by its founder was
not secured and it is needless to remark that it never has been.

But the object sought by Mr. Leggett had in a large degree
been attained. He had “fanned into a flame the sparks of bot-
anical enthusiasm” and excited such a widespread and increasing
interest in his loved science that in the increase of subscriptions
the BULLETIN could be materially enlarged. Vol, vii. reached
128 pages ; Vol. viii., 144 pages. In January, 1882, at the begin-
ning of Vol. ix., the journal was first formally adopted as the
organ of the Club, and at the same time the Editor’s labors were
divided by the election of an associate, Mr. W. R. Gerard, and
to him fell the duty of completing that volume alone, for the
morning of April 11th witnessed the death of the genial, talented
and earnest editor.

Mr. Leggett’s services to American Botany have never yet
been suitably recognized. It is believed by those who have re-
cently conducted the BULLETIN—and we know that this belief is
shared by many others—that this journal was the prime mover in
exciting and developing the deep botanical interest which is so

wa Fate
Pe Mate ee

51

prominent a feature in American Science of to-day. It was en-
tirely his creation and the amount of time taken from his busy
life and devoted to it can never be fully appreciated. It is his
monument, and it should ever be our endeavor to make it a
worthy one.

This ninth volume reached 156 pages; Vol. x., ran to 136 pages,
and was edited by W. R. Gerard, and N. L. Britton; Vol. xi., by
W. R. Gerard and Benjamin Braman, 140 pages; Vol. xii., by
the same editors, 136 pages. Meanwhile the number of illus-
trations had been gradually increasing, and had now become
quite an important feature.

Vol. xiii. was edited by Elizabeth G. Britton and F. J. H.
Merrill. The style of the journal was here materially changed, a
more open type adopted and the number of pages increased to
252. The “Index to Recent American Botanical Literature” was
begun, which has since become so important a feature of the
BULLETIN. Vol. xiv. was conducted by Elizabeth G. Britton,
Jos. Schrenk, F. J. H. Merrill, H. H. Rusby and C. Henry Kain,
and reached 268 pages. Vol. xv., by the same staff, with the
addition of Emily L. Gregory and the substitution of Arthur
Hollick for Mr. Merrill, and ran to 328 pages. Vol. xvi. has been
edited by N. L. Britton with the same staff of associates and has
reached 340 pages, an average of over 28 pages monthly, or seven
times its original number. :

This increase in size and importance has been effected solely
by the large subscription list. The BULLETIN has never paid for
itself, however; there has been a regular shortage of from 6% to
25%. The present editors believe that it has, however, now
reached its maximum size with the present apparent resources,
and that unless these are increased no further enlargement can be
made for a number of years. But they are faced with an increas-
ing demand for its space, for it has become the most popular organ
of botanical publication in America. More illustration is also
urgently needed and should be supplied. ~

Under these conditions there appear to us three alternatives :

I. Te continue the publication on the present lines, or per-
haps with some retrenchment;

2. To obtain the publication fund hoped for by its founder ;

2 4 ee sy
cr i
res

52

3. To increase its price to subscribers not members of the
Club.

We respectfully request that the Club consider these impor-
tant questions and instruct its editors, for although given power
under the Constitution to distribute the publications at their dis-
cretion, the responsibility entailed at the present time should not
be assumed without further action by the Club.

It was resolved that a committee be appointed by the Presi-
dent to consider the report of the editors, and recommend action
by the Club.

The following officers for the ensuing year were elected :—
President: Hon. Addison Brown; Vice-President : Thomas Hogg;
Treasurer: Dr. W. E. Wheelock: Recording Secretary: Maria
O. Steele ; Corresponding Raietarys Helena C. Gaskin ; Curator:
Josephine E. Rogers; Librarian: M. L. Delafield, ie Editor:
Dr. N. L. Britton; Associate Editors: Dr. Emily L. Gregory,
Prof. Jos. Schrenk, Dr. H. H. Rusby, Prof. C. Henry Kain, and
Arthur Hollick.

Mr. Hollick reported Draba verna in flower on Staten Island,
December 30th, and Dr. Rusby Evodinm cicutarium in northern
New Jersey, Dec. 25th.

The second January meeting was held on the 29th. President
Brown in the chair, and 36 persons present.

Mr. Hogg announced the death of Mr. Peter V. LeRoy, one of
the incorporators of the Club, and remarked on his botanical work.

The following papers were then read, as announced :—

“Observations on Utricularia,” by Mr. Bashford Dean.

‘Notes on Plants collected in Ontario, Canada, August and
September, 1889,” by Mrs. Britton and Miss Timmerman.

ie ar

|
|

: BULLETIN
| TORREY BOTANICAL CLUS.
Vol. XVII. New York, March 10, 1890. [No. 3.

An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. H. H, Rusby in
South America, 1885-1886.—XL,
(Continued from page 12.)
Myrcia guajavefolia, Berg, |. c. 160. Falls of Madeira (596).
Myrcia pheoclada, Berg, |. c. 167. Yungas, 6,000 ft. (599).
Myrcia prunifolia, DC. |. c. 253. Junction of the Beni and
| Madre de Dios (2693); Falls of Madeira (595), the latter
| specimens referred here with considerable doubt.
are sp. near M7. bimarginata, Berg. Falls of the Madeira (603).
‘Eugenia Michelii, Lam. Encycl. iii. 203. Unduavi, 8,000 ft.
(2082).

‘Eugenia flavescens, DC. Prodr. iii. 272. Falls of the Madeira

(606).

Lugenia Macahaensis, Berg |. c. 589? Falls of the Madeira
(588 and 593); Junction of the River Beni and Madre de
Dios (597). Compared with Riedel’s No. 353, Herb. Kew.,
and closely related if not identical.

_Lugenia Schlechtendahliana, Berg, |. c. 321. Junction of the

Rivers Beni and Madre de Dios (594).
Engenia Gardneriana, Berg, |. c. 316. Falls of the Madeira
(604). Flowers smaller than in the type.

_ Eugenia Feijoi, Berg, |. c. 283. Falls of the Madeira (2664).

Eugenia ovalis, Berg, Linnea, xxvii. 156? Falls of the Ma-
deira (602). Apparently the same as Spruce’s No. 5523.
Specimens in leaf only.

Eugenia Chequen (Mol.), H. & A. Near Valparaiso, Chili (583).

Eugenia spectabilis, Phil. Linnea, xxviii. 639. Same locality ( 584).

Eugenia, sp. Same locality. (601).

Nos. 591 from Falls of the Madeira and 589 from Junction of
the Beni and Madre de Dios are probably Eugenzas, but the spe-
cimens are indeterminable.

iS Ms - -, Pree te Eo ee ea” ee
Ry ete - ee ’ ee oes
a eee ee ee ee et eS A

% a
Ce ate

q
i

‘ey eee es toi

54

|

Lecythis pachysepala, Spruce in Mart. Fl. Bras. |. c. 494. Junc-
tion of the Rivers Beni and Madre de Dios (2528).

Gustavia angusta, L. Amoen. Acad. viii. 266. Falls of the Ma-
deira (656). |

Gustavia Brasiliana, DC. Prodr. |. c. 290. Junction of the Beni
and Madre de Dios (657). |

As the species of the order Myrtacez have been so exceedingly
multiplied by Berg, and many of his descriptions are not rep-
resented in the Kew Herbarium, I was unable to distinguish
any new species among the numerous specimens collected by
Dr. Rusby.

MELASTOMACEE#.

Acisanthera alsinefolia (DC.), Tri. Trans. Linn. Soc. xxviii. Falls
of the Madeira, Brazil (2534). |
Pterolepis trichotoma (Rottb.), Cogn. in Mart. Fl. Bras, xiv. (3)
261. Guanai, 2,000 ft. (2325).
Tibouchina granulosa (Desr.), Cogn. Mapiri, 5,000 ft. (2247).'
var. ANGUSTIFOLIA, var. nov. Folia anguste oblonga, 8 cm.,
longa 2 cm. lata, acuta; petiolis 1 cm. longis. Yungas, 6,000:
ft. (2245). |
Tibouchina barbigera (Naud.), Baill. Adans. xii. 75. Guanai,
2,000 ft. (2326). |

Tibouchina longifolia (Vahl), Baill. 1. c. 74. Yungas, 6,000 ft.

(2336; 2243); Guanai, 2,000 ft. (2244); Yungas, 4,000 ft.
(2549), the latter determination from imperfect specimens
and uncertain.

TIBOUCHINA PANICULARIS (Naud). (Chetogastra panicularts,
Naud. Ann. Sci. Nat. (III) xiv. 129; Pleroma paniculare,

|

Triana, Trans. Linn. Soc. xxviii. 46.) Yungas, 4,000 ft. (2327). |

TIBOUCHINA CAPITATA (Naud.) Cogn. mss. (AZicranthella capt-

tata, Naud. l.c. xiii. 350; Pleroma capitatum, Triana, l. c.) |

Mapiri, 2,500 ft. (2727). Det. Cogniaux.

TIBOUCHINA LATIFOLIA (Naud.) (J@icranthella latifolia, Naud.
l. c. 381; Pleroma latifolium, Triana, |. c. 47). Yungas, 4,000
ft. (2337); 6,000 ft. (2338).

TIBOUCHINA RusBYI, Cogn. sp. nov. (sect. Dictanthera): ramis
junioribus petiolis pedunculis calycibusque brevissime et
densiuscule hirtellis; foliis breviter petiolatis, oblongis, basi

Ate.
2
a
Ta

55

rotundatis, apice acutis, integerrimis, 7-nerviis utrinque bre-
vissime dense molliterque villosis; paniculis magnis, termin-
alibus, pyramidatis, multifloris, inferne foliatis; floribus bre-
viuscule pedicellatis; calycis tubo ovoidea lobis triangu-
lari-lanceolatis, obtusiusculis, tubo paulo brevioribus,
staminibus valde inaqualibus, filamentis glabris, majorum
connectivo basi breviter producto; stylo glabro.

Rami satis graciles, obtuse tetragoni. Petiolus 1-134 cm.
longus. Folia submembranacea, 7-10 cm. longa, 3-4 cm.
lata. Pedicelli graciles, 1%4-1 cm. longi, minute bracteolati.
Calycis tubus 5 mm. longus; lobi 3-4 mm, longi. Petala an-
guste obovata, brevissime ciliata, 8mm. longa. Staminum fila-
menta 3-4 mm. longa; anthere satis arcuate, majores 6 mm.
minores 3-4 mm. longe. Stylus filiformis, 10-12 mm.
longus. Unduavi, 8,000 ft. (2339).

TIBOUCHINA BRITTONIANA, Cogn. sp. nov. (sect. Dictanthera) ;

ramis junioribus pedunculisque brevissime denseque hirtellis ;
foliis parvis, breviter petiolatis, anguste ovatis, basi rotunda-
tis, apice obtusis, integerrimis, 5-nerviis, supra brevissime den-
seque strigillosis, subtus brevissime denseque villosis ; panicu-
lis majusculis, terminalibus, multifloris, inferne foliatis; floribus
longiuscule pedicellatis ; calyce brevissime denseque adpresse
hirtello, tubo ovoideo, lobis lanceolato-linearibus, acutis, tubo
paulo brevioribus; staminibus satis inzequalibus, filamentis
glabris, majorum connectivo basi breviuscule producto ; stylo
glabro.

Rami satis graciles obscure tetragoni, ferruginei. Petiolus
5-8 mm. longus. Folia rigida, cinerea, 2-3% cm. longa,
8-14 mm. lata. Pedicelli graciles, %-1 cm. longi, minute
bibracteolati. Calycis tubus 5-6 mm. longus; lobi 3 mm.
longi. Petala obovata, tenuissime ciliata, 8-9 mm. longa.
Staminum filamenta 4 vel 5 mm. longa; anthere satis arcu-
ate, 6 vel 8 mm. longe. Stylus filiformis, 12-14 mm.

longus. Yungas 4,000 ft. (2341).

TIBOUCHINA LANCEOLATA Cogn. sp. nov. (sect. Dictanthera);

ramis acutiuscule tetragonis, junioribus pedunculis calyci-
busque setulis brevibus adpressis rigidiusculis sparse armatis;
foliis subparvis, breviter petiolatis anguste lanceolatis, basi ob-
tusiusculis, apice acutis, integerrimis, 5-nerviis, supra breviter
sparseque adpresse strigillosis, subtus sparse adpressque
hirtellis, paniculis brevissimis, paucifloris, floribus brevissime

<x it, phere -
= ee a ae eh a oS a ee ten A,

56

pedicellatis; calycis tubo anguste campanulato, basi acuto,
lobis triangularibus, acutis, tubo multo brevioribus ;_ stamini-
bus paulo inzqualibus, filamentis glabris, majorum connectivo
breviter producto, stylo glabro.

Rami graciles, purpureo-fusci. Petiolus 2-5 mm. longus.
Folia rigidiuscula, 3-6 cm. longa, 7-10 mm. lata. Pedicelli
filiformes, basi minute bracteolati, 2-3 mm. longi. Calycis
tubus cinereo-fuscus, 4 mm. longus; lobi brevissime ciliati, 1
mm. longi. Staminum filamenta capillaria, 3-4 mm. longa;
antheree subrecte, 3-4 mm. longe. Stylus filiformis, 5 mm.
longus. Yungas, 4,000 ft. (2343).

a TIBOUCHINA STENOPHYLLA Cogn. sp. nov. (sect. Dictanthera),
a ramis obscure tetragonis, junioribus petiolisque _ setulis
s longiusculis adpressis rigidiusculis basi tuberculatis sparse

armatis ; foliis subparvis, breviter petiolatis, anguste lanceo-
latis, basi subacutis, apice acutis, integerrimis, trinerviis,
sy utrinque sparse adpresseque setulosis; paniculis brevis-
simis, paucifloris; floribus longiuscule pedicellatis; calyce
setis brevibus patulis glandulosis sparse hirtello, tubo
oblongo-campanulato, inferne attenuato, lobis triangularibus,
acutis, tubo multo brevioribus; staminibus satis inaequalibus,

. filamentis glabris, majorum connectivo basi longiuscule pro-

ducto; stylo glabro.

a Rami graciles, fuscescentes. Petiolus 3-7 mm. longus. Folia
a tenuiter membranacea, 3-6 cm. longa, 5-8 mm. lata. Pedicelli
: filiformes, basi minute bibracteolati, 5-8 mm. longi. Calycis

tubus cinereus, 4 mm. longus; lobi ciliati, 1 mm. longi.
Staminum filamenta capillaria, 4 vel 5-6 mm. longa; anthere

leviter arcuate, 4 vel 6 mm. longa. Stylus filiformis, 8-9

a mm. longus. Capsula ovoidea, 5 mm. longa. Guanai, 2,000

| Pr S35):

TIBOUCHINA PURPURASCENS, Cogn. sp. nov. (sect. Dictanthera);
ramis obscure tetragonis, junioribus petiolis foliis calycibus-
que pilis rigidiusculis patulis longiusculis subsparse hirtellis ;
foliis parvis, breviter petiolatis, lanceolatis, basi subrotundatis,
apice acuminatis, obscure denticulato-crenulatis, trinerviis ;
floribus_ breviter pedicellatis, solitariis, vel subsolitariis ;
calycis tubo late campanulato, lobis ovato-triangularibus,
apiculatis tubo dimidio brevioribus.

Fruticulus 3-4 dm. altus, ramis gracilibus. Petiolus 2-4
mm. longus. Folia tenuiter membranacea, dilute purpureo-

57

violacea przcipue subtus, 2-4 cm. longa, 6-11 mm. lata.
Pedicelli 2-3 mm. longi, ebracteolati. Calyx purpurascens,
tubo 4 mm. longo, lobis rigidiusculis, 2 mm. longis. Mapiri,
2,500 ft. (2616).
TIBOUCHINA: sect. nov. OCTOMERIS, Cogn.

Flores 8-meri, pedicellis supra medium bibracteatis. Caly-
cis segmenta persistentia. Anthere lineares, superne satis
attenuatz, connectivo basi paulo incrassato.

TIBOUCHINA OCTOPETALA, Cogn. sp. nov. (sect. Octomeris);

ramis junioribus petiolis pedunculisque breviter denseque
hirsutis; foliis longiuscule petiolatis, ovato-oblongis, basi
rotundatis, apice acutis, integerrimis, 7-nerviis nervis inter-
mediis basi coalitis, supra dense strigoso-hirsutis, subtus bre-
viter denseque villosis; paniculis terminalibus axillaribusque,
paucifloris; floribus longiuscule pedicellatis; bracteis sub-
pellucidis, sessilibus, obovato-cuneatis, extus densiuscule bre-
viterque villosis, intus glabris ; calyce subadpresse longiuscule
denseque striguloso-setoso, tubo subhemispherico, lobis
lanceolato-linearibus, tubum subzequantibus; petalis brevissime
ciliatis; staminibus satis inzequalibus, filamentis glabris, ma-
jorum connectivo infra loculos breviuscule producto; stylo
inferne hirsuto.

Rami robustiusculi, obscure tetragoni, ferruginei. Petiolus
2-3 cm. longus. Folia submembranacea, 1-1%4 dm. longa,
5-6 cm. lata. Panicule 6 cm. long; pedicelli 1-2 cm longi.
Bractee purpurascentes, adpresse, circiter 1 cm. longe.
Calyx purpurascens, tubo 8 mm. longo, 10 mm. lato, lobis
7-8 mm. longis. Petala purpureo-violacea, anguste obovata,
11% cm. longa. Staminum filamenta 8 vel 10 mm. longa;
antherze majores satis arcuate purpurascentes 8 mm. longe,
minores subrectz, flave,6 mm. longz. Stylus crassiusculus,
I cm. longus. Yungas, 4,000 ft. (2332).

Brachyotum microdon (Naud.), Tri. 1. c. 49. Unduavi, 8,000 ft.

(2340).

Aciotis paludosa (Mart.), Tri. 1. c. 51. Mapiri, 5,000 ft. (2333).
Aciotis annua (Mart.), Tri. 1. c. 52. Falls of the Madeira (2582).
AXINZA SPECIOSA, Britt. spec. nova. Arbor; foliis 15 cm. lon-

gis, 6 cm. latis, oblongis, coriaceis, utrinque acutis, glabris,
5-nervis, integris, supra opacis, subtus pallidis, nervis promi-
nentibus; paniculis terminalibus, decompositis, 12 cm. longis,
10 cm. latis; ramis densifloris; floribus 4 cm. latis, pedicellis

cic SNe | Migs ig Wai A ek cc aa ok ge CU eile

Oral

Sn

SAE eae poe ae ee 5,

OE Be te Ee REE Ie,

eee

Aes LP tev ks Clue Ta

=i oe
a ae ee Me

Sone sa dibetee dalle. Soa

ee see da telicay sls Sakae i is aie a calla ae. gia i tr Ce ie EES Be a.
be sia :

58

15 mm. longis; calycis tubo 6 mm. diametro, hemispherico,
5-dentato ; petalis obovatis, obtusis. Mapiri, 2,500 ft. (2328).

Meriania macrophylla (Benth.), Tri. l.c. 66. Yungas, 6,000 ft.
(2329).

MERIANIA BOLIVIENSIS, Cogn. sp. nov. (sect. Lumeriania);
ramis obscure tetragonis, junioribus, petiolis pedunculisque
vix furfuraceis ; foliis longiuscule petiolatis, anguste ovatis,
basi subacutis, apice brevissime et obtusiuscule acuminatis,
integerrimis vel vix undulato-denticulatis, 5-plinerviis, supra
glaberrimis, subtus vix furfuraceis praecipue ad nervos; pan-
iculis terminalibus axillaribusque, parvis, paucifloris, umbelli-
formibus ; floribus breviuscule pedicellatis, calyce brevissime
denseque puberulo, tubo teretiusculo, anguste campanulato,
dentibus exterioribus linearibus, tubum aquantibus.

Rami satis graciles, pallide virides. Petiolus 2-2% cm.
longus. Folia tenuiter membranacea, 7-12 cm. longa, 4-6 cm.
lata. Panicule 4-6 cm. longz; pedicelli densiuscule puberuli,
basi bracteati, 3-5 mm. longi. Bractez caduca, lineares,
densiuscule furfuraceo-puberula, 1 cm. longa. Calyx cin-
ereus, tubo 7-8 mm. longo, lobis interioribus ovatis, 3 mm.
longis, dentibus exterioribus 6-7 mm. longis. Petala pur-
purascentia, obovata, 2 cm. longa. Anthere 4-5 mm. longe.
Stylus filiformis, 10-12 mm. longus. Aff. 17. guintuplinervis
Naud. Yungas, 6,000 ft. (2246).

Adelobotrys adscendens (Sw.), Tri. l.c. 67. Mapiri, 5,000 ft.
(2441).

Greffenriedia emarginata (R. & P.), Tri. lc. 71. Mapiri, 2,500
ft. (2335). A form or variety with very lax inflorescence.
Leandra crenata (Don), Cogn. in Mart. Fl. Bras. xiv. (4) 137.

Unduavi, 8,000 ft. (2306); Mapiri, 2,500 ft. (2307).

Leandra aurea (Cham.), Cogn. lc. 140. Yungas, 6,000 ft.
(2304; 2312).

Leandra reversa (DC.), Cogn. 1. c. 198. Mapiri, 2,500 ft. (2302).

Leandra dichotoma (Don), Cogn. 1. c. 200. Mapiri, 2,500 ft.
(2235).

LEANDRA STELLULATA, Cogn. sp. nov. (sect. Carassan@); ramis
junioribus petiolis pedunculis foliisque subtus ad nervos pilis
patulis breviusculis crispulis apice stellulato-ramosis dense ves-
titis ; foliis longiuscule petiolatis, oblongis, basi subrotundatis,

apice acutis, minute denticulatis ciliatisque, leviter 5-plin-

erviis, supra glabratis, subtus vix furfuraceo-puberulis; pani-

1, aa Sa arene

"59

culis parvis, paucifloris, diffusis, floribus breviter pedicellatis ;
calyce leviter puberulo, tubo ovoideo, lobis triangularibus,
acutis tubo 2-3 plo brevioribus; petalis anguste triangulari-
bus, acuminatis.

Rami graciles, teretiusculi, cinerei. Petiolus 1%-3 cm.
longus. Folia membranacea, in eodem jugo satis inzequalia,
6-12 cm. longa, 2%4-5 cm. lata. Panicule 3-4 cm. longe,
pedicelli basi bracteolati, 2-4 mm. longi. Calycis tubus 2-2%
mm. longus; lobi circiter 1 mm. longi. Petala subreflexa,
1% mm. longa. Stylus 2-3 mm. longus. Affinis LZ. sud-
sertata, Cogn. Yungas, 6,000 ft. (23112).

Miconia spennerostachya, Naud. |. c. Xvi. 187. Guanai, 2,000 ft.
(2278). Det. Cogniaux.

Var. ANGUSTIFOLIA, Cogn. Folia oblonga, breviuscule
acutique acuminata, 12-18 cm. longa, 4-6 cm. lata. Mapiri,
5,000 ft. (2268).

MICONIA PERSICARIAFOLIA, Cogn. sp. nov. (sect. Eumiconia,
A. Aplostachye, Fl. Bras.); ramis teretiusculis, superne vix
compressis, junioribus petiolis pedunculis calycibusque den-
siuscule stellato-furfuraceis; foliis breviter petiolatis, anguste
lanceolatis, longe acuminatis, basi acutiuscule attenuatis, in-
tegerrimis, trinerviis, supra glabris, subtus ad nervos nervul-
osque densiuscule stellato-puberulis, ceteris glabratis; paniculis
spiciformibus, brevibus; floribus sessilibus, glomerulatis, basi
bracteolatis ; calyce brevissime 5-lobato; antheris linearibus,

subrectis, connectivo basi incrassato, antice minute biauricu-

lato, postice gibboso; stylo apice truncato vix incrassato.
Rami satis graciles, cinerei. Petiolus 1-1%4cm. longus. Folia

membranacea, 8-14 cm. longa, I-2 cm. lata. Pedunculus
communis gracilis, 4-5 cm. longus. Calycis tubus cinereus
anguste campanulatus, obscure angulatus, 3 mm. longus.
Petala obovata, subacuta, 2 mm. longa. Staminum filamenta
2mm. longa; anthere pallide, 3 mm. longe. Stylus fili-
formis 4 mm. longus.—Aff. JZ. aplostachya, DC. Guanai,
2,000’ ft. (992).

Miconia albicans (Sw.), Tri. 1. c. 116. Yungas, 6,000 ft. (2299).

Miconia stenostachya, DC. Prodr. iii. 181. Yungas 6,000 ft. (2258).

Miconia Organensis, Gardn. in Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. ii. 345.
Falls of the Madeira (2281).

Miconia tiliefolia, Naud. |. c. xvi. 151. Mapiri, 5,000 ft. (2322).

Miconia argyrophylla, DC. \.c. 181. Mapiri, 5,000 ft. (2248).

a

60

Miconia lepidota, DC. 1. c. 180. Mapiri, 2,500 ft. (2253); 5,000
ft. (2271).

Miconia, near M. rhytidophylla, Naud. Yungas, 6,000 ft. (2269).

Miconia sessilifolia, Naud. 1. c. 181. Yungas, 4,000 ft. (2270).

Miconia desmantha, Benth. Pl. Hartw. 181. Yungas, 4,000 ft.
(2265).

Miconia TIbaguensis (Bonpl.), Tri. 1. c. 110. Yungas, 6,000 ft.
(2262 ; 2289); Guanai, 2,000 ft. (2277). The latter specimen
det. Cogniaux.

Miconia macrophylla (Don). Tri. 1. c. 103. Guanai, 2,000 ft.
(2249).

Miconia tomentosa, Don. Mem. Wern. Soc. iv. 316. Junction of
the Rivers Beni and Madre de Dios (2251).

Miconia, related to the last. Mapiri, 5,000 ft. (2248).

Miconia calvescens, DC. 1. c. 185. Mapiri, 5,000 ft. (2264).

Miconia prasina (Sw.), DC. 1. c. 188. Mapiri, 5,000 ft. (2257;
2267). A variable species.

MICONIA MULTIFLORA, Cogn. sp. nov. (sect. Eumicomia, F.
Paniculares, Fl. Bras.); ramis superne valde compressis,
junioribus petiolis paniculis calycibus foliisque subtus dense
stellato-puberulis et ferrugineis; foliis longiuscule petiolatis,
anguste obovatis, abrupte brevissime obtuseque acuminatis,
basi late cuneatis, integerrimis, adjecto utroque nervulo mar-
ginali 5-nerviis, supra primum dense stellato-puberulis
demum glabris; paniculis majusculis, thyrsoideis, ramosissi-
mis, valde multifloris; floribus minute fasciculatis, sessilibus,
ebracteolatis; calycis limbo obscure obtuseque 5-lobato;
antheris linearibus, paulo arcuatis, connectivo basi brevissime

producto et leviter incrassato, sparse glanduloso; stigmate
subpeltato.

Rami robusti. Petiolus robustus, 3-4 cm. longus. Folia
subcoriacea, supra pallide viridia, 2 dm. longa. 12 cm. lata,
nervis nervulisque subtus valde prominentibus. Paniculz
2% dm. longe. Calyx campanulatus, teretiusculus, 244 mm.
longus. Petala obovata, 2 mm. longa. Staminum filamenta
capillaria, 144 mm. longa; anthere 2 mm. longe. Stylus
4mm. longus. Yungas, 4,000 ft. (2254).

Miconia ternatifolia, Tri. 1. c. 118. Mapiri, 5,000 ft. (2255);
Yungas, 4,000 ft. (2273).

Miconia minutifiora (Bonpl.), DC. 1. c. 189. Mapiri, 5,000 ft.
(2276; 2294).

61

The Carices of the Upper Half of the Keweenaw Peninsula.
CAREX NOTES.—XIII.
By L. H. BAILeEy.

Mr. O. A. Farwell, Phoenix, Michigan, has sent me for
determination a complete set of the carices which he has collected
in his vicinity during the last four or five years, and the list
affords so good a contribution to the knowledge of the geograph-
ical distribution of certain species, and is so large a record of the
carex flora of a little known and interesting region, that I submit
it for publication. Keweenaw County comprises the end ofa
small and narrow peninsula which juts into the main body of
Lake Superior from the southward. It lies wholly above the
47th degree of latitude, and is the most northerly portion of the
United States lying in or east of the Great Lakes. Its climate
must be almost wholly dominated by Lake Superior. As in all
regions adjacent to the Great Lakes, the flora is anomalous. It
presents a curious admixture of northern and southern types, yet
the northern types are not particularly marked. The writer has
always observed this tendency of southern types to creep north-
wards along the Great Lakes, particularly on the shores opposite
the direction of the prevailing winds. These winds, traversing
the warmer area of the water, maintain the winter temperature
on the shores upon which they blow at a higher point than it
reaches upon the opposite side. Thus it appears to be true that
the flora of the eastern shore of Lake Michigan has in it more
plants of a southern type than has the western shore; at any rate,
it is true that the western shore of the State of Michigan presents
in its flora a warmer cast than does the eastern shore of the State.
Mr. Farwell’s plants come from the western side of the Keweenaw
peninsula. It would be interesting to compare with them the
plants of the eastern side.

The plants which seem to be particularly out of place so far
north are Carex squarrosa, C. virescens var. costata, C. Davisizt,
and C. F¥amesitz. On the other hand, there are none which seem
to be out of place so far south.

The range of C. exilis is much extended by the collection of
this plant on the Keweenaw Penisula. The most western locality

ee ep ee ee Se ee ee ea ee 7 Re Pl Se ee, a ee Le ek OR ER a cee ee eee
iene :

62

heretofore known for it is in Wayne Co., Western New York,
where it has been collected by E. L. Hankerson. Mr. Farwell
writes: “I first collected it in 1884 in a swamp between the
Osceola and Calumet mines in Houghton Co., about twelve or
thirteen miles from here, where it was very plentiful. I collected
it again about six miles northwest of here, in Keweenaw Co., in
1887.” C. exilis is a rare species, and this extension of range is
important.

This region, in common with our whole northern boundary
apparently, presents the most perplexing similarities in some of
the varities of C. tribuloides, C. scoparia, and C. straminea.

The list comprises sixty-four entries. Following each entry,
I have inserted the number which it bears upon Mr. Farwell’s
label.

C. paucifiora, Lightf. 519.

Michauxiana, Boeckl. 664, 665. Frequent in meadows.
intumescens, Rudge. 614. Common.

oligosperma, Michx. 661. Frequent.

. utriculata, Boott, 663, 663a, 663b, 714, 714b. Common.
. utriculata, Boott, var. mznor, Boott, 714a, 715, 715a.
monile, Tuckm. 662, 716, 716a, 716b.

. rvetrorsa, Schw. 609, 689. Common.

lurida, Wahl. (C. tentaculata, Muhl.) 703. Frequent.
hystricina, Muhl. 634, 688.

squarrosa, Linn. 699. Frequent.

scabrata, Schw. 651. Common.

Houghtonii, Torr. 632, 633.

filtformis, Linn. 640. Frequent.

Jusca, All. 615.

stricta, Lam. 569, 565a, 566, 566a, 566b, 566c. Frequent.
stricta X filiformis, Bailey, 613. The only station known for
this well-marked hybrid.
crinita, Lam. 569, 568, 568a, 568b.

Magellanica, Lam. 608.

limosa, Linn. 606, 607.

virescens, Muhl. var. costata, Dewey, 697.

castanea, Wahl. 611.

. arctata, Boott, 610.

PHOT HAHAH yeaa nnnaAawsnA

Re Ae SE ker

63

. arctata, Boott, var. Faxoni, Bailey, 639.

arctata X flexilis, Bailey, 612.

debilis, Michx. var. Rudget, Bailey, 610a, 637, 638, 638a.
gracillima, Schw. 655. Common.

gracillima, Schw. var. humilis, Bailey, 656.

Davisii, Schw. & Torr. 700.

Crawei, Dewey, 701.

C. granularis, Muhl. 704.

C. flava, Linn. 670, 671, 672, 672a 673. Common.

C. pallescens, Linn. 570.

C. laxiflora, Lam. var. varians, Bailey, 657, 713. Common.
C. Saltuensis, Bailey, 243.

C. aurea, Nutt. 635, 636. Common.

C. pedunculata, Muhl. 41. Common.

C. Pennsylvanica, Lam. Common in sand.

C. communis, Bailey, 652, 652a.

C. communis, Bailey, var. Wheelert, Bailey, 653.
C. varia, Muhl. (C. Emmonsii, Dewey), 40.

C. deflexa, Hornem. var. media, Bailey, 244. Bluffs.
C. Jamesii, Schw. 698. Infrequent.

C. polytrichoides, Muhl. 520. Common.

C. stipata, Muhl. 522. Common.

C. vulpinoidea, Michx. 521. Common.

C. tenella, Schk. 523.

C. exilis, Dewey, 389.

C. echinata, Murr. var. cephalantha, Bailey, 555.
C.

C.

C.

C.

¢

C.

C.

G

C.

C.

C.
C.
C.
Ci
C.
C.
C

. echinata, Murr. var. microstachys, Boeckl. 556.

. canescens, Linn. 604.

. canescens, Linn. var. vulgaris, Bailey, 605. Frequent in
swamps.

. canescens, Linn. var. alpicola, Wahl. 625. Frequent on dry,
sterile hills.

. canescens, Linn. var. polystachya, Boott, 624.

. trisperma, Dewey, 524.

. bromoides, Schk. 702. Infrequent.

. Deweyana, Schw. 603, 603a.

. tribuloides, Wahl. var. reducta, Bailey, 685.

. tribuloides, Wahl. var. Bebbiz, Bailey, 684, 684a, 683¢c.

64

tribuloides, Wahl. var. cristata, Bailey, 683a.
scoparia, Schk. 601, 602a.

scoparia, Schk. var. minor, Boott, 602.
straminea, Willd. 683b.

straminea, Willd. var. mirabilis, Tuckm. 683.

yey fs Fi

Pinus Banksiana at the West,
By i. J. cen.

In the BULLETIN for November, 1889, are two articles on
the presence of Pinus Banksiana, Lamb., on the coast of Maine,
and the impression left by reading the article is, that this station
is farther south than any yet reported. In ‘‘ Garden and Forest”
for December 4th, the statement is repeated. A record of a more
southern locality is made in Professor Sargent’s “ Report on the
Forests of North America,” in one of the volumes of the tenth
census, and is quoted in one of the articles. But it is evidently
misunderstood, and may be slightly misleading to a casual reader.
It is reported as found on “the southern shore of Lake Michi-
gan.” This may be taken for a part of the southern peninsula of
Michigan, which, in its northern part, extends eastward from
Grand Traverse Bay, the lower end of Lake Michigan having an
easterly trend for some distance. But if we substitute for this
statement “shore of the south end of Lake Michigan,” all liability
to mistake is removed, and a locality is named considerably
further south than that at Frenchman’s Bay in Maine. Thinking
a detailed account of the distribution of this pine may be of in-
terest to botanists and worth recording, I have compiled this ar-
ticle from my notes and observations and from other available
sources regarding its presence west of Lake Huron.

To begin with the locality nearest to Chicago, that at the
south end of Lake Michigan, we have one in latitude 41° 35’, or
nearly two hundred miles south of that in Maine, and the most
southerly of any yet named, as far as I can learn. This is in the
counties of Lake and Porter, Indiana. I know of no other locali-
ties where it could be expected to occur, unless it be the next
two counties south, Newton and Jasper, where there is a similar
region of barren sand hills near the marshes of the Kankakee
River, and around the head waters of the Iroquois. This was

65

evidently the bed of a lake with its bordering dunes, when the
land, now partly covered with the Jack Pine at the head of Lake
Michigan, formed a part of the lake itself. The conditions are
favorable to its growth, but I do not know of its presence there at
this time.

The pine belt in northwestern Indiana begins at Whitings, on
the Lake Shore and Michigan Southern Railway, eighteen miles
east of its terminus in Chicago, or three miles east of the Illinois
State line, and extends eastward for twenty miles, perhaps far-
ther, to Michigan City, (though I have not traced it all the way),
since it is reported by Professor Beal as present on the east side
of Lake Michigan from Indiana northward. The region of sand
becomes narrower as we go eastward, but it is favorable to the
growth of this pine. The pine belt is from one to three miles
wide, and P. Banksiana and P. Strobus both abound, the latter
having a somewhat wider range. It is a region of sand ridges
and shallow ponds and sloughs, once a part of the bed of Lake
Michigan, and the conditions are suitable for the two pines to
flourish side by side, the dryer and more barren places being
taken by the Jack Pine, and the moister and more fertile by the
White Pine, though this is not exclusively true of either. Some-
times a Jack Pine will be found a foot in diameter, and thirty to
forty feet high, but they are usually much smaller, often mere
shrubs, except in form, with fruiting branches a foot from the
ground. They frequently form dense thickets, and are some-
times dug up and taken away by nurserymen to be used for
hedges or windbreaks, being treated like Arbor Vite. Four other
conifers are also found, the Red Cedar rarely, the White Cedar,
Thuja occidentalis, more common,the common Juniper frequently,
and a small swamp of Tamarack.

In Michigan I have found it from Manistee southward, as
well as in several places north of this, where it is common, and
within its general climatic range. Manistee has about the same
latitude as Frenchman’s Bay. In “ Wheeler and Smith’s Cata-
logue of the Plants of Michigan,” it is said to come as far south in
the western part of the State as Newaygo County, or nearly as
far south as Muskegon. In the “ Report of the Michigan
Forestry Commission” for 1888, it is given a range from Indiana

wae ee. a eee

66

northward. In the central part of the State, according to the
above catalogue, it is first seen in the northern part of Clare
County, or but little south of the latitude of Manistee, where “ it
is common in groves on sandy barrens.” ‘‘ In the southeast town-
ship of Missaukee County, along the west bank of the Muskegon
River, occurs a barren terrace about five miles long by two wide,
which is covered by groves of this pine in all stages of growth,
from seedlings to fine shapely trees 50 to 60 feet in height, and
12 to 14 inches in diameter.” This is essentially in the same
latitude as the coast of Maine station. Winchell, in his ‘“ Cata-
logue of Michigan Plants,” reports its presence at Sand Point, on
the east side of Saginaw Bay, in latitude 43° 50’, and thence
northward along Lake Huron. There are several localities for it
in the northern part of the southern peninsula, and it is frequently
met with in the northern peninsula. I have found it at Escanaba,
in the Menominee iron region, at Marquette and westward
along the railroads in the Marquette iron district, and on the
Keweenaw Peninsula. Here it may be looked for in any barren
district.

Coming to the west side of Lake Michigan, it is given a sin-
gle station in Illinois. M.S. Bebb, of Rockford, IIl., reports it
from Ogle County, in which Rockford is situated, or about lati-
tude 42°. This station is quite isolated, seemingly quite far
away from any yet given, unless they are found in central Wis-
consin. On the west shore of Lake Michigan it does not grow
as far south as on the east shore. This shore is much less sandy,
the prevailing west winds forming the sand-dunes mostly on the
east side of the lake. The farthest south where I can find any
mention of it along the shore is Sheboygan, (latitude 43° 40’).
This is about the same as that given for its locality on the west
side of Lake Huron, at Sand Point. North and west of Green
Bay we come into the regions where it prevails once more, as at
Oconto and beyond. I have seen it very abundant and in dense
groves at Pembine, Wis., and southward.

In Minnesota its range is extensive in the northeastern part.
I have seen it along the railroad from Two Harbors on Lake
Superior, to Tower, on Vermilion Lake. On dry hills about
Tower it is less common than P. reszvosa, nor does it occur as

67

often as P. Strobus. South of Duluth it is seen along the rail-
road towards St. Paul, which for a long distance passes through
a very sandy country, drained by the St. Croix River. In the
eastern part of the State it extends as far south as the junction of
Snake River with the St. Croix, (latitude 45° 50’). In Upham’s
“Catalogue of the Flora of Minnesota,” (1883), it is said to be
“abundant on sandy land in the region of the Upper Mississippi
and Crow Wing Rivers, from Brainard and Wadena _ northward.”
In the central part of the State it is found north of St. Cloud,
and about the same distance south as on the St. Croix, at
Brockway, in the north-eastern part of Stearns County, or a few
miles north of St. Cloud. East of the Mississippi, it has its south-
ernmost limit in Minnesota, at Princeton, in Mille Lacs County,
in the same latitude as St. Cloud, (45° 33’).

Its general southern limit west of Lake Huron may, there-
fore, be placed at about 43° in Michigan, to 46° in Minnesota,
whence after crossing the Mississippi, it extends northwesterly to
the Saskatchewan. Aside from this are the southerly extension
to the head of Lake Michigan, and the isolated station in north-
ern [llinois.

The New Edition of Gray’s Manual.

Manual of the Botany of the Northern United States, including
the District east of the Mississippi and North of North Car-
olina and Tennessee, by Asa Gray. Sixth Edition, revised
and extended westward to the 100th meridian. Sereno Wat-
son and John M. Coulter, assisted by specialists in certain
groups. 8vo., pp. 760; 25 plates: New York, 1890,

By those, who, from the time of its appearance, have made
constant use of Dr. Gray’s Manual of 1867, this new and revised
edition has been waited for with no small degree of interest.
That it would come up fully to the wants and demands of the
age and incorporate all the results of active investigation carried
on since for almost a quarter of a century, was a reasonable ex-
pectation. That it has done so, cannot be truthfully said.

Viewed as a manual, or hand-book, designed not only for
experienced botanists already in possession of its contents, but
chiefly for the great mass of private students, and beginners and

ise

4

:
vii
.
2
‘
4

ee es oa!

ae eae sy AS ee Ae ae | Oe Ne eee eee. ee

68

learners in schools and colleges, the increase in bulk, caused by
the extension of its area and scope, is a disappointment and a
drawback. A narrower field, condensation and Linnzan brevity
in description and larger print would have been far better, or
else, a division into two volumes, or, perhaps, three.

But the book is marred by defects of a more serious charac-
ter, and one of these relates to the geographical distribution of the
rarer species. Ina majority of cases their range is either incor-
rectly, or only partially indicated. The preface, tells us that
“all known available sources of information have been made
use of.” Ifso, the word “available” must have a covert mean-
ing. The following publications on the floras of New Jersey and
Pennsylvania are, no doubt, in the botanical library at Cam-
bridge: Britton’s Catalogue of the Plants of N. J., 1881 ; Por-
ter’s Sketch of the Botany of Penn. (with map) in Walling and
Gray’s Topographical Atlas, 1872; Sargent’s Forest Trees in
Tenth Census Reports, 1884; Dudley’s List of the Plants of the
Lackawanna and Wyoming Valleys, Penn., 1887; Porter’s List
of the Carices of Penn., 1887—and various local catalogues and
articles in the Botanical Gazette and the BULLETIN. More-
over, a multitude of plants from this very tabooed region are
extant in the Harvard Herbarium, with labels, showing dates
and places of collection, plants contributed during a long series
of years and often accompanied by what Dr. Gray was wont to
call ‘‘useful notes.” Why these “sources of information” were
not “available” may be guessed at. To prove gross neglect,
to say the least, on the part of the revisers, corrections are here
added for the range of sixty such species, and a like thing might
be done for as many more.

Feffersonia diphylla, Pers. ‘“W.N.Y. to Wisc. and north-
ward.” From Central Pa. westward.
Arabis perfoliata, Lam. ‘From N. E. to Minn. and westward.”

It occurs in N. J. and E. Pa.

Thelypodium pinnatifidum, Wats. ‘O.to Minn.” It should be

W. Pa. and O. to Minn,

Polanisia graveolens, Raf. ‘Conn. and W. Vt. to Minn.” Com-
mon along the shores of the Susquehanna down to Chesa-

peake Bay. © » ; if n”

ee See ee ee ee ee ee

69

Polygala polygama, Walt. “Common.” A plant of the eastern
seaboard and rare in northern N. J.; not known in Pennsyl-
vania.

Stellaria borealis, Bigel. ‘“R. I. to Minn., and northward.” N.
N. J. and westward through N. Pa.

Sida Napea, Cav. “ Rocky banks along the Alleghanies, Penn.
to Va., rare.” The old manual gives one station on the
Lower Susquehanna, Pa., and another on the Kanawha,
W. Va.

Ilex mollis, Gray. ‘Burgoon’s Gap, Blair Co., Pa., and south-
ward along the Alleghanies.’ Common on the Pocono
plateau, N. E. Pa.

Ilex opaca, Ait. “Me. to Va., near the coast.” Cold Spring,
Dauphin Co., Pa., and along New River above Kanawha
Falls, W. Va.

Robinia, Pseudacacia, L. “S. Penn.” From Locust Ridge, Mon-
roe Co., Pa., westward and southward along the Alleghanies.

Aischynomene hispida, Willd. “S. Penn.” Yes, but from one
station on the Delaware below Philadelphia and nowhere
else.

Prunus Alleghaniensts, Porter. “ Bluffs of the Alleghanies, Pa.”
It should read: From the barrens of Huntingdon Co., across
the Alleghany Mtn. to Elk Co., Pa., frequent.

Crategus parvifolia, Ait. ‘N. J. to Florida.” Frequent in

E. Penn. .
Saxifraga erosa, Pursh. “Cold mountain brooks, Pa., southward
along the Alleghanies.”; Known from one station only in

Pa., and that not in the Alleghanies, but near Bethlehem.

Ribes lacustre, Poir. ‘ Nwf. to N. E. and W. toN. Y., &c.” It
ranges all through N. Penn.

Hippuris vulgaris, L. “N.Y. to Ky. and northward.” Col-
lected in 1871 at Spencer Pond, N. Maine.

Sedum telephioides, Mx. N. J. to Ga. and S. Ind.” Unknown

in N. J.; it has been found at one station in S. Penn., in
Fulton County.

Berula angustifolia, Koch. “Throughout the U. S.” If so
abundant everywhere, it ought to have been picked up in the
states south of the New York line.

70

Erigenia bulbosa, Nutt. ‘W.N. Y. to Md. and Tenn.” _ Its

eastern limit is on the Susquehanna, York Co., Pa.

Triosteum angustifolium, L. ‘Va. to Ill. and Mo. and Alab.”
The old Manual has “S. Pa.” and is right, for it belongs

to the southeastern part of the State

Linnea borealis, Gron. ‘“N. E. to N. J. and the mountains of
Md.” The mountains of N. Pa. should have been added.

Aster Shortit, Hook. ‘Cliffs and banks, O. to Ill. and south-
ward.” W. Pa. has been overlooked.

Onosmodium Carolinianum, DC. “W.N. Y. to Minn., south
to Ga. and Texas.”’ It occurs in Central and S. Penn

Cnicus pumilus, Torr. ‘ Me. to Pa., near the coast.” It grows
all over Penn., as far west as the summit of the Alleghanies,
and perhaps beyond.

Hieracium Marianum, Willd., var. spathulatum, Gray. ‘Two
Top Mountain, Penn.’’ The two stations for this rare and
singular variety, which is probably a good species, should
have been designated as they are set down in the Syn-
optical Flora.

Buchnera Americana, L. ‘“W.N. Y. to Minn. and south.”
From the range thus marked no one would ever suspect that
the species grows in S. E. Penn.

Utricularia clandestina, Nutt. ‘“N. B. to N. E. and N, J., near
the coast.” Not uncommon in mountain-bogs in Central
Penn.

Aristolochia Sipho, L’Hér. “ Rich woods, Pa., to Ga.” Dis-
covered by Dr. Garber at a single point, near the Va. line, in
S. W. Penn.

Arceuthobium pusillum, Peck. “N. N. Y.; Hanover, Conn.”
Lehigh Pond, Pocono Mt., N. E. Pa. (Dudley).

Euphorbia commutata, Engelm. ‘“ Md, to Fla.” “ Minn. to Mo.”
From the banks of the Susquehanna river, Penn. westward.
Funiperus conmunis, L. Common.” It may be so in N. E.
and N. Y., but it is rare in E. Pa. and not reported west of

the Susquehanna.

Spiranthes Romanszoffiana, Cham. ‘“N.N. E. to Mich.; Norfolk,
Conn.; Central N.Y.” At Conneaut Lake and Presque Isle,
W. Penn. |

Pogonia affinis, Austin. “S. W. Conn., S. N. Y. and N.N. J.”
Water Gap, Berks Co. and Phila., Penn.

Smilacina trifolia, Desf. ‘Lab. to N. E. west to Mich. and
Iowa. (Sib.).” It has been collected at several points in N.

Penn.

Veratrum viride, Ait. “Common.” Rare in the mountains
of Pa.

Funcus Smithii, Eng. ‘“Sphagnous swamps, Broad Mtn. and
in Lebanon Co., Pa.” Confined to one swamp on Broad

Mtn., Schuylkill Co., Pa. A single dubious specimen was
picked up along a railroad in Lebanon Co.

Funcus pelocarpus, E. Meyer, var. subtilis, Engelm. ‘“ Me. to Can-
ada.” Abundant on the shores of an island in Lake Hopat-
cong, N. J.

Funcus asper, Eng. ‘“Sphagnous swamps, N. J.” Very local;
found in two such swamps, and in one of them now extinct.
Potamogeton obtusifolius, Mert. and Koch. “Can. and N. E. to
W. N.Y. and Mich.” The old Manual credits it to E. Penn.,

where it has been collected in several counties.

Potamogeton Tuckermani, Robbins. ‘White Mtns., N. H., N.
Y. and N. J.” In Eastern and Central Penn.

Scirpus sylvaticus, L. “EE. Mass. to N.Y., rare.” W.N. J. and
E. Penn., not uncommon.

Carex Magellanica, Lam. “ North of Penn.” Pocono Mtn., Pa.
Carex irrigua, L. “North of Penn.” N. N. J. and Pocono
Mtn., Pa. os

Carex flava, L. “N.E. to L. Sup.” N.N. J. and W. Pa.

Carex longirostris, Torr. “N.E. to Neb.” From N. J. west-
ward through N. Pa.

Zizania aquatica, ‘“ Common.” Along the seaboard and
the Great Lakes, but where else ?

Oryzopsis asperifolia, Mx. ‘“N. N. E. to Wisc. and Minn.”
N. N. J. and westward through N. Pa.

Sporobolus heterolepis, Gray. ‘Conn. to N. Y. and Minn.” In
&, £.. Pa.

Poa sylvestris, Gray. ‘‘W.N. Y. to Wisc. &c.” In E. Pa,, at
several stations, and at one in N. J.

Milium effusum, L. “N.N.E. to Ill.” In N. Pa.

-
a ae _

ee ie ee.

wy Pie Ble oe oe ee ee aE, Peg eee
i eae eee ee ee Se a ee eM SE ae eae - ee Oe er ee bd ph a ss Shab 4 St
on coat si 7 jt t te Bae ti

72

Avena striata, Mx. “N.N.E., N.Y. andnorthwest.” InN. Pa.

Phragmites communis, Trin. “Edges of ponds.” Along the
coast and the Great Lakes, but not elsewhere.

Glyceria elongata, Trin. ‘“N.E. to Mich., Minn. &c., Roan

Mtn., N. Car.” Common in the mountains of Pa.

Glyceria grandis, Wats. N. E. to N.Y., Mich. and Minn.” N.

E. Pa., rather frequent.

Lycopodium Selago, L. “Mtn. tops, Me. to L. Sup. and N.”

Summit of the Blue Mtn., Del. Water Gap., Pa.

Botrychium simplex, Hitchcock. ‘Me. to N. Y., Minn. and N.”

Pocono Mtn., Pa.

Pellea gracilis, Hook. ‘Mass. to Minn.and N.” Sullivan Co.,
Pa. (C. £. Smith).
Lygodium palmatum, Sw. “Mass. to Va., Ky. and sparingly
south.” Abundant on the Pocono plateau, N. E. Pa.
Lquisetum littorale, Kiihlewein.” Vt.and N.Y. and N.” Com-
mon along the shores of the Susquehanna river, Pa., down to

Chesapeake Bay
Lquisetum variegatum, Schleich. ‘N. H. and Niagara.” Pres-

que Isle, Erie Pa.

On the other hand, a few species are credited to N. J. and
Pa., whose existence within their borders is open to challenge.
Some years ago a list of twenty such was sent to a botanical
friend in Cambridge, who carefully examined the Harvard Herb-
arium, without meeting one of them represented by a specimen
from these States.

Another manifest defect is the inaccurate designation of ad-
ventive and naturalized species. That an introduced plant
might not behave in the same way in all parts of the vast terri-
tory so diverse in soil and climate does not seem to have been
apprehended. Over a whole state or several states, or, under
| favorable circumstances, even at a single station, some may take
; hold and become established, and in the rest df the territory be
| either unknown, or very precarious in their tenure. Both these

things deserve to be noted. And yet, it can be easily shown

that not one, or two, but a considerable number, marked as
‘ adventives in this new Manual, are thoroughly naturalized in
: extensive districts outside of New England.

mies sige

Las

oe ee Soe ei ede One Oe eae Ee Se yee

Mi 5

A competent and impartial judge, however, must acknowledge
that the book is beautifully printed and remarkably free from
typographical mistakes, and that it has cost a large amount of
steady labor and contains much that will be prized by advanced
students, but, on close examination, they will be forced to ask
questions like these:

Why have the Conzfere been retained in their old place ?

Why has Prof. Underwood’s excellent elaboration of the
Hepatice been appended, and the Muscz passed by ?

Why have older names of genera and species been restored
in some cases, and not in others ?

Why have good published species and varieties, known to the
revisers, been excluded, and yet copious lists of real and sup-
posed hybrids given?

Why have species and varieties been admitted whose claims
are still doubtful ?

Why have species seen by no American botanist, been in-
serted, solely on European authority and that not of the first
order ?

Why have names, clearly proved untenable, not been dis-
carded—for example, Gentiana alba, Muhl., which is rightfully
G. flavida, Gray?

It isa matter for regret that the new editors, with all the great
resources at their command, and the advantages of their position,
should have failed to come squarely up to the requirements of the
age and the present level of botanical science in our own country.
Had they done so, the book might have counted on the occupa-
tion of the field they profess to cover, for a generation to come,
without fear of rivalry. As it is, the contents are of unequal
value and not homogenous. They are marred here and there by
inexcusable faults of omission and faults of commission, and
betray the absence of one master-mind, which making “use of
all known available information,’ would have shaped and
moulded the different elements so as to have produced a pro-
portionate and harmonious whole.

TuHOs. C. PORTER.

Ae ght ey ak
ea ee er

iia As ainda P< ee ee ee Se Eg eT Pree st ge ea ee RE eT ko Me eT Deen, Re Rea gS ee ne oe oe a
: x : ph

74

CHARLES CHRISTOPHER PARRY.

Dr. Parry died at his home in Davenport, Iowa, on the morn-
ing of February 2oth, after an illness of several weeks, pneumonia
succeeding a violent attack of the influenza. Another of Amer-
ica’s famous botanists is gone from us, one whose services in the
elucidation of the flora of our country have been equalled by
but few, and whose knowledge of the plants of the western part
of the continent was probably exceeded by none.

A brief account of his life and labors is here given, with the
certainty that they will be more fully and suitably recognized in
another place.

Dr. Parry was born at Admington, Worcestershire, England,
August 28th, 1823. He came to the United States in 1832, and
spent the next years of his life with his father’s family, on a farm
in Washington County, New York. He was graduated from
Union College, and subsequently received the degree of Doctor
of Medicine. In 1846 the family moved to Davenport, Iowa,
where he practiced his profession for several years. But he early
developed a great fondness and aptitude for botany, and this
soon became almost his sole occupation. ,

His earliest work in that science was done, indeed, about
1842, while in northeastern New York, and in 1847 a great im-
petus was given to it by his making the acquaintance of Dr.
Torrey, and the formation of a friendship which was unbroken
during his lifetime. The study of the Davenport flora occupied
Dr. Parry’s attention for several years. In 1848 he served on
Dr. David Dale Owens’ Geological Survey of the northwest, and
from 1849 to 1852 he was one of the botanists of the Mexican
Boundary Survey. In 1861 he made an extensive collecting
tour to the Rocky Mountains, and first discovered many of the
most interesting plants of that region; this exploration was con-
tinued in 1862 in company with Messrs. Hall and Harbour, and
again in 1864. In 1867 he accompanied the Pacific Railroad
Survey of the 35th Parallel. From 1869 to 1871 he was botanist
of the United States Department of Agriculture, and stationed
at Washington. In 1872 he again collected in the Rocky Moun-
tain region. In 1873 he was attached to Captain W. A. Jones’
Wyoming Expedition. The seasons of 1874 and 1875 were

75

spent in Utah, and of 1876 with Prof. J. G. Lemmon, in southern
California, where a very large collection was accumulated. The
season of 1878 was spent in the vicinity of San Luis Potosi,
Mexico, and in Texas with Dr. Edward Palmer. Of recent years
he has paid especial attention to the Californian flora, in close
co-operation with Professor Greene.

Dr. Parry was for many years an active and energetic mem-
ber of the Davenport Academy of Sciences, and was several
times its President, and he was a correspondent of numerous
other learned societies of America. He made several trips to
his native land, and was well-known and esteemed by English
and Continental botanists. He was essentially a field student,
and the accuracy of his conclusions and observations is largely
to be attributed to this fact. Indeed, the bulk and value of his
collections, and the number of novelties discovered by him, has
probably not been equalled in America. Some of these were
published by himself, but the greater part by others, especially by
Dr. Torrey, Dr. Engelman, Dr. Gray, Professor Greene, and Dr.
Watson. The amount of his writings is not at all in proportion
to his discoveries. Of late years he has been especially inter-
ested in the genera Lvrzogonum, Chorizanthe, Ceanothus and
Arctostaphylos, on all of which he has written at length. He
was the author of several lists of plants from the western coun-
try, and an occasional contributor to the BULLETIN and other
scientific journals.

Personally Dr. Parry was a man of gentle, unassuming nature,
and beloved by all who knew him. He was a close student, and
continually at work on his chosen science. In the possession of
a moderate income, he was enabled to gratify his tastes without
need of other occupation. The tidings of his death will bring
sincere grief to botanists at home and abroad. His work is com-
memorated in the genus Parryella and in a great number of
species, Primula Parryi being one of the most elegant plants of
its family.

N. L. BRITTON.

76

Reviews of Foreign Literature.
Ueber Anlage und Ausbildung von Libriformfasern in Abhangig-
keit von ausseren Verhaltnissen.

This article, which is reviewed in the Botanische Centralblatt,
appeared in the Botanische Zeitung some time ago. The ques-
tion considered is, how far the origin and development of plant
tissues are dependent on outward surroundings, particularly the
changes which occur in the xylem, the origin and growth of the
libriform and its accompanying cells. In other words, the author
has tried to prove that the anatomical structure of the plant, as
well as its morphological characteristics, depends largely on its
environment.

The plants experimented upon were Urtica dioica, Robinia
Pseudacacia, Quercus sessilifiora and Ricinus communis. Dwarf
plants of Urtica were cultivated in small pots, others of the same
species were grown in water in which were dissolved the salts
adapted to them with the exception of phosphates. The results
showed that the plants cultivated in pots with a comparatively
small supply of water, developed a much larger libriform zone
and a correspondingly smaller parenchymatic zone than those of
the water culture. In order to prove that the lack of phosphates
had nothing to do with this difference in the xylem, examples of
Robinia Pseudacacia and Quercus sessiliflora were cultivated in
water. Here it was found that the anatomical structure of the
stem had been caused to approach that of the roots in several
ways, namely, by a considerable lengthening of the elementary
organs, by a lessening of the number of sclerenchymatic cells and
a decrease in the thickness of their walls. It will be remembered
here that the stem was kept for the most part under water.

The results of the experiments are summed up by the re-
viewer. First, the structure of the wood of the stem is not so
constant, not so sure to be transmitted from one generation to
the following, as has been hitherto supposed. If it is proven that
through a long line of generations, the inner structure of the stem
of any given species has remained constant, it can also be proven
that the environment has remained about the same. When this
is changed, then the anatomy of the stem changes. The plant,
therefore, inherits only the ability to produce a certain series of

+ tet ee eee ae ee ro oe

17

elementary organs. What is to be made of the cell cut off from
the cambium, is determined by outward circumstances. The ex-
istence of a large variety of transitional forms among these elemen-
tary organs of the wood tissue is explained by this theory in a
much more reasonable way than by any functional theory which
can be suggested.

Just what these influences are which control the manner of
growth, the author does not claim to know. By his experiments,
however, he claims to have proven that water is a leading factor.
As stem and root are accustomed to grow in different media,
they therefore show a difference in their elementary organs. It
must be possible to change the woody tissue of the stem to that
of the root and vice versa. This latter possibility he claims to
have verified.

The reviewer adds his own testimony to many of the conclu-
sions drawn from the experiments described, having carried on
similar experiments several years ago. A single sentence of the
reviewer gives the key to the whole article. This translated as
literally as possible is as follows: ‘‘The anatomical structure de-
pends on the influence of outward circumstances, and is adapted
to the causes at work during the life of the plant, but this adapta-
tion does not necessarily involve the idea of function or pur-
pose.” BL. G.

Index to Recent American Botanical Literature.

Abstammung der Platanen. Johann Janko. (Bot. Jahrb. xi. 412-

458, pl. IX. & X).

The important part which the American fossil representa-
tives of the genus Platanus play in this investigation is admi-
rably depicted by the author, in addition to which this article is
a welcome contribution to general palzo-botany. The biblio-
graphy and table of synonomy for the fossil species is of great
value and is deserving of special mention.

Acalypha Virginica, Considerata*in Ordine alla Diffusione nel
Veronese. A. Goiran. (Giorn. Bot. Ital. xxii. 134-136).
Bald Cypress.—The Knees of the. N.S. Shaler. (Garden and

Forest, iii. 57).

A criticism of Dr. Lamborn’s hypothesis, indexed in the last
number of the BULLETIN.

a ee te ee eee. 2

eee! ee

ae

a. Pee ae

ae ee oe eo ee

;

Botany at the A.A. A. S. C. E. Bessey. (Am. Nat., xxiii,

816-819).

An abstract of the work accomplished at the Toronto meeting
in Sec. F. of the Association, in the meetings of the Botanical
Club and at the sessions of the Society for the Promotion of
Agricultural Science.

Cabomba aquatica. J. D. H. (Bot. Mag. Tab. 7090).
California Palms. §.B. Parish. (Garden and Forest. iii., 5152).
Casssine Domingensis, Spr—Uber. A. Garcke. (Engler’s Bot.
; Jahrb. xi. 410, 411).

Clintonia Andrewsiana. J. G. Baker. (Bot. Mag., Tab. 7092).
Disease of the Strawberry.—Another. W.R. Dudley. (Bull.

No. xiv., Agric. Exp. Sta., Cornell Univ., 182, 183, fig. 10).

The disease turns out to be due to Ascochyta Fragari@, Sacc.
Epigaa repens —Double Flowers of the. Kate E. Wilson. Bot.

Gaz. xv. 19, 20).

In this communication the fact is noted that this plant
occasionally produces double flowers. One locality near Ply-
mouth, N. H., is specially mentioned as a habitat for the sport.
As might be expected, the doubling of flower has resulted in im-
portant transformations of its parts.

Filicinee.—On the Affinities of the. Douglas H. Campbell.

(Bot. Gaz. xv. 1-7, with diagram).

The author here assumes the possibility of the Ophioglossez
being a primitive stock with two main derivative branches:
Marattiaceee possibly terminating in Cycadacee, and Filices ter-
minating in Marsiliacez and Salviniacee. The Hymenophyllacee
are assumed to be a degenerate group whose exact point of
departure from the Filices is problematic. The author desires
fresh fruiting specimens of the Ophioglossee for study.

Flora of Cap-a-L’ Aigle.—WNotes on the. Robt. Campbell.

(Can. Rec. Sci. iv. 54-68).

This excellent local catalogue unfortunately’ includes only
those plants found in flower or fruit during the months of July
and August: We trust that the author will extend his work so
as to cover the entire flowering season.

Flora of Milwaukee County, (First Supplement). W. M.
Wheeler. (Proc. Nat. His. Soc. Wisconsin, 1889, pp. 229-

230).

Pree tee st ig 3 pe as a ial aaa ta a ee Se ees, ee ee ee Se a ne ee ee ee ee ee a, ee, ene ee oe
. . ei ps co Be
ita . ¢

.
an,
jes

:

BN ees ee a ee ee

79

Includes a list of 43 additions to Mr. Lapham’s list of the
Wisconsin Flora.

Garden Vegetables.—The History of. E. L. Sturtevant. (Am.

Nat. xxiv. 30-48).

In this contribution the author describes Nasturtium, (7vope-
olum minus, T. majus, T. tuberosus); New Zealand Spinach,
(Zetragonia expansa); Nightshade, (Solanum nigrum); in regard
to which he says * * * “and in the Mississippi valley the little
black berries are made into pies and other pastry;” Okra,
(Aiibiscus esculentus); Olluco, (Ullucus tuberosus); Onion, (Aldium
cepa); Orach, (Atriplex hortensis); Oxalis, (Oxalis crenata, O. Depp-
ez); Para cress, (Spzlanthes oleracea and S. fusca); paay
(Apium petroselinum,) and Parsnip, (Pastinaca sativa).

Kalenche carnea. (Garden and Forest, iii. 52, fig. 14).
Leo Lesquereux. C.R. Barnes. (Bot. Gaz. xv. 16-19).

A biography with special reference to his work in bryology.
Lily Disease in Bermuda—The. A. L. Kean. (Bot. Gaz. xv.

8-14, Pl. I). :

The disease here described and figured has caused con-
siderable loss in the lily fields of Bermuda when it first made its
appearance in 1885. The author concludes, from his experi-
ments, that it is due to a species of Botrytis, identical with the
one which has been described as growing upon Lilium candidum
in England.

Missouri Botanical Garden.—First Annual Report of the Director.

Wm. Trelease. (Pamph. 8vo., St. Louis, 1890).

To all who have not followed the work of this splendid insti-
tution, this little pamphlet is heartily recommended for perusal.
It gives the history of its founding, work thus far accomplished,
and projects for the future.

Nettle Tree—The. (Garden and Forest, iii. 39, 42, fig. 7-13).

A well written and excellently illustrated article upon Cedtzs
occidentalis and its various forms.

Picea Breweriana, (Garden and Forest, iii. 63, 64, figs. 15-16).
Plants from Baja, California. T. S. Brandegee. (Proc. Cal.

Acad. Sci. (II.) ii. 217-232, eleven plates and a map; re-

printed).

This is an enumeration with critical notes and descriptions cf

e
a

CATR PE ee Es ae

80

new species of Mr. Brandegee’s extensive collection of Lower
Californian plants, made during the early part of last year, and of
which Dr. Millspaugh’s review of the Euphorbiacez was noted in
the January BULLETIN. As was there indicated, the collection
is exceedingly rich in novelties, new species and varieties being
described by the collector in the following genera: Lyrocarpa,
Helianthemum, Polygala, Drymaria, Horsfordia, Spheralcea,
Bursera, Schepfia, Hosackia, Dalea, Tephrosia, Aischynomene,
Cesalpinia, Hoffmannseggia, Lysiloma, Cotyledon, Lythrum,
(:nothera, Lopezia, Cyclanthera, Mamillaria, Cereus, Opuntia,
Aralia, Aplopappus, Psilactis, Franseria, Viguiera, Alfordta, a
new genus of Helianthoid Composite, Luxcelia, Palafoxta, Val-
lesia, Gilia, Phacelia, Ipomea, Cuscuta, Stemodia, Herpestis,
Castilleia, Beloperone, Justicia, Lippia, Salvia, Boerhaavia,
Atriplex, Evriogonum, Chorizanthe, Zephyranthes, Agave and
Yucca. The grasses were elaborated by Dr. Vasey, and new
species found in Cenchrus, Sporobolus and Diplachue. The
Pteridophyta, studied by Professor Eaton, number 13 species,
of which one Chezlanthes is perhaps new. 14 Fungi are enu-
merated by Dr. Harkness, including a new Puccinia. Messrs.
Coulter & Rose contribute description of a new species of Arra-
cacia. Altogether this is a most important contribution to West
American Botany. N. i B.
Plants from the Erian and Carboniferous, and on the Characters
and Affinities and Paleozoic Gymnosperms.—On the. J.
W. Dawson. (Can. Rec. Sci. iv. 1-28, figs. 1-6).
Dictyocardites Lacot is described and figured as a new
genus and species. A figure of Zy/odendron is given and 7:
Baini is described as new.
Plants of Prospect Park.—The. 5S. E. Jelliffe. (Reprint from
Brooklyn Daily Eagle Almanac. Brooklyn, N. Y., 1890).
In this catalogue both native and introduced plants are enu-
merated. The Phanerogams number 286 and the Cryptogams
62. Amongst the latter are included 9 ferns, 18 mosses, 2
hepatics, 16 fungi, 11 lichens and 6 fresh water alge. With the
codperation of the Park officials this excellent list could be made
available for public use and instruction. A similar one is needed
in every one of our large public parks.

Pleurothallis ornata. (Bot. Mag. Tab. 7094).

Robinia Pseudacacia.—On the Chemical Constituents and Potson-
ous Principle of the Bark of. ¥. B. Power and Jacob Cam-
bier. (Pharm. Rundsch. viii. 29-38, illustrated).

Seed-Wings of the Abietinee.—A Preliminary Study of the.
G. N. Best. (Microscope, x. 1-6, pl. I).

Wing cells and seeds of Pinus inops, P. pungens, P. montt-
cola, P. rigida, P. Strobus, Tsuga Canadensis, Pseudotsuga
Douglasit, and Picea Canadensis are figured.

Solanum Wendlandi. (Garden, xxxvii. 104, 105, Pl. 738).

Spherella Fragarie, Saccardo. W.R. Dudley. (Bull. No. xiv,
Agric. Exp. Sta. Cornell Univ. 171-182, figs. 1-9).

Thrinax excelsa. (Bot. Mag. Tab. 7088).

Tigridia Pringieit. J. G. Baker. (Bot. Mag. Tab. 7089).

Umbellifere.—A New Genus of. J. M. Coulter and J. N. Rose.
(Bot. Gaz. xv. 15, 16, Pl. ii).

A description and figure of Donnellsmithia Guatemalensts,
collected by John Donnell Smith in Guatemala, July, 1889. The
authors conclude that the genus is most nearly related to Ewdo-
phus.

Uredinial Parasites. H. J. Webber. (Am. Nat. xxiv. 75, 76).

Walnut Tree—The Row Farm. J. T. Rothrock. (Forest
Leaves, ii. 133, 134, illustrated).

A description, with illustrations of tree and fruit, as an ano-
malous walnut, perhaps a hybrid between Fuglans nigra and 7.
regia, at Lower Brandon, Va. The girth of the trunk is said to
be more than thirty-one feet and a single branch on the south
side of the tree extends to a distance of sixty-seven feet.
Working of the Madison Lakes.—The. Wm. Trelease. (Trans.

Wis. Acad. Sci. Art. and Letters, vii. 121-129, pl. X).

A description of the vegetation included in the scum formed
upon lakes Mendota and Monona. The appearance of this scum
is often spoken of as the ‘‘ working” of the lakes. A long list of
citations in regard to the subject of ‘‘ water bloom ” is appended.
The plate includes figures of Avabena Hassallit. A. circinalts,
A. (Spherozyga) flos-aque. A. Mendota, Lyngbya Wollet,
Celosphaerium Kiitzingianum, Clathrocystis @ruginosa, and
Nostoc flos-aque.

82

Proceedings of the Club.

The regular meeting was held Tuesday evening, Feb. 11th,
Dr. Newberry in the chair and twenty-five persons present.

Rev. Dr. Wendell Prime was elected a Corresponding Mem-
ber.

The Editor read by title a paper on “ Seedless Fruits,” by Dr.
FE. Lewis Sturtevant, which will form No. 4 of the Memoirs.

The following paper was then read, as announced: “ Notes
on the Growth of the Cell-wall,” by Miss Emily L. Gregory.

Mrs. Britton reported Féssidens Ravenellii as among a col-
lection of mosses sent by Mr. Lighthipe from Florida.

Dr. Newberry exhibited photographs of fossil plants from the

Cretaceous rocks of Kansas, remarking especially upon the
recent discovery of Cycadites.

The second February meeting was held at Barnard College,
Wednesday evening, Feb. 26th, Mr. Hollick in the chair and
twenty-one persons present.

_ Dr. Britton called the attention of the Club to the death of
Dr. C. C. Parry, and remarked on his extensive and valuable
work in North American Botany.

“The Flora of the Straits of Magellan,” by Dr. Britton, the
paper announced for the evening, then followed. It was illus-
trated by a collection of plants made in 1886, by Lieut. W. E.
Safford, U.S. N. Among the specimens were Ranunculus
aberrans, Draba Saffordi and Vicia Saffordi, new species named
by Dr. Philippi. Especial attention was called to the large
number of boreal species inhabiting southern South America.

Mr. Hollick reported Anemone Hepatica in full flower on
Staten Island, Feb. 16,—the earliest record he has had for twenty
years. Dr. Jelliffe stated that this Avemone and a Viola, prob-
ably V. cucullata, were gathered in the Richmond Hills woods,
Long Island, January 15th.

MISSOURI
BOTANICA

DTT

BULLETIN

OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Vol. XVII.) New York, April 10, 1890. [No. 4.

Contributions to Canadian Bryology.—No. 2,
By Joun MAacoun.
(Continued from Vol. xvi. 98).

List OF MOSSES COLLECTED IN BRITISH COLUMBIA AND THE Rocky MOUNTAINS
DURING THE SUMMERS OF 1885-’87-’89.
Determinations and descriptions of new species by Dr. NILs CONRAD KINDBERG,

Linkoping, Sweden.

Andrea petrophila, Ehrh. Not uncommon on rocks on the
Gold Range, B. C. and Mounts Benson and Arrowsmith,
Vancouver Islands.

A. Huntii, Limpr. On rocks on Mount Benson, near Nanaimo,
Vancouver Island, June 8, 1887.

ANDRAA MACOUNH, Kindb. (n. sp.).

Stem elongate, about 5 cm. high. Tufts dark brown. Leaves
narrow, from the broader base long-acuminate, distinctly papil-
lose, more or less denticulate, sometimes to the middle, more or
less curved, the uppermost falcate; cells uniform, sub-quadrate ;
costa narrow, sometimes in the uppermost leaves excurrent.

No. 382—A lovely species of a rich dark brown or brick-red
color growing in great profusion on sloping rocks by small rivu--
lets at an altitude of 6,700 feet on the Gold Range, north of Grif-
fin Lake, British Columbia, August 8, 1889.

Gymnostomum curvirostrum, Hedw. On limestone rocks around
springs and by waterfalls, Peace River, Rocky Mtns., Lat. 56°,

a San

84

GYMNOSTOMUM (Hymenostylium) PLATYPHYLLUM, Kindb.

(n. sp.).

Dicecious. Plants green, not glossy. Stem not papillose,
sparingly radiculose, leaves decurrent, distinctly papillose, short,
obtuse, oblong-lanceolate, the comal greater, one border recurved
often all around; costa greenish-yellow, very papillose.

Collected on the face of a small water-fall in the brook that
flows into the Thompson, just west of Kamloops, less than half
a mile south of the C. P. Ry., June 16, 1880.

Wetssia viridula, Brid. On earth at Morley, Rocky Mountains.

Dicranowetssta crispula, Lindb. On large boulders Cathedral
Mountain, Rocky Mountains.

D. cirrhata, Lindb. Abundant on logs and stones on Vancouver
Island and at Hastings, B. C.

Cynodontium polycarpum, Schimp. Common on rocks in the
mountains of Vancouver Island, North Arm of Burrad Inlet,
B.C.

C. strumiferum, De Not. (C. polycarpum, Schimp., var. strum-
iferum, esq. and James, 69.) On rocks on the summit of
Mount Benson, Vancouver Island.

C. virens, Schimp. Abundant on wet rocks, Kicking Horse
Lake, Rocky Mountains, and on the summit of the Gold
Range, B. C.

Var. serratum, Bruch and Schimp. In wet gravel along
mountain streams at Griffin Lake and North Thompson
River, B. C.

C. Wahlenbergit, C. Haertm. On the mountains north of Griffin
Lake, Gold Range, B. C.

Dichodontium flavescens, Lindb. (LD. pellucidum, var. serratum,
Lesq. and James, p. 62.) Wet rocks, Comox, Vancouver
Island; on wet sandstone rocks in a railroad cutting at Hast-
ings, Burrad Inlet, B. C,

D. pellucidum, Schimp. In gravel in the bed of Eagle River,
Griffin Lake, and in Blackwater River, B. C.

Trematodon ambiguus, Hornsch. On wet loam at Craigallachie,
Eagle River, B. C.

Angstremia longipes, Bruch and Schimp. On wet sand in the
bed of Six Mile Creek, Selkirk Mountains, B. C.

Dicranella crispa, Schimp. On turned up stumps, Beaver Creek,
Selkirk Mountains, also McLeod’s Lake, Lat. 55°, B. C.

D. Grevilleana, Schimp. On earth, dry bed of Six Mile Creek,
Selkirk Mountains, B. C.

D. Schubert, Schimp. In limestone springs, Lake Mara, Sica-
mous, and summit of Gold Range, B. C.

D. varia, Schimp. Common on mud banks along the Athabasca
River at Fort Assiniboine.

D. parvula, Kindb. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xvi. p. 91. On earth,
on the mountains north of Kicking Horse Lake, Rocky
Mountains, alt. 7,500 feet, 21st July, 1885.

D. rufescens, Schimp. On wet sandstone rocks in a cutting at
Hastings and by a brook at Yale, B. C.

D. heteromalla, Schimp. On turned up stumps, and loamy earth
in woods, B. C.; common.

Dicranum Starkit, Web. and Mohr. Common on Mounts Ben-
son, Mark and Arrowsmith, Vancouver Island; also on the
Gold Range, Griffin Lake, B. C.; alt. 7,000 feet.

D. Blyttit, Bruch and Schimp. On steep rocks, Mount Benson,
Vancouver Island, and on rocks at Sicamous, B. C.

D. strictum, Schleich. On rotten logs in woods, Vancouver
Island; abundant at Hastings, Agassiz and Yale, B. C.; and
Peace River, Lat. 56°.

D. viride, Schimp, var. GROSIFERUM, Kindb. n. var.

On the base of trees at Agassiz, B. C., May 19, 1889.
D. flagellare, Hedw. On old logs at Sicamous, B. C.

_ D. albicans, Bruch and Schimp. In crevices of rocks, on the
summit of the Gold Range, at Griffin Lake, B. C.; alt. 7,000
feet.

D. congestum, Brid. (D. fuscescens, Lesq. and James in part, 72.)
Common on earth in woods at Hastings, Agassiz, Yale and
Sicamous, B. C.; also at Morley, Rocky Mountains.

D. fuscescens, Turn. On logs in the Rocky and Selkirk Moun-
tains; also Gold Range, B. C.; and at Cameron Lake, Van-
couver Island.

D. elongatum, Schwaegr. On earth near Victoria, Vancouver
Island; also in woods, Peace River.

ae ee ae oe ee ae re

ee eee! Eee ek ee

rs Je. oe oo be ae

86

D. Muhlenbeckii, Bruch and Schimp. On rocks, Mount Queest,
Shuswap Lake, Cache Creek, and Blackwater River, B. C.

D. rhabdocarpum, Sulliv. On damp rocks, Lake Mara, Sicamous,
aN,

D. fragilifolium, Lindb. On logs near Victoria, Vancouver Is-
land; also at Yale, B. C.; Little Slave Lake, Lat. 55°.

D. ANGUSTIFOLIUM, Kindb. (n. sp.).

Stem about 5 cm. high, radiculose. Leaves shining, subuli-
form, not undulate, very narrow, I-5 cm. long, denticulate to %
or from the middle upward, not crispate, brittle, straight or
patent; cells very porose and narrow; outer alar cells brown, in-
ner hyaline; costa smooth at the back, faint and very narrow
(about ro of the leaf near the base) scarcely excurrent. Cap-
sul straight, long-beaked. Allied to D. subulifolium, but differ-
ing in the longer leaves, longer leaf-cells and doubly narrower,
not excurrent costa. On logs and damp rocks, frequent in Brit-
ish Columbia from the coast to the Gold Range, 1889.

D. scoparium, Hedw. Not uncommon on logs in the Rocky
Mountains and westward.
Var. scopariforme, Kindb., Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xvi. 92.
Buffalo Lake, Athabasca; also in the Gold Range, B. C.

D. majus, Turn. On logs, near Victoria, Vancouver Island.
D. palustre, Bruch and Schimp. On damp rocks, North Arm,
Burrad Inlet, B. C.

SUB-SP. COLUMBI&, Kindb.

Czespitose, tomentose and yellowish green. Leaves open-
erect, undulate above, ovate-lanceolate, obtuse or short-acute, ser-
rate at the back and on the borders above; the uppermost cells
oblong, the others linear, except the quadrate ones at the angles;
costa narrower, disappearing below the apex. Capsule solitary,
narrow-cylindric, curved, striate, pale brown, not strumose ; beak
as long as the capsule ; pedicel yellow. Dicecious.

Differs from the true D. Bonjeant, De Not. (D. palustre,
Schimp.) principally in the leaves being blunt, serrate below the
middle, the costa serrate also below the middle and the capsule
without a neck. Damp woods by the borders of ponds, Cedar
Hill, near Victoria, Vancouver Island; and on Cache Creek
Mountains, B. C. Alt. 2500 feet, May 25, 1875.

D. CANADENSE, Kindb. n. sp.

Size robust; habit of D. majus or D. Drummondii. Stem
radiculose. Leaves indistinctly undulate, long-acuminate, den-
ticulate at the acumen; inner basal cells hyaline, the alar orange,
the other cells sublinear and porose; costa smooth or slightly
rough, not excurrent, broad at the base, narrow above. Capsule
short-beaked, curved, finally costate and blackish.

On rotten logs at Moodyville, Burrad Inlet, B. C. April 29,
1889.

D. SULCATUM, Kindb. n. sp.

Intermediate between D. fuscescens and D. congestum but
the leaves are still narrower. Stems very tomentose. Leaves
slightly twisted, only the upper curved, denticulate from the
middle upward, ovate-lanceolate, gradually narrowed into a long
setaceous point; cells porose, the lower long, the upper short;
costa long-excurrent, broad, one-fifth of the leaf near the base.
Capsule curved, furrowed when dry, substrumose ; peristome
dark red,

On the ground and on logs at Victoria, Vancouver Island,
1887; quite common between Burrad Inlet and the Gold

Range, B C. 1889.
D. suBULIFOLIUM, Kindb. n. sp.

Stems low, 2-3 cm. high, not, or sparingly radiculose. Leaves
yellowish, patent, scarcely brittle, very narrow and sub-setaceous,
the subula denticulate above; cells narrow, porose; costa about
one-sixth of the leaf in length, smooth at the back, often excur-
rent. Capsule small, straight and cylindric ; seta yellow.

On old logs, in woods at Cedar Hill, near Victoria, Vancouver
Island, April, 1887.

Fissidens limbatus, Sulliv. On clay banks along an old road
at Comox, Vancouver Island.

EF. minutulus, Sulliv. On earth at Comox, Vancouver Island.

F. tamarindifolius, Brid. On the base of trees subject to inun-

dation, Eagle River Valley at Sicamous, B. C. August 7,

1889. New to America.

F. osmundoides, Hedw. On earth in woods at Sicamous, B. oe
Ceratodon purpurcus, Brid. Common in all suitable places.

Var. xanthopus, Sulliv. Not uncommon on rocks, near Vic-

toria, Vancouver Island.

3 Bn chia Sa *¥ : & Prin :
Reha pees Se ba ae a a on I ee or

88

C. minus, Aust. On moist soil near Victoria, and at Comox, Van-
couver Island; west of Frazer River, at Quesnel, B. C.

C. conicus, Hampe. On the base of a stump in dry open woods,
near Spence’s Bridge, B. C. May 29, 1889. New to America.

Trichodon cylindricus (Hedw.), Schimp. Along ditches at Vic-
toria, Vancouver Island; also at Hastings, B. C. in some
localities.

Distichium capillaceum (Hedw.), Bruch and Schimp. Crevices

of damp Rocks, Rocky Mountains and Gold Range, B. C.;

also Mount Arrowsmith, Vancouver Island.

D. inclinatum (Hedw.), Bruch and Schimp. Damp crevices of
rocks, Peace River. Lat. 56° 16’.

Blindia acuta (Hedw.), Bruch and Schimp. var. Jlexipes, Ren.
and Card. Along the Nanaimo River, Vancouver Island; on
rocks in a mountain torrent at Yale, and along the Bonaparte
River, B. C.

Pottia cavifolia, Ehrh. On dry earth on the west side of the
Thompson River at Lytton, B. C.

P. intermedia, Turn. On earth at Yale and Cache Creek. B. C.

Didymodon rubellus, Bruch and Schimp. Crevices of rocks, Bow
River Pass, Rocky Mountains, and at Spence’s Bridge and
Lytton, B. C.

Leptotrichum flexicaule, Hampe. Wet rocks Peace River Canon,
Lat. 56°; Kicking Horse Lake, Rocky Mountains; shore of
Lake Mara, Sicamous, B. C.

Var. densum, Schimp. — Calcareous rocks at Morley, Rocky
Mountains and in the Columbia Valley at Donald, B. C.

L. glaucescens, Hampe. On the bank of a creek at Sicamous ;
and on the summit of Mount Queest, Gold Range, B. C.

Desmatodon latifolius, Brid. On earth Blackwater River; and
on Mount Queest, and mountains north of Griffin Lake,
Gold Range, B.C. Alt. 6,500 feet.

PD. cernuus, Bruch and Schimp. On wet rocks in a ravine at
Kamloops, and on earth at Cache Creek, B. C.

Barbula brevirostris, Bruch and Schimp. On earth under Doug-
las Fir, at Morley, Rocky Mountains.

B. rigida, Schultz. On rocks Rocky Mountains Canon, Lat. 56°

B. ambigua, Bruch and Schimp. On calcareous earth at
Quesnel, B. C.
L. unguiculata, Hedw. On earth along the Frazer River at Port
Henry, B: C.
B. fallax, Hedw. On wet earth in a ditch at Comox, Vancou-
ver Island.
L. rigidula, Schimp. On earth by a brook at Lytton, B. C.
L. rubiginosa, Mitt. Quite common on rocks at Cedar Hill and
Comox, Vancouver Island, and on Mount Erskine, Salt
_ Spring Island.
BL. flexifolia, Hampe. Quite common on damp earth along the
southern coast of Vancouver Island; also at Burrad Inlet, B. C.
. virescens, Lesq. On rocks at Agassiz and Sicamous, B. C.
. cylindrica, Schimp. Very abundant on rocks subject to in-
undation along the Frazer River from Hope to Lytton, B. C.
BL. gracilis, Schwaegr. On rocks subject to inundation, Peace

BS

River Canon, Lat. 56° and at Yale in B. C., in same situation.
VAR. SQUARRULOSA, Kindb. n. var.

Leaves squarrose, distinctly papillose, faintly reflexed at the
base, flat or canaliculate above.

On rocks subject toinundation at Yale, B. C. This was sent
to Austin in 1875 and referred doubtfully by him to B. gracilis.

B. convoluta, Hedw. By the roadside at Comox, Vancouver
Island.

B. tortuosa, Web and Mohr. On rocks, Kicking Horse Lake,
Rocky Mountains; on Mount Queest, Gold Range, and at
Sicamous, B. C.; Mount Arrowsmith, Vancouver Island.

B. subulata, Beauv., var. LONGIFOLIA, Kindb. n. var.

Intermediate between 4. subulata and B. angustata. Leaves
long and narrow, acuminate and acute, distinctly denticulate
above, papillose, yellow, bordered; costa long-excurrent, but
shorter in the perichztial leaves.

Not uncommon on the base of trees near Victoria, Vancouver

Island and on rocks at Yale, B. C.

B. angustata, Wils. Onrocks at Morley, Bow River Pass, Rocky
Mountains; abundant on earth along brooks at Spence’s
Bridge, Lytton and Agassiz, B. C.; new to North America.

B. levipila, Bruch & Schimp. On the base of trees, Cedar Hill,

near Victoria, Vancouver Island.

: oe Se
Be Surge

m
x

B. alpina, Bruch & Schimp. On rocks within the Rocky Moun-
tains, Bow River Pass. Lat, 56°. New to North America.

B. ruralis, Hedw. Dry rocks, Kananaskis River, Rocky Moun-
tains; also at Victoria, Vancouver Island.

Var. ruraliformis, Besch. Ona sand spit at Comox, Vancouver
Island; also at Lytton, B. C.

B. aciphylla, Bruch & Schimp. On rocks, summit of Mount
Queest and mountains north of Griffin Lake, Gold Range,
B. C.; Alt. 6,500 feet. New to North America.

B. megalocarpa, Kindb. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xvi. 92.
On rocks at Cadbow Bay near Victoria, Vancouver Island ;
also abundant at Yale, Agassiz and Sicamous, B. C.

B. Muelleri, Bruch & Schimp. On rocks near Victoria, Van-
couver Island; also at Yale and Lytton, B. C.

Grimmia conferta, Funk. On dry rocks, Mount Queest, Gold
Range, at Lytton and Blackwater River, B. C.

G. apocarpa, Hedw. On dry rocks, Morley, Rocky Mountains

and at Kamloops, B. C.

Var. gracilis, Nees. & Hornsch. Quite common on preci-
pices and faces of steep rocks at Moodyville, Agassiz and
Sicamous, B. C.; also at Kananaskis, Rocky Mountains.

Var. rivularis, Nees. & Hornsch. On stones in Cornwallis
River, Comox, Vancouver Island; also in the Bow River,
Kananaskis Falls, Rocky Mountains.

G. platyphylla, Mitt. On rocks along Peace River. Lat. 56°

25°.

G. maritima, Turn. On rocks exposed to the spray of the
sea, Vesuvius Bay, Salt Spring Island, Gulf of Georgia; also
on rocks at Hastings, Burrad Inlet, B. C.

G. anodon, Bruch & Schimp. On dry rocks at Morley, Rocky

Mountains; and at Lytton, B. C.

G. plagiopodia, Hedw. On sandstone rocks along Peace River.
mat. 56°35;

G. pulvinata, Smith. On rocks, Mount Erskine, Salt Spring
Island, Gulf of Georgia; common at Lytton and Blackwater
River, B. C.

(Zo be continued.)

An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in South
America, 1885-1886.—XII.

(Continued from p. 60),

Miconia fulva (Rich.), DC. Prodr. iii. 180. Falls of the Madeira,
Brazil (2290).

Miconta dolichorhyncha, Naud. |. c. xvi. 166. Guanai, 2,000 ft.;
(2252).

Miconta annulata (Naud.), Tri. |. c. 121. Yungas, 6,000 ft.
(2272; 2295); Yungas, 4,000 ft. (2285).

Miconia livida, Tri. \.c. Yungas, 6,000 ft. (2296); Guanai, 2,000
ft. (2548).

MICONIA ELONGATA, Cogn. sp. nov. (Sect. Amblyarrhena) ;
glaberrima; ramis subacute tetragonis; foliis breviter petio-
latis, elongato-lanceolatis, longiuscule acuminatis, inferne alter-
natis acutisque, integerrimis vel tenuissime remotesque denti-
culatis, triplinerviis vel subtrinerviis; paniculis’ mediocribus,
pyramidatis, multifloris ; floribus 5-meris, breviter pedicellatis,
ebracteolatis ; calycis tubo ovoideo, limbo leviter dilatato,
lobis late triangularibus, brevissimis ; antheris oblongo-linear-
ibus, connectivo postice brevissime calcarato; stigmate pel-
tato.

Rami robustiusculi, pallide cinerei. Petiolus 1-1 1% cm. longus.
Folia submembranacea, 17-20 cm. longa, 344-5 cm. lata, nervis
subtus valde prominentibus, nervulis numerosis, coloratis. Pani-
cule 7-8 cm. long. Pedicelli 1-2 mm. longi, ad medium ar-
ticulati. Calyx fuscescens, 114 mm. longus. Petala obovata, 34
mm. longa. Staminum filamenta capillaria, geniculata, 114 mm.
longa; anthere % mm. longe. Stylus 2-2% mm. longus. Yun-
gas 6,000 ft. (2283).

Miconia Ruizit, Naud. i.c. 192. Yungas, 6,000 ft. (2308).
Miconia plumifera, Tri. |.c. 124. Unduavi, 8,000 ft. (2331).
Miconia papillosa (Desr.), Naud. l.c. 316. Beni River (2305);
Guanai, 2,000 ft. (2313). :
Miconia cremophylla, Naud. |.c. 228. Yungas, 6,000 ft. (2266).
Miconia celestis (Don), Naud. l.c. 245. Mapiri, 5,000 ft. (2279),
det Cogniaux ; Unduavi, 8,000 ft. (2284); Mapiri, 2,500 ft.

(2261), the latter determination somewhat doubtful.

Miconia cyanocarpa, Naud. |.c. 221. Mapiri, 2,500 ft. (2274).

Det. Cogniaux.

92

MICONIA BRITTONH, Cogn. sp. nov. (Sect. Cremanium) ; ramis
obscure tetragonis, junioribus petiolis paniculis calycibus fo-
liisque subtus ad nervos pilis brevissimis patulis papillosis
densissime hirtellis; foliis breviter petiolatis, anguste ovatis,
basi subrotundatis, apice obtusiusculis, remotiuscule brevi-
terque aculealato-denticulatis, 5-plinerviis, supra brevissime
— logic strigillosis, subtus brevissime et densiuscule villo-

; paniculis mediocribus, thyrsoideis, multifloris; floribus
aco, minute bracteolatis, subfasciculatis, calycis lobis
anguste ovatis, acutis, tubo dimidio brevioribus, antheris par-
vis, biporosis, anguste obovoideis ; stigmate peltato.

Rami robustiusculi, cinerei. Petiolus robustus, 1-2 cm. longus.
Folia rigidiuscula, subtus cinerea, 12-16 cm. longa, 6-7 cm. lata,
nervis subtus valde prominentibus. Paniculz satis ramosex, 8-10
cm. long. Calyx cinereus, tubo ovoido-campanulato, 1% mm.
longo, lobis 2% mm. longis. Petala ovato-oblonga, subacuta, 1
mm. longa. Stylus filiformis, 1% mm. longus. Aff. JAZ. cyano-
carpa, Naud. Yungas, 4,000 ft. (2309), Det. Cogniaux. Mapiri,
5,000 ft. (2292), Det. N. L. B.

MICONIA POLYGAMA, Cogn. sp. nov. (Sect. Cvemanium) ; ramis
obtuse tetragonis, superne leviter compressis junioribus petio-
lis, paniculis foliisque subtus ad nervos pilis patulis brevibus
apice stellulato, ramosis, densiuscule hirtellis ; foliis longiuscule
petiolatis, ovatis, breviter acuminatis, basi rotundatis, integer-
rimis vel obscure undulato-denticulatis, 5-7-nerviis, supra
minute subbullatis, subtus leviter foveolatis, utrinque brevis-
sime subsparseque hirtellis ; paniculis mediocribus, pyramida-
tis, multifloris, compactis; floribus 5-meris, subdioicis, sessil-
ibus vel brevissime pedicellatis, bracteolis subulato-setosis
suffultis ; calyce glabro, ovoideo, minute 5-denticulato ; anthe-
ris late obovoideis, apice truncatis et late biporosis ; stigmate
peltato.

Rami graciles, cinereo-fusci. Petiolus satis gracilis, 3-5 cm.
longus. Folia submembranacea, 8-11 cm. longa, 5-8 cm. lata.
Panicula 6-8 cm. long. Flores interdum omnes mascull, inter-
dum plerumque feminei rarius hermaphroditi. Calyx 1% mm.
longus. Petala late ovata, 2%, mm, longa. Stamina alternatim
satis inaqualia, filamentis capillaribus, 34-1 mm. longis ; anthera
24 mm. longa, connectivo tenuissimo, basi longe producto, — Sty-
lus filiformis, 2% mm. longus. Bacca nigra, subglobosa, 3 mm.
crassa. Guanai, 2,000 ft. (2519 ¢); Unduavi, 8,000 ft. (2282
—sub ¢),

Fe Oe Ee Top ot ete ei

93

MICONIA RUSBYANA, Cogn. sp. nov. (Sect. Cremanium) ; ramis
obscure tetragonis, glabris; foliis breviter petiolatis, lanceola-
tis, subacute breviterque acuminatis, inferne longe attenuato-
cuneatis, integerrimis, triplinerviis, supra ad nervum media-
num brevissime hirtellis ceteris glabris et scabriusculis, sub-
tus glaberrimis; paniculis mediocribus, late pyramidatis,
multifloris, densiuscule breviterque hirtellis; floribus 5-meris
sessilibus, ebracteolatis, subfasciculatis; calyce glabro, sub-
hemispherico, brevissime 5-denticulato; antheris late obo-
voideis, apice truncatis et latissime biporosis.

Rami graciles. Petiolus gracilis, 1-2 cm. longus. Folia
membranacea, 1-1'%4 dm. longa, 3-4.cm. lata, nervis nervulisque
subtus satis prominentibus. Paniculea 8-10 cm. long, ramis
patulis, elongatis. Calyx 1 mm. longus. Petala obovato-angu-
lata, 3¢ mm. longa. Staminum filamenta capillaria, 1-1% mm.
longa; anthere 24 mm. long, connectivo tenuissimo, basi longe
producto. Stylus ignotus. Yungas, 6,000 ft. (2259).

MICONIA FLAVESCENS, Cogn. sp. nov. (Sect. Chenopleura) ;
ramis teretiusculis, junioribus petiolis paniculis foliisque subtus
ad nervos brevissime denseque furfuraceo-papillosis et ferru-
gineis; foliis breviuscule petiolatis, ovato-oblongis, acutis,
basi rotundatis, margine remote minuteque spinuloso-dentic-
ulatis, trinerviis, supra glabris, subtus primum leviter, punc-
tato-furfuraceis demum glabratis, paniculis parvis, paucifloris;
floribus 5-nervis, breviter pedicellatis, ebracteolatis ; calyce
glabro, subhemisphzrico, minute remoteque 5-denticulato.

Rami graciles, breves, ramulosi. Petiolus 1-2 cm. longus.
Folia rigidiuscula, utrinque flavescentia, 5-7 cm. longa, 2-3 cm.
lata, nervis subtus satis prominentibus, nervulis paulo distinctis.
Panicule 2-4 cm. long, paulo ramos, pedicelli graciles, 1-3
mm. longi. Calyx siccitate nigricans, 2 mm. longus, 3 mm. latus.
Aff. M. andina, Naud. Unduavi, 10,000 ft. (2288).

Miconta andina, Naud. |. c. 236. Unduavi, 8,000 ft. (2286).
Miconia Mandoni, Cogn. in Herb. Kew. Unduavi, 8,000 ft.

(2287). The same as Mandon’s No. 646.

Miconia nervosa, (Smith), Tri. l.c. 111. Yungas, 6,000 ft. (2280).

Junction of the rivers Beni and Madre de Dios (2291).
Miconta ertodonta, DC. |. c. 185. Yungas. 4,000 ft. (2726).
Miconia rubiginosa, (Bonpl.), DC. |. c. 183. Yungas 6,000 ft.

(2300) ; Mapiri 5,000 ft. (2298); the latter a form with long

acuminate leaves.

*

:
¥
;
;

ne

Me ee oS ee en

94

Miconia Fothergilla, (DC.), Tri. 1. c. 119. Mapiri 5,000 ft.
(2293).

Miconia persicariefolia, Cogn. Guanai, 2,000 ft. (992); det.
Cogniaux. —

Miconia caulescens, DC. Mapiri, 5,000 ft. (2256). Matching
specimens so named in Herb. Kew. rh

Miconia Boliviensis, Cogn. Unduavi, 8,000 ft. (2260). Det.
Cogniaux. | fs

Miconia novemnervia, Naud. 1. c. 217. Mapiri, 5,000 ft. (2316).

Miconia lanata,(DC.), Tri. Falls of the Madeira, Brazil. (2303).

Miconia holosericea, (1..), Tri. 1. c. 101, Guanai, 2,000 ft. (2250) ;
Mapiri, 5,000 ft. (2297). oe

Miconia, “ parait une nouvelle espéce, mais trop incomplet pour
le decrire; aspect du M. polyneura, Tri. mais distinct ’—
Cogniaux. Yungas, 6,000 ft. (2263). .

Miconia, “ espéce peut-etre nouvelle ?’’—Cogniaux. Mapiri,
a500 ft. (7275).

“ Miconia ou Leandra ? espece nouvelle’”—Cogniaux. Yungas,
4,000 ft. (2334).

Tococa Guianensis, Aubl. Pl. Gui. i. 428. Beni River (2242).

Tococa coronata, Benth. in Hook. Journ. Bot. ii 303. Junction
of the rivers Beni and Madre de Dios, (2321). A variety
with thin, membranaceous leaves, perhaps a distinct species.

Clidemia hirta, (L.), Don. Mem. Wern. Soc. iv. 309. Falls of
the Madeira, Brazil, (2239, 2240). Mapiri, 5,000 ft. (2236).

Clidemia dependens, (Pav.), Don. |. c. 307. Mapiri, 5,000 ft.
(2237).

Clidemia rubra, Aubl. Mapiri, 5,000 ft. (2318); Mapiri, 2,500
ft. (2319).

CLIDEMIA BOLIVIENSIS, Cogn. sp. nov. (Sect. Staphidium, Cogn.
F]. Bras.); ramis teretiusculis, junioribus petiolis pedunculisque
pilis longissimis patulis mollibus subsparse hirtellis ; foliis
majusculis, anguste ovatis, longiuscule acuminatis, basi ina-
quilateris et rotundatis vel leviter emarginatis, levita undu-
lato-crenulatis, 5-nerviis, supra breviuscule sparseque pilosis,
subtus sparse longeque hirtellis pracipue ad nervos; cymis
brevibus, 3-5 floris; calyce leviter furfuraceo et sparse lon-

geque piloso, tubo oblongo, lobis brevissimis, dentibus exte-
rioribus subulatis, tubo sublongioribus.

A New White Smut.

While making a study of the parasitic fungi of the cultivated
spinach (Spinacea oleracea,) it was a surprise to find a species of
Entyloma, and especially as this host is so distant in the natural
classification of plants, from any other host of a white smut.
The infected leaves had lost all their normal green color and were
of a pale yellowish white shade—in fact, presented much the
same appearance as succulent foliage may take on after having
been frost bitten some time before. Upon a closer examination,
however, the surface of the whitened leaves was found coated in
spots with a fine light substance that under the hand lens was
seen to be in minute tufts. The low power of a compound mi-
croscope revealed these miniature rosettes as consisting of slender
filaments bearing acicular bodies at their tips. Thin transverse
sections of these infected patches showed small clusters of spheri-
cal spores imbedded in the leaf tissue, but close to the under epid-
ermis. Further study demonstrated the fact that the clusters—
each consisting of from a dozen to fifty spores, were located
directly below the breathing pores and occupied the large inter-
cellular spaces there found in the loosely constructed succulent
leaf of the spinach. Placing a piece of the infected leaf, after
being cleaned by alcohol and potash, with the underside upper-
most and focussing, it was an easy matter to pass by optical sec-
tions from the highest part of the conidial bearing tuft to the
center of the cluster of spores below. Carefully made sections
through the breathing pores bearing the fungus illustrated the
same disposition of the parts as seen in a side view. ‘The
threads of the fungus are exceedingly minute, and the coni-
dia are so small and slender that they are easily overlooked
unless high powers are employed. It gives me pleasure to dedi-
cate the species to Mr. J. B. Ellis, who has done so much for the
cause of mycological study in this country. The following is a
description of the white smut of the spinach.

ENTYLOMA ELListI. Spots pale white, indefinitely limited,
sub-confluent ; spores globose nearly colorless 16-20/ in diameter,
‘clustered in the intercellular spaces beneath the stomata. Co-
nidia hypophyllous, abundant, acicular, small 10-14 by less than'I/.
On cultivated spinach growing in hot beds near Newark, New
Jersey, January 10, 1890.

oh eee

Pe i F
Roo a i yi

96

The white smuts, or Entylomata, are neither numerous nor
particularly destructive, as a rule, to their hosts, and if they are,
it is often a blessing to the crop grower, for the hosts are mostly
insignificant or weedy plants. Saccardo* enumerates thirty-six
species, while Winter? stops at half that number. The following
are the species found in this country: Eyxtyloma microsporium,
Schrt. on Ranunclus repens.—E. Thalictri, Schrt. on Thalictrum
dioicum. £:. Lobelie, Far\. on Lobelia inflata. FE. Linarie, Schrt.
on Veronica peregrina. This last species was found by the
writer last autumn upon Linaria vulgaris, in New Jersey, and is
probably the first time it hasbeen thus met with inthis cou ntry. An
opportunity was therefore offered to compare this species (which
agrees with foreign specimens kindly loaned me by Mr. \,
Ellis) with the form so abundant upon and sometimes so destruc-
tive to the Veronica peregrina. As Entylomata go, there are
some marked differences between the two; the most important
of which are in the size and shape of the spores. Those upon the
Veronica are darker and much larger than the typical form of the
Linaria. While the latter has the spores 9-12/4 by 11-14/ those
of the Veronica are 12-15 by 17-20M. The mature sori are
consequently darker in the Veronica, and other differences are
noticeable which, were the spores alike, might be accounted for,
possibly, as host peculiarities. The Lxtyloma of the Veronica
appears in early spring—a matter of necessity, as the host is
short-lived—while the one upon the Zivaria matures in autumn.
There may not be sufficient ground for a separate species, but it
seems proper that a form at least should be recognized as follows:
£. Linarie, forma VERONIC&, nov. forma on Veronica peregrina
with the differences as above stated.

Other American Entylomata are £. Menispermi, F. & T. on
Menispermum Canadense ; E. Physalidis,Wint. on Physalts sp. and
Solanum triflorum; E. polyspermum, F\. on Ambrosia trifida,; E.
Sanicule, Pk. on Sanicula Marylandica, E. Compositarum, F |.
on Aster puniceus, Ambrosia artemisefolia and Rudbeckia lacini-
ata; and £. Herkee, Holw., on Flerhea proserpinacotdes.

It will be seen from the above that the spinach Entyloma is the

* Sylloge Fungorum, vii. pp. 487-496.
+ Die Pilze, i. pp. 111-116.

97

only one in this country that has been found upon a cultivated
plant. In Europe one species (£. crastophilum, Sacc) occurs on
the orchard grass (Dactylis glomerata) while E. Calendule
D.By. is sometimes met with upon the marigold (Calendula offict-
nalts) and arnica (Arnica montana). ‘The leading orders bearing
white smuts are: Ranunculacez, Papaveraceze, Compositae, Bor-
aginaceee and Graminez, and the one upon the spinach, introduces
a new host-order and one that at present is surrounded by those
not known to contain any species attacked by an Lutyloma.

BYRON D. HALSTED.
RuTGERS COLLEGE, March 24, 1890.

The New Edition of Gray’s Manual.

Prof. Porter’s criticism of the new edition of Gray’s Manual,
which was admitted into the last number of the BULLETIN, is
written in a spirit so unworthy of him that self-respect on the
part of the editors of the Manual would ordinarily forbid a reply.
There are some statements, however, which I desire to make in
relation to the work, some of which touch more or less closely
upon points that Prof. Porter has referred to. As for most of the
questions propounded by him, so far as I understand their bear-
ing, anyone who has taken the trouble to read the preface will
need little further answer.

The different editions of the Manual have contained the fol-
lowing numbers of pages: the first 782, the second 791, the third
746, the fourth 890, the fifth 742, and the sixth 818. The Mosses
and Liverworts were included in all the previous editions except-
ing the third and fifth, the third and fourth including also the
“Garden Botany.”” The Mosses, etc., were dropped from the
fifth edition in the expectation that a supplementary volume
would be prepared to cover them and perhaps other cryptogams.
This hope has been fulfilled only in part by the publication of the
Manual of Mosses by Lesquereux and James.

In the present edition, notwithstanding the extension of
the territory, and with the inclusion again of the Hepatice,

with other material which it seemed advisable to add, an effort -

has been made to avoid an increase in the bulk of the volume.
Economy of space has been studied at every point where it was

" ae eg ee” en ea

98

justifiable. Electrotype plates for the illustrations have been sub-
stituted for the original stones and copper plates, which has per-
mitted their printing upon thinner paper and the placing of the
explanations opposite the plates to which they refer. A thin
but firm paper has been used for the whole volume, and the
result as respects bulk is that, the book is both thinner and
lighter than even the last edition.

In the elaboration of the matter that has been admitted it
was, of course, impossible to please everyone. What appears a
fault to one will be an excellence in the judgment of another.
In the portions that had not recently been revised by Dr. Gray
himself the work is necessarily unequal, inasmuch as some or-
ders have been subject to more or less thorough and trustworthy
revisions by various botanists, while others have had no especial
attention given to them for years. It was necessary to make the
best of what was at hand, and this has been done as far as the
limited time permitted, every known available source of informa-
tion up to the very latest date being made use of, and no little
original work intercalated where it seemed most needed. All the
conclusions and determinations that have been published have not,
however, been adopted, for what seemed in each case to be good
reasons. A case in point is one referred to by Prof. Porter in
regard to Gentiana alba, Muhl., a name which he considers that
he has “clearly proved untenable.” But a careful consideration
of the whole question, including a reference to Muhlenberg’s
manuscripts, convinced me that Dr. Gray’s conclusion was prob-
ably the more correct one.

The undue multiplication of varieties has not been favored.
Everyone must understand that species vary, some more and
some less, but all to some extent. The attempt to define and
name these variations is in the great majority of cases of little
profit, especially in a manual like the present.

The determination of the range of species was often a difficult
and unsatisfactory matter. Numerous local catalogues, more or less
reliable, the Gazette, THE BULLETIN, the Gray Herbarium, were
at hand and were consulted whenever there seemed occasion for
it. That there should be not a few errors of various kinds is
not strange, and I am not atall surprised that the keen scent of

1 ee OT Wie

Eee):

99

Prof. Porter has enabled him to draw up a list of sixty, though
more than half of the cases mentioned by him are fairly covered by
the range as now given in the Manual. Botanists will not be greatly
troubled in this regard, I think, if they will give common sense
fair play, and consider that when the range is given from New
England to Minnesota, for example, the limit is not to be taken
as a mathematically straight line connecting the two, and when a
plant is said to be common, that it may be more common in
some sections than others, or may even be wholly wanting in
some areas.

Some additional facts respecting distribution that were over-
looked or at the time unknown may here be given. Caltha na-
tans, Pall., not previously known as belonging to our flora, has been
collected by Mr. E. J. Hill, at Tower, Minnesota. Dianthus
deltoides occurs on the downs of Martha’s Vineyard (Miss Edith
Watson); Sagina procumbens, at Champion, Michigan (E. J. Hill);
Solidago neglecta, var. /inoides, at Turner, Maine (John A. Allen);
Ruellia pedunculata, Torr., should be added, found at De Soto,
Mo., by Dr. H. E. Hasse.

Typographical errors, and the like, are unavoidable. Atten-
tion is called to a few of some importance. On page 19, the
cross-reference should be to page 5. On pages 62 and 63 the
genera referred to in the headings of the key should be n. 2, n. 5,
and n. 11, instead of n, 3, n. 4, andn. 10. On page 98 the root
of Callirrhoé triangulata should be described as fusiform. On
page 145, read Ammannia latifolia. On page 375, read Inde-
pendence, Mo. On page 383, the upper lip of the corolla of
Conobea is 2-lobed. On page 441, for Lurs read Leers. On page
470, Sweet-fern is omitted as the common name of Myrica
asplenifolia. Prunus is omitted from the Index, and Plate 15 is
referred to in the text uniformly as Pl. 16. These errors will be
corrected in the next issue.

The editors of the Manual have been neither omniscient nor
infallible. But they have tried to do their best, and knowing
something of the book, I will for myself frankly say that I look up-
on it, as it stands, as a piece of “ good work,” and I confidently be-
lieve that it will be appreciated as such more and more by botan-
ists WhO may use it. SERENO WATSON,

100

A New Moss of the Genus Bruchia.
(PLATE CI.)

BRUCHIA LONGICOLLIS: Caspitosa, pro genere robusta,
monoica; foliis late ovatis laxe areolatis in costam validam sub-
canaliculatam longissime excurrentem contractis, perichetialibus
longioribus lanceolatis convolutis excurrenti—costatis; capsula
pedicello folia subduplo superante suffulta collo longissimo pradita
ovali oblonga infra rostellum tenue serie transversali cellularum
breviorum notata atque idcirco dehiscentiam stegocarpicam
simulante; calyptra campanulata basi in segmenta 3-4 fissa ;
sporis numerosissimis asperulis .0O12-.0114 unc. metientibus.

Discovered in August, 1889, by Mr. Alexander W. Evans,
of the Sheffield Scientific School, growing in little patches on a
decayed log in a swamp in the town of Jackson, New Hampshire.

Plants densely clustered, 7-10 mm. high.

Stem leaves suddenly narrowed from a broadly ovate clasp-
ing -base into a long excurrent awn-like costa, which is in the
lower part narrowly bordered by the leaf-margin. Perichetial
leaves 3-4, longer than the others, lanceolate, somewhat tubulose
from the incurved margins, gradually acuminate, costa excurrent.

Capsule on a stout pedicel which overtops the perichztial
leaves, oblong-oval, orange-yellow, below suddenly narrowed
into acollum longer than the capsule itself, above contracted into
aslender beak. Collum with abundant stomata. The beak is
composed of nearly regular rows of oblong cells which are
shorter at the base, and this rests on several rows of minute cells,
the whole forming an inseparable operculum.

Male flowers terminal on short basal branches of the plant,
the perigonial leaves concave with a short faintly-nerved acumin-

ation ; antheridia not clearly seen.

This is a stouter plant than either Bruchia Bolanderi or B.
Vogestaca, both of which it somewhat resembles. The strong
excurrent costa of the leaves, the very long and conspicuously
stomatiferous collum, and the rudimentary line of dehiscence of
the capsule, will serve to distinguish it from both of them, and at
the same time indicate a closer approximation to the characters of
Trematodon, to which genus the specimens were referred at the
first cursory glance.

poe et od 7a be ar PT: EE ee ee

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. Plate CI.

BRUCHIA LONGICOLLIS, D. C. Eaton.

101

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATE.

Fig. 1.—Two plants, 14 nat. size.
2.—A plant, magnified.
3.—A stem leaf.
4.—Tip of stem leaf.
5.—Pericheetial leaf.
6.—Perigonial leaf.
7.—Stomata of collum.
. 8.—Calyptra.
D. C. EATON.

NEw Haven, February, 1890.

Notes on Some of the Plants Found in Muskoka Lake,
| Sept. Ist, 1889,

The Range of Subularia aquatica. In regard to the range
of Subularia aquatica, whose North American stations formed
so interesting a communication in the November BULLETIN,
Bentham in his ‘‘ Handbook of the British Flora,” gives :—

“The shallow edges of alpine ponds and lakes, in northern
Europe, Asia, and America, and more rarely in central Europe.
Scarce in Britain, in the mountains of Scotland, northwestern
England, and north Wales.” In the second edition of Wither-
ing’s Botany, 1787, it is said that the Suwbularia aquatica grows
under water on a gravelly bottom in Lough Neagh, Ireland, on
the side next Kilmore, Ray; Loch Tay and Loch Carran, Scot-
land. Mr. Stuart; in lakes on the mountains near Llanberrys.
Hudson; and Llyn-y-Cwn, near Snowdon, Pennant.”

Lobelia Dortmanna is found abundantly in the shallow parts
of the lakes in the north and northwest of Great Britain, especi-
ally in the mountain regions; often, according to Hooker and
Arnott, forming a carpet at the bottom of the water with its
densely matted foliage.

In the southeast corner of Derwentwater, at intervals ranging
from a few weeks to ten years, a blister-like upheaval of the peat
occurs, bringing the bottom of the lake up from six feet beneath
to a few inches above the surface of the water. <A careful ex-
amination of this popularly called floating island, reported in a
recent history of it by Mr. G. J. Symons, shows its surface to be
covered with living specimens of Lobelia Dortmanna, L., [soetes
lacustris, L. and other water plants that abound in the lake.

Fs eet ae

oa

pee

wwe

ste eed a a Se aa ee

pe Nr

ik
ee: a

ew

af

os ae,

102

Eriocaulon septangulare. The genus Eriocaulon, with the
exception of £. septangulare in the lakes of the isles of Skye,
and a few of the neighboring Hebrides, and of Connemara,
in Ireland, is wholly wanting in Europe and Russian Asia. The
genus extends over North and South America almost from pole
to pole, and is well represented in tropical Asia, Africa and
Australia, (Bentham). Withering (1787) gives the stations of
E. septangulare in the isle of Skye, with great detail, stating that
it was discovered in two or three small fresh water lochs in 1768.
In one of these he says that it occurred in such abundance that
“the white fibres of the roots are thrown on the edges of the
loch as sea-weeds on the sea-shore.”

K. B, CLAYPOLE.

Botanical Notes.

Subularia aquatica, L.—Dr. J. W. Chickering, under date
of November 16th, 1889, writes as follows: “In 1858, I
discovered Swbularta in abundance about two miles west from
Portland, Me., along the line of the old Portland and Sebago
Canal, on muddy banks caused by the washing out of the canal,
and collected a quantity. Two or three years after, I visited the
locality, and although the environment was in all its conditions
unchanged, I could not find a trace of it.”

DAVID F. DAY.

Note upon Ailanthus.—In connection with Mr. A. F. Wood’s
observations on the Cottonwood, reviewed in the February BUL-
LETIN, page 43, it may be said that during the past sea-
son repeated observations were made upon the Ailanthus, (Az/an-
thus glandulosus, a well-known ‘shade tree in the Eastern
States, in order, if possible, to obtain some means by which to
distinguish the staminate from the pistillate plants while they are
seedlings. As yet nothing has been discovered in wood or bark,

bud or leaf, that will give any clue as to the sex. There are

great differences as to time of leafing and defoliation between
trees of this species growing apparently under the same circum-
stances, but the sex seems to have nothing to do with this. In
fact, it is not uncommon for species of trees with perfect flowers

to exhibit as great variations, in these and many other respects,
not to exclude the striking one of foliage coloration in autumn.

The value of some distinguishing sex characteristic in the
case of seedling Ailanthus trees, could it be found, would be ap-
preciated by all who are acquainted with these ornamental trees.
To others we need only to quote a line from Dr. Gray: ‘“ Called
Tree of Heaven—but whose blossoms, especially the staminate

ones, are redolent of anything but ‘airs from heaven.’” It is
needless to say that it is desirable to exclude the males from the
city streets. BYRON D. HALSTED.

New Brunswick, N. J., Feb. 12, 1890.

Burning of the Botanical Museum and Laboratory of the
Michigan Agricultural College. On the night of March 23d,
our Botanical Laboratory and Museum was destroyed by fire.
We were able to carry out and preserve all the books, charts and
apparatus, including the mounted portion of the herbarium. The
Wheeler herbarium, recently purchased, containing over seven
thousand species, including the most complete collection of Michi-
gan plants ever brought together, was lost, together with a part
of the electrotypes to illustrate my second volume on grasses.
If life and health are spared, we shall have, in a few years, a
much better building and a finer museum. For the present, very
good accommodations for the botanical department are furnished
in a part of the new Agricultural Laboratory recently completed.

W. J. BEAL.

A Munificent Gift. Mary E. Banning, who has for several
years been studying the fungi of Maryland and making colored
drawings of them, has recently presented to the New York State
Museum of Natural History, a magnificent volume of illustrations
of the species that have come under her observation. It contains
one hundred and seventy-five plates, representing nearly as
many species belonging mostly to the Hymenomycetes and Gas-
teromycetes. The plates are about the same in length as those
of the Icones Selecta Hymenomycetum of Fries and a little
ereaterin breadth. The figures are most beautifully executed,
painted in water colors and are very life-like in expression and
accurate in detail. They are accompanied by manuscript de-

he ea eee ea de

a.

ie. ae

i" 4 5 .
Seg eee ee

104

scriptions of the species, the botanical name, and in some in-
stances by remarks suggested by the study of the specimens or
by difficulties encountered in collecting them. The edible spe-
cies are also indicated. The whole work is the product of Miss
Banning’s own labor and does great credit to her as an artist and
a mycologist. The volume is one of great value, and the New
York State Museum is under great obligations to its author for
such a munificent gift.
CHAS. H. PECK.

Reviews of Foreign Literature.

White Huckleberries.—In the Berichte der deutschen Botan-
ischen Gesellschaft for January, pp. 387-400, is a paper by As-
cherson and Magnus* which considers at length the albinos and
other color and form variations in V. Myrtil/us and other species
of the genus Vaccinium. White huckleberries have long been
known, and many citations are given of their being found in var-
ious countries throughout the world. Schweter, in 1878, de-
scribed a fungus disease of the huckleberry fruit under the name
of Sclerotinia baccarum that has been considered by some bota-
nists as the cause of the variations of color and form above men-
tioned. As the title indicates, the present paper is to show that
the ordinary white huckleberry is not identical with those lac-
cinium fruits that are modified by the presence of the Sclerotinia.
The authors claim with much authority that while in the case of
V. Myrtillus var. leucocarpa there may be some ground for the
belief in identity, it is entirely superficial. Form and color may
mislead, but when the microscopic structure is studied, and more
particularly the fungus fruit that under proper conditions is pro-
duced from the diseased berries, it becomes evident that the two
are very unlike in origin. By referring to Dr. Woronin’s elabor-
ate paper,t with its ten superior plates, it is quickly seen that
Schweter’s species, under consideration, is well understood and
clearly set forth, along with several others that prey upon the
huckleberries.

*Die Weisse Heidelbeere (Vaccinium Myrtillus, L. var. leucocarpa, Hause).
nicht identische mit der durch Sc/eroténia baccarum (Sch.), Rehm, verursachten
Sclerotien Krankheit.

. +Ueber die Sclerotien Krankheit der Vaccinieen Beeren, 1888.

\

105

Turning to the other side, it may be said that there are great
variations in the colorand form of the fruit within the genus Vac-
cintum, Our own V. corymbosum, var. atrococcum is an illus-
tration of ‘berries purple black, without any bloom,” while V.
Pennsylvanicum, var. nigrum is another with black fruit,
and the cranberries exhibit a wide range of fruit colors. While
it is true that in some cases the fruits, changed by fungi, may re-
semble those of albinos and “ sports,” it is also evident that no
ereat difficulty should be experienced in deciding between the
two. For example, we could suppose a rye grain to vary and
become of a dark purple color and pass for ergot, but put to the
test the deception is easily removed. BYRON D. HALSTED.

Chrysanthemum “Samuel Henshaw.” (Garden, xxxvi.
381). As our fellow member is responsible for the origin of this
Chrysanthemum, the Club will no doubt be pleased to know that
it is attracting considerable attention in England, and it is said
that ‘‘should the variety Samuel Henshaw turn out to be as
valuable as is anticipated by some, it will be another instance of
a plant whose merits were overlooked when it was first sent out.”’
We congratulate Mr. Henshaw upon his success. 5 OB y A
Recherches sur la transpiration et lassimilation pendant les nuits

Norvégiennes. M. G. Curtel. (Rev. Gen. de Bot. 15 Jan.

1890).

It is a well known fact that plants of northern regions grow
more rapidly and often acquire a larger growth than the same
species would with us. M. Curtel’s experiments at Kongsvold,
Norway, were undertaken for the purpose of ascertaining the ex-
tent of transpiration and assimilation during the long, crepuscu-
lar nights, and he suggests that one of the causes of the greater
rapidity of growth might be the long duration of chlorophyllian
assimilation which uninterruptedly might take place during the
whole night. The leaves of Rye and Hzeractum Pilosella were
the plants used, and the results of the experiments are summed
up in the following:

“st. That chlorophyllian assimilation and transpiration took
place during the whole of the night of July 31 to August 1.

2d. That particularly as to the assimilation, there was a mini-
mum corresponding to the minimum of light.” > ae.

gt

a > ieee

106

Index to Recent American Botanical Literature.

Acenas. (Garden. xxxvii. 177, illustrated). A representation
of A. microphylla is given.

Black Rot of the Grape—The. Chas. R. Carpenter. (Trans.
Kans. Acad. Sci. xi. 14-17).

Circulation of Sap—Notes on. W.R. Lighton. (Trans. Kans.

Acad. Sci. xi. 18-19).

Clathrus columnatus—Poisonous action of. WN. G. Farlow. (Bot.

Gaz. xv. 45-46).

The poisonous qualities of several of the Phalloidez have
been the subjects of discussion, in a popular way, on more than
one occasion. In this article the above fungus is stated to have
proved fatal to hogs in North Carolina.

Cobra Plant—The. |. W. Burbridge. (Garden, xxxvii. 147,
illustrated), Includes a picture of Darlingtonia Californica.

Coreopsis—The Rest Annual. (Garden, xxxvii. 202-203, pl. 742
and figs. in text).

Under this heading are described and figured a number of our
native species, among them C. aristosa, auriculata, cardamint-
Jfolia, Drummond and lanceolata and a colored plate of a dark
variety of ¢zzctorta,

Diatom Deposit from Artesian Wells at Atlantic City, N. J —
Notes on the Fossil, C. L, Peticolas. (Microscop. Journ. xi.
32, 33). A brief addition to the account published in the
BULLETIN, vol. xvi. No. 3.

Diatoms in Boston Harbor, in September, 1889.—A search for.
Wm. A. Terry. (Microscop. Journ. xi. 35-37).

Darlingtonia Californica. (Gard. Chron. vii. 84, figs. 14, 15).

Ephedra.—Die Arten der Gattung. Otto Stapf. (Reprint, Vol.
lvi. Denkschr. Math. Naturwiss. Classe, Kais. Akad. Wiss.,
4 to, pp. 112, 5 plates, and map, Vienna, 1889).

The American species £. multiflora, Torreyana, Californica,
aspera, trifurca, Nevadensis, antisiphylitica, Americana, gra
cilis, Tweediana, triandra, ochreata, dumosa and frustillata are
described and all but the latter two figured, so far as the inflores-
cence is concerned. J. multiflora is described as new.
Lriogonum —Species of. (Gard. Chron. vii. 260, pp. 38, 39, 40).

107

Under the suggestion that many of our Lriogonums make
good garden plants, thirteen species are mentioned and £, andros-
aceum, ovalifolium and compositum are figured.

Eucharis Amazonica, (Gard. Chron. vii. 192, fig. 31).

Flora of Kansas—FPersonal observations upon. Mrs. A. L. Slos-
son. (Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci. xi. 19-22).

An earnest appeal for the study and cultivation of the native
flora of the State, with interesting instances of the manner in
which it has been crowded out in many places by introduced
plants. There is a charming, unconscious tinge of sarcasm now
and then, as in the following sentence: ‘A lady once bought of
Vick, a dozen seeds of a beautiful foliage plant called ‘Snow on
the Mountains,’ and succeeded in getting half a dozen, perhaps,
to bloom just before frost, only to find that the bluffs back of her
house, for miles, were just covered with the same flowers, and had
been for three months.”

Fossil Wood and Lignite of the Potomac Formation. F¥. H.
Knowlton. (Bull. No. 56, U. S. Geol. Survey. Pamph. 8vo.
pp. 52, plates 1-7. Washington, D. C., 1889).

The importance of structural investigation in palzobotany is
emphasized in this work, both in text and illustration and we
heartily agree with the author in this respect. A very brief com-
parison of a few well known works is all that is necessary to con-
vince any one that the study of superficial characters alone has
lead to the most bewildering confusion and waste of energy in
describing and renaming the same species many times over. The
author begins with a sketch of the progress made in palzeobotany
from the earliest times, when Albertus Magnus and Agricola first
puzzled themselves over the mysteries of petrifaction, to the
present era of such magnificent works as those of Brongniart,
Goeppert, Unger, Schimper and our own Government and State
Reports.

The geological horizon of the Potomac formation is still ap-
parently a subject for discussion and the author fails to state ex-
actly where he places it, although the term Jurasso-Cretaceous
would seem to about comprise it. ~The organic remains are
mostly in the blue clay and consist of both lignite and silicified
wood. The preparation of these woods for examination under

Pee Pare re ee ge eis eee ek eee ae ae

108

the microscope is described, and finally descriptions and plates of
the following new species are given: Cupressinoxylon pulchel-
lum, C. McGeei, C. Wardi, C. Columbianum and Araucarioxy-
lon Virginianum. Not the least interesting feature is an attempt
at classification of the species referred by the author to this latter
genus, based upon microscopic characteristics. | Undoubtedly
good results may be anticipated from further investigation in the

field of work undertaken and set forth in this Bulletin. A. H.

Fungus Diseases of the Cranberry—Some. Byron D. Halsted.
(Bull. No. 64, N. J. Agric. Exp. Station, December 31, 1889,
illustrated).

The cranberry gall fungus (Syuchytrium Vacciniz) and the
cranberry ‘“‘scald’’ are the subjects of the author’s treatment.
Grasses of Box Butte and Cheyenne Counties, Nebraska. J. G.

Smith. (Am. Nat. xxiv. 181-183.)

Grasses of Tennessee.—Key to the Genera of the native and culti-
vated.—¥. L. Scribner. (Reprint from Bull. Tenn. Exp.
Sta., pamph., 8vo., pp. 7.)

Guatemala—Undescribed Plants from. VII. John Donnell Smith,
(Bot. Gaz. xv. 27-29, pl. iii, iv.)

Oxalis dimidiata, Styrax Guatemalensis, Tradescantia sub-
scaposa, (originally distributed as Spzronema sp.) Carpinus Amert-
canus, Michx., var. tropicalis, Campanea picturata, and Nephro-
dium duale, the last two figured, are described as new.—Asplenium
Vera-pax (see Bot. Gaz. xiii. 77) is in this article referred to A.
Riedelianum, Bong.—Descriptions are completed of Hanburia
parviflora and Solanum oliveforme.

Haplopappus Baylahuen, C. Gay.—H. H. Rusby. (Reprint from
Drug. Bull. February, 1890, illustrated.)

Heather in North America.—The problem of. George L. Good-
ale. (Garden and Forest, iii. 62, 63,)

The occurence of Ca/luna vulgaris at several stations in the
British provinces and New England is described.

Hickoria oliveformis. Carl Mohr. (Pharm. Rundsch. viii.
56-59, illustrated.)

Under this caption the author gives a popular account of
Hicoria Pecan, with excellent plate.

109

History of Garden Vegetables.—The. FE. L. Sturtevant. (Am,
Nat. xxiv. 143-157.)

The contribution contains notes on parsnip chervil, (Chero-
phyllum bulbosum.), patience dock, (Rumex Patientia.), pea,
(Pisum sativum), peanut, (Arachis hypogea), pennyroyal, (Ment-
tha Pulegium), peppermint, (Mentha piperita), and peppers,
(Capsicum annuum).

How to Collect and Preserve Botanical Specimens. J. M. Macoun.
(Ottawa Nat. iii. 146-149.)

The subject matter of this article was delivered as a popular
lecture.

Hypericum Kalmianum. Garden and Forest, iii. 112, fig. 24.)

Kansas Grasses.—An artificial Key to the. W. A. Kellerman.
(Trans. Kan. Acad. Sci. xi. 87-101.)

Fifty-six genera including 170 species are enumerated and
classified. Wherever there is a common or local name for the
species it is appended—an addition of no small interest and
value. |
Mosses Collected in the Neighborhood of Ottawa.—List of. J. M.

Macoun. (Ottawa Nat. iii. 149-152, continued.)

Forty-nine additions to the previous list are here enumerated,
with dates and localities.

Nottrocheilus, eine neue Scrophularineen Gattung aus Brasilien,
nebst einem Anhange ueber zwet neue Tourvalia Arten. L.
Radlkofer (Sitzungsb. k. Bayr. Akad. Wiss. 1889.)

Oaks.— The Waverly. (Garden and Forest, iii. 85, 86, illustrated.)
An account and representation of a remarkably fine group of

old trees, mostly Quercus alba near the village of Waverly, just

outside Boston. A plea is made for the purchase of the land and
preservation of the trees.

Pentstemon Mensziesii, var. Scoulert. (Gard. Chron. vii. 204,
fig, 33.)

Peridtal cell characters in the classification of the Uredinee. H.
J. Webber. (Am. Nat. xxiv. 177, 178.)

Peronosporacee.—A List of the Kansas Species of. WW. T. Swin-
gle. (Trans. Kan. Acad. Sci. xi. 63-87.)

A list of 32 species with both plants and index.

Red Cedar—Savin. J. T. Rothrock. (Forest Leaves. ii. 148, 149,
illustrated.)

dé 2 Deke
P 7 - wae
ee ee ee 8 enea

Per OOD Len nS gy ee ee, eee 2

¥.
ai

“irene: a * ri of = <\ eae
eee ome ae nS
S ee ee ee

110

Contains a full page picture of a large tree of Juniperus
Virginiana at Wawa, Pa.

Rosa foliolosa. (Garden and Forest, iii. 100, fig. 22.)

Rosin Weed.—An Examination of the resinous Exudation of. L.
E. Sayre. (Trans. Kan. Acad. Sci. xi. 103.)

The author states that the gum from S¢/phinm laciniaium is
completely soluble in chloroform and benzole, which, upon
evaporation, leave a transparent residue. Its probable value in
microscopic mounting is mentioned.

Sapotacee a Dr. A, Glaziou lecte. CC. Rannkiaer. (Videns.
Medd. Naturh. Forening Kjobenhavn. 1889.

New species are described in the genera Mimusops, Sideroxy-
lon, Lucuma and Chrysophyllum.

Stipules in Certain Dicotyledonous Leaves of the Dakota Rocks—
On the Discovery and Significance of. F. H. Snow. (Trans.
Kans. Acad. Sci. xi. 33-35, illustrated).

The significance refers to the fact that the stipules of these
Dakota fossil leaves have a prevailing unilateral position as dis-
tinguished from the modern bilateral arrangement, and that they
show a gradual change from the solitary entire form to the bi-
lateral pair. Leaves of Betulites Vestii, var. obtusa, var. inequt-
lateralis, var. latifolia, and var. subintegrifolia and Viburnum
Dakotense, var. longifolium and var. ovatifolium, are figured.

The New American Botanist and Florist. By Alphonso Wood.
Revised and edited by Oliver R. Willis. (8vo. pp. 220 + 449.
New York, 1889).

The “new” part of this work consists of Dr. Willis’s revision
of the Lessons, already noted in this journal, bound in with the
systematic portion of the old “ Botanist and Florist,” and as the
former are printed in much larger type than the latter, the book
has an unequal appearance, and we must add, an unequal value.
We think it was hardly fair to call it “new”; we wish it were
otherwise. However, the great merit and value of Professor
Wood’s methods of description have become so widely recog-
nized that the book will remain valuable for many years. There
are numerous species that might be added (we note about a dozen
in the first 30 pages). There are numerous mistakes that might
be corrected, and the nomenclature is bad, although in this re-

111

spect it is perhaps no worse than the recent edition of its rival
manual. Giving, as it does, so large a number of the cultivated
plants, with such simple and correct keys to all the species and
orders, and extending over the whole eastern United States, it

is to-day the most useful school book of its kind in the market.
Nu Lae

Uredinee—On the Hypophyllous, Epiphyllous, or Amphigenous

Habits of. H.J. Webber. (Am. Nat. xxiii. 91 1-QI2).
Uredinee—Peculiar. H.J. Webber. (Am. Nat. xxiv. 178-180

pl. vii).

The author here describes and figures abnormalities in the
spores of Puccinia flaccida, P. Prenanthis, P. Sporoboli, P. Tana-
ceti, var. Actinella, P. onesti, P. nigrescens and Uropyxis Petal-
ostemonts.

Viburnum pubescens. (Garden and Forest, iii. 124 f. 26).
Zephyr Flowers. (Garden, xxxvil. 154-155, pl. 740 and fig).

A colored plate of Zephyranthes candida and figure of Z. At-

amasco are given.

Proceedings of the Club.

The regular meeting was held at Columbia College, Tuesday
evening, March 11, 1890, the President in the Chair and seventeen
persons present. Dr. Britton was elected Secretary pro tem-
pore.

Dr. Newberry read a letter from Mrs. Maria L. Daly, offering
to contribute towards the establishment of a botanical gar-
den in Bronx Park, and to further the project in other directions.
The subject was remarked upon at length by Dr. Newberry and
Judge Brown.

Judge Brown announced the death of Professor Joseph
Schrenk, an active member of the Club, which occurred on the
morning of March 10, after an illness of several weeks. He re-
marked on Professor Schrenk’s valuable and extended work in
Botany and Pharmacy, and his long-continued services to the
Club and other institutions. Remarks were also made by Dr.
Newberry and the following resolutions were unanimously
adopted :

ce ie a

Oe Pe Oe og ee ae ee

CO El Oe Fea ee ey SS Bee ke gh Paes ie ee ee

‘edad atthe

112

Resolved, That the Torrey Botanical Club has learned with
the deepest regret of the death of Professor Joseph Schrenk, one
of its most honored and beloved members. During more than
fifteen years past, not merely by his active co-operation in the
meetings and scientific work of the Club, by his numerous and
valuable papers giving the results of his acute and delicate original
research, but also by his pure and lofty character as a man, the
soul of honor, gentleness. and truth he has endeared himself to
the hearts of our members.

Resolved, That the profound sympathies of the Club be ex-
tended to the family of the deceased and a copy of these resolu-
tions be sent them.

Dr. Newberry read extracts from letters recently received
from Dr. Northrop, written at Nassau, Bahama, stating that some
300 species of plants had already been obtained, and that Mrs.
Northrop and himself were about leaving Nassau for the island
Andros.

The second March meeting was held March 26th in Hamilton
Hall, the President in the chair and twenty-four persons present.

Mrs. Maria L. Daly and Miss Henrietta P. Johnson were
elected Active Members,

Miss A. M. Vail was elected Associate Editor to fill the va-
cancy caused by the death of Prof. Schrenk, and Mr. Henry
Ogden was appointed to fill the vacancy on the Comimittee on
Admissions. 7

Miss Gregory announced the probable discovery of z6ospores
in Osctllaria, and remarked on the galls found on Vaucheria.

The paper of the evening “ Notes on Flora of Rhode Island,”
by Prof. W. W. Bailey then followed.

Death of Dr. Thurber.—Just as this BULLETIN goes to press,
the tidings are received of the death of Dr. George Thurber, an
ex-president of the Club. A full account of his life and works
will appear in an early number.

ae OR reid A

See ee

Ried BigP ale Aan

MISSOURI
BOTANICA:
GARDEN

BULLETIN

OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL €LUB:

Vol. XVII.J New York, May 9, 1890. (No. 5.

Studies in Cell-division.
By Doveras H. Camppgtt.
(Plates,CII. and CITI.)

The following paper was written, not so much as a contribu-
tion to our knowledge of the subject, as to call the attention of

teachers of botany to several characteristic and accessible exam-.

ples for demonstrating easily the most essential points in this
very important subject.

It is a common idea that the study of cell-division, especially
the division of the nucleus, is a very difficult subject for anyone
not thoroughly versed in histological methods, and while this is

_ in many cases true, nevertheless it is possible to find cases where

these processes can be readily studied with very little aid from
reagents, and indeed in some instances followed through in the
living cell.

The last ten or fifteen years have seen a great advance in our

| knowledge of these processes. Up to about 1875, in which year

the first edition of Strasburger’s “ Zellbildung und Zelltheilung ”
appeared, the general belief current was that of Hofmeister, who

believed that in all cases of cell-division the nucleus first became _

dissolved and that subsequently new nuclei were formed from the
cell-plasma previous to the division of the latter. Since the ap-
pearance of Strasburger’s book the subject has attracted the at-
tention of many of the ablest zoologists as well as botanists,
among whom none have done more than Strasburger himself.

114

The results of these investigations show that every nucleus (with
a few doubtful exceptions) arises from the division of a pre-exist-
ing one, and that among plants, at least, the origin of a nucleus
from undifferentiated protoplasm never occurs.

In the simplest plants, like the Schizophytes, it is probable
that in most cases the nucleus substance is not concentrated in
the form of a definite nucleus, though such a body has been de-
monstrated in a number of the larger Cyanophycee@. The latest
investigations of Zacharias in this subject leave the question of
the presence of nuclei in these forms still open. In these
plants, especially those that are truly unicellular, or with cells
only slightly coherent, we find the simplest form of fission, a
mere constriction of the cell, without any participation of the nu-
clear substance beyond the mere mechanical separation of the
portions in the two daughter cells.

In Nostoc, (P|. CIl. Fig. 1) we can usually find figfactts in
which all stages of cell-division are present, and the process is
easily followed. The resting cells, (1), are nearly globular. Pre-
vious to division they elongate in the direction of the axis of the
filament, (2), and a slight constriction appears in the middle of
the cell, (3). Later stages (4-6) show this constriction deeper, until
finally the daughter cells are completely separated by the for-
mation of a division wall, and becoming rounded off, assume the
form of resting cells.

The first plant in which the process of cell-division was care-
fully studied, and one of the best for showing simple fission, is
Cladophora. The common species are found in almost every
stream, and may be kept indefinitely in the laboratory.

The cells are multi-nucleate, which may be shown by fixing
the cells with one per cent. chromic acid in water, thoroughly
washing and staining with borax-carmine or alum-cochineal.
The nuclear division is not easily shown, and takes place inde-
pendently of the cell-division.

The latter may almost always be found by examining a lot of
actively-growing filaments, and when once found may be fol-
lowed through in the living cell. The later stages may be
quickly recognized, even when but slightly magnified, the green
contents of the cell being pushed away from the outer wall of the

Nie) nee

STUDIES IN CELL-DIVISION.

DouGcLas H. CAMPBELL.

i.

STUDIES IN CELL-DIVISION. DouG Las H. CAMPBELL.

cell by the advancing division-wall. If such filaments are now
more strongly magnified and the other cells carefully examined,
we shall probably find some in which the process is just begin-
ning. In these (Pl. CII. Fig. 2) the young division-wall appears
as a fine ring running around the middle of the cell, its edge di-
rected toward the center of the cell-cavity, and pushing in the
protoplasmic sac, leaving an evident clear space between the lat-
ter and the side walls of the cell. In larger cells, especially, (Fig.
7) it is very evident that the chloroplasts and other granular con-
tents of the cell, do not occupy the extreme periphery of the pro-
toplasmic sac, but that this is composed of perfectly homogeneous
colorless plasma (Ectoplasm).

If we wish to follow the process through in the same cell, it
is better to choose a rather small one, as the division does not
take so long as in the larger ones. At ordinary temperature
(20°-25° C.) the whole process in such cells takes from four to
five hours.

The division of the inner granular protoplasm is completed
some time before the division wall is closed, so that there is a
neck of perfectly colorless protoplasm connecting the two green
masses for some time before the connection between the daugh-
ter cells is completely severed, (Figs. 4, 5), and for some time
after the division is completed the chloroplasts and other
granules are contracted away from the division wall (Fig. 6).

Similar to the process just described is what occurs in the dif-
ferent species of Spzrvogyra and similar forms. The great differ-
ence lies in the fact that cell-division is accompanied by the di-
vision of the single nucleus of the cell.

Cell-division in the various species of Spzrogyra takes place
normally at night, but it may be retarded by suddenly reducing
the temperature shortly before the time at which division would
ordinarily begin, and keeping the plants in this condition until
wanted. In cool weather, when the temperature sinks to near
the freezing point at night, it is generally sufficient to keep the
plants in a warm room during the day, and at about Io p. m. to
place the vessel containing them out of doors for the night. If
they freeze slightly it will ordinarily do little harm. On bringing
the plants into the laboratory in the morning, some of the cells
will be pretty certain to begin division almost immediately.

~

ie
ah

Seah x

PN at eet Ng
nero the

os
a

one eis OSE MES Ce eon I See eT ET Re oe Ss

nig te

ee

116

The details* of the nuclear changes are not very easy to fol-
low, but such stages as shown in Pl. CII. Fig. 8 are often met
with. We find insuch the division wall forming in the same way
as in Cladophora, but near the center of the cell-lumen we find
two daughter-nuclei suspended by protoplasmic threads and
joined by numerous fine filaments, the outer ones of which are
attached to the margins of the advancing division wall. The
protoplasmic body of the cell is cut through in precisely the same
way as in Cladophora, and finally the daughter nuclei move to
the centers of the new cells.

The various desmids, especially the forms with constricted
cells, show an interesting modification of the process observed in
Spirogyra. Desmids are especially common on such fine-leaved
aquatics as Vaias, Nitella, Chara, and especially Utricularia, whose

finely dissected leaves are often in late summer and autumn loaded

down with all sorts of micro-organisms, among which are many
ofthe most beautiful desmids. With a little care these may be
kept in glass jars or other convenient vessels and will thrive for a
long time. In such cultures they are not infrequently met with
undergoing division, which occurs at all hours of the day.

The first sign of approaching division is the elongation of the
neck connecting the semi-cells. A circular split in the wall is
formed at this point and widens rapidly, forcing the original semi-
cells apart, when these appear connected by a slender, colorless
cylinder with much thinner walls than the original semi-cell. As
this connecting cylinder enlarges it soon becomes constricted in
the middle, and a division wall is formed much as in Sfzrogyra,
this being accompanied by the division of the centrally placed
nucleus. As division proceeds the two halves of the colorless neck
enlarge rapidly, forming colorless vesicles lying between the ori-
ginal semi-cells which as yet contain all the colored contents of
the cells. (Such a stage is shown in Pl. CII. Fig. 9). Here we find
that the single large chloroplast in each half of the original cell is
becoming constricted as well as the pyrenoid (p.) imbedded in
it, and that the nuclear division is completed. In a somewhat
later stage the lower halves of each chloroplast push down into
them, and finally separate completely from the part that remains in
the old semi-cell.

*Strasburger—Das Botanische Practicum—p. 612 Ist. Edit.

: Ler

The whole process under proper conditions, is completed in
about two hours, but care must be taken that the temperature of
the water in which the specimen is mounted is about the same as
that from which it is taken. A marked rise of temperature is
apt to kill the cells.

For studying the complicated changes that the nucleus under-
goes during cell-division, as well as the method of the formation
of the division-wall as it usually occurs, we must examine some
of the higher plants.

For following the process in the living cell, probably no plant
is better than Zradescantia Virgintica.

Strasburger showed* that the stamen hairs of this plant were
especially useful for this purpose, and has described the process
so fully in several places that it will not be repeated here. For
examination it is only necessary to carefully remove the stamens
from young buds and mount them with the attached hairs in
water or a weak (three per cent.) solution of sugar in water. It
is possible to stain theset without killing them, by using a weak
aqueous solution of methyl-violet, dahlia or mauvein but very
little more can be seen than in the unstained cells and the pro-
cess of division is retarded.

For easy demonstration of the process of karyokinesis, the
final divisions of the pollen mother-cells, especially of monocoty-
ledons, are the best subjects. ;

Among dicotyledons which, as a rule, are unfavorable for
showing the finer details of the nuclear divisions, Podophyllum
peltatum is a conspicuous exception, and the process will be de-
scribed somewhat in detail for this plant, with some reference
also to a common and easily studied monocotyledon, A//ium
Canadense. \n Podophyllum buds should be taken just as the
plants appear above ground in the spring. The same young
umbel of A//ium often furnishes different stages, and with a lit-
tle care all stages may be found, and very satisfactorily shown
by the following simple method : The young anthers are removed
and carefully crushed in a drop of equal parts ordinary acetic acid

*Strasburger—Hillhouse, Practical Botany—(p. 356).
+Campbell—‘ Staining of living nuclei,” Arbeiten des Bot. Instituts zu Tiibin-
gen, 1888.

ps

118

and distilled water, placed ona clean slide. The pollen mother-
cells will be thus set free in the fluid, which fixes them instantly.
The preparation may now be examined with alow power to
see if the desired stages are present. If this is the case a drop of
staining fluid should be added and a cover-glass placed over the
preparation. I have obtained most beautiful results by using
gentian-violet. A little of a strong alcoholic solution of this
stain is diluted with several volumes of weak acetic acid, (about
one part acid to two of water), and a drop of the stain thus di-
luted is added to the preparation. As soon as the desired stain
is produced, which takes but a minute or two, the stain should
be carefully drawn off with blotting paper and pure water run
under the cover-glass. By this process all the details of division
may be easily followed, as the chromatin stains very deeply,
while the protoplasm remains almost colorless. Such prepara-
tions may be kept for some time in dilute glycerine but soon fade.

The isolated spore mother-cells are characterized by their
thick, irregular walls, which remain intact until the final divisions
are completed. The resting nucleus of the mother-cell is large,
and has a very distinct membrane. It shows an indistinctly fila-
mentous structure, and in A//zum has a large nucleolus at one
side which colors but little, and from its position is sometimes
known as “para-nucleus.” It is probable that the “ seg-
ments” or chromatin filaments, which later become so distinct,
are even in the resting nucleus entirely disconnected, and not
confluent as was formerly supposed. In Podophyllum the nu-
cleolus is much less conspicuous, and early becomes indistin-
guishable.

As the nucleus prepares for division it increases very much
in size, and the chromatin filaments become much more distinct,
appearing as a tangled coil of threads, nearly filling the cavity of
the nucleus (PI. CIII. Fig. 2). These threads do not color evenly,
but consist of two substances, one of which does not color at all,
and later is scarcely to be seen; the other (chromatin) staining
very intensely, and in the earlier stages of division showing more
or less distinctly as separate portions (microsomes). These later
seem to coalesce more or less completely, so that the segments of
the later division-stages stain uniformly and very intensely.

: es

Co ee
DS ae

a
Pe

The next stage (Fig. 3) shows the filaments much short-
ened, and very evident. They color also much more uni-
formly and lie in the colorless nuclear cavity, which is still sepa-
rated from the cell-plasm by an evident membrane. The latter
soon disappears, however, leaving the short, thick segments free
in the center of the cell (Figs. 4, 5). Podophyllum is es-
pecially favorable for showing this stage and those immediately
following, on account of the small number (about ten) of the nu-~
clear segments. These arrange themselves in the form of a disc
(nuclear-plate) across'the center of the cell (Figs. 4-7K.), and each
segment splits longitudinally into two similar daughter-segments,
which are usually more or less distinctly bent, often being V-
shaped (Fig. 6). Sometimes this division of the segments
seems to begin before the disappearance of the nuclear membrane
(See Fig. 3).

When the nuclear-plate is complete there may be seen, though
this is often difficult in acetic acid preparations, fine lines
(Fig. 7F.) converging near the poles of the cell,so as to forma
spindle-shaped figure with the nuclear-plate at the equator. The
whole constitutes the ‘“nuclear-spindle,” and the fibers of which
it is composed, the “ spindle-fibers” (Spindelfasern of the Ger-
man authors). The spindle-fibers probably correspond in num-
ber to the segments of the nuclear-plate, but this is difficult to
prove. For studying this point, alcoholic material is preferable.

As soon as the nuclear-spindle is completed the daughter seg-
ments separate and travel along the spindle-fibers to the poles
of the spindle, (Figs. 8, 9). When viewed from the poles
they often show a very regular, stellate arrangement, the V-
shaped segments being arranged in a circle with the free ends
outward.

As the two sets of segments separate, fine lines may be de-
tected connecting the young nuclei (Pl. CIII. Figs. 8-12 V.) These
“ connecting threads ” ( Verbindungsfdiden) are much more numer-
ous than the spindle-fibers. After reaching the poles, the daugh-
ter nuclei pass through much the same phases, but in reverse
order, that preceded the division of the primary nucleus (see
figs. 10-13). About the time that the nuclear membrane
becomes evident, or sometimes a little earlier, a plate composed

7. ie

Pie ph

o
io
ha
.
ae
aS
a
mee
i.

ah
Ms $i)

120

of small granules appears in the middle of the space occupied by
the connecting threads, and careful examination shows them to be
knot-like thickenings of the latter (Fig. 11 C.) This struc-
ture isthe “cell plate,” and usually is the beginning ofa division
wall (Pl. CII. Figs.12-14). In this case (A//um) new connecting
threads are formed, running to the circumference of the cell plate,
thus increasing its size until finally it reaches completely across
the cell (Fig. 13). The separate microsomes of which it is com-
posed now coalesce and form a complete membrane, that divides
the mother cell into two. In Podophyllum and most other dico-
tyledons, the primary cell-plate disappears without forming a con-
tinuous membrane, though the indication of a division is often
evident even after the connecting threads are no longer evident.
(Pl. CIII. Fig. 13).

Each of the daughter-nuclei now goes through the same pro-
cess described for the primary nucleus, but when the ripe spores
are arranged tetrahedrally, as in Podophyllum, the four nuclei
resulting from the final division arrange themselves about the
periphery of the cell at equal distances from each other, and con-
necting threads are formed between them in all directions (Pl. CIII.
Fig. 17). A cell-plate is now formed between each pair of nu-
clei, extending to the center of the cell, thus forming four tetra-
hedral cells—the young pollen-spores. The division wall is formed
inpart also by a ridge which projects inward from the wall of
the mother cell (Fig. 19). The division walls become finally very

thick, so that the young pollen spores appear to be embedded in
a thick colorless matrix. This thick wall is finally absorbed, set-
ting free the spores and these soon acquire their characteristic
covering.

In Adium and most monocotyledons, the spores are of the
“bilateral” form, and in these a dividing membrane is formed
after each nuclear division. The division of the daughter-nuclei
in these frequently takes place in planes at right angles to each
other (PI. CII. Figs. 10, 14).

Direct nuclear divisions (¢. ¢., constriction of the nucleus with-
out any further change) is known in a few cases, but always takes
place in the older cells. The older parenchyma cell of the stem
of Tradescantia Virginica and the internodal cells of Chara and

Nitella furnish common instances. They may be treated with
acetic acid and gentian-violet as described, in the latter case cut-
ting the long cells across and forcing out the contents with a
needle or fine forceps.*

EXPLANATION OF FIGURES.
KPlate CIT.)
Fig. 1.—Filament of Mostoc x 350.

2-6,.—Cladophora (sp?) Showing process of cell-division followed in the
same cell. Fig. 2, drawn at 9:30 A.M. Fig. 6, 2:05 P. M. X 300.

7 —A much larger cell of the same x 175.

8.—A dividing cell of Spirogyra (sp?) x 300.

g.—A Desmid in process of division ; n. the nucleus; p. pyrenoid.

10-14.—Il'inal divisions of the pollen-spores of A//ium Canadense. Acetic
acid, gentian violet x 350. In Fig. 10 the nuclear spindle in the left-
hand cell is seen from the pole.

(Plate CIIT.)

Division of the pollen-spores of Podophyllum peltatum, All the figures were
drawn from acetic acid, gentian violet preparations, and all but six are
magnified about 625 diameters, the latter about 1200.

Figs. 1-13.—Division stages of the primary nucleus of the mother-cell. Figs
5-6 seen from the pole, the others from the side.

14-20.—Division of the secondary nuclei and formation of the spores.
21.—Two young isolated pollen-spores.

N-Nucleus; K—Nuclear-plate ; F-Spindle-fibers ; C-Cell-plate.

On the Naming of “Forms,” in the New Jersey Catalogue.

In a recent number of the BULLETIN, (Vol. xvi. 272) when
remarking on Mr. Cockerel’s paper on the naming of slight varie-
ties, I stated that I had introduced the term “ forma” into the
Catalogue of Plants found in New Jersey, as a rank to include
physiological deviations or variations, such as color, odor and
size, reserving for the term “varietas”’ such as are manifestly
structural. I noted at that place that it was indeed difficult to
rigidly separate even these characters, so that very slight struc-
tural deviations in the size of organs or their number or amount
of division, might best come under the rank of “forma.” I think
that it is only in the latter sense that the term has been used by
European authors, especially of the German school, and in their
microscopic habits of thought, attempts have been made to attach

*See Strasburger-Hillhouse, p. 369 for 7radescaniia ,; ‘‘ Botanisches Practicum,”
Ist edit. p. 516 for Chara and WVitella.

ee See ee ee Rae he ge es Hy
bag eine ea ter a sg

pe ae

cate a
BR A at

ee er

+ Ey ee oe

ek oe ee

6 ee + —e se

2 Stee
.

SON Tren reiMe sr se OQ RSet ers at eee anne aoe tS

122

“forma” names to structural peculiarities which we would, in
our broader view of nature, pass by as mere individual differ-
ences. I do not wish it to be supposed that I approve of any
such practice. From my point of view the terms “ varietas” and
“forma” need not be of different value in classification, although
in fact, they generally would be. It would be as difficult to de-
cide in some cases between “species” and “ forma,” as between
“species” and “ varietas.”” There are, I believe, no structural dif-
ferences between Datura Tatula and D. Stramonium, but they
are believed to have originated in different parts of the world, and
the color character of the corolla is, so far as Iam aware, constant.
There is little but the color of the flowers to separate the Ameri-
can Nasturium lacustre, Gray, from the European WV. amphibium.
It appears therefore, that the very characters on which I would
base “ forma,” may be quite as constant as morphological ones
universally recognized as specific.

This brings up the whole question of what we should agree
upon as constituting a “species.” There are no fixed lines in
nature. The whole vegetable kingdom is so interlocked by the
tendency to variation, working simultaneously with the efforts to-
wards atavism and heredity, that structures are continually pro-
duced which defy any system of classification. We are forced to
admit, and it ought to be further emphasized in our text books,
that intermediate forms may occur between any related groups
or individuals, or as Prof. Oliver has put it, ‘no characters are
constant.” It is, I believe, useless at the present stage of know-
ledge to argue that all “species” are rigidly distinct and can be
separated by carefully drawn descriptions, if once their charac-
ters are understood. Some are naturally more permanent than
others, but this will not allow of a sweeping generalization.

It ought to be posssible, however, to adopt some considera-
tions which should guide us all in the elucidation of the prob-
lem, and this might well form a feature in an extended discus-
sion. But I do not propose to enlarge further on these general
matters at the present time. I wish to speak particularly of the
instances which have come under my observation in working out
the New Jersey Flora, which list is now about ready for distri-
bution.

Anemone nemorosa, L. forma quinquefolta, (L.) \A. quingue-
folia, L. Sp. Pl. 541; A. nemorosa, L. var. guinguefolia, Pursh,
Fl. Am. Sept. 386.) This differs only from the ordinary state of the
eastern American plant, called in all recent books A. nemorosa,
in the lateral leaf divisions being again divided. This is, indeed,
the general condition of the radical leaves, and there are all gra-
dations traceable. Asa matter of fact, I now regret having ever
written it up in this way, but the early signatures of the cata-
logue being printed, some explanation of my motive should be
made. JI am now convinced that our plant is distinct from the
European, as was long ago forcibly argued by Barton* and should
be called A. guinquefolia, L.t A long series of European xe-
morosa and Atlantic American guznguefolia, seem to me to show
remarkably constant differences. The few West Coast specimens
referred to xemorosa that I have had opportunity to examine
seem again distinct from either,{ while in the plant of the southern
Alleghenies which I have seen in Mr. Canby’s herbarium, we
must have the genuine Central European 4. ¢rifolia, as indi-
dicated by Dr. Gray (Amer. Nat. vii. 422.)

Castalia odorata (Dryand.), Woodv. & Wood, forma ROSEA
(Pursh.) (Mymphea odorata, var. rosea, Bennett, Rhode Island
Catalogue.) Flowers large, pink or purple. It has long seemed
to me that this striking and beautiful form of the water lily was
entitled toa name. It is very well known to exist at various
points along the Atlantic coast from Massachusetts to New Jer-
_ sey, whence I have specimens collected by Mr. Commons near
Cape May, and Dr. Lockwood reports it as growing near Man-
chester and Woodstown.

Aquilegia Canadensis, L. forma FLAVIFLORA (Tenney). (A.
flavifiora, Tenney, Amer. Nat. i. 389. A. Canadensis, L., var.
Phippenti, Robinson, Flora Essex County. A. Canadensis, L.,
var. flavifiora, Britt. Bull. Torr. Club, xv. 97. This manifestly
falls into the rank of forma, and the yellow color appears to
be perfectly constant.

Viola pedata, L. forma BICOLOR, (Pursh.) (V. pedata, var.

*Comp. Flor. Phila. iii. gous A. Hl. 10. :
+ I have so designated it in the Addenda to the New Jersey Catalogue.
$4. Grayiz, Kell. and Behr.

‘
4
‘a
a

a ee ee

aN aii halk ak lt a iS pice os ow SU i eae kok ae aah a

124

bicolor, Pursh). This also offers very constant color characters,
so far as I am informed, but I can make out no structural differ-
ences betweeen it and the type.

Viola pedata, L. forma ALBA (Thurber). (lV. pedata, var.
alba, Yhurber, Bull. Torr. Club, i. 20). Evidently an albino. It
occurs with the typical plant, and transitional colors are common.

Viola palmata, L. forma striata, Willis, Bull. Torr. Club, xvi.
278. This is the pubescent upland plant, with lobed leaves. In
spite of the great amount of work done on our eastern violets, I
do not yet believe that they are understood. They can only
be known through the accumulation of a great amount of herba-
rium material, and long-continued field observation. The time
of blooming is very different in some of the kinds now referred
to V. palmata, from which I suspect V. cucullata to be abun-
dantly distinct.

Viola cucullata, Ait., forma ALBIFLORA. Flowers white. An
albino, not uncommon with the type, or what I take to be the
type.

Lupinus perennis, L., forma ROSEA. Flowers beautifully
pink. May’s Landing, Atlantic Co., Dr. J. E. Peters.

# Epilobium spicatum, Lam. forma ALBIFLORUM. — Flowers
white. North Spring Lake, Lighthipe.

‘Aralia nudicaulis, L., forma PROLIFERA (A. C. Apgar). (A.
nudicaulis, L., var. prolifera, A. C. Apgar, Bull. Torr, Club, xvi.
166). Described from specimens collected near Lambertville,
N. J.; since found by Miss P. A. McCabe at White Plains, N. Y.

Vernonia Noveboracensis, (L.), Willd., forma ALBIFLORA.
An albino of occasional occurrence.

Eupatorium perfoliatum, L., forma PURPUREUM. Flowers
purple. Budd’s Lake, Dr. Porter.

Liatris spicata, (L.), Willd., forma ALBIFLORA. An albino
found by Rev. Mr. Lighthipe near Bay Head.

Solidaga odora, Ait., forma INODORA (Gray). (S. odora, var.
tnodora, Gray. Man. 244). Quaker Bridge, Leggett.

. Cnicus altissimus, (L.), Willd., var. discolor, (Muhl.), Gray,
forma ALBIFLORA. An albino from Carlstadt, Rev. R. E. Schuh.
Found also on Long Island and Staten Island.

125

Lobelia syphilitica, L.,forma ALBIFLORA. An albino of oc-
casional occurrence.

Gaylussacia resinosa, (Ait.), T. and G., forma LEUCOCARPA
(Porter). (G. resinosa, var. leucocarpa, Porter, Bull. Torr. Club,
xvi. 21). In my view better referable to this rank.

Sabbatia stellaris, Pursh., forma ALBIFLORA. Flowers white.
Not uncommon.

Gentiana Andrewsit, Griseb., forma ALBIFLORA. An albino,
found at Tenafly by Dr. Milton Turnure, and known also from
Pennsylvania.

Phlox subulata, L., forma ALBIFLORA. Flowers white.
Lambertville, A. C. Apgar.

Gerardia purpurea, \.., forma ALBIFLORA. Flowers white.
An albino of occasional occurrence.

Gerardia tenutfolia, Vahl, forma ALBIFLORA. Flowers white.
An albino found by Mr. Leggett at South Amboy, and by Mr.
Schuh at Rosemont. .

~ Brunella vulgaris, L., forma ALBIFLORA, (Bogenhard). (B.
' vulgaris, var. albiflora, Bogenhard, Fl. Jena. 315). Flowers white.

_\ Found by Mr. Lighthipe at Woodbridge.

Calopogon tuberosus, (L.), B.S. P., forma ALBIFLORUS. Flow-
ers white. May’s Landing, Dr. Peters.

Sisyrinchium angustifolium, Mill., forma ALBIFLORUM (Raf.)
(S. albtflorum, Raf.) Found at Point Pleasant by Prof. E. H.
Day, and at Freehold by Dr. Lockwood.

Lilium Canadense, L.,forma RUBRUM. Flowers red. Near
West Milford, Passaic Co., Britton, and reported from Bergen
Co. by Mr. Woolson.

Tradescantia Virginica, L., forma ALBIFLORA. Flowers white.
Found by Dr. Porter at Holland, Hunterdon Co.

Sagittaria sagittefolia, L., forma OBTUSA (Willd.), (S. obtusa,
(Willd.); forma LATIFOLIA (Willd.), (S. /a¢zfolia, Willd.); forma
HASTATA (Pursh); (S. Zastata, Pursh), forma ANGUSTIFOLIA
(Engelm.), (S. variabilis, var. angustifolia, Engelm.); forma GRA-
CILIS (Pursh), (.S. gvacz/is, Pursh.)

I am of the opinion that the reference of this species known
in the Manuals as S. varzadzlis, Engelm., to the Old World S.
sagittefolia, as Micheli has it in DeCandolle’s Monographs,

NS as

Seta om . .
BL ie Jee We Re EE i Se ae ae

GT ee eee

Vol. ii. 66, is the most satisfactory disposition of it, and that
the varieties named by Dr. Engelmann in the fifth edition of
Gray’s Manual are better regarded as forms.

N. L. BRITTON.

On Buxbaumia indusiata, Bridel.

In a small collection of mosses lately sent from the new
State of Washington by Mr. Charles V. Piper, there were a few
small specimens of Luxbaumia, which were found growing on wet
logs at Seattle in June, 1889. The plants were still attached to
bits of the log, and were surrounded with Zetraphis pellucida, a
Hypnum and five species of Hepatice.* The wood of the log is
reddish-brown in color, and is plainly coniferous; it may be
Thuya gigantea. The plants of Buxbaumia are rather over-ma-
ture, and have lost their opercula, and the outer peristome is
pretty much gone also. The capsules are irregular in shape, but
on the average more ovate-cylindrical than those of B. aphylla,
and are paler in color. Recognizing them as probably Burbaumia
tndustata, it became desirable to prove them to be this species,
the existence of which in the western hemisphere had never to
my knowledge been announced or even suspected.

I could not obtain a satisfactory peristome, and though the
habitat, on wet decaying logs, the shape of the capsules and the
color were all that one should look for in 2. txdustata, some-
thing more was wanting. Noticing that Schimper says that the
spores of 4. zvdustata are thrice the diameter of those of B.
aphylla, 1 compared the spores of the Washington plant with
those of B. aphylla from Connecticut, and found them about two
and a half times larger, and all doubt of the reality of Mr. Piper’s
most interesting discovery vanished.

Mrs. Britton, on learning ofthis discovery, most kindly shared
with me a few plants of a Buxbaumia collected March 23, 18809,
by Mr. J. B. Leiberg on decaying logs in Kootenai County, Idaho,
and these also proved to be B. tndusiata, one or two of them

*Prof. Underwood has kindly identified these Hepaticee ; Aneura falmata is the
most abundant species ; the others are Cephalozia multiflora, C. bicuspidata, Junger-
mannia incisa and Blepharostoma trich ophyllum. The Hypnum is apparently a young
plant of Plagiothecium undulatum.

a A a i LT Nc aN a I ag ale

127

showing the characteristic conical operculum, and the spores also
being large. The same lady then sent me for examination all
the Buxbaumias in the Columbia College Herbarium, and among
them, to my delight, I found three plants of unmistakable B. z7-
dusiata collected in October, 1869, by Professor C. H. Peck, “on
rotten logs in a swamp, Catskill Mts.” These plants have the
conical opercula in perfect condition, but the spores are not quite
mature, and run a little smaller than in the Washington speci-
mens. Professor Peck writes me that the station must be “in
the immediate vicinity of Haines’ Falls, probably in the swampy
lowland between Haines’ Falls and Tannersville.” Examination
of the spores of both species, both American and European,
shows some variation in size; but the average diameter of the
spores of B. zndusiata is from twice to twice and a half that of
those of B. aphylla.

It may perhaps be questioned whether the moss collected by
Lyall in the Cascade Mountains, and referred to B. aphylla in
the Flora of California, be not the rarer species; but the speci-
mens are not now in America. Leaving them out, I find no evi-
dence that B. aphylla has been found west of Ohio. The most
evident differences between the two species may be set side by
side in the following manner :

B, aphylla. | B, indusiata.

Capsule shining, reddish, obliquely | Capsule dull, pale, sub-erect, ovate-
ovate, much flattened on the upper side, oblong, more tapering, but slightly
the external cuticle firm and persistent. flattened, the external cuticle at length

ruptured along the flattish side and re-
volute.

Operculum thimble-shaped. Operculum conical.

Outer peristome simple. Outer peristome triple or quadruple.

Spores small (5-8). Spores about twice or twice and a half

the size of those of B. aphyvilla (10-16y).

| Habitat ; on decayed logs.

Habitat ; on earth.
Now that B. ivdusiata is known to be American as well as
European, all moss lovers will be on the lookout for it, and I
doubt not that it will be found on decaying coniferous logs all

the way from New England to the Pacific. I will gladly receive

and examine any specimens that may be sent me.
New Haven, March 22, 1890. DANIEL C. EATON.

EE Re IRON OR OER SEE ens, ee ape, i a ee
ee bi & [ie

128

Index to Recent American Botanical Literature.

Abutilon vexillarium. W. W., (Garden, xxxvii. 274, 275, plate
4 745).

= Anemone Hepatica.—Dates of Flowering of. Arthur Hollick.
4 (Proc. Nat. Sci. Assn. of S. I., March 13, 1890).

The earliest recorded dates of blossoming for this species on
Staten Island, are tabulated for the past twenty years, from
which it appears that February 16th, of the present year, is by
a far the earliest during the entire period.

4 Aster ptarmicoides. (Garden & Forest, iii. 152, fig. 27).
‘. Arrangement of Genera in the National Herbarium.—The Sys-

tem of. F.V. Coville. (Bot. Gaz. xv. 68, 69).

Boldo. H.H. Rusby. (Reprint from Drug. Bull., March, 1890,
illustrated).

Under this caption is an account and picture of Peumus
boldus, Molina.

Botanical Study.—Methods of. WW.J. Beal. (Garden & Forest,

lii. 174, 175).

Campanula rotundifolia. (Garden, xxxvii. 22 5, illustrated).
Cardon Forest—A. TT. S. Brandagee. (Zoe, i. 26).

“Cardon” is the popular name by which the Mexicans des-
ignate Cereus Pringlei and C. pecten-aboriginum.
Crossosoma. Frank H. Vaslit. (Zoe, i. 27).

In this article the statement is made that: “it is doubtful
whether the second species, C. Bigelovii is anything more than a
depauperate variety of the first,” (C. Californicum).

Cypress of Montezuma.— The. (Garden & Forest, iii. 150, fig. 28).
a An account of a famous tree of Zaxodium distichum, grow-
3 ing near the city of Mexico. Its height is about 170 feet, and
girth about 50 feet. Its age is computed at about 700 years.
Many gigantic individuals of this species are known throughout
Mexico and Central America, where they grow in comparatively
dry ground, and without the “ knees” which are such prominent
features in the more northern swamps. The figure represents
the base of the trunk.
Cypress.—The Deciduous. (Gard. Chron. vii. 324, figs. 49 and
4 50, and Plate).

129

From this account and picture we may understand how the
“knees ” appear when the tree is grown in England. The article
includes a general review of the recent discussion of “ knees” by
American botanists.

Ergot in 1889.—Prevalence of. Erwin F. Smith. (Journ. My-

col. v. 202-204).

Erysiphee of Montana.—A Preliminary List of the. F.W. An-

derson. (Journ. Mycol. v. 188-194).

A list of twelve species, with their host plants.

Erysiphee upon Phytoptus Distortions. ¥. W. Anderson and

F. D. Kelsey. (Journ. Mycol. v. 209, 210).

Eupatorium probum. N. E. Brown. (Gard. Chron. vii. 321,

fig. 48).

This species is here described as new, with the information
that it has been known in cultivation for twenty years, having
been introduced from Peru about 1870, and yet has remained
undescribed until the present time.

Flora of the Santa Barbara Islands.—On Certain Peculiarities tn

the. J. W. Fewkes. (Am. Nat. xxiv. 216-224).

The present flora of the Santa Barbara Islands is believed Bs the
author to most nearly resemble the former flora of the adjacent
mainland, prior tothe time when this latter was modified by recent:
climatic changes. It is supposed that many species suffered
almost or complete extinction in the struggle for existence with
the plants driven southward by the cold of the ice age, and west-

ward by the gradual desiccation of the arid regions, whereas the is-

land flora would be exempt from these influences. The signifi-
cant fact is noted that many plants which are only represented by
a meagre number on the mainland, are abundant on the islands,
and the genus Zavatera is said to be represented by four species
on the island of Santa Cruz, while there is not another species
known on the American continent. Similar facts in the zodlogy
of the islands are also noted. Where isolated colonies of the in-
sular flora have been found on the mainland, they may be sup-
posed either to be the last remnants of the original stock, or pos-
sibly a recent incipient colonization from the Islands.

Fungi.—North American. Part IIf, A. P. Morgan. (Journ.

Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist. xii. 163-172, Pl. XVI. Reprinted).

130

Tylostoma verrucosum and T. campestre are described as new
and figured. Figures are also given of Zy/ostoma mammosum, T.
Jimbriatum, T. Meyenianum, Clavatia craniformis and C. elata.
Fungous Diseases of the Onion (Allium Cepa).—On Certain-

Roland Thaxter. (Ann. Rep. Conn. Agric. Exp. Sta. for

1889, report of the Mycologist).

The following are figured: Uvrocystis Cepule, U. Colchici, U.
magica, U. Anemones, U. occulta, U. Hypoxys, (n.sp.), Ustilago
Maydis, U. segetum, Phytophthora Phaseoli, Macrosporium sar-
cinula, var. parasiticum, M. Porri,and Vermicularia circinans.
femlock.—The. A. N. Prentiss. (Garden and Forest, iii. 157,

158, fig. 20).

Fleuchera from Montana.—An Undescribed. D. C. Eaton. (Bot.
Gaz. xv. 62).

Fleuchera Williamsii is described as new, collected by Mr.
Robt. S. Williams in and near the Belt Mountains, Montana.
Famaica.— Bulletin No. 16 of the Botanical Department. (Govt.

Printing Est., Jamaica, Nov. 1889).

Leha glauca. (Gard. Chron. vii. 356, fig. 52).

Liability of Trees to Disease.—The Comparative. J. G. Jack.
(Garden & Forest, iii. 176-178).

Under the heading of ‘disease’ are included all causes of
injury to vitality of the tree, such as insects, fungi, etc. A list of
trees is given, with the pests by which they are afflicted.

Licheni Patagonict Raccoltt Nel 1882 Dalla Nave Italiano Car-
acciolo. A. Jatta. (Giorn. Bot. Ital. xxii. 48-51).

Licheni Raccolti Nello Scioa Dal Marchese Antinori. A. Jatta.
(Giorn. Bot. Ital. xxii. 51, 52).

Lily Disease tn Bermuda. A. L. Kean. (Annals of Botany,
iv. 169, 170).

List of Plants Collected on the Rupert and Moose Rivers, along
the shores of Fames Bay and on the Islands in Fames Bay,
during the summers of 1885 and 1887. J. M. Macoun. (Ann.
Rep. Geol. Surv. Canada. iii. 63j-74j, 1889).

List of Plants Collected by Dr. G. M. Dawson in the Yukon
District and Adjacent Northern Portion of British Columbia,
in 1887. J. Macoun. (Ann. Rep. Geol. Surv. Canada, iii,
21§b-228b, 1889).

Manual—The New. William Trelease. (Bot. Gaz. xv. 71-74).
There was naturally considerable interest expressed as to the
review of this work, which would probably appear in the Gazette.
The reviewer’s estimate of the work in general is so entirely in
accord with that of all who have examined it, that we cannot do
better than quote from his words: ‘‘ As a book it is every bit as
- good as the last edition. * * * Asa manual for convenient
use, it is considerably better.’’ When, however, the attempt is
made to explain the shortcomings in nomenclature, it becomes
a case of ‘“‘ gut s’excuse saccuse.’ We shall take the space
to make a somewhat liberal quotation. ‘Had the new edi-
tion of the Manual appeared after a lapse of time since Pro-
fessor Gray’s death, it would undoubtedly have shown a greater
number of unfamiliar names than is now the case; but it is grati-
fying to find that in an edition planned by him, a conscientious
effort has been made to conform as far as possible to his views
regarding the limitation and nomenclature of species. * * *
The editors will doubtless be criticised for this feature of their
work, since there is now an unmistakable disposition to fix*the
earliest used specific name as that of the species, under whatever
genus this may have been placed, a tendency which in some quar-
ters reaches for both generic and specific names back of the Lin-
nzan introduction of binomials. * * * Although the ten-
dency referred to repudiates in several important respects the
code adopted by the Congress of 1867, which was framed by
botanists quite as wise in their day and generation as any who
now pass judgment on their views, it cannot be denied that a
rigid application of the principle of priority can scarcely lead to
any other result; and it may be that with the concurrence of the
next generation the temporary instability of the nomenclature
will finally give the real stability that all botanists desire. * *
* In this connection, however, attention ought to be called to
the unadopted changes in generic names in the Vympheacee that
have recently been discussed in the BULLETIN OF THE TORREY
BOTANICAL CLUB, and to the unaccepted substitution of Wzcorza
for the familiar Carya. However it may be with these genera,
it is to be regretted that Spergularia of the old edition appears
in this edition as Buda and not Zzssa.”

Pye pe oF GE Roe OF oe

ae en

o ee eS
OE MEAD Ree Maen Ne
.

arg ‘= as
¥

ae

+

EE Be ee ea ee ee ieee nme egg

132

Manual.—The New. C.E. Bessey. (Am. Nat. xxiv. 278, 279).
Professor Bessey, in a quiet way, voices the disappointment
of all progressive botanists, that the Manual should have failed to
commend itself to any except those who are wedded to old and
rapidly decaying ideas. He says: “The time-honored arrange-
ment of orders, time-honored genera, the time-honored rules as
to capitalization, punctuation and citation of authorities, are strict-
ly adhered to. The gymnosperms are still wedged in between
monocotyledons and dicotyledons; Carya is Carya still. *
* * Nymphea is Nymphea still. * * * We had hoped
for something different. Meanwhile we are glad to get the book,
for it was much needed.”
Manual of the Rotany of the Northern United States. T.S. B.

(Zoe, i. 30).

In this review of the new edition of Gray’s Manual, the re-
viewer says: ‘“ Very few names are changed, a matter of con-
eratulation in the present unsettled state of botanical nomencla-
ture. It will be quite time enough to make these changes in text
books and manuals when some degree of permanency shall have
been reached.” We fail to see how permanency can ever be
reached, so long as compilers of text books and manuals are con-
tent to use any names that may suit their fancy. There is evi-
dently not a consensus of opinion between T. S. B. and the wri-
ter on page I of the same publication.

Massangea hieroglyphica. (Garden, xxxvii. 244, illustrated).
Mousses Nouvelles de L’ Amerique du Nord. F. Renauld et J.
Cardot. (Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. xxviii. 125-134, tt. vii-ix).

This is a translation of the description and a reprint of the
plates already published in the Botanical Gazette for April, 1889,
with the exception of a few additional remarks under Dicranum
Howellit.

Mycological Notes. Geo. Massee. (Journ. Mycol. v. 184-187,

pl. xiv.)

Stella Americana is described as a.new genus and species,
from Lower Carolina.

Necessity for a Redescription of the Type Species in Kew Herba-

rium. B.T. Galloway. (Journ. Mycol. v. 215, 216).

The author says: ‘“‘ Thereare over seven thousand type spec-

a Ul sisi aia a ‘Sums a a ze ee ee ht. ee o oe ee , ee ae et oe = -.
a ae ar 0 ve ee rye = ani Rishi Ait Nag Pe me Ree

imens of fungi in the Kew Herbarium, but every mycologist
knows that in the majority of cases the descriptions of these are
so meagre, and the figures so inaccurate, that it is absolutely im-
possible to use them in the determination of species.”

Nomenclature of Organic Life—The. H.W. Harkness. (Zoe,

i. 1-4).

Old time conservatism will find but little comfort in this arti-
cle, as: “The rigid enforcement of the law of priority seems to
give the best promise of a stable nomenclature—a boon so pre-
cious that even a very considerable preliminary confusion may
well be endured in the prospect of attaining it. To be in any
degree effectual, it should be enforced without any of those ex-
ceptions upon which systematists soonest and most completely
split.” The author would retain the most incongruous specific
name, or a barbarous combination of names, rather than infringe
upon this law. In regard to the citation of authorities, a method
of escape is suggested in the citation “of the place of publica-
tion or page of an index, to which sooner or later all such mat-
ters are likely to be relegated.” We should like this suggestion
to be madea little clearer, and, in view of the fact that the sub-
ject is attracting a great deal of attention and interest at the
present time, would make bold to ask that an example be given
of just what is intended—for instance, we fail to grasp exactly
how page 20 of Zoe would appear if the above suggestion were
applied to it.

Notes on Some Western Plants. J. N. Rose. (Bot. Gaz. xv. 63

-66, pl. X).

Pentstemon Tweedyi, Erigeron Parryi, E. Tweedyana, and
Chorizanthe Vazeyt are described as new, the latter figured.
Onion Disease in Bermuda. A. L. Kean. (Annals of Botany,

iv. 170, 171).

The question whether Macrosporium parasiticum or Perono-
spora Schleideniana is the cause of the disease does not yet seem
to be settled.
Panicum virgatum. F.H. (Garden, xxxvii. 245, illustrated).
Parry.—Dr. Chas. C. (Bot. Gaz. xv. 66-68).

Perenospora Cubensis, B. & C.—New Localities for. B. T. Gal-

‘loway. (Journ. Mycol. v. 216).

Pas eee ey SO ee

ee

re dik trad oe id oars ale tt Pe a! Nel ge

fh Doig hae | eRe he Bee Ree:

en ee a
T° icine ane Be

Soe er.

Pe f¢ ge ae

w ‘Se pee ia ea

154

Specimens have lately been received from Anona, Fla., and

College Station, Tex.

Penicillium and Corrosive Sublimate. J.M. Coulter. (Bot. Gaz.
xv. 69, 70). :

The fact is here noted that a rank growth of Penicillium
glaucum was found growing upon a mass of flour paste strongly
impregnated with corrosive sublimate.

Peronosporee for 1889 in New Jersey.—Some Notes Upon Econo-
mic. Byron D. Halsted. (Journ. Mycol. v. 201-203).
Notes are given upon Peronospora Cubensis, Phytophthora in-

Jestans, P. viticola, P. Viole, and Cystopus [pomee-pandurate.

Platanus.— The Paleontologic History of the Genus. L. F. Ward.
(Reprinted from Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xi. plates XVII- XXII,
1888).

The close relationship existing between the many fossil species
of plants which have been named from time to time under the
genera Platanus, Aralia, Araliopsts, Sassafras, etc., is here
pointed out, and the significance of the peculiar basal appendages
to the leaves is emphasized. In the older representatives of the
genus Platanus these were very pronounced, and their aborted
remains are yet to be seen, especially in connection with leaves
upon young shoots and trees of Platanus occidentalis. The
plates are admirably designed to illustrate the argument of the
text, and contain representations of Avra/ia notata, Lx., A. digt-
tata, Ward, Aspidophyllum trilobatum, Lx., A. dentatum, Lx.,
Platanus basilobata, Ward, P. appendiculata, Lx., P. occidentalis,
L., Sassafras officinale, Nees and S. Cretaceum, Newb.

Pinus $effreyt. W. Coleman and J. B. Webster. (Garden,
XxXxvii. 280).

An account of its introduction and growth in Great Britain,
and hints for its proper cultivation.

Prestewa Carderi. (Bot. Mag. Tab. 7108).

Piperacee Costaricences Nove. (Comp. Rend. Séance, Soc. Roy.
Bot. Belg., Année 1890, 69-71).

Piper Pittieri, P. pulchrum, C. DC., var. Costaricense, Pepero-
mia Tonduzit, P. chrysocarpa, P. barbana and P. palmana are
described as new by M. C. DeCandolle.

Pyrenomycetes.— Contributions to the History of the Development

Se

135

of the. Franz von Tavel. (Journ. Mycol. v. 181-184) pl.

XIII, continued).

Cucurbitaria Platani is described as new.

Root Fungus of New Zealand. ®. A. Wright. (Journ. Mycol.
v. 199, 200).

The author questions the statement of Professor Kirk, that it is
Lycoperdon gemmatum, but does not determine the species himself.
Rust of Flax. B.T. Galloway. (Journ. Mycol. v. 215).

This fungus (J7e/ampsora lint) which is found upon our na-
tive Linums and has occasioned considerable trouble abroad in
the cultivated flax fields, does not seem as yet to have attacked
the crops in this country.

Shortia galacifolia. (Garden, xxxvii. 290). A short note to the
effect that the plant is now in flower at Kew, “and, judging
from its health and vigor, is likely to become popular.”

Slover Mountain.—The Botany of. S.B. Parish. (Bot. Gaz. xv.
51-53).

Sorghum Blight.—Status of the. WW. A. Kellerman and W. T.
Swingle. (Journ. Mycol. v. 195-199).

The question of priority in publication of investigations con-
cerning this organism is discussed and citations quoted.

Sports. M. T. Masters. (Garden & Forest, iii. 162-164).

In this article the author gives us the latest factsin regard to
hybridization, influence of stock on scion and vice versa, sex
variation, cell life, etc., and their influence in the production of
sports in the vegetable world.

Tillandsia usneoides. (Garden, xxxvii. 221, illustrated).

Uroglena Volvox, Ehr. S. W. Williston. (Microscope, x. 81, 82).

Willows.—Notes on North American. V. M. S. Bebb. (Bot.
Gaz. xv. 53-56).

In this contribution the author gives us interesting and critical
notes upon Salia Hookeriana, S. myrtillifolia, S. arbusculoides
and S. subcordata.

Woods.—Microscope Study of. Henry L. Tolman. (Am. Month.
Mic. Journ. xi. 49-56, figs. 1-9).

Sections of Pinus Lambertiana, P. ponderosa, P. australis,
P. Strobus, Taxodium distichum, Abies Douglasit, Sequota sem-
pervirens, Rhus toxicodendron and Fuglans nigra are figured. ©

oa

a ee ees ee Ray ee Mee re oe)

ee? Ee bh a a,

EE PSO RE a eT oa wee

136

Proceedings of the Club.
The regular meeting was held Tuesday, April 8th, at Columbia
College, the President in the chair and 23 persons present.

Mr. R. W. Gardner was elected an active member.

The death of Dr. Geo. Thurber, an ex-President of the Club,
was announced.

Dr. Britton showed Ranunculus hederaceus collected by Rev.
Arthur Waghorne in Newfoundland, this being a new station for
the plant, hitherto known as North American only from Vir-
ginia,

Dr. Rusby spoke of the desirability of the Club directing
some instructive work in Botany. The matter was referred to a
committee of five. ‘The Characee,” by T. F. Allen, M.D., the
lecture announced for the evening, then followed.

The second April meeting was held on Wednesday evening,
at Columbia College, the President in the chair and 32 persons
present.

Mrs. Gen. Lewis Fitzgerald, Mr. Henry Kraemer and Mrs.
J. L. Lewis were elected active members.

The Chairman of the Committee on Instruction reported
favorably and recommended that a permanent Committee on
Instruction be appointed ; that the present season’s course consist
of ten afternoon Lectures given at the College of Pharmacy,
alternating with ten Saturday excursions, the whole course to
terminate about July Ist, and that the fee for each member of
the class shall be five dollars. The President appointed on such
committee, H. H. Rusby, J. S. Newberry, Emily L. Gregory,
Wm. E. Wheelock, Elizabeth G. Britton, Henry Kraemer and
Arthur Hollick.

The Committee on Botanic Garden reported progress and on
motion was enlarged to eleven members.

Prof. Porter delivered the lecture of the evening, entitled “A
Memoir of Linnzus.”

REPORT OF FIELD COMMITTEE FOR THE YEAR 1889.

In presenting this report I am obliged to announce the great
difficulties which your committee has experienced on account of
the excessively stormy season. Many of our meetings have been

cl

entirely prevented, or the attendance reduced to its lowest terms.
Some of our most successful meetings have been held in the face
of the storm.

The first field meeting of the season was at South Amboy,
New Jersey. But few plants were collected, the important ones
being Epige@a repens and Pyxidanthera.

The next meeting of April 27th to Richmond Hill, Long Is-
land, was entirely prevented by the storm.

On May 4th the Club met at Van Courtlandt, New York,
upon which occasion 40 species were collected, the most interest-
ing being Ranunculus fascicularis, Silene Pennsylvanica, Trillium
cernuum, Diclytra Cucullaria.

Upon the 11th of May we met at Bronx Park, New York,
Miss E. Cannon appointed as guide. This meeting was of special
interest, as it enabled the members to survey the site which has
been deemed most appropriate for the New York Botanical Gar-
den. Miss Timmerman reports 65 plants as collected this day,
the most interesting being a Ranunculus doubtfully referred to
R. Pennsylvanicus, R. septentrionalis, Corydalis sempervirens,
Viola pedata, Staphylea trifolia, Myrica cerifera.

On May 18th, under the guidance of Miss L. M. Stabler, we
visited Pelham Manor, New York, and collected 47 species, among
them Arabis lyrata, Saxifraga Pennsylvanica, Rhododendron
viscosum, Aphyllon uniflorum and Trientalis Americana.

On May 25th Mrs. Britton conducted the party to Prince's
Bay, Staten Island, the meeting being one of unusual interest,
49 plants being recorded. Among those more especially worthy
of mention were Viola primulefolia, Oxalis violacea, Leucothoe
racemosa, Melampyrum lineare, Veronica Chamedrys, Ornttho-
galum umbellatum and [soetes Engelmanni.

On May 30th, Decoration Day, your speaker was appointed
to conduct the Club to Montclair Heights, a most interesting lo-
cality. The morning proved stormy, and on arriving at the rail-
way station I found but a single member, Mr. Martens, prepared
to accompany me. We attended the locality and my friend was
rewarded by finding a single specimen of the rare Obolaria Vir-
ginica and two or three pretty specimens of Lzparis.

The next meeting of June Ist, to Soho, New Jersey, was en-
tirely prevented by the storm.

ee

i ti eR al WA ie Ee |

ee tee ee ew ey eee, ne eh eer, Se

138

Upon June 7th, 8th and oth the most important meeting of
the season was held at Naomi Pines, a small settlement some
four miles distant from Pocono Summit, Pennsylvania. This ex-
cursion might well be made the subject of a special paper, not
only because of the pleasure afforded to the visitors, but because
of the importance of the discoveries made. The Philadelphia
Academy of Sciences had been invited to join us, and had sent
quite a large delegation. Visitors were also present from Easton,
Pennsylvania, and other points. The meeting was conducted by
Prof. Thomas C. Porter, who was well acquainted with the local-
ity. Great energy was exhibited by the explorers, and the entire
three days comprised a continuous round of the most happy ex-
periences, both scientific and social. I do not remember to have
heard a single member of the party express the opinion that they
had ever enjoyed a similar event more. 141 species are recorded
as having been collected. Perhaps no other collection exceeded
in interest that of the Caltha flabellifolia. This species, originally
collected by Pursh, has been omitted from our manuals on the
ground of doubts as to its genuineness. Prof. Porter’s rediscov-
ery of it at this point leaves no doubt as to the fact. It grows
in spring water, has very small flowers and is markedly different
from any other United States form. Coféis trifolia was abun-
dant in fruit, and presented a fine appearence. Ina field was found
a large patch of Aguzlegia vulgaris which had escaped from cul-
tivation and had reached a perfection of beauty which none of us
had ever seen presented by the cultivated plant. Those mem-
bers who were not accustomed to a northern or white pine flora,
were greatly interested in seeing Vola rotundifolia, Oxalis Ace-
tosella, Nemopanthes mucronata, Rubus Dalibarda, R. strigosus,
Pyrus Americana, Ribes prostratum, Aralia hispida, Viburnum
lantanotdes, Lonicera cerulea, Diervilla trifida, Chiogenes hispi-
aula, Ledum latifolium, Polygonum cilinode, Myrica Gale, Tril-
lium erythrocarpum. Especially noticeable for their beauty were
the Cornus Canadensis, which grew in great snowy white beds in
open places among the pines, both the Ka/mia angustifolia and
K. latifolia, Cypripedium acaule, Clintonia borealis, though this
was a little past its prime, and the Szsyrinchium angustifolium.
The latter made the meadows blue, and elicited expressions of
admiration from every one. Its flowers exceeded in size any-

oP ee een eee)

139

thing that we had ever seen, and rivalled those of the beautiful
S. Arizonicum. A white-flowered form was several times col-
lected. But most gorgeous of all the plants found was the bril-
liant Rhododendron canescens. The woods, both deep and open,
were ablaze with it in every direction, and the air laden with its
delicious fragrance. This plant has the color of the R. nudzflor-
um, but much richer and deeper. It is unquestionably distinct,
and was of special interest, as its genuineness as a species has long
been seriously questioned. R. Canadense, and R. maximum
were alsofound. Three species of //ex, namely: /evigata, monti-
color and dubia, Prunus Pennsylvanica, Drosera rotundtfolta,
Callitriche heterophylla and C. verna, Oxycoccus macrocarpus
and O. palustris were also collected with interest. Among or-
chids we were pleased to find Corallorhiza multiflora and Good-
yera repens, the latter in bud. Eleven species of Carex were no-
ticed among them the folliculata, trisperma, echinata, and varia.
Among grasses we were pleased to obtain the Oryzopsits juncea
and Aira flexuosa. Five species of Lycopodium, namely: the
annotinum, clavatum, complanatum, lucidulum and obscurum,
were collected.

Lastly, and perhaps ranking third in order of importance among
all our collections, was the discovery by Mrs. Britton of the most

rare Botrychium simplex. Other interesting ferns were collected,
but my list is already too long.

After the return of the rest of the party, Dr. and Mrs. Brit-
ton, Miss Timmerman and Dr. Schceney remained at the Dele-
ware Water Gap for a day or two and were rewarded by some
most interesting discoveries. They added 33 to the number of
species collected. “Among the more interesting of them were
Prunus pumila, Rosa humilis, Rubus odoratus, Comandra umbel-
lata, both species of Woodsia, Rosa rubiginosa, Rhus typhina,
Veronica Anagallis and, exceeding all others in importance, the
rare fern, Asplenium montanum. In concluding my report upon
this most important meeting, I can only express the hope that
when a similar excursion is arranged during the coming year it
will be much more highly appreciated, and largely attended by
those members absent on this occasion.

On June 15th a meeting was held in the neighborhood of
Grassmere, Staten Island, at which 63 species were collected,

140

among them Ovxvalis violacea, Trifolium hybridum, Lonicera
sempervirens, Galinsoga parviflora, Calopogon tuberosus, with the
Pogonia which almost always accompanies it, Aletris farinosa,
Lilium erectum, Tilia Americana and Peltandra Virginica.

On June 22nd a very interesting meeting was held at Crugers,
New York, and 56 species collected. Of especial interest was
the Szlene inflata, Erigeron ramosus, Lobelia spicata, and Cim-
wcifuga racemosa.

At Fort Lee on the 29th of June, 90 species were collected.
Of special note were Hesperis matronalis, Rhus typhina, Trifol-
cum hybridum, Sedum acre, Convolvulus arvensis, Carpinus Caro-
liniana, Lilium Canadense, Ruppia maritima, Conium maculatum,
FTieracium venosum and Galinsoga parviflora.

It having been decided by the Club inadvisable to hold meet-
ings during the warm weather, no card was issued until September.

On the 7th of September, by the kind invitation of Mr. E. S.
Miller, we were to hold a meeting at Floral Park, Long Island.
But the day was so very stormy that but a single member pre-
sented himself at the railway station, and he returned. So far as
I am informed the meeting of September 14th at Erastina, Sta-
ten Island, was postponed for the same reason.

On the 21st of September your speaker was to conduct a
meeting at Snake Hill, New Jersey. Business unavoidably de-
tained him, and he has received no report beyond the fact that a
good time was enjoyed.

On Sept. 28th Dr. Britton conducted a meeting at Crugers
and Verplanck’s Point, when 45 species were collected. Most
interesting finds were Solidago squarosa, Asters undulatus, patens,
multiflorus, Novi-Belgit, diffusus, Silene inflata, Echium vulgare,
Helianthus giganteus, Lonicera parviflora, Gentiana Andrewsii,
Bouteloua racemosa, Phaseolus helvolus, Calamintha Clinopodium,
Viburnum pubescens and Arenaria Michauxii.

Excursions were arranged for Oct. 5th to Van Courtlandt,
New York, and on Oct. 12th to Little Ferry, New Jersey. Of
neither of these meetings have I received any report. Neither
have I received a report on meeting of Nov. 5th at Grassmere,

Staten Island.
H. H. Russy,

NOVEMBER 26, 1889. Chairman Field Committee.

BULLETIN

OF THE

SPORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Vol. XVII.J New York, June 9, 1890. (No. 6.

Remarks on the Group Cinnamomee of the North American Roses.
By G. Nv Bast,

These remarks are based on an examination of the large and
valuable collection of the Geological and Natural History Survey
of Canada, Prof. John Macoun; the collections of Lafayette Col-
lege, Prof. T. C. Porter, and of the Philadelphia Academy of
Natural Sciences, Mr. J. H. Redfield; contributions from Rev.
R. E. Schuh, Minnesota; Mr. Chas. V. Piper, Seattle, Washing-
ton; Dr. N. L. Britton, Dr. Sereno Watson, Mr. A. S. Hitchcock,
St. Louis, Mo., and Mr. O. A. Farwell, Mich., to all of whom
I tender my sincere acknowledgments.

To M. Crépin, the distinguished rhodologist of Brussels, I
am likewise under many obligations, not only for rare specimens,
illustrative of the species of the Old World, by which I was en-
abled to compare allied forms of this country, but also for making
me acquainted with the results of his very extensive and valuable
observations. While the views herein expressed are believed to
be largely in accord with those entertained by him, the author,
however, is solely responsible for them.

The group Cinnamomee, enlarged so as to include the Gymno-
carpe and the Alpine, is confessedly a difficult one with which
to deal. Scarcely a species but occupies more or less debateable
ground. The geographical distributions are far from being ac-
curately known. In this respect the best that can often be done
is an approximation. Much time and patient labor are yet re-

a
oi
-
b
*
2
>
fe
2
“Si
a

A ohne ¥ ee ee a as ab leah. if
NRE PE es MRED STR a Ae ned ORME eo SAREE?

142

quired before satisfactory results can be attained. These remarks
are therefore to be regarded as strictly preliminary.

The importance of good material is so great that a few sug-
gestions as to collecting, it is hoped, will be pardonable. A small
flowering or fruiting branch makes a beautiful specimen, but for
systematic study it is often quite useless, in that it fails to furnish
some of the more essential characters. Specimens should be col-
lected either in flower or in fully matured fruit—just before the
falling of the leaves; the latter is to be preferred. A few of the
younger, sterile growths of the season should be included. Since
stoutness or depauperateness modifies very markedly the char-
acters, it is desirable to collect from both. When possible, the
whole bush should be pressed, dividing it in sections if necessary.
At all events, enough of the stem should be secured to show the
normal arrangement of the spines; this not infrequently varies
in different parts of the bush.

Few plants are more strikingly modified by differences in en-
vironment than roses. Even the younger growths appear quite
different from the older, so much so indeed as to cause them to
be taken for different species. A knowledge, therefore, of the
value of characters is desirable. Quite contrary to what was
once thought, the varying degrees of pubescence, glaucousness,
glandulosity, and, to some extent, of prickles, possess little diag-
nostic value; and are to be considered most frequently as acci-
dents of growth depending on peculiarities of soil and location
for their development. Not that they are wholly devoid of val-
ue, but are so only when taken in connection with characters of
the first order.

The larger prickles, commonly but erroneously called spines,
furnish important indications, not so much by their shape and
size, as by their arrangement on the stem and branches. Valu-
able as this character is, there is no other that taxes more the
experience and judgment of the rhodologist. In rank bushes the
spines may be stout and curved; in depauperate slender and
straight, yet belong to the same species. They are frequently
absent from bushes to which they normally belong, and this from
no known cause. The friction of high water often removes them
from such as grow on the banks of streams or low places subject

to inundations. It is not rare to find geminate spines grading to
single ones on flowering branches, thus appearing and in fact be-
ing alternate. On stems normally devoid of spines, it is not un-
common to see two or more ofthe prickles about the nodes some-
what enlarged. This condition leads to the error of taking them
for true geminate spines, which they are not. A little patient
study, however, usually suffices to clear up the difficulty in dis-
tinguishing the normal type

The behaviour of the sepals during anthesis and the maturing
of the fruit, likewise furnish valuable indications, but not so much
as do their adnation. They may be persistent on the fruit when
fully matured; they may be deciduous by a clear circumcision
at their base, or through the apex of the fruit. It is sometimes
difficult, not to say impossible, to distinguish the mode of adna-
tion in immature fruit. Sepals are either entire or lobed ; when
the outer are but slightly lobed, it should be regarded as simply
a passing variation from the entire form.

Beyond the mere fact that the styles may be free or connate,
little of practical importance has accrued from a very careful
study of them. While quite variable, the leaflets vary around a
type which is quite constant in the same species. In the more
glandular forms, the toothing may be compound-glandular or
serrulate, while in those less resinous it may be nearly or quite
simple. The stipules, modified leaflets, are characters of varying
import. In some groups and in some species they possess diag-
nostic value; in others they have little significance. It is by
their general shape rather than by their width they merit atten-
tion. In drying they may become involute, revolute or remain
plane. Taking them all in all, they do not possess the value
usually allowed them.

The petals, the habit of the bush, its in-ground ramifications,
the shape, size and color of the fruit, the number, shape and size
of the seed, although usually of secondary importance, yet fre-
quently furnish valuable indications. The insertion of the ovules,
as recently pointed out by M. Crépin, is worthy of more than a
passing notice. This may be either strictly basil or basilo-parietal.
In the Cinnamomese it is the latter; in the Caroline it is basil. It
is needless to say that in roses as in other plants, it is more by the

144
4 tout ensemble than by any single character that a correct knowl-
; edge of its position is to be attained.
: CLASSIFICATION.
3 Rosa, Tourn,

GROUP CINNAMOME,* CREPIN.

Styles free, included ; insertion of the ovules basilo-parietal ; sepals usually
erect and persistent on the matured fruit ; inflorescence unifloral or multifloral,
with a dilated bract on the primary pedicels ; spines straight or curved, gemi-
nate or alternate, usually mingled with setaceous prickles, rarely unarmed ; stem
erect or ascending ; stipules adnate to the common petiole ; leaflets 5 to g on
floweting branches.

Sub-Group GyMNOcCARP4:: sepals early deciduous with the apex of the
fruit ; stems more or less prickly.

fy ee ae

+ 1. Rosa gymnocarpa.
Sub-Group ALPIN«: ; sepals erect and persistent on matured fruit ; stems
Bs either smooth or armed with scattered prickles, rarely with geminate spines.

., 2. Rosa blanda,
‘\ 3. Rosa blanda, var, Arkansana,
4. Rosa acicularis,
Sub-Group EUCINNAMOME# : sepals erect and persistent on matured fruit :
stems armed with geminate, rarely alternate spines ; more or less prickly.

5. Rosa Nutkana.,

6. Rosa pisocarpa,

7. Rosa Cali fornica.

8. ? Rosa spithamea.,
4 1. Rosa gymnocarpa, Nuttall, 1840, ranges from British Co-
. lumbia to California, and eastward to Idaho and Montana. Its
.. peculiar dehiscence, so far as is known, distinguishes it from all
ee other North American roses. Two Asiatic species, Rosa Alberti,

Regel (1883), and Rosa Beggeriana, Schrenck (1841), are, as I
am informed by M. Crépin, the only roses of this sub-group in
the Old World. To know the actual relations of these three
closely allied species would be extremely interesting.

2. Kosa blanda, Aiton 1789 (? R. Virginiana, Miller, 1768)
ranges from Newfoundland westward through Quebec, Ontario,
New York, to Wisconsin and Illinois, where it passes into var.
Arkansana. The stem of the type is either smooth or sparingly
prickly ; the sepals, stipules and leaflets rarely glandular. It is
distinguished from the Caroline by the absence of geminate spines,
by its erect, persistent sepals and by the basilo-parietal insertion
of its ovules.

*Journal of the Royal Hort. Soc. Part III. Vol. XI., Oct. 1889,

3. Rosa blanda, Ait. var. Arkansana, (Porter). Although
frequently observed before, it was first described by Dr. Porter as
Rosa Arkansana* from specimens collected on the banks of the
Arkansas River by Mr. Brandagee. The original specimen, in
flower, is in the herbarium of Lafayette College. Bush apparent-
ly low, 1 to 2 feet high; stem, foliage and fruiting receptacles
glaucous ; flowers corymbose ; sepals entire; bracts lanceolate >
leaflets 7 to 11, mostly 9, oblong-elliptical to oblanceolate, some-
what cuneate at base; stipules rather broad ; stem prickly.

The stipules are as often broad as narrow; the outer sepals
are rarely lobed, probably not much more frequently than in X&.
blanda, from which it is distinguished by its habit of growth, its
glaucousness, by one or two pairs more of leaflets, its prickly
stem and by its being more or less glandular. It would there-
fore appear that the characters relied upon to differentiate it from
the type lack specific distinctness.

Var. Arkansana ranges from Texas and New Mexico north-
ward to British America and westward to the Rockies and proba-
bly beyond. It undergoes many modifications. On dry prairies it
becomes markedly surculose ; its rhizomes are transformed into
in-ground stems which give off annual shoots like flowering
branches. Since these rhizomes have no leaves, the demand for
more foliage is met by an extra pair of leaflets on the suckers.
In protected locations, as margins of woods and thickets, it at-
tains a height of from three to five feet, with stem either smooth
or prickly, and lives for years. It is sometimes found densely
resinous. Like 2. blanda, rudimentary glands on the sepals and
stipules and under surfaces of the leaflets are rarely absent.
When its flowers are solitary, as sometimes happens, the low
prickly forms bear some resemblance to Rosa acicularis, from
which it is readily distinguished by its glaucous stem and foliage,
leaflets more numerous and of another shape.

4. Rosa acicularis, Lindley, 1820, ranges through the north-
ern portions of Europe, Asia and North America. In the New
World it extends from Alaska south to about 45° latitude; from
the Pacific eastward to Michigan and James Bay. Its synonyms
appear to be R. acicularis, var. Bourgeauiana, Crépin; R. Sayi,

*Synopsis of the Flora of Colorado, 1874.

=

146

Schwein., a resinous form, and R. Lngelmanni, S. Watson, a form
with oblong fruit.

After having carefully examined several European and Asiatic
specimens of this species and a large number of American forms,
including the original R. Sayz in the Phila. Academy, I cannot
find any character of recognized value to separate them. The
forms of the New World are usually somewhat more resinous but
not constantly so, and the fruit probably more inclined to be
globose. These variations are far from being uncommon in other
species, as a result of differences in environment. To multiply
species therefore, because one specimen has a few more hairs or a
few less glands than another, or perchance fruit of a slightly differ-
ent shape, seems uncalled for.

Kosa acicularis is from one to three feet high, more or less
prickly, sometimes densely so; prickles rarely enlarged about
nodes simulating geminate spines; leaflets 3 to 7, usually 5 to 7,
broadly elliptical to oblong-lanceolate, mostly obtuse or slightly
cordate at base, flowers solitary; fruit sometimes globose but
usually more or less oblong.

5. Rosa Nutkana, Presl, 1857, ranges from western Montana,
Idaho, Oregon and Washington northward and probably south-
ward. In its densely resinous forms with stout recurved spines
and broad stipules, it is not easily confounded with any other
species. Forms, however, occur which are nearly or quite desti-
tute of glands, with straight, slender, sometimes ascending spines,
frequently absent or reduced to a single one in the upper
part of the stem, leaflets larger and simply toothed, and which
are difficult to separate from unarmed forms of R. acicularis.
The fruit of R. NMutkana, large, coriaceous, thick-walled and
fibrous, with seeds larger than in any other species, serves to
distinguish it.

6. Rosa pisocarpa, Gray 1882 (? R. Woodsii, Lindley 1820).
In “ Primitie” p. 432, M. Crépin describes 2. Fendleri from a
specimen collected in New Mexico. This description is based on
a stunted growth with straight slender spines, small leaflets and
solitary flowers. He is now, however, inclined to regard it as be-
ing practically the same as 2. pisocarpa, in which opinion I fully
concur; but Dr. Sereno Watson considers them quite distinct.

7

147

Limited space prevents me from entering into details; I shall,
therefore, merely state my conclusions.

As in R. Nutkana, and in fact, as in all the Eucinna momee,
the spines, which are normally more or less curved, may become
straight and slender and not infrequently ascending in the upper
part of the bush; soin XR. pesocarpa.

To divide specimens in two sections, one with straight or as-
cending spines, and the other with stout recurved spines, would
indicate little experience in observing the variability of Roses.
Moreover this treatment has been tried with A. Mutkana and
wisely discontinued.

R. pisocarpa, in its varying forms is widely distributed, rang-
ing from New Nexico to British America, possibly as far north as
Alaska (Crepin). It affects low wet locations, attaining a height
of 10 to 12 ft. in such, but is much reduced when growing in
drier, less fertile ground. Fruit is usually small, ordinarily
clustered, rarely solitary ; seeds small} dull white; stipules short,
usually narrow; leaflets rather small, oblong-ovate to-obovate,
usually simply toothed; fascicles of adventitious branches are
quite common in the upper part of the bush, especially when re-
clining.

R. Woodsit is closely related to R. pisocarpa. In fact many of
the specimens found in herbaria and so labelled are of this
species; others have a marked resemblance to &. bl/anda, var.
Arkansana. As before stated, an occasional small lobe to the
outer sepals has little diagnostic value. It may be here remarked
that when two or more species grow together, especially if on the
limits of each, intermediate forms are common, apparently due
either to the influence of acommon environment or to hybridiza-
tion, or to both combined.

Rosa Californica, Cham. and Schlecht. 1827 is badly de-
limited. M. Crépin speaks of it as a “chaos veritable.” The
material placed in my hands has been so little, and that little so
contradictory, that I have not reached any satisfactory conclusions
respecting it. I suspect, however, that one or two good species
will be found in the débris when it is thoroughly elaborated. It
is quite possible that variations of known species may figure
largely in this heterogeneous mass.

a
a

148

A flowering specimen in the herbarium of Lafayette College,
collected by Prof. Rothrock at Santa Barbara, seems distinct, but
whether it is Chamisso’s Rose I cannot tell. It is the terminal
portion of a bush, probably 3 ft. high, with stout recurved gemin-
ate spines (resembling those of R. Canina) without prickles ;
sepals entire; flowers solitary or corymbose, on short, densely
pubescent pedicels; stipules pubescent, narrow, with diverging
apices; fruiting receptacle ovate; leaflets 5 to 7, elliptical to
oblong-obovate, broadly obtuse or truncate at the apex, tapering
to the base, glabrate above, villose-pubescent beneath; serrations
compound-glandular. This doubtless varies with spines nearly
straight, stem taller and prickly, and with leaves, stipules and
pedicels with varying degrees of pubescence and glandulosity.

8. Many roses take on a surculose habit, which would appear
to be due to unfavorable conditions of growth or to severe cold.
As we have seen, var. Arkansana is an example, as are also cer-
tain forms of KR. humzlzs and R. foliolosa. R. Californica likewise
seems so disposed. In Bot. Calif. 2, 444, Dr. Watson describes
R. spithamea. Subsequently, however, he regards it asa ‘“‘ dwarf
form of the resinous variety.” * | Specimens of this, collected by
Mr. Rattan along the Trinity River, and kindly loaned me by Dr.
Watson, seem to warrant his conclusion. It is most probably a
surculose form of some rose which grows stouter under more
favorable conditions.

The same may be said of specimens collected by Prof. E. L.
Greene in Petrified Forest, Sonoma County, and which differ in
several respects from those collected by Mr. Rattan. It would
seem probable that these are a surculose form of a closely related
yet distinctzve species. The description here given is based on
specimens in fruit, furnished by Drs. Porter and Britton. Stem
6 to 10 inches high, with stout prickles and long straight or slightly
recurved geminate spines; leaflets 5, roundish-ovate, petiolulate,
broad and markedly inequilateral at base, crenate-serrate, toothing
obtuse, apiculate and serrulate ;_ stipules short, broadest below the
middle, apices diverging ; flowers many in flat-topped corymbs ;
sepals short, oblong-lanceolate, pointed, erect and persistent on
matured fruit; styles gradually enlarged upward, capitate; pedi-

*Proc. of the Am. Acad., Vol. 20, p. 344.

149

cels short, glandular-pubescent, as also sepals and fruit; fruit

small, yellowish-brown, globose, densely clustered, hispid, pulp
scanty, minutely tuberculate; seeds’ few, large, insertion basilo-
parietal. This may be a good species or a surculose form of a
good species.

White Mountain Willows—IV.

By M. S. BrEzs.

Salyx argyrocarpax phylicifolia, F. & B. nov. hyb. Year old
twigs, stout, dark purple and pruinose ; leaves much as in argy-
rocarpa, but twice the size, equally glaucous but less silky be-
neath, strongly rugose-veined, the margin revolute especially
near the base and more coarsely undulate-crenate; fertile aments
(the staminate plant has not been found) more as in phylicifolia,
but shorter and more leafy bracted at the base, capsule more sil-
very-silky, pedicel scarcely longer, style equally produced, stig-
mas entire, of a beautiful purplish-red, while those of phylicifolia
are yellow.

Mr. Faxon remarks of the plant as observed growing: “The
hybrid is of about the same height as phy/icifolia, and I have not
yet found it except in Tuckerman’s Ravine associated with this
species and argyrocarpa. It is very distinct in habit, and easily
distinguished from either at a distance of more than one hundred
feet ; from phylicifolia by its dull glaucous color and more up-
right branching ; from argyrocarpa by its being so much taller.
It grows in patches like phy/icifolia, both frequently entirely sur-
rounded by argyrocarpa, but I think the latter does not extend
to so low a level as the hybrid, and the hybrid not so low as phy-
licifolia.. ‘The youngest leaves on the growing tips of the hybrid
are of the same color as the older ones, whereas in phylicifolia
the new shoots have leaves of a reddish or brownish hue. In
fine, it seems like a larger argyrocarpa with aments of phylici-
folia.”

In looking over some old sheets of S. phylicifolia in Dr,
Gray’s herbarium, I came unexpectedly upon a single specimen
of this hybrid—leaves only, very much discolored, very much
poisoned and attached to a sheet of that thin, bluish paper which
marks the earliest mounts of this herbarium. The label, in the
handwriting of Mr. Carey, is very interesting. First comes “ S,

Pee ae ea ae «ee He Neg ga ER Re dee Sgn ne ae ee

150

phylicifolia, L.? Fries! Tuck!” then under this “ S. repens ?
forma matura glabra.” Who can not imagine the writer's per-
plexity ?. The ink recording one determination is not dry before

the alternative is written, and then, as if some decision must be

reached, with a bold dash (such as only an old fashioned quill
pen with a soft nib ever could make) the “ S. repens,” etc., is al-
most completely obliterated. Then follows ‘“‘ White Mts., 1842,
A. Gr!” Think of it! Not another spot in America has been
so frequently explored by botanists as Tuckerman’s Ravine, and
yet here is a willow, conspicuous enough to be distinguished “at
a distance of one hundred feet,” collected by Dr. Gray half a
century ago, and thenceforth completely neglected until Mr.
Faxon entered the field with the purpose of investigating its
willows.*

Salix herbacea, L. ‘ This grows in small, rather dense
patches, scattered over a large area about the Lake of the Clouds,
between Mt. Washington and Mt. Monroe, and isespecially abun-
dant on the steep flowery slopes about the upper edge of the
Great Gulf, Mt. Washington and on the Great Gulf side of Mt.
Clay, usually intermingled with alpine grasses and other alpine
plants. Altitude 5,000-5,800 feet above the sea.” (Faxon).

It is noticeable that the S. Aerbacea of the White Mountains
does not differ in the least from the plants of Greenland and
Scandinavia. It occurs in the same form on Mt. Katahdin; on
Mt. Albert, Lower Canada; at the sea level on the coast of Lab-
rador; shores west of Davis Strait; Greenland, and on all the
islands across the North Atlantic to Northern and Arctic Eu-
rope—every where the same little S. erbacea. Shall we then re-
gard the White Mountain colony, the outermost station for the
species in North America, as having, through this fixity of the
specific type, survived unchanged since the close of the glacial
epoch? Or is it not much more probable that it owes its origin to
wind-carried seeds, and that subsequent and frequent dispersals

*Anderson has written on the sheet ‘‘ S, pedicel/aris?’’ Here then we have the
specimen referred to in DC. Prod, 16,2, 234, as indicating the probability of a hy-
brid between S. argyrocarpa and S, pedicellaris ; but as S. pedice/laris does not grow
in the alpine region of the White Mountains, such a cross could not occur sponta-
neously. Why was not the broad hint given by Carey's ticket accepted asa clue to
the probable parentage of a supposed hybrid ?

from the area of common distribution northward have helped to

keep down any modifications which might otherwise have ap-
peared after long continued and perfect isolation under changed
conditions ? Mr. Walter Deane gives me the following pertinent
quotation from a “Notice of Flowering Plants and Ferns col-
lected on both sides of Davis Strait and Baffin’s Bay,” read by
Mr. James Taylor before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh.*
“ S. herbacea, coast to snow line, covers extensive tracts, and that
too where most other plants cease to appear, except Func? and
Luzule. In dry fine weather I have often seen its downy seeds
wafted in clouds over land and sea.” ‘These downy seeds might
be transported a very great distance by a strong upper-current
of wind, and the alpine summit of a high mountain, with its sur-
face constantly moist and dripping from melting snow-drifts,
would present all the conditions favorable for their germination.
After this, the gaining and maintaining of a permanent foothold
would depend upon climatic influences, to which S. erbacea
seems peculiarly sensitive. It is not found on the Rocky Moun-
tains, where four at least, of the species with which it is associa-
ted in Greenland are widely distributed, though in strongly mod-
ified forms. It is noticeably present on all the Arctic shores of
the North Atlantic, both American and European; and just as
noticeably absent from all the shores of the North Pacific, both
American and Asiatic. It does not vary to meet varying condi-
tions, but thrives where these are favorable, and does not grow at
all where they are unfavorable.

Notes upon Zygodesmus and its New Species,

The genus Zygodesmus is something of a puzzle to the stu-
dent of systematic fungology, and therefore does not lack in in-
teresting points of structure. Of the twenty-seven species enu-
merated by Saccardo,* sixteen are known to be North American.
None of these infest growing tissues, and a large percentage,
fully twenty out of the twenty-seven, are found upon dead wood
or bark. It is interesting, therefore, to note that a new species
was found early last summer near New Brunswick, N. J., upon
the flower-bearing stems of Pyrola rotundifolia, namely Zygodes-

*Trens. Vol. 7, 1862.

ee ee

ibe

ae eee

152

mus Pyrole, Ell. and Hals. The color of the hyphe of this spe-
cies is a distinct cinnamon, and forms a thick felt-like covering
upon the stem, beginning at the surface of the ground and ex-
tending up for about two inches. The whole genus may be con-
sidered as a chromatic one, for nearly all colors are represented,
as the following names of some of the species will indicate: 7.
Juscus, Z. atro-ruber, Z. violaceo-fuscus, Z. rubiginosus, Z. ferru-
gineus, Z. olivascens, Z. ochraceus, there being two species of the
latter in Saccardo!

Within the past month another species has been found, and
this one has all the characteristics of a genuine parasite, which was
not so evident in the Pyrola species. While inspecting a bed of
cultivated violets under glass for the leaf spot fungus (Cercospora
Viole, Sacc.), Botrytis and other fungi, it was a surprise to find
several leaves upon a few plants ina group covered with a.chalky
white coat, reminding one somewhat of the Erysiphez, but with-
out the powdery appearance. A microscopic examination of
the infested parts of the leaves showed that the characteristic
threads of the Zygodesmus, easily recognized by the excessive
branching and lateral union of adjoining cells in the hyphae, were
all through the tissue of the host, and had caused the affected
parts to lose their green color. A thick mat of hyphae had
formed upon the surface, and threads could be traced from this
through the breathing pores to the ramifications within. Upon
leaves long infested the tissue becomes dry and contracted, and a
cream color replaces the almost pure white. That the species is
not confined to the violet is demonstrated by finding a few sprays
of parsley growing in the vicinity of the attacked violets, afflicted
by the same Zygodesmus and whitened almost as if sprayed with
a lime-wash.

Besides adding a well established parasite to the genus which
is generally held as saprophytic, the violet specimens reach another
step in the chromatic scale, and naturally the species has been
named Z. a/bidus, Ell. & Hals. and will probably be distributed
in the Ellis North American Fungi.

BYRON D. HALSTED.
RurGers COLLEGE, April 18, 1890,

*Sylloge Fungorum, Vol. iv. pp. 283-288.

153

Grasses in the Wrong Genus Cover.
By.wW. J. BEAL;

In the BULLETIN, page 11, 1888, are described some new
species of grasses, among them oa macrantha, Vasey, and
Poa argentea, T. Howell. I believe these belong to the genus
Melica.

MELICA ARGENTEA (Howell). An erect, loosely-tufted per-
ennial, 15-20 cm. high. Radical leaves numerous, curved, con-
duplicate, 3-7 cm. long, in cross section oblong, 0.6-0.8 mm.

‘diameter, bulliform cells wanting, apex obtuse, sheaths loose,

membranous, ligule 2-3 mm. long, blades of the culm 2, condu-
plicate, 11-nerved, 1.5 cm. long by 1.3 mm. diameter, ligule acute
3-5 mm. long. Panicle oblong, spike-like, 2-3 cm. long. Spike-
lets oblong-linear, 6-8 mm. long, 3-5 flowered, joint of rachilla
1.7-2 mm. long. All the glumes brownish shining, with broad
scarious margins. Empty glumes subequal, 3-4-5-nerved, obo-
vate, ovate, variously lobed, toothed or entire, 3.5-5 mm. long;
floral glume oval or obovate when spread, denticulate, 5-6-7-
nerved, minutely scabrid or smooth, 5.5 mm. long, palea lanceo-
late, about the length of its elume, scabrous on the keels, an-
thers 3, 2.5 mm. long.

The following, among other things, indicate that this is a spe-
cies of Melica ; the soft, smooth or scarious obovate or irregu-
larly toothed glumes, empty glumes often 4-5-nerved, the long
spongy joints of the rachilla, the floral glume without hair at the

base, often 6-7 nerved, the nerves evanescent, not connivent

above.

Plants from T. Howell ticketed Poa argentea, Howell, col-
lected in Siskiyou Mountains, Oregon, July 18, 1887; also from
U.S. Agr. Dept. ticketed Poa macrantha, Vasey, collected on
sea coast, Oregon, by Thomas Howell.

MELICA MACRANTHA, (Vasey).—A smooth stout perennial
3-4 dm. high, ascending from creeping rootstocks. Leaves of
the culm, excepting 2-3 of the upper ones, bear in their axils
non-flowering leafy branches. Leaves of these branches condu-
plicate, curved aid flexuose, often extending to the panicle, the
extreme apex obtuse or abruptly pointed, in cross-section oval or

‘, % =i
er ee ee ree eee ee) ae

Pe Pe ee

Ore + gem SS a eee a

PO MS rege Mee ee a PI ee re Er SE ee ah Sea ee

oak en

—)

154

circular, 5-10 mm. in diameter, a set of small bulliform cells on
each side and near the mid-nerve ; those of the culm a little wider,
the upper one I-5 cm. long, sheaths compressed, loose, ligule
I-2 mm. long. Panicle erect, dense, sometimes interrupted
below, 4-10 cm. long, rays in twos and threes, stout, erect, the
longest 3-5 cm. long. Staminate spikelets compressed, ovate-
lanceolate or oval, 4-7 flowered, 10-15 mm. long, light green or
yellowish ; joint of rachilla large, soft, sparingly pubescent, 1.5—-2
mm. long. Empty glumes oblong-lanceolate, soft-scabrid, Ist
3-4-5 nerved, 7-10 mm. long, 2d 3-7 nerved, 8-11 mm. long;
floral glume oval, or oval-lanceolate, with soft hairs at the base
and lower part of the keel; apex notched, awnless, 3-10 nerved
(even on glumes from the same panicle), 8-10 mm. long, palea
but very little shorter than its glume, linear, ciliate on the keels,
apex notched; anthers 5 mm. long. /éstz/late spikelets have
joints of the rachilla shorter, empty glumes and floral glume a
little shorter.

The compressed spikelets and conduplicate leaves point to
affinities with Poa, the following show affinities with Medica :
large, soft-scabrid, light green or yellowish spikelets, glumes oval,
floral glume notched at the apex, not keeled, rachilla large, long
and soft, empty glumes usually more than 3 nerved and floral
glume often more than 5-7 nerved.

Poa macrantha, Vasey.—Specimens from T. Howell, sand
dunes Tilamook Bay, Oregon; also from Dr. G. Vasey.

A Notable Collection of Botanists.

It will doubtless be of interest to botanists to know that in the
Wolff collection of engravings, recently presented to the Syracuse
University, many portraits of botanists are included. Of the
12,000 portraits of distinguished men of all times and from all
lands included in this collection, some 6,000 have been catalogued.
From this catalogue we note the names of the following botan-
ists : *

in quarto; those in Roman type are mostly in octavo, but a few are duodecimo. A
number after the name indicates the number of different portraits of the man.

Bauhin, Billardiere, BLUME, BONPLAND, Bory de St. Vincent,
AL. BRAUN, R. BROWN (2), BRUCKMANN, OTTO BRUNFELS,
Camerarius, Celsius, Cesalpino, Clustus, Collinson, W. CURTIS,
ERASMUS DARWIN (7), CHARLES DARWIN, DESFONTAINES, Dil-
lenius, Dioscorides, Dedart, Dodonzus, Doornik, EHRENBERG,
IENDLICHER, Escher, FAGON, FEE, FISCHER VON WALDHEIM (4),
FORSTER, J. C. FREMONT, FUCHS, GERARDE (2), GESNER (7),
J.G. GMELIN (3) J. F. Gmelin (2), GOPPERT, J. E. GRAY, GUAL-
TER, Hedwig, HEER, Heucher, JOHN HILL (7), G. /. Hoffman (2),
M. HorrMan, W. J. Hooker, J. Hope, Hoppe, Hornschuch,
Hosack,. HUMBOLDT (15), JACQUIN (4), Janichius, JAQUIN,
JEPPE, JUNG, Jungerman (2), 4. Jussieu, A. L. de Jussieu, Knzp-
hof, Kramer, KUNTH, Langdorff, James Lee, LINDLEY, LINK,
LINN2US (27), L’OBEL, J. H. LOCHNER, M. F. LOCHWER,
LUDOLF (2), LUDWIG (2), Liider, MAppus, Martinet (5), MAR-
TINS (2), MATTHIOLI (6), J. C. A. Mayer, T. Mayer (2), Mentzel
(2), MERcATUS, C. von Mertens, F. C. MERTENS, MIKAN, P.
Miiller, Mevius (5), N. J. DE NECKER (2), NEES VON ESENBECK,
Neuhauser, Nicolai, Csder, J. PARKINSON (3), PELLER, Plun-
kenett, POHL, RAy (8). REINWARDT, RETZIUS, REVEILLIERE-
LEPAUX, Rhyne, RIOLANUS, RIVINUS, ROSA, RUDBECK,
RuyscH, SCHAFFER (10), Schenck, Schkuhr, SCHLEIDEN, Schra-
der, SCHRANK, Schreetter, SLEVOGT, J. E. SMITH, Sowerby,
Sprengel (6), Swartz (2), SWEERTINS, Tabernemontanus, Tand-
ler, THEMMEN, Thunberg (6), Tournefort (2), Tragus (Bock),
TREVIRANUS (2), TREW, Vahl, VAILLANT (3), VATER, VROLICH,
WALLICH, Wallroth, \WANGENHEIM (2), WEBER, Wichura,
WILLDENOW (6), J. B. WINSLOW, ZANNICHELLI, Z?mmermann,
ZUCCAGNIO—Total, 144 names.

It will be noted that the pre-Linnzan botanists are especially
well represented. Many of the portraits are fine steel engravings,
and from this every style of engraving is represented, down to
lithographs, and in a few cases wood engravings. The 27 por-
traits of Linnzus include three folios and numerous quartos, oc-
tavos and duodecimos.

LUCIEN M. UNDERWOOD.

ae ee

a 4

"

156

Review of Foreign Literature.

Die Gattungen der Pomaceen. Emil Koehne. (Wissenschaft-
liche Beilage zum Programm des Falk-Realgymnasium zu Ber-
lin, Ostern, 1890, 4to, pp. 33, 2 plates.)

This is a recast of the genera of the suborder Pomacee, with
a review of the work accomplished by earlier writers on the
group, notably Decaisne, Lindley, Th. Wenzig and Focke. The
author recognizes twenty-three genera, as against the nine of
Bentham and Hooker, and most of the additional fourteen appear
to us based on a minimum of characters Of especial interest to
American botanists we note that two new species of Amelanchier
are described—A. Utahensis, based on Marcus E. Jones’ No. 1716,
which was distributed (erroneously the author says) as A. alut-

folia, var., and which it appears to be, and A. Pring/et, based on

Pringle’s No. 259 from the Santa Eulalia Mts., Chihuahua, dis-
tributed as Cotoneaster denticulata. ke a

Botanical Notes.

Additions to Ilinots Hlora. The following species found in
the vicinity of Peoria, Ill. are not in Patterson’s Catalogue of
Illinois plants:

Scleria verticillata, Muhl. Found in a cold peat bog in the
Illinois river bottom in Woodford Co., two miles distant from
Peoria. When first noticed in the summer of 1887 it was fre-
quent at this station, but in 1888 the bog was brought under cul-
tivation, and since, though persistently searched for, has not been
met with again. I believe this station to be farther west than
any previously reported.

Bromus mollis, L. Noticed the eat summer in Tazenell Co.,
on the grades of the Toledo, Peoria and Warsaw R. R. As this
road is an eastern one it is to be inferred that the species is an
immigrant from the east.

(:nothera sinuata, 1. The past season I found a diminutive
species of @inothera on the brow of the bluffs bordering Seventh
Ave. and separating the upper and lower city. It covered a space
of haif an acre and was abundant. I determined it as 2. s¢zuata,
and this was verified by Walter Deane, of Cambridge, Mass., who
compared flowering and fruiting specimens I sent him, with spec-

imens in Harvard herbarium. This locality would seem to be out
of the usual range of the species.

FRANK E. MCDONALD.

Breweria humistrata and B. aquatica. \ have some spec-
imens of Breweria from Grand Prairie, Arkansas, that com-
bine the characters of the above species. They have the mucro-
nate leaves and 1-7 flowered peduncles of the former, and the
hairy calyx, short leaves (1‘ long) and glabrous filiments of the
latter. Our specimens were collected in moist ground at
DuVall’s Bluffs. With these intermediate specimens before me I
am inclined to think that the above species are only upland and
lowland forms of the same thing. We believe brewerza has not

been before reported from Arkansas.
F, L. HARVEY.

Stellaria pubera. his plant is not very common in sonthern
or middle Georgia; at least I have never found it except in one
place ; a wooded hillside near the city. There, in connection with
the ordinary form having petals so deeply cleft that their narrow,
spreading lobes appear like separate petals, occurs a variety that
differs conspicuously in the shape of the organs. The petals are
cleft not more than half their length, with the lobes convergent,
the two forms presenting on a larger scale much the same differ-
ence in appearance that one observes between the corollas of
Stellaria media and Cerastium vulgatum. Examination, how-
ever, revealed no specific difference between the two forms, the
variation confining itself entirely to the shape of the petals. The
two forms grow together side by side, under the same conditions,
the typical form, with the deeply cleft petals, being the more
abundant. Both bloom at the same time—March, and the early

part of April.
Miss E. F. ANDREWS,

Wesleyan College, Macon, Ga.

Hybrid Grimmias. J. Cardot (Rev. Bryol. xvii. 18-19.) A
form intermediate between G. leucophea and G. crinata is reported
from the mountains of Auvergne. We have also recently received
from M. Philibert his ‘‘ Observations sur L’Hybridation dans les

ee ee, ee Te a ae

158

Mousses,” and specimens intermediate between G. orbicularis
and G. tergestina. E. G. B.

A hybrid Desmid. In Vol. iv, p. 171, of the Annals of
Botany, Mr. A. W. Bennett describes and figures a desmid sup-
posed to be a hybrid between Fuastrum crassum, Ktg. and £.
humerosum, Ralfs. It was collected on Dartmoor last August,
and is stated to be the first recorded instance of hybridism among
the desmids.

Index to Recent American Botanical Literature.

Alabama.— Vegetation in Southern, Carl Mohr. (Garden & For-
est, ili. 212).

An account of the effect of a cold wave upon the vegetation
during last March.

Alge of the Plains.—The Fresh-water. H. J. Webber. (Am.
Nat. xxiii. IOT1-1013).

A list of the smaller alge collected in a single day’s trip in
the Sand Hill region of Nebraska.

Alghe della Terra del Fuego raccolte del Prof. Spegazzint. F.
Ardissone. (Rendiconti Reale Instit. Lombardo (II) xxi.
208-215).

A list of 45 species; Cladophora Magellanica, Callithamnion
spinuliferum and Ceramium radicans are described as new.
Analogies and Affinities—IIT. "Edward L. Greene (Pittonia, ii.

51-57, May 1, 1890).

This paper is a discussion of the relationships of A//ium to
other Liliaceous genera. Itis shown that 7riteleta uniflora, Lindl.,
a Chilian plant, is referable to the genus Leucocoryne, and that
the species of Androstephium have a strong onion-like odor.
Milla cerulea, Scheele, becomes Axndrostephim ceruleum. Al-
lium untfolium var. lacteum, is described as new, from San Luis
Obispo Co., Cal.

Aristolochia Goldeana. (Gard. Chron. vi'. 525, fig. 83).

Botanical Laboratory.—A New. D.P. Penhallow. (Can. Rec.
Sci. iv. 89-93, illustrated).

A description of the laboratory at McGill University.
Botanical Terminology.—Three Suggestions on. Conway Mc-

Millan. (Am. Nat. xxiv. 366-369).

159

Buckleya distichophylla, C. S. Sargent. (Garden & Forest, iil.
236, fig. 37).

California Caton.—In a. C.H. Shinn. (Garden & Forest, iii.
211-212).

An account of the vegetation in Morrison Canon.

California.— Native Shrubs of —III. E. L. Greene. (Garden &
Forest, iii. 198, 199).

Notes are given upon Garrya elliptica and Ribes tenuiflorum.

In regard to the latter species, the author says that it has gener-

ally been confused with R. awreum, from which itis, however, dis-

tinct, the flowers being entirely scentless and its berries large,
cherry red and without aroma.

Californian Plants —New. J. G. Lemmon. (Pittonia., ti. 67-
60). :
Prunus subcordata, var. Kelloggii ; Arctostaphylos Parryana,

and Allium obtusum, all from California.

Catalogue of Plants Found in New Fersey. N. L. Britton, Ph:De
with the Assistance of the Botanists of the State and Con-
tiguous Territory, and of Specialists in the Several Depart-
ments of the Science. (Final Report of the State Geologist,
ii. pp. 25-642. Reprinted. Dated 1889. Issued May, 1890).
Of this work we can say, as did Enzas of the battle of Troy,

“all of which I saw and a part of which I was.”” Since the dis-

tribution of the interleaved copies of the Preliminary Catalogue

of the Flora of New Jersey, nearly a decade since, this work has
occupied the attention of perhaps a larger number of careful ob-
servers than have ever given their special attention to any similar
local study. The author’s introduction does not contain a list of
these co-laborers, for the probable reason that it would have in-
cluded the name of almost every working botanist in and about
the State of New Jersey. More than one man has trodden his
first steps in the paths of systematic botany since the appearance
of the Preliminary Catalogue, and has progressed until able to
contribute his mite to the finished work; and upon the other
hand, the book is enriched by the mature studies of such men as

Porter, Martindale, Redfield and Canby. But these contributions

alone could never have given us such a work as lies before us. It

is much more than a mere compilation of the observations fur-

ah
s

160

nished by its contributors. Each individual record has been
searched and verified previous to acceptation, and we imagine
that there are but few of the contributors who have not been set
right at least once! The rigidity with which specimens have
been demanded in confirmation of notes has not always tended
to the convenience of collectors, but it has excluded not a few
errors from the result. Those who have become acquainted with
this element of the author’s work, and who have had opportuni-
ties for observing the careful scrutiny which has attended each
detail, will not fail to repose great confidence in the accuracy of
the observations which have been admitted to record.

Nor is this all. The author has not even contented himself
with accepting the classifications—much less the names—of the
works commonly recognized as authoritative, but has made ex-
haustive special studies, and incidentally contributed such impor-
tant revisions as those of 7zssa, Hicoria, Lechea, Eleocharis and
Cyperus. And from all this has resulted a work which does not
deserve to rank with the ordinary local plant catalogues. It con-
stitutes the most important embodiment yet published, of
principles which are receiving the attentive consideration by
the present generation of botanists. Few of us will need to
examine its pages to learn what rules of authority and citation
have been followed ; but there are also few of us who will not be
surprised upon more than one occasion as we use the book, to
note the necessities which have arisen for the correction of long
accepted errors. It will take us some time to become accustomed
to all the names, but we are happy in believing that very few will
be ungracious enough to decline to profit by the results of ten
years of such faithful labor as Dr. Britton has generously bestowed
upon his task. To these authentic names are appended, in paren-
theses, those which are superseded, and the latter also appear in
italics in the index.

The author’s ideas concerning the use of the term “ forma,”
set forth in the last number of the BULLETIN, will perhaps meet
with some disfavor, but the question can hardly extend to the
advisability of discriminating between forms and varieties, but
only to the application of formal names. That the careful dis-
crimination between these two classes of variations is a work that

has been too long delayed must be admitted, we think, by all.

In the introduction to the work we meet with a severe disap-
pointment. It comprises only six pages, while at least sixteen
might with the greatest profit have been devoted to it. We can
readily understand how fifteen years of daily acquaintance with
the representatives of the different sections of the State flora
might tend to make any remarks thereupon appear trite to the
mind of the learned author. But the less well-informed public
would have profited by some extended discussion of the charac-
teristics of those sections—illustrations of the classification which
is barely mentioned in outline. Our trap-rock flora and that of
the limestone regions to the northward; the relations of the pine
barren plants to those of the adjacent region; the peculiarities
of our salt marsh vegetation, and those interesting plants which
are mentioned as having crept into our western borders : all these
would have furnished most interesting and instructive matter to
thousands of readers and students who know little or nothing of
them. As it is we are informed with great brevity that “ our
flora may thus be divided with considerable accuracy into a north-
ern and a southern, whose present distribution has been deter-
mined by differences of soil and climate,” and ‘the conclusion
reached at the time the Preliminary Catalogue was written,
that they are most naturally separated by the glacial terminal
moraine, appears to be substantiated. * * * Besides these
two main divisions of our flora, there is another, which may be
termed the marine and coast group of plants, species and varieties
especially characteristic of the sea beaches and salt or brackish
marshes and meadows. Some of these are plainly forms of up-
land origin, which have accommodated themselves to their saline
surroundings, and been thereby slightly changed in structure and
appearance, so as now to be evidently distinct from their inland
neighbors and relatives, while others appear to be very distinct
from any other living forms. * * * This division of the flora
is very uniform in character from one end of the coast line to the
other, and is the most distinct and differentiated of all.

“We may also make out a fourth group of species of espec-
ial western distribution, there being a few plants mainly confined
to the Delaware River valley, and reaching their greatest devel-

ESS Re a ey jee A Treg agli mer teen

selene est i armcge

ie ed hia

in ani
sis gus Bis “alga

.
fe
ke

162

opment in point of abundance to the west. These species have
no special significance in the consideration of the origin of our
flora, and might, perhaps, all be included in one or the other of
the two divisions first considered.”

The herbarium illustrating the work has become State prop-
erty and comprises ‘‘over five thousand mounted sheets, bearing
ten thousand or twelve thousand specimens.”

The list of the Anthophyta (Phanerogams) occupies two
hundred and seventy pages and comprises 1,919 species and va-
rieties, 13 being Gymnosperms, 1,348 Dicotyledons, and 558
Monocotyledons. The Gymnosperms stand next preceding, in
order, to the Pteridophyta. The largest natural orders of the
Anthophbyta are, Composite with 223 species, varieties and forms,
Cyperacee 182, Graminee 164, Leguminose 76, Rosacee 73,
Labiate 66 and Scrophularineee 48. Orchidez and Lilacee have
each 45 representatives. Of true ferns there are 47, and of other
Pteridophyta—including Ophioglossacee—29. Of Bryophyta
there are 461. Of these the Sphagna, elaborated by Mr. E. A.
Rau, number 42; the Musci, by Mr. Rau and Mrs. Britton, on
the basis of the list in the Preliminary Flora by Mr. C. F. Par-
ker, 312; the Hepatice by Mr. Rau, on the same basis, 96, and
the Characeze by Dr. T. F. Allen, 17. There are 3,021 Thallo-
phyta distributed as follows: 329 lichens, from MS. by C. F. Aus-
tin, revised by Dr. J. W. Eckfeldt ; 987 Algz, the marine by Mr.
Isaac C. Martindale and the fresh-water by the Rev. Francis
Wolle, combined by the author into a single series, and the Fun-
gi, by Mr. J. B. Ellis and Mr. W. R. Gerard, to the number of
1,705. The fresh-water and marine forms of the Protophyta are,
like the Algz, divided between Messrs. Wolle and Martindale and
number 164, namely, Cyanophycee 111, Chlorophyllee 34,
Achlorophyllee 19.

The total number of species, varieties and forms of the en-
tire catalogue is therefore 5,641, and elaborate tables are append-
ed showing their distribution among the different groups. There
is an ample list of abbreviations and a thoroughly perfect index,
the synonyms being in italics.

The following statement, which appears on page 29, will be
heartily endorsed by every one: “TI have been fortunate in se-

163

curing the cordial co-operation of students of all kinds of plants,
and the results of their investigations have caused the present
work to become the most complete enumeration of plants of any
region of as great area in the world. In fact, no such systematic
study of a flora has been hitherto attempted.” H. Aig

Check List of Plants, Compiled for the Vicinity of Baltimore.

Basil Sellers. (Pamph. 12 mo. pp. 72, Baltimore, 1888).

An enumeration of 1,609 species and varieties of Anthophy-
ta and Pteridophyta reported from and collected within an area
twenty-five miles square, having the City Hall of Baltimore for
its center. It is certainly an excellent showing for such a limited
area, and we trust that the good work will be continued and ar-
ranged according to modern botanical ideas. The following
closing words of the preface lead us to hope that this will be
done: ‘ Gray’s Manual has been followed as _ closely as possible,
and changes in-arrangement and nomenclature, as well as notes,
etc:, have been reserved for the future.”
Chrysobalanaceen.—Beitrige zur Kenntniss der.—\I. Karl

Fritsch. (Ann. K. K. Naturhist. Hof. Museum, v. 9-14).

New species from Brazil and Guiana are described in the gen-
era Hirtella, Couepia and Parinarium.

Daisy.—The European. F. H. Vaslit. (Zoe, i. 48).

The fact is noted that Bellis perennis has become thoroughly
established in one of the glens of Tamalpais, where it has lost its
“double” characteristic, under which it is so commonly known
in cultivation here, and has reverted to its normal form.

Day Lily of the Desert—The. C. R. Orcutt. (Pacif. Rural

Press, April 12, 1890).

A description of Hesperocallis undulata.

Dendromecon.— Deformed Flowers of. T.S. Brandagee. (Zoe, i.

46-48, PI. i.)

Teratological notes on Dendromecon rigidum.
Echniocactus.—Some Notes on. C. R. Orcutt. (Garden and

Forest, iii. 238).

Flora of the Kurile Islands. ‘KK. Miyabe. (Mem. Bost. Soc.

Nat. Hist., iv. 203-275. Plate XXII).

The Kurile Islands extend in a nearly straight line from the
Island of Yezo, Japan, to Kamtschatka, separating the Okhotsk

al Dak A he BM

nha

“ping

spianaa ttetite

- panna Mae til

164

Sea from the Pacific Ocean, There are twenty-four larger islands
and numerous smaller ones. They belong to the Empire of
Japan. Mr. Miyabe enumerates 317 species, the largest orders
being Composite with 30, Rosacee with 23, Gramineze with 17,
Ericacee with 16, Caryophyllezee and Liliaceze each with 15.
About 30 per cent. of the Kurile Flora is circumboreal in distri-
bution; of the remainder 50 per cent. is purely Asiatic, and 10
per cent. American. Two species are supposed to be endemic—
Draba hirsuta, Turcz. and Oxytropis pumilis, Ledeb. A new
variety of Prunus apetala is described. Following Dr. Maxi-
mowicz, Rubus strigosus, Michx. is referred to a variety of A.
Jdeus, L. The paper is a very valuable contribution to the lit-
erature of geographical botany. Ray Brae =F

Flora Ottawaensis. J. Fletcher. (Ottawa Nat., May, 1890).

This part (pages 74-77) enumerates the species between Dirca
and Adnus.

Flowers and Insects—IV. Chas. Robertson. (Brot. Gaz. xv.

79-84). |

Notes upon the insects visiting Baptista leucantha, Psoralea
Onobrychis, Amorpha canescens, Petalostemon violaceus, Tephro-
sia Virginiana, and Desmodium sp., are given.

Fungi.i—The Nomenclature of. WH. W. Harkness. (Zoe, i.

49-50).

Geo. W. Clinton.—An Address Commemorative of. David F.

Day. (Pamph. 8vo. pp. 29, Buffalo, N. Y., 1890).

This address was delivered before the Buffalo Historical So-
ciety, Mch. 24, 1890. Init may be found many memoranda of
the important part which Judge Clinton took in the development
of the botany of the State.

Glandular Pubescence in Aster patens. A. 5S. Hitchcock. (Bot.

Gaz. xv. 97, 98, illustrated; also reprinted).

History of Garden Vegetables—The. E. L. Sturtevant. (Am.

Nat. xxiv. 313-332).

Cabbage, (Brassica sp.), Pot Marigold, (Calendula officinalis),
Potato, (Solanum tuberosum), Purslane, (Portulaca oleracea),
Quinoa, (Chenopodium quinoa), Radish, (Raphanus), Rampion,
(Campanula rapunculus), Rhubarb, (Rheum sp.) and Rocambole,
(Allium scrodoprasum), are described.

ae.

165

Honeysuckles.—Two American. C. §S.§. (Garden and Forest, iii.
187, figs. 33, 34).
Critical notes upon and figures of Lonicera flava and L. Sul-
livantit.
HHypnum circinale, Hook. J. Cardot. (Rev. Bryol. xvii. 17, 18).
The author finds that all his specimens are dicecious, and _be-
lieves H, Sequoieti, Muell. not sufficiently distinct to be a species.
Laboulbeniacee.—On Some North American Species of. Ro-
land Thaxter. (Proc. Am. Acad. Arts and Sci. 1890,
5-14).
This is a preliminary communication on another group of
entomogenous fungi, which, with the one already published by

the author on the American Entomophthoree, is designed to

form a monograph. In this number Peyritschiella and Cantharo-

myces are described as new genera with three new species, and

Stigmatomyces and Laboulbenia add five more. ae Oe 6 8

Mangroves. J. T. Rothrock. (Forest Leaves, iii. 5, 6, illus-
trated).

Contains representations of Rhizophora mangle and Avicen-
uta nitida.

Mosses.—An Introduction to the Study of. Elizabeth G. Britton.

(Microscope, x. 38-45; also reprinted).

Mycologic Observatious—I. A. P. Morgan. (Bot. Gaz. xv.84-86).

Memoranda taken in January of this year, at Preston, Ohio.
Naturalized Plants of Southern California.—Notes on the.—Il.

S. B. Parish. (Zoe. i. 56-59).

Nomenclature.—A Question of.—Notes on North American Trees.

—AVI. C.S. Sargent. (Garden and Forest, iii. 186).

The question is in regard to the proper binomial with which
to designate Schinus Fagara of the “Species Plantarum,” after-
wards changed by Linnzus to Fagara Pterota when he deter-
mined that it could not stand in the former genus. The author
calls attention to the fact that it may be included in the genus
Xanthoxylum, and hence proposes to pass over the several names
by which it has been called from time to time, and hereafter
know it under the title Yanthorylum Fagara (L.) Sargent. The
fact is pointed out that this specific name was applied by Linnzeus

Me a cid ha lec " oy tT eee eae ee ee

166

tinder a misunderstanding, which, however, the author (and we
entirely agree with him) does not consider, apparently, to have
any bearing on the question.

Notes on American Plants. ¥.H. Horsford. (Garden and For-
est, iii. 240).
Notes from Southwick, Mass., upon Stylophorum diphyllum,
Cardamine rhomboidea, var. purpurea ; Trillium erectum, var. al-
bum, Heuchera Americana, and Feffersonia diphyla.

Pampas Grass.—The. Mrs. S. La Mance. (Vick’s Monthly

Mag., xiii. 146, 147, illustrated).

An account and representation of Gynerium argenteum.
Parry.—The Late Dr. C. C.J. G. Lemmon. (Pacific Rural

Press, April 12th, 1890; illustrated).

A biographical notice with portrait.

Passiflora Miersti, (Bot. Mag. Tab. 7115).
Perityle—A New. T.S. Brandagee. (Zoe, i. 54).

P. cuneata, from near Todos Santos, Baja California, is des-
cribed as new.

Potato.—The Puruvian or American. (Garden and Forest, iii.

199, 200).

An account of the early history of the potato.

Prepusa Hookeriana. (Gard. Chron. vii. 320, f. 62).
Ranunculi.—On Some North American. ‘edward L. Greene.

(Pittonia ii. 58-65, May 1, 1890).

R. rugulosus is a new species from California ; R. saubsagit-
tatus is the R. Arizonicus var. subsagittatus, Gray, of Arizona,
and it certainly appears distinct enough to be a species. &. re-
pens has recently been found in Humboldt County, Cal. 2. ob¢us-
zusculus, Raf. (1808) is shown to be the true name for RX. ambr-
gens, Wats.; R. ovalis, Raf. should replace 2. rhomboideus,
Goldie; R. /acustris, Beck and Tracy antedates R. Purshii,
Richards. and must be adopted for the plant called in recent
books R. multifidus, Pursh, there being an earlier A. multifidus
of Forskall. 2. Zimosus, Nutt. is claimed to be specifically dis-
tinct from this last, and a hybrid betweeen it and X. sceleratus,
from Idaho, is described. It is important to ascertain definitely

167

just what relation the var. ¢errestris, Gray, bears to R. lacustris,
and we would recommend its observation to botanists of Michi-
gan and Minnesota, where it appears to be frequent. Professor
Greene has rendered valuable service in this close study of per-
plexing forms, which really must be studied in the field to be
intelligently understood. N. LB

Schizonotus. and Solanoa. Edward L. Greene. (Pittonia ii.

65-67).

Solanoa is proposed for Schizonotus, Gray, (1876) there being
already a genus Schzzonotus of Lindley, (1830), and one of Ra-
finesque (1838). Professor Greene believes that Lindley’s genus
is to be maintained.

Sga. H.H. Rusby. (Reprint from Drug. Bull., April, 1890;
illustrated),
Under this name is given a description and plate of Glycine

Soa (L.), Sieb and Zucc.

Species.— New or Noteworthy. Edward L. Greene. (Pittonia, ii.

69-81, May 1-15, 1890).

The following are new: Stsyrinchium demissum , Calochortus
Plummere,; Calochortus invenustus; Calochortus excavatus ;
Calochortus amenus ; Dodecatheon paucifiorum (D. Meadia var.
paucifiorum, Durand); Dodecatheon Cusickii ; Dodecatheon cre-
natum ; D. Hendersont, var. cructatum (D. cruciatum, Greene) ;
Polemonium occidentale ; Troximon purpureum (T. aurantiacum
var. purpureum, Gray); Troximon Arizonicum ; Troximon Pple-
betum ; Downingia tricolor ; Downingia ornatissima,; Dow-
ningta insignis and Howellia limosa.

Taxodium distichum.—The Knees of. ®. H. Lamborn. (Am.
Nat. xxiv. 333-340; illustrated).

To those who have followed the recent discussions in regard
to the subject, this article will contain but little that is new, even
the illustrations having previously appeared in Garden and Forest.
Uredospores of Gymnosporangium.—The So-called. C. E. Bessey.

(Am. Nat. xxiv. 369, 370).

Willow.—A Monecious. C.L. Anderson. (Zoe, i. 41, 42).

The author describes what he considers to be a moncecious
hybrid between Salix Babylonica and S. lasiandra.

ih aoa ke ae elec

so —
Ses a NR ee Ree a:

168

Proceedings of the Club.

The regular meeting was held on Tuesday evening, May 14th,
the President in the chair and 44 persons present.

The report of the committee appointed to consider the pro-
posed increase in size of the BULLETIN, reported in favor of
increasing the subscription price of that journal to $2.00 per
annum. ‘The report was unanimously accepted.

Keports were made on the field days held at South Amboy,
Carlton Hill and New Dorp.

Dr. Britton exhibited the growing tip of the rootstock of
Nymphea advena, and remarked on the endogenous structure of
these plants. Mr. Hogg showed the red-bracted form of Cornus
florida, and a large number of specimens of Japanese shrubs,
including the curious Cercidiphyllum, first introduced into Amer-
ica by himself and supposed to belong to the Magnoliacez.
Miss Steele showed the albino form of Viola canina, var. Muht-
enbergit, from Meadville, Penn.

The paper announced for the evening then followed: ‘ The
Life-History of the Palm Family,” by Dr. Newberry, illustrated
by specimens of recent and fossil palms and by lantern slides.

The second May meeting was held on Wednesday evening,
May 28th, at Columbia College, the President in the chair and 17
persons present.

Judge Chas. P. Daly, Mr. H. Ries, Mr. W. Holmes, Miss
Whitman, Mrs. Percival Knauth, Miss E. T. Andrews, and Miss
Fannie C. Neale were elected active members.

Mr. J. B. Leiberg was elected a corresponding member.

The field committee reported finding Conopholis Americana
at Franklin, N. J., May 17th, and Pogonia verticillata at Forbel’s
Landing, L. I., on May 24th. This latter find is a re-discovery
of the plant in an old locality.

Mr. Lighthipe read the announced paper of the evening upon
“Plants gathered in Florida, January and February, 1890,”
illustrated by herbarium specimens.

BULLETIN

OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUBS,

Vol. XVII.J New York, July 1, 1890. (No. 7.

Tiphevises Manual and Some Western Plants.

BY #. J. HIL.

In giving the geographical range of plants as briefly as a
handbook requires, liabilities to err by trying to say much ina
word or short phrase must be recognized. That all sources of
information are not equally and carefully examined may also be
true, and as a consequence omissions may occur and due credit
fail to be given. The literature of local botany has become quite
extensive; all of it is not very accessible and some likely to be
overlooked. The details of geographical distribution even in a
part of a large country is a subject requiring great patience in re-
search and special aptitude for its pursuit. Some of these omis-
sions or lapses from the ideal had been noticed in the Revised
Manual. One naturally turns first to those things which are
familiar to him in his own field, or to which he may have called
attention somewhere, and so the error is easily detected. Prof.
Porter has mentioned some in the BULLETIN for March. It is
evident that the botany of the future can best be made complete
by the co-operation of all who are interested, and who may have
special knowledge of particular fields which they are willing to
communicate, and place within easy reach of those who prepare
our manuals. But first I will notice a few errors in Prof. Porter’s
article, if I understand the purport of his restrictions and inquiries.
One plant he mentions is Polygala polygama, Walt., said in
the Manual to be “common.” To this the remark is added, “A
plant of the eastern seaboard and rare in northern New Jersey,
not known in Pennsylvania.” Perhaps this does not mean that
the plant is confined to the seaboard, but that would be the in-
ference. The older Manual said: ‘Dry, sandy soil; common
eastward,” not necessarily confining it to the East, but making it

Se eee eye ee

ne bi ceatahs iaat ls oa
rs

170

common only there. That the word “common” is too broad 4
term is plain, since it does not occur throughout, as is evident
from its absence from Pennsylvania, and my experience with it
in the lake region coufirms this, since it is a plant local in char-
aeter of habitat, though abundunt in any locality adapted to its
nature of growth. Its peculiar mode of growth causes it to -pro-
duce abundance of seed and plant them effectually, thus securing
a numerous progeny where it happens to grow. But its confine-
ment to light or sandy soil necessarily restricts its area. Such,
at least, is its character in the western region. It is found in such
localities along the Great Lakes, and extends into the Mississippi
basin in Illinois, Wisconsin and Minnesota. Nuttall is probably
the earliest authority for its presence at the West. In his Genera
(ii. 87) he says, ‘‘ P. polygama, Ph. HAxB.—In the pine forests
of Lake Michigan.” The plants Nuttall used in his description
were not from the same locality from which Pursh obtained the
species described in his Flora (ii. 465.) ‘the pine barrens of
Carolina,” for Nuttall adds to his characterization, “ Mr. Pursh’s
plant appears to differ considerably from the one here described,
but I am persuaded it is the same from a good specimen which
I have seen in the possession of Z. Collins, Esq., agreeing with
the Michigan plant.” Its range along the Great Lakes is about
equal to their extent. Macoun gives it from the Lake of the
Woods at the west, to the plains of Rice Lake, north of the cen-
tral part of Lake Ontario. It therefore is represented in four of
the river systems or groups of North America as defined by
Guyot; the Atlantic slope of the Appalachian Mountains, the St.
Lawrence, the Mississippi, and the valley of the Red and Nelson
that discharge into Hudson Bay.

The second plant of the list to be noticed is Phragmites com-
munis, Trin. ‘‘ Edges of ponds,” says the Manual. ‘Along the
coast and the Great Lakes, but not elsewhere,” adds Prof. Porter.
A few references will show that it is not restricted to this range
either in extent or abundance. In the catalogue of the Plants of
Indiana, compiled by the editors of the Botanical Gazette, it is ac-
corded a station in the extreme southwestern part of the State
on the authority of Dr. J. Schenck. It evidently is found
throughout the State, as we learn from the preface of the cata-

171

logue that this is the meaning when localities are not specified,
that of the lower Wabash being for height of stem (19 feet) and
not for locality. Dr. A. J. Phinney, in a list of plants of central
eastern Indiana, published in the Twelfth Report of the State
Geologist, (1882) says it is common in the region embraced in
his list, about four counties lying in the valley of the Ohio. Pat-
terson, in his “ Catalogue of the Plants of Illinois,” states that it
is “common”? in the State without restriction of range. It is
given by Dr. Lapham in his “ Native, Naturalized, and Culti-
vated Grasses of Illinois,” (1850). In Minnesota, on the author-
ity of Upham, we find it “common or frequent in the edges of
ponds and lakes throughout the prairie portion of the State.” It
is given by Arthur in the list of Iowa plants, and by Lapham in
that of Wisconsin. Hence we find the upper Mississippi region
well represented by Phragmites communts.

The third plant is Zizania aquatica, L. ‘‘ Common” says
the Manual. “Along the seaboard and the Great Lakes, but
where else,” Prof. Porter asks. The answer is the upper Mississ-
ippi and the Red River of the North, as can be easily shown. In
fact, if we take account of its use by the Indians as a consequence
of its abundance, it is a plant even more characteristic of these
regions than of the seaboard and Great Lakes. It is published
in all the lists cited for Phragmites communis, and with about the
same range, though less common at the south. In Indiana, out-
side of the lake area, it is assigned a place in Gibson County, and
in the four counties of Dr. Phinney’s list. In Illinois, Patterson
has it “common.” In Minnesota, Upham says, ‘‘common or
frequent in favorable situations throughout the State.” Besides
these may be mentioned Dr. Parry’s ‘‘ Synoptical Catalogue of
the Plants of Wisconsin and Minnesota,” published in Owen’s
Report, (Philadelphia, 1852) and Dr. Douglas Houghton, in a

list appended to Schoolcraft’s “Narrative of an Expedition
through the upper Mississippi to Itasca Lake.” He closes the
list with the entry, “ Zizania aquatica, Pursh. Illinois to the
sources of the Mississippi.” I do not find it in the short list pre-
pared by De Schweinitz from plants collected by Say in connec-
tion with Long’s Expedition to this region, but it is frequently
mentioned in the account of the expedition compiled by Prof,

sie a a a ide.

Pee ee

ee Oe ee CELT, Sy ae gee aaa eRe

172

Keating,* both by its common and botanical names. Here are
five states, besides some of British America, lying outside of the
lake region wholly or in great part, where Zizania is found, gen-
erally in abundance, Indiana, Illinois, Iowa, Wisconsin and
Minnesota. And this region is the one mentioned at the begin-
ning of the paragraph.

I will now mention a few plants whose range as indicated
in the Manual, is either too restricted or otherwise incorrect, as
they have fallen under my notice, indicating also where informa-
tion may be found concerning them.

Corydalis micrantha, Gray, should be credited to Illinois,
“ Sandy river banks, &c., throughout the State” (Patterson; Cat,
of the Plants of Ill., 1876).

Lechea thymifolia, Michx. Abundant in the sand-barrens at
the head of Lake Michigan in Ind. (Bot. Gaz., 1881 as L. Nove-
Cesaree, Austin, and in 1883 as L. thymifolia, Michx).

Arenaria patula, Michx, Tippecanoe Co., Ind. (Cat. of the
plants of Ind. by the Editors of the Bot. Gaz., 1881). Near Chi-
cago, Ill., (Babcock; Flora of Chicago and vicinity. The Lens,
1872). I know of no place in Illinois where it is found except
here. One of these stations is west of the city at Riverside on
the Desplaines River, and two on the south side, within the limits
of the city, where it grows in the thin soil covering limestone
rocks. As they are likely soon to be extinct by reason of the
growth of population, they may be placed on record; one is 75th
St., near the lake, and the other “Stony Island,” near 93d St.
This is an interesting example of a plant, southern in general
range, that comes to the head of Lake Michigan, where some plants
ofa sub-alpine cast are also found. The station in Tippecanoe Co.
may indicate the line of connection.

Stellaria crassifolia, Ehrh. Michigan. (Wheeler and Smith’s
Cat. of the Plants of Mich., 1881), given on the authority of Dr.
Lyon, and without locality. For Illinois, besides the station men-
tioned in the Manual (Ringwood) may be given Crete, Will Co.,
near the Indiana State line, where I found the apetalous form of
the plant in 1882.

* Narrative of an Expedition to the source of St. Peter’s River, Lake Winne-
peck, Lake of the Woods, &c. Performed in the year 1823. London, 1825.

Ammania coccinea, Rottb. Has a range in Illinois as far north
as Kankakee, and thence south through the State (Patterson, I. c.).

Utricularia resupinata, B. D. Greene. Lake Co, Ind. (Bot.
Gaz., viii, 187). Very abundant on the east shore of Woodard
Lake, Iona Co., Mich. (Wheeler & Smith, |. c.). This brings its
range much farther west than Presque Isle, Pa.

Juncus Greenti,Oakes and Tuckerm. As far west as Kanka-
kee, Ill. (Patterson, 1. c.). Lake Co., Ind. (Cat. of Ind. Plants,
1881). Said in the Manual to occur on the east shore of Lake
Michigan. The older edition mentioned the east side of the State
near Detroit. Are these the same?

Fimbristylis spadicea, Vahl., var. castanea, Gray. Frequent
at the head of Lake Michigan, from Chicago east. Also in three
other counties of Illinois—Kankakee, St. Clair and Henderson
(Patterson, l.c.). The last two border the Mississippi, St. Clair
Co. being opposite St. Louis. Attention was first called to this
and the preceding plant, together with Ryuchospora cymosa,
Nutt., in the Entomologist and Botanist of St. Louis, conducted
by Drs. Riley and Vasey (Vol. ii. p. 384). This was in 1870,
the three plants having been found growing together in Kanka-
kee Co. All grow together in Lake Co., Ind. The Juncus and
Rynchospora have the same range so far as known in Illinois and
Indiana, and the /imbristylis has been found with them, but with
a wider range. All are representatives of eastern plants that
come to the lake region and the Mississippi.

Agropyrum violaceum, Lange. Lake Co., Ind. (Cat. of Plants
of Ind., 1881).

Potamogeton Robbinsit, Oakes. In Cedar Lake, Lake Co.,
Ind. (Bot. Gaz. 1888).

Potamogeton Hillii, Morong. N.E. Ohio, at Ashtabula. This
was the locality where the specimens were found that afterwards
led to its specific distinction. (Bot. Gaz., v. 53, vi. 290).

Aster ptarmicoides, Torr. & Gray, var. lutescens, Gray. The
Manual states that this plant ranges from N. Ill to the Saskatche-
wan. But this is not based on facts. Having first mentioned the
presence of this plant at Englewood, I may be at fault for some
of this misconception. It was stated in a note in the Bot. Gaz.
(xiv. 153) that it was Dr. Gray’s opinion that it might have come
in by the way of the lakes, or might be a remnant of a flora once
continuous, since it was known to be found in British America.
It was further stated that Upham thought it probable the plant

ee

iy el ao Pe
4 6 Bah Gta Al

eo ee eee ae ere ate) fe ee es va) Slits nie i (tin Bs

174

grew in Minnesota, since it was found on both sides of that State,
in Canada and Illinois. But the only place for it yet found in our
limits, so far as I am aware, is the station originally given. When
in Minnesota the past season, I had hoped to see it, but the north-
eastern part of the State is not suitable for its propagation. It
is a plant of the prairie and plains, and would hardly come by the
timbered region of the lakes to a southern locality, or be repre-
sented in its flora. If anywhere to be sought, it would rather be
in the open country of the Mississippi Valley, where the streams
would afford a still better means of communication.

Triglochin maritimum, L. “ Salt marshes along the coast, Lab.
to N. J., andin saline places in the interior across the continent.”
The Manual gives this range, which is well enough for extent but
not accurate as to conditions. The plant is not confined to those
which are saline, but is found in many places along the lakes and
in the Mississippi Valley, where they do not exist. The older
editions of the Manual were correct in not thus limiting it. It
bears fresh water, or bog conditions, as well as 7: palustris.

Some plants and stations may for convenience of record be
added to this list, either not published before, or offered too late
for insertion in the Manual.

Rosa Engelmanni, Watson. This was found last season in
the sand barrens at the head of Lake Michigan, and is not uncom-
mon. It had been to me a puzzling form of R. dlanda, Ait.,
placed there for want of something better, till the description and
figure in Garden and Forest of Aug. 7, 1889, were seen. Being at
Tower, Minn., at the time, it was at once seen to be the more
common form of Rose there, and on returning home in Septem-
ber, a comparison of fruit and foliage verified its presence here.
The fruit of the Minnesota specimens was usually obovate-oblong,
that of the Indiana oblong, or tapering about the same above as
below, showing no punctures by insects to produce deformity,
and moreover characterizing the fruit of a whole bush, it seemed
a well-marked species. An occasional round or roundish fruit
would appear on some bush, as though showing a tendency to
mix with &. d/anda and R. humilis, that grow plentifully in the
immediate vicinity.

Utricularia purpurea, Walt. Found in Spring Lake, Mich.,
where I gathered it in 1872.

Sagina procumbens, L.. Champion Mine, Mich., 1889.

Potamogeton Robbinsiiz, Oakes. Republic, and Negaunee
(in Goose Lake) Mich., and abundant in Chesago Lake, in eastern
Minn., 1889.

P. obtusifolius, Mert. and Koch. Tower, Minn., 1889.

Brachytrichia Quoyii (Ag.) Bornet & Flahault.

This is the latest name for a alga, which has undergone quite
a number of vicissitudes, illustrating some rather curious results
of the rules of botanical nomenclature, as at present applied.
In the List of the Marine Alge of the U. S., published in 1876,
Prof. Farlow mentions doubtfully as Révalaria nitida? a plant
which he collected at Falmouth, Mass. ; later in the same year it
was published as No. 45 of the Alg. Am. Bor. Exs., as Hormactis
Farlowi Bornet, Dr. Bornet having found this plant to be not
the common X&. uztida of Europe, but to belong to the same
genus as Hormactis Balani, Thuret, a genus first separated in
1875. Soon afterwards it was discovered by comparison with
the original specimens, that the Mostoc Quoyit of C. Agardh,
from the Marianne Islands in the Pacific, was the same plant,
and so in 1881 in Farlow’s Manual of the Marine Alga of New
England, it appears as Hormactis Quoytt, Bornet. Now it has
been found that the original specimens of Arachytrichia rivu-
larioides, species and genus founded by Zanardini in 1872 on a
plant from Borneo, are the same as our Falmouth plant; so that
in the Revision des Nostocacées Hétérocystées of Bornet and
Flahault, it appears under the name at the head of this para-
graph. Although Zanardini’s description differs entirely from
the true structure of the plant, yet as the authentic specimens
agree, the species must bear his generic and Agardh’s specific
name, they being respectively the first given.

As regards the plant itself, its occurrence on our shore is a
curious phenomenon; it is widely distributed in the Pacific, hav-
ing been collected at the Marianne Islands, Borneo, Ceylon and
California; but its only known station in the Atlantic is at Fal-
mouth, Mass. Its occurrence on our shore is not mentioned by
anyone earlier than 1876, though it is a rather noticeable plant in
midsummer, the season when most collecting is done. As to its
range, I have found it abundant on the Buzzard’s Bay shore at
Wood’s Holl, and in Quisset and Hog Island harbors, a few miles
north. On the Vineyard Sound side of. Wood’s Holl I have
looked for it for several miles along the shore, without finding a
single growing plant, when at the time it was very abundant on

wee era

4 a a 1 Te ee s Se ee ae ah a ee keel gd
4%, as ad : wis) tat Ree

176

the other side. Rev. J. D. King, who is familiar with the marine
flora of Martha’s Vineyard, informs me that he has never found
it there; Mr. W. A. Setchell has looked for it, unsuccessfully, in
Long Island Sound; and as there is no reliable report of its
occurrence elsewhere on this coast, I think it safe to say that it is
practically confined to a few miles of shore from Wood’s Holl
north.

At the southern point of this range are the extensive works
of the Pacific Guano Company, which has for some twenty years
brought here for manufacture large quantities of phosphate from
South Carolina and the Caribbean Sea. But for several years
previous to 1870 this company obtained its raw guano from
Howland’s Island, which is nearly in the center of the range of
the alga in question in the Pacific Ocean. If we compare the
dates given above, and consider the very limited district inhab-
ited by this species here, its abundance in that district, and its
absence from adjacent districts where the conditions are the same
and the marine flora in other respects is identical, it seems to me
at least probable that we have a case of a species introduced by
human agency; probably the first case noticed among the alge
of this region. FRANK S. COLLINS.

A Possible Natural Hybrid.

The two species of 7vagopogon are not rare in some patches
of grass-land near New Brunswick, the 7: porrifolius, L., being
the more common and very likely the older fugitive from Europe,
while 7: pratensis, L.., is a smaller but none the less attractive
species. A very marked difference in the color of the flowers
serves to distinguish the species instantly when in bloom. The
particular purpose of this note is to record the discovery of a
probable hybrid between these two closely related species of sal-
sify. One plant has been found combining the characteristics of
the violet-purple species with those of the yellow 7: pratensis.
In size, the plant in question is midway between the two species ;
the peduncle has less of the swollen and fistulose nature of 7:
porrifolius, and is more enlarged than those of the normal 7:
pratensis. The involucral bracts surpass the flowers in the pur-
ple species, while in the yellow they are equalled, if not exceeded

:

Tee TN ee!

177

by the corolla tips. In our hybrid the mean is struck, with this
exception that the corollas are not of as uniform a length as in
the types. Two are quite short and the others are long, as if
there was an indecision due to contending forces naturally ex-
pected in a hybrid. But the point that is most interestingly
striking is the happy mixing of the floral colors. The ligulate
corollas are of peculiar purple and yellow, not easily described in
words. To say they are rose is to come near, but not to accur-
ately name the shade. The lower part of the flowers have a de-
cided yellow tint, so that upon looking into the center of the
head the inner part is of a yellow cast, while the outer parts, the
marginal flowers, have the violet predominating.

It is rarely that we have such strikingly different colors as
purple and yellow in close inflorescences in species of such mani-
fest near kinship as our two T7ragopogons, and they open up an
interesting field for experiments in artificial hybridization with
reference to the permanence of colors and other questions in
cross-fertilization. The supposed natural hybrid plant has been
marked, and it is hoped to save seed from it and determine if
possible the enduring qualities of the progeny.

ByRON D. HALSTED.
RuTGERS COLLEGE, May 19, 1890.

Botrychium simplex, Hitch,, in Maryland.

So far as I am aware this plant has until recently been known
from only “‘ New England, New York and northward.”* A va-
riety, however, is found in Wyoming Territory and California.
During the early part of the summer of 1888, I found B. szmplex,
Hitch., growing in an overgrown thicket near Ellicott City, Md.

There were only three small plants growing near one another.
I took one and marked the exact spot of the remaining two.
Next season I could find no sign of either, but nearby (foot or
two) were two others which either were not there the year be-
fore or that I did not notice, although I searched the place for
some time. Growing in the same thicket I may mention, among
the rare ferns, at least in this vicinity, B. cernatum, Swz., (two :
vars.), as well as Ophioglossum vulgatum, L., which is, indeed,

* It has been found on the Pocono Mt., Pennsylvania.—Ep.,

TS tae oe ae de

FEE Se eee :

178

more plentiful in this thicket than either of the above named
species.

At first I had some doubt whether my discovery was B. sim-
plex or some nearly related species. But to settle all doubts I
had recourse to one better acquainted with the ferns of this coun-
try then I, and sent the plant to Prof. L. M. Underwood (whose
beautiful work on the subject I have been using). He very
kindly confirms my opinion. He said, “ Your specimen is a
medium sized form of Botrychtum simplex, which as you say,
greatly increases the range of the species as published.” In con-
clusion, I may add that within a radius of two miles from Ellicott
City I have found between twenty-five and thirty species of ferns.
Among them is one rare one, not already mentioned, Camptoso-
rus rhizophyllus. Ferns are, indeed, in abundance in the neigh-
borhood of Ellicott City. JOHN B,. EGERTON.

Notes on Melica and Poa.

In the last number of the BULLETIN is an article entitled
“Grasses in the Wrong Genus Cover” by Dr. W. J. Beal, in
which article two species heretofore ascribed to Poa are trans-
ferred to Melica. 1 feel obliged to dissent from the views of Dr.
Beal and will briefly give my reasons. In the genus Medica, so
far as I am aware, the flowering glumes are always thicker than
the empty glumes, and are generally rounded on the back, at
least not compressed and keeled. The characters of Jelica are
well given by Dr. Thurber in Bot. Cal. Vol. 2, p. 302. Describ-
ing the flowering glumes (which he calls lower palets) he says:
“‘Lower palet at length subcoriaceous, rounded or flattish on
the back, 5 to many-nerved, the scarious tip usually blunt and
entire or 2-toothed, &c.’’ Again, “sterile flowers much the
smaller and convolute together at the top of the spikelet.” In
describing Poa, he says: ‘“‘ Lower palet herbaceous or membrano-
herbaceous, with scarious margins and top, compressed-keeled,
&c.”

The two Poas transferred by Dr. Beal agree with the charac-
ters of the genus Poa except in the obtuse glumes, and that is
subject to much variation in other species of true Poa. Poa
macrantha probably belongs to a group of polygamous or dioi-

179

cious Poas which occur on the Pacific coast from Chili northward.
In neither of the species do we find the club-shaped, imperfect,

upper flowers common in Medica.
GEO. VASEY.

Review of Foreign Literature,

Di una nuova stazione Italiana di Galinsoga parviflora, ed
Eleusine Indica; e della presenza di altre pianti esotiche nelle vict-
nanze dat Verona. A, Goirau. (Nuovo Giorn. Bot. Italiano,
April, 1890).

The following is a list of exotic plants that have been found
on the plains of Lombardy, conditions favorable to their existence.

Galinsoga parviflora, in and near Verona (1888) and Milan,
and elsewhere in Lombardy, where in damp places it has become
a weed.

Commelina communis, Lombardy.

Eleusine Indica. In 1879 &. Indica was seen for the first
time by M. Goirau in the outskirts of Verona, along the moat
and river, growing among rubbish heaps. The next year it had
spread in amazing quantities and grew in great luxuriance. In
1882 the plant was seen for the last time, shortly before the great
flood of the Adige, which took place that year, after which it
disappeared. Prof. de Notaris reports &. /udica from the Lago
Maggiore ; it has also been found in the Province of Bergamo
and at Crespano.

Solanum Sodomeum, in 1886, had spread from cultivation in
and around Verona and along the river. Two forms have been
observed, one with lilac and the other with white flowers.

Stramonium Tatula is found in the outskirts of the city,
probably escaped from cultivation.

Stramonium Metel is cultivated as an ornamental plant and
is sporadic along with the last.

Nicandra physaloides. This beautiful Peruvian Solanacea
grows in great quantities along the Adige and the railroad, and
has been found at Mantova.

Tournefortia heliotropiotdes is spontaneous in the vicinity of
Bologna, in the Parmigiano and near Verona.

Solidago serotina, frequently cultivated in gardens, is now be-

F
;
ie

in ds

180

coming wild in the neighborhood of Lucca. From 1870 to 1882
it grew abundantly with Aster salignus on the banks of the
Adige. The locality is now destroyed, but the plants are found
in the valley Ceraino and at Avesa, nearby.

Amorpha fruticosa grows in great quantities at Peschiera and
in several other places, where it has evidently been introduced,
and now shows a decided tendency to propagate Itself.

A. M. V.
Botanical Notes,

Laboratory of Biological Research of the Brooklyn Institute.
Through the cordial co-operation of the officers of the New York
State Fish Commission, and the great personal interest of its
President, Mr. Eugene Blackford, the Brooklyn institute has been
enabled to open a seaside laboratory for teaching and research in
zoology and botany, under the direction of Dr. Bashford Dean.
The laboratory is located at Cold Spring Harbor, Long Island,
thirty-two miles from New York, reached by the Long Island
Railway. The session opens on Monday, July 7th, and extends
over eight weeks. The fee is twenty-four dollars. The location
is a capital one, and an extensive corps of lecturers on special
subjects has been secured, those on the botanical side being Dr.
W. G. Farlow, Dr. N. L. Britton and Prof. Byron D. Halsted.

Index to Recent American Botanical Literature.

Abies bracteata. (Gard. Chron. vii. 672, fig. 112).

Allamanda violacea. J. D.H. (Bot. Mag. Tab. 7,122).

Anthracnose, or Blight of the Oak. Byron D. Halsted. (Gar-
den and Forest, iii. 295, 296).

In this article the “ burning” and “scorching” of oak trees is
described and the case is said to be due to the fungus G/wospo-
rium nervisequum.

Artificial keys to the genera and species of Mosses recognized in
Lesquereux and Fames’ Manual of the. Mosses of North Amer-
wca. Chas. R. Barnes. (Trans. Wisc. Acad. Sci. Arts and
Letters, viii. 12-81, reprinted. Price 50 cents, 12 for $5.00).
The price of this well printed, serviceable little pamphlet,

should place it in the hands of all students of American mosses,

and we hope the excellent advice given in the preface will be

followed by them. The first twenty-three pages are reprinted

from the generic key published in 1886 with the addition of

Eucladium and a few corrections. The keys to the species in-

clude also such recent additions as are well authenticated by ex-

siccatee or by descriptions and figures with foot-note references.

The following corrections may be noted: Page 65, as a foot-note

to Hookeria Sullivanti, it should be stated that Mueller considers

this a synonym of Pterigophyllum lucens. Hypnum occidentale
is omitted also, and we learn from Dr. Watson that Hall’s speci-
mens are not to be found in the James Herbarium.

E. G. B.

Astragalus—A handsome. C.C. Parry. (West Am. Sci. vii. 9,
10).

A new variety is proposed, provisionally, from red-flowered
specimens collected on the western borders of the Colorado
Desert, to be known as Astragalus Purshii, Dougl. var. coccineus.
Botanical Generic Names Identical or too Nearly Alike. HH. W.

Harkness. (Zoé, i. 84, 85).

Nine identical and thirteen similar comparisons are made.
From the list it appears that our friends, the mycologists, are
mostly responsible for this duplication of names.

Carex rigida, Good. and its Varieties. L. H. Bailey. (Journ.
Bot. xxviii. 171-173).

Professor Bailey takes up this older name for C. vulgaris,
Fr.,and refers to it a large number of varieties, those of Ameri-
can distribution being var. Bigelovit, Tuckm., var. Goodenovit,
var. strictiformis, and var. bracteosa.

Central Nebraska—The Flora of. H.J. Webber. (Am. Nat.
xxiii. 633-635; xxiv. 77-78).

An account of the botanical features of a trip to the valley of
the Dismal River.

Closterium—A Note on. A.C. Stokes. (Microscope, x. 168-
171).

Collemacee and Allied Groups—On the Carpologic Structure and
Development of the. Wm. C. Sturgis. (Proc. Am. Acad.
Arts and Sciences, xxv. 15-52, Plates I-VIII. Reprinted).
This is another of this year’s contributions from the Crypto-

gamic Laboratory of Harvard University, of which Prof. Farlow

a re RN Ep edn Sot One bane ta echo bias EY re OO eae es
i, ! sa :

182

may be justly proud. The illustrations alone stamp it as a fine

piece of work ; fifteen species in the following genera are figured :

Sticta, Peltigera, Nephroma, Pannaria, Heppia, Hydrothyria,

Physma, Leptogium and Collema. E.G. B.

Congress of Botanists—An Internatianal. J.C. A. (Bot. Gaz.
XV. IIQ—121).

A suggestion that an attempt be made for an International
Congress in connection with the World’s Fair. The Congress
might be held at the place of meeting of the A. A. A. S. or else-
where, according to local attractions. A number of foreign bota-
nists are pretty sure to be in America at that time, and if a
special occasion were made, doubtless others would attend. The
suggestion seems to us a timely one,

Convolvulus occidentalis, Gray. T.S. Brandegee. (Zoé, i. 85, 86).
An argument against the specific difference between this

plant and Convolvulus macrostegius, Greene.

Coprinus from Montana—-Notes on a. J.B. Ellis and B. M.
Everhart. (Microscope, x. 129-131, Pl. iv).

A new species is described and figured under the provisional
name of Coprinus sclerotigenus.

Cotton Plant—A Microscopic Study of the. P.H. Mell. (Am.
Month. Mic. Journ. xi. 97-106, illustrated).

Crowfoot—The Yellow Water. Chas. E. Bessey. (Amer. Nat.
XXiv. 475).
Alluding to Professor Greene’s recent restoration of the name

R. lacustris, Beck and Tracy, to this plant, and to the fact pointed

out by that investigator that its duration appears to be unknown,

Dr. Bessey states that it probably grows about a year. This is

hardly its habit on Staten Island, where it certainly appears to

be perennial. The especial evidence that I have of this, is the
case of a small pond where it grew abundantly some years ago,
but bloomed only once in six years, and of another where I ob-
served the green and growing plant in March ot the present sea-
son, The plant which goes for var. ¢errestris may, however, be
an annual. ‘There is opportunity for some nice observation here.

Wk. B,
Curled Leaf. H.W. Harkness. (Zoé, i. 87, 88).

The possibility is expressed that the fungus which infests the

183

leaves of 4isculus Californica may be identical with Ascomyces

deformans so well known and dreaded in the peach orchards.

Lilm—The American. (Garden and Forest, iii. 281, 282, illus-
trated).

Contains an excellent representation of a typical New Eng-
land country road and tree of U/mus Americana.

Embothrium coccineum. (Gard. Chron. vii. 716, fig. 121).
Encelia farinosa, Gray. T.S. B. (Zoé, i. 83).

The author states that ‘this species has received a synonym
by the publication of Excelia radians in Proc. Cal. Acd. Ser. A.,
ii. 176,” which was founded upon a low smooth’ form, without
the characteristic tomentum. Its local name is “incienso,’’ on
account of the gum from it, which is burned as incense in the
churches.

Escapes in the Coast Range. Frank. H. Vaslit. (Zoé, i. 86).

The following plants are noted as having escaped and be-
come naturalized: Scabiosa atropurpurea, Dipsacus fullonum,
Vinca major and cultivated Chrysanthemums, which latter are
stated to be “‘ rather troublesome to get rid of.”
Euphorbiacee—Contributions to North American—II. C. F.

Millspaugh. (Pittonia, ii. 82-90; reprinted).

This includes I., “‘ Upon Euphorbia serpyllifolia, Pers. and its
Forms,” a critical study of this wide-spread and variable species ;
three varieties are recognized: var. consanguinea, to which are
referred plants by other writers considered the same as the Afri-
can E, sanguinea, Hochst. & Steud.; var. Meo-Mexicana (£. Neo-
Mexicana, Greene), and var. rugulosa. Under II, ‘‘ Notes upon
some New or Noteworthy Species,” &. pseudoserpyllifolia from
Arizona, £. Greenet from Idaho, &. Laredana from Texas, £.
¥Fonesii from Arizona, and £. dentata, var. gractllima from Ari-
zona are described as new, and interesting facts concerning other
species are recorded. Croton Sonore, Torr., is Mr. Reverchon’s

No. 1595 from Texas. 1 EY ee
Garrya elliptica. E. Molyneux. (Garden, xxxvii. 501, illus-
trated).

Representing the appearance of a porch covered with it in the
south of England, where it is evidently a favorite in cultivation.
Geology of Artesian Wells at Atlantic City, N. J. Lewis Wool-

PRM. ha en ee eee oe ee OE ea as ie eae Pe
* , * a

184

man. (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., Part I, 1890, 132-144).

Contains a complete list of the diatoms found, as noted in the
BULLETIN, Vol. xvi. Nos. 3 and 8.

Grass—A New. Geo. Vasey. (Bot. Gaz. xv. 106-110, Pl. xii.).

A new genus and species is founded upon specimens col-
lected by Dr. Edward Palmer at La Paz, Lower California. Its
relationships are with Unzola and Distichlis. The name proposed
for it is Rachidospermum Mexicanum.

Grasses in the Wrong Genus. W. J. Beal. (Bot. Gax., xv.

110-112).

The genera Stipa and Oryzopsis are considered in this article,
with the result of placing Stpa Richardsoni, Link, S. Mongolica,
Turcz., S. caduca, Scribner, and S. Pringlet, Scribner, in the
4 genus Oryzopsis
‘ Isles de la Madeline.—Liste des Plantes Rencontrer aux.
a L’abbé L. Provancher. (Le Nat. Canadien, xix. 346).
Isottes echinospora, Durieu.—Dze Ersten Keimungs stadien der

Makrospore von. Douglas H. Campbell. (Ber. d. Deutsch.

Bot. Gesellsch., viii. 97-100, t. V.; reprinted),

Lemaneacee of the United States—Monograph of the.—Geo.
e F. Atkinson. (Annals of Botany, iv. 177-229, PI. vii. viii. ix.).

This order of fresh water Algz has been made the subject of
critical study by Prof. Atkinson for the past five or six years,
and his results are embodied in this exhaustive monograph. The
plants inhabit turbulent water, rapids, mill-dams, etc., growing
generally at a depth of a foot or more. The morphology is
, treated of under the three stages in their life history. (1) The
prostrate or permanent form, which in autumn gives rise to (2)
the Chantransia-form and (3) the sexual shoot, which is developed
from the latter, the period of fertilization being in spring. The
development of the reproductive organs on this sexual shoot, of
the protonema, the germination of the spores and the processes
of fertilization are described in detail. In the systematic part of
the paper all the seven United States species of Lemanea, the
only genus recognized, are thoroughly described. It is to be
regretted that the generic name Afona, Adans, which has long
priority, was not taken up. The plates illustrate the morphology
and anatomy of the plants in the greatest detail. N. L. B.

i sc

Lepidium Virginicum in Francia—L. Michelletti. (Nuovo Gior.

Bot. Ital. April, 1890).

Lepidium Virginicum, first mentioned in France in the
Flora de France of Grenier and Godron (1848) as naturalized
in a single spot, the lazaretto of Bayonne, has spread in the
departments of Landes and Basses Pyrenees, where it is now
established in waste places and along railroads.

Darracq, a pharmacist at Dax, unwilling to admit that a plant
so common should not be indigenous, made a new species of it,
L. magus. It has been compared with the American plant, and, as
they are identical, the new name has perforce been dropped. In
1881, on the banks of the Meurthe, near Nancy, a few specimens
of L. Virginicum were found among growths of ZL. ruderale and
two other adventive American plants a Gz/ia and Amsinckia Lly-
copsioides. They lasted about ten years, and disappeared along
with the manufactory of flannel shirts, to which they probably
owed their origin in that place, as the wool used in the looms
(presumably brought from Chili) was cleaned in the river and
spread on its pebbly banks to dry.

L. Virginicum disappeared with the rest of the foreigners, but
several years later was found again near Nancy, and with Poa
powoides and Salvia verticillata is spreading along the railroads.

Cinothera biennis and O. muricata are adventive on the banks
of the Moselle, and abundant there. A. M.-V.
List of Plants collected in Alaska in 1888. Geo. Vasey. (Proc.

Nat. Mus. 1889, 217, 218).

This list is compiled from the specimens collected during the
cruise of the U. S. Fish Commission steamer Albatross.
Mesocarpus pleurocarpus. W.). Beal. (Microscope, x. 172-174,

nes. 1, 2, 3).

New or Noteworthy Species, VIII, Edward L. Greene. Pittonia,

ii. 100-106,

Vancouveria parviflora, V. hexandra, Greene, var. chrysan-
tha, Ceanothus vestitus, Saxifraga ledifolia, Parnassia Californica,
Selinum eryngiifolium, Sium heterophyllum, Mentzelia affinis,
Brickellia rhomboidea, Downingia montana, Eunanus pulchellus,

Amaranius carneus, Juncus uncialis, and Sisyrinchium Elmeri

are all described as new.

Te ee ee Se ee

186

Notes on North American Trees—XVII, C. S. Sargent. (Garden

and Forest, iii. 260).

The author takes for discussion in this article the West Indian
Birch or Gum Elemi, which is native in southern Florida. In the
first addition of the “ Species Plantarum,” it is described under the
name /istacia Simaruba, but in the second edition the genus
Burseria of Jacquin was accepted, modified, however, to Lursera.
The curious fact in this connection is noted that while the second
edition of Linnzeus’ work is dated 1762, he quotes correctly Jac-
quin’s figures of Bursera, although the work in which this appears
bears the date 1763. The author considers it probable that
Jacquin submitted his figure and description to Linnzus’ before
they were actually published. The name Aursera Simaruba is
therefore proposed for this tree.

Notes on West American Plants. (Katherine Brandegee. Zoé, 1.

82, 83).

New, or little known localities, in California are described for
ten species and varieties of plants.

Pachysandra procumbens. (Am. Garden, xi. 346, illustrated).
Parry—Charles Christopher. C. R. Orcutt. (West. Am. Sci.

vii. 1-5, illustrated).

Biography and portrait.

Palmerella. Edward Palmer. (West. Am. Sci. vii. 8, 9).

A little controversy is started in regard to priority in the dis-
covery of Palmerella debilis, Gray, and incidentally as to its
generic position and whether we should know it as Lobelia Roth-
rockit or L. Dunniz.

Perityle—Preliminary Notes on. J. N. Rose. (Bot. Gaz. xv.

112-119, Pl. xiii; also reprinted).

The following new species and varieties are described. P.
Brandegeana, P. Rothrockit, P. Greenet, P. Socorrosensis, P.
Grayi, and P. Emoryt, Torr. var. Orcuttd. Enlarged representa-
tives of the akenes are given for P. Fitchiz, P. Brandegeana, P.
Californica, P. cuneata, P. microglossa, P. Emoryi, var. Orcutt,
P. Greenet, P. Grayi, and P. Socorrosensts.

Pinus glabra, Carl Mohr. (Garden and Forest, iii. 295).

A popular account of this pine in its native habitat and the

vegetation accompanying it.

‘187

Plants from the Andes—New. Edmund G. Baker. (Journ. Bot.

XXViii. 161, 172; t. 207).

Flelosis Whympert from Ecuador is described and figured; a
list of four fungi, among them Cantharellus Whymperi, a new
species from the same locality, a description of which is given
by Messrs. Massee and Murray.

Provisional List of the Plants of the Bahama Islands. John Gar-
diner and L. J. K. Brace, with notes and additions by Charles

S. Dolley. (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1889, 349-426;

reprinted),

This list, already mentioned in the BULLETIN, enumerates
621 species of plants as indigenous, introduced and cultivated in
the Bahamas. It is based mainly on a list made by Mr. Gardi-
ner, while scientific adviser to the Board of Agriculture of the
Bahamas, in 1886, and on a catalogue of the plants of New Prov-
idence, made some years previously by Mr. Brace. The com-
mon names of the plants are given, as well as memoranda of
their actual or supposed economic uses. Some few additions
have been made by Professor Dolley and others from Mr. Her-
rick’s collection on Abaco and adjacent islands. (Johns Hopkins
Univ. Circ. vi. 46).

As the extensive collections now being made by Dr. and Mrs.
Northrop will soon be available for study, it may be worth while
in this connection to indicate the material now available from
which a reasonably complete enumeration of Bahaman plants
may be brought together :

(1) A few species were collected by Catesby early in the 18th
century, and some of them figured in his “Natural History of
Carolina,” 1754.

(2) A collection of about 100 species was made by Mr. Wm.
Cooper, for Dr. Torrey, at New Providence, in 1859, and are
preserved, with a partial manuscript list by Dr. Torrey, in the
Columbia College Herbarium.

(3) Grisebach’s ‘Flora of the British West Indian Islands,”
1864, records something less than 200 species from Bahama,
based mainly on a collection made by a Mr. Swainson, and trans-
mitted to Sir Wm. J. Hooker. These plants are at Kew.

(4) Mr. L. J. K. Brace, one of the authors of the work here

188

reviewed, transmitted to Kew during the years 1880 and 1887,
seven parcels containing 525 nnmbers.

(5) In 1887, a committee of the British Association for the
Advancement of Science, appointed for the purpose of exploring
the flora of the Bahamas, sent Baron Eggers out as collector,
and he obtained 314 species. These are at Kew, together with
a manuscript catalogue, and a duplicate set at South Kensington.
The report of this committee is published in the Proceedings of
the British Association, at the Bath meeting, 1888, and reprinted
as a 3-page pamphlet, giving much valuable information. The
collection was named by Mr. Baker.

(6) Mr. F. H. Herrick made a small collection in June, 1886,
on the island of Abaco, an account of which, with determinations
of the species by Prof. D. C. Eaton and Mr. W. A. Setchell, is
printed in Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ. vi. 46, 47, 1886; speci-
mens of these are extant.

(7) The collections of Prof. Dolley, preserved at the Univer-
sity of Pennsylvania.

(8) Those of Dr. and Mrs. Northrop, a considerable portion
of which are already received. N. L. B.
Rosa Sayt. L.H.B. (Am. Garden, xi. 362, Pl. I.).

Rusts, Smuts, Ergots and Rots. Byron D. Halsted. (Pamph.
8vo., pp. 21, illustrated),

An address delivered before the N. J. Board of Agriculture,
Jan. 31, 1890. Phytophthora infestans and Claviceps purpurea
are figured, besides representations of Puccinia, Ustilago and
Tilletia, sp.

Stamens of Solanacee—Notes upon. Byron D., Halsted. (Bot.

Gaz. xv. 103-106, PI. xi; also reprinted).
Read before the Biological Section of the A. A. A. S., Toron-
to meeting.

Symphoricarpus occidentalis. C.S.S. (Garden and Forest, iii,
296, fig. 42).

The True Grasses. By Edward Hackel. Translated from Die Nat-
urlichen Pflanzenfamilien. F. Lamson Scribner, and Effie A.
Southworth. Copiously illustrated (New York, Henry Holt &
Co., 1890. 8vo, pp. viii. + 228. $1.50).

In Engler and Prantl’s Naturlichen Pflanzenfamilen are

a ee aN OT OES SN eee | era e ae SS eT BEER ET et ae ee oe

lien: aati

189

brought together, in concise but comprehensive manner, general
accounts of each of the orders of plants, accounts especially valu-
able and authoritative, since they are first prepared by specialists
in those orders and then made to conform to the rest of the
work by passing through the hands of the editors. The present
book is a translation of a portion of this work. Part I, following
the preface and an introduction, illustrating the use of the analytic
key, is a most excellent account of the principal features, espec-
ially the rmhorphology of the order. Part II is an analytically ar-
rayed conspectus of the tribes and genera, with descriptions; the
whole interspersed with remarks upon the more important scien-
tific or economic facts, and copiously illustrated with good figures.
The translators have combined a thorough understanding of
technical German with a special knowledge of grasses, and the
resulting translation is accurate, clear and scientifically correct.
The only point of criticism is an occasional too close adherence to
the original idiom. The title might better have been simply
“The Grasses,” for in “Echte Graser”’ the adjective serves only to
distinguish the name from others containing the same root-word,
as “Riedgraser” (sedges). The English terminology does not
require the distinguishing mark.

The book will be a valuable aid, especially in method, to- the
American student of grasses. F, V. COVILLE.
Tillandsia amethystina. J. G. Baker. (Bot. Mag. Tab. 7121.).
Tuomeya fluviatilis, Harvey—Concerning the Structure and De-

velopment of. Wm. A. Setchell. (Proc. Am. Acad. Arts

and Sci. xxv. 53-68. figs. I-15; reprinted).

The rediscovery of this long-lost fresh-water alga by our
friend Mr. Isaac Holden and several other New England collectors,
and the excellent description and figures by Mr. Setchell, will
awaken much interest and set collectors from Maine to Alabama
searching for it. The comparison of Ziomeya with Batrachosper-
mum and Lemanea prove them to be closely allied. _E. G. B.

Proceedings of the Club.
JUNE IOTH, 1890.

The Vice-President in the Chair, and 21 persons present.
The following persons were elected Corresponding Members:

190

Prof. Hoffman, Rodney, Miss.; Miss Verona Maple, Glenville,
W. Va.

The Editor announced that the fourth and concluding number
of Volume I. of the Memoirs, containing Dr. E. Lewis Sturtevant’s
paper on “ Seedless Fruits.” had just been distributed, and that
No. 1 of volume II., containing Professor Halsted’s paper on
“Reserve Food Supply of Twigs and Buds,” would probably be
printed during the summer.

Dr. Rusby reported the discovery of Caltha flabellifolia, near
Canadensis, Penn., and remarked on the different time of flower-
ing of Rhododendron nudiflorum and R. canescens at that locality,
the former being considerably earlier.

Dr. Britton gave a preliminary account of the recent trip of
several members of the Club to southwestern Virginia, a com-
plete description of which will appear later in the BULLETIN.

JUNE 25TH, 1890.

The President in the Chair, and 18 persons present.

The following persons were elected Active Members: Mr.
Thomas Craig; Miss Mary B. Dennis; Mr.William Lowey; Dr.
Alonzo Pettit and Mrs. Pettit; Mrs. A. W. Dimock and Miss
Mabel Dimock.

Dr. Rusby exhibited a specimen of Calopogon tuberosus with
13 flowers, from Little Falls, N. J., and spoke of his list of cor-
rected plant-names selected from Dr. Britton’s recent catalogue
of the plants of New Jersey, a copy of which he proposed to mail
to each member of the Club.

Judge Brown spoke of the great abundance of Veronica
officinalis in the southern Alleghenies, and of his conviction that
the plant is native in that region.

Dr. Britton stated that Leontodon hirtus of Europe had re-
cently been detected in southern New Jersey by Rev. Dr. if
Peters, and remarked on the occurrence of Cleome pungens at
Camden and Burlington, N. J.

Dr. Newberry mentioned some of the botanical facts noted in
his recent trip to Colorado.

Dr. Rusby read the announced paper of the evening, “A
Memoir of Dr. Geo. Thurber.”

Club then adjourned until the last Wednesday in September.

MISSOURI
B O di A N T Se A}

fADHY?
© Fs Se Og

BULLETIN

OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Vol. XVII.) New York, August 12, 1890. [No. 8.

A Descriptive List of Species of the Genus Heuchera.

By WM. E. WHEELOCK.

The genus is accepted as defined by Bentham and Hooker,
Gen. Pl. i. 638.

The description of the calyx given below, including its dimen-
sions, refers in every case to the calyx at the time of flowering ;
the fruiting calyx being, as a rule, much larger and quite differ-
a ent in form.

$1. Stamens exserted sooner or later.
+ Flowering calyx 1” to 1%” long.
® Inflorescence loosely paniculate or cymose-paniculate.
1. //, Rugelit,
: 2. LH. glabra.
c, 3. L7, micrantha.
2 4. H. villosa.
** Inflorescence cymose-subspicate.
5. 7, minutiflora.
**%* Tnflorescence a long, narrow panicle ; flowers clustered.
6. L. pilosissima.,
{+ Flowering calyx 114" to 3” long.
* Inflorescence a large, densely flowered, narrow thyrsus.
7. LH. maxima,
** Inflorescence paniculate or cymose-paniculate.
: 8. 7. Americana,
- g. f/. longipetala,
10. Hf, Orizadensts.
11. Lf. rudescens.
*%*#* Inflorescence glomerate-spicate, often secund.
12. H. bracteata,
+++ Flowering calyx 3'’ to 5"’ long.
* Inflorescence an open, spreading panicle.
13. “1, pubescens.
** Tnflorescence a narrow panicle,
14. 7, hispida,

§ 2. Stamens always included.
+ Flowering calyx 1” to 2” long,
¢ Flowering calyx campanulate.
* Inflorescence a long, narrow, racemose panicle.
15. /7. Nova-Mexicana,
** Inflorescence a short racemose panicle.
G6; 47. 77aHt,
}{ Flowering calyx almost rotate, limb flat, dilated.
17. 4. parvifolia,
tt Flowering calyx 2" to 5” long.
* Tnflorescence a loose, few-flowered raceme.
18. //. racemosa,
19. H. Wilhamsii,
** Inflorescence thyrsoid.
20. //, sanguinea,
*** Inflorescence more or less spicate.
21. //, cylindrica.

$ 1. Stamens exserted sooner or later.
{ Flowering calyx 1” to 144" long,

* Inflorescence loosely paniculate or cymose-paniculate,

1. H. RUGELII, Shuttlew.; Kunze, Linnaa, xx. 43, (1847).
Slender stems, 6'-2° high, and also petioles, glandular-hirsute
to lanate-villous; leaves 2’ to 5’ broad, round-reniform, slightly
7 or 9 lobed, lobes broad ; calyx at time of flowering campanu-
late, about 1” long, beset with scattered soft hairs ; petals small,
linear-spatulate, two to three times as long as calyx lobes; sta-

mens much exserted.

North Carolina.—Broad River, Rugel, Porter; Macon Co.,
Boynton ; Burke Co., Torr. Herb.; Transylvania Co., J. D. Smith.
Tennessee.—Warmsprings, Rugel; Cumberland Mts., Gattinger.
/linots.—Union Co., French; Makanda, Forbes.

2. H. GLABRA, Willd.; Roem and Schult. Syst. vi. 216, (1820).
Tiarella colorans, Graham, Edinb. Phil. Journ., 349, (1820).
#1. divaricata, Fisch.; Seringe, D.C. Prodr. iv. 51, (1830).
Slender; stems, usually bearing one or two leaves, 1° to 2°
high, almost glabrous up to the minutely glandular pedicels;
root-leaves 2’ to 3’ broad, glabrous or nearly so, incised, lobes 7
or 9, acute ; calyx at time of flowering about 1’’ long, campanu-
late, glandular-pubescent; petals rather narrowly spatulate with
a slender claw, about three times as long as calyx lobes ; stamens
much exserted.
Oregon.—Tolmie. Washington.—Tweedy; Base Mt. Paddo

193

(Adams), Suksdorf, No. 546; Fort Vancouver, Hooker. Brétish
Columbia.—Tolmie, McKay; Selkirk Range, Macoun; Norfolk
Sound, Eschscholtz ; Observatory Inlet, Scouler. A/aska.—Sitka,
Bischoff, Bongard; Popoff St., Dall; Kodiak, Kellogg, No.
257; Harrisburg, Meehan.

3. H. MICRANTHA, Dougl.; Lindl. Bot. Reg. xv. t. 1302. (1830).

H. Barbarossa, Pres|. Rel. Henk. ii. 56, (1835).

Stems, usually bearing a few leaves, 1° to 2° high, glabrous or
slightly villous with rusty hairs; petioles and larger veins of the
leaves on the lower surface more or less villous ; root-leaves 2’ to
3’ broad, ovate-cordate, unequally 5 to 9-lobed, veins on lower
surface distinct; calyx at time of flowering campanulate, about
1’ long, lobes sparsely covered with fine hairs; petals narrowly
spatulate, two to three times as long as calyx lobes; stamens
moderately exserted.

Mexico.—Hacienda de Regla, Dr. Halsted. Cadlifornia.—
Monterey, Parry; Nevada Falls, Redfield, No.g7; Marin Co.,
Vasey, No. 174; Yosemite Valley and Mts., Torrey, No. 151;
Yosemite Valley, Brewer, No. 1,667; Yuba, Bigelow, Bridges,
No. 128; Aptos, Pringle, Bolander, Nos. 2,463 and 6,351;
Oakland Redwoods, Bolander, No. 121; San Luis Obispo, Pal-
mer, No. 124; Cafion S. of Diablo, Brewer, Nos. 1,100 and
1,155; Plumas Co., Mrs. Ames; Spanish Peak, Mrs. Austin ;
Oakland Hills, Kellogg and Harford, No. 243; Mendocino Co.,
Vasey, Bolander, No 6,531; Santa Lucia Mts., G. R. Vasey,
No. 173. Oregon.—Nuttall, Lieut. Mullen, Elihu Hall, No. 159;
Klickitat Co., Suksdorf. IWashington.—Yakima, Brandegee, No.
298 ; Cascades, Kellogg and Harford; Columbia River, Nuttall,
Suksdorf, Scouler, Barclay ; Puget Sound, U. S. Explor. Exp.
Vancouver's Tsland.—Lyall, Macoun; Mt. Benson, Macoun.
British Columbia.—Agassiz, Macoun; Franklin’s Journey,
Hooker; Victoria, Dawson.

4. H. VILLOSA, Michx., Fl. i. 172, (1803).
HT. caulescens, Pursh., Fl. i. 188, (1814).
H.. acerifolia, Raf., Med, Kl. i. 241 and 244, (1828).
H. parviflora, Bartling, Ind. Sem. h. Geett., (1838).
H. Curtisit, Gray, Amer. Journ. Sci. (1.), xlii. 15. (1842) ?

Stems, naked or bearing a few small leaves, 1° to 3° high, at
base villous with rusty hairs, as are also the petioles and the
larger veins on the lower surface of the leaves ; the entire plant,
in some specimens, nearly or quite glabrous; root-leaves 3’ to 5’

194

broad, acutely or obtusely 7 or g-lobed; calyx at time of flow-
ering about 1” long, campanulate; petals linear-spatulate, about
twice as long as calyx lobes; stamens much exserted.

The species as here accepted exhibits a remarkable variety of
leaf forms.

West Virginta.—On New River, Porter. Virginia.—Porter ;
Natural Bridge, Gray and Carey, Dr. and Mrs. Britton; South
Peak of Otter and Bedford Co., Curtiss; Giles Co., Canby, Red-
field; Wytheville, Shriver. North Carolina.—Porter, Curtis,
Carey, Vasey; Mitchell Co., Redfield; Macon Co., Highlands,
J. D. Smith; Rich Mts., Transylvania Co., J. D. Smith. South
Carolina.—Nuttall; Cesar’s Head, J. D. Smith. Zennessee.—
Warmsprings, Rugel; Cumberland River, Nashville, Canby;
Roan Mt., Dr. and Mrs. Britton; Mountains, Gattinger. <Aen-
tucky.— Lexington, Short; Banks of Kentucky River, Peter.
Glabrous forms. South Carolina.—Bridal Vail Falls, J. D. Smith.
Georgia.—Tococa Falls, Curtiss, No. 860.

The specimen on which H. Curtisi? was founded does not

appear to exist in either the Torrey or the Gray Herbarium.
** Inflorescence cymose-subspicate.
5. H. MINUTIFLORA, Hemsley, Diag. Pl. Nov. pars iii. p. 50,

(1880).

“Stems, often bearing three or four leaves, 1° to 1%° high,
villous below, as are also the petioles; leaves round-cordate, 1’
to 2’ broad, somewhat lobed, crenate-denticulate, 7 nerved,
smoothish on both sides; calyx at time of flowering about 1”
long, rather broadly campanulate, lobes oblong, obtuse; petals
linear, hardly longer than calyx lobes; stamens included at first,
but at length slightly exserted.”

South Mexico.—Popocatapetl, H. Christy, (fide Hemsley).

*** Inflorescence a long, narrow panicle ; flowers clustered.

6. H. PILOSISSIMA, Fisch. and Mey., in Ind. Sem. h. Petrop. v.

36, (1838).

HT. hispida, Hook. and Arn. Bot. Beechey, 347, (1841); not

of Pursh.

H. hirtiflora, Torr. and Gray, Fl. N. A., i. 582, (1840).

Villous with rusty, viscid hairs; stems, usually bearing a few
leaves, I° to 2° high; root-leaves rough, 2’ to 3’ wide, broadly
ovate-cordate, lobes rather obtuse, crenate-dentate; calyx at
time of flowering short and broad, open, about 1%4’’ long, densely

hairy ; petals narrowly spatulate, hardly longer than calyx lobes ;
stamens very slightly exserted,

California.—Douglas, Coulter, No. 182, Kellogg and Har-
ford, No. 245; Big River, Mendocino City, Bolander, No. 4,830.

Var. HARTWEGI, Watson, in Herb. Gray.

Panicle loose and more open; stems 2° to 3° high ; the entire
plant, but especially the calyx, less hairy.

California.—Hartweg. No. 1,742; Clark’s Creek, S. Luis
Obispo, Palmer, No. 124; Mendocino Co., Bolander, with 4,830
and==4,820; Santa Lucia Mts., Brandegee, Vasey, No. 173.

This plant seems to stand between H. micrantha and H.
pilosissima, often much resembling the former in its foliage as
well as in the shape of its panicle.

{+ Flowering calyx 14" to 3” long.
* Inflorescence a large, densely flowered, narrow thyrsus.
7. H. MAXIMA, Greene, Bull. Calif. Acad. Sci. ii. p. 149, (1886).

Stout leafy peduncles and equally long petioles villous, or
hirsute and glandular, arising from brown, ys! thick, decumbent
stems, rough with the persistent bases of former leaves; leaves
large, round-cordate to broadly-ovate cordate, 3’ to 6’ broad,
obtusely 5 to 9-lobed, lobes crenate-dentate, the teeth bristle-
pointed, ciliate; calyx at time of flowering rather short-campan-
ulate, somewhat acute at base, minutely glandular, a" te.3"' tong,
lobes obtuse, pubescent; petals 1’’ to 114" long, lanceolate with
a prominent central vein; stamens slightly exserted.

Island Santa Cruz, Coast of California, Greene.

** Inflorescence paniculate or cymose-paniculate.
8. H. AMERICANA, L. Spec. Pl. i. 226, (1753).

H. scapigera, Meench, Meth. 674, (1794).

H. cortusa, Michx. F). i. 171, (1803).

H. viscida, Pursh, FI. i. 187, (1814).

H. foliosa, Raf., fide spec. Herb. Torr.

H. reniformis, Raf.in Herb. Phil. Acad.

Stems more or less glandular—hirsute, 2° to 3° high, naked, or
bearing a few small leaves ; root-leaves 3' to 4’ broad, ovate-cor-
date, with 7 or 9 rounded, crenate-dentate lobes, the older leaves
usually with short, scattered hairs on the upper surface ; calyx at
time of flowering broadly campanulate, open, 1144" to 3” long,

ow

sien

Shree Se agen ety rah enya he nella natal fa

a
ae

we
aes

ig
f

196

minutely glandular; petals very small, usually not projecting be-
yond calyx lobes; stamens much exserted.
Ontario.--Amherstburg, Macoun. Connecticut. —Wheelock.
New Fersey.—Beck; Princeton, botrey: Hudson te, 2. &,
Eaton. Pennsylvania.—Near Philadelphia, Redfield ; Chester
Co., Canby; Easton, Schweinitz. Delaware. Wilmington, Can-
by. Washington, D.C.—Vasey, Ward. Virginia.—Harper’s
Ferry, Porter; Wytheville, Shriver ; Bedford Co., Curtiss; Lex-
ington, ‘‘ Potomak,” Rafinesque, in Torr. Herb. (/7. foltosa.)
North Carolina.—Buncombe Co., Turkey Creek, near Morgan-
ton, Canby; Mts., Vasey, Croom; Bethany and Salem, Schwei-
nitz. Alabama.—Buckley. Louisiana—Red River, Hale. Zen-

nessee.—Nashville, Gattinger. Kentucky.—Short. Jndiana.—
M. S. Coulter.

g. H. LONGIPETALA, Ser., in DC. Prodr. iv. 52, (1830).

Stems, 1° to 114° high, usually bearing a few small bracts,
slightly villous; petioles villous with rusty hairs; leaves broadly
ovate-cordate, 2' to 3’ broad, slightly 5 to 9-lobed, lobes aristate-
dentate, margin finely ciliate; calyx at time of flowering about
2” long, narrowly campanulate, glandular-pubescent, lobes half
as long as entire calyx, unequal; petals linear, about twice as
long as calyx lobes.

Mextco.—Regla, Halsted, (ex. descrip.) ; South Mexico, in
Mountains above Toluca, (Andrieux, No. 356, fide Hemsley).

10. H. ORIZABENSIS, Hemsley, Diag. Pl. Nov. pars. ili. 50,

(1880).

Villous with rusty spreading hairs, especially the 4’ to 8/
long petioles; stems 1° to 2° high, usually bearing one or two
small leaves or laciniate bracts; lower leaves round-cordate, 2’
to 3’ broad, the larger veins villous underneath, the upper sur-
face almost glabrous, slightly and rather obtusely 5 or 7-lobed,
lobes crenate, aristate-dentate, margin ciliate; calyx at time of
flowering campanulate, glandular-pubescent, about 2! long ;
petals linear, about twice as long as calyx lobes; stamens con-
spicuously exserted.

Mexico.—Sierra de Agua, Miiller, (ex descrip.). Peak of
Orizaba, (Linden, No. 577, Galeotti, No. 2,835, fide Hemsley)
11. H. RUBESCENS, Torr. Sitgr. Rep., 160, (1854).

Stems, often bearing one or two small leaves or a few bracts,
1° to 18’ high, minutely glandular; petioles slightly villous, or

'
a
.
4
4
4

197

sometimes almost glabrous; root-leaves round-cordate, sub-cor-

date or truncate, 1’ to 2’ broad, lobes indistinct, crenate-dentate;

calyx at time of flowering rather narrowly campanulate, 2” to 3//

long, minutely glandular at base, lobes somewhat tinged with

red, pubescent; petals linear-spatulate, about twice as long as
calyx lobes ; stamens occasionally only slightly, but usually con-
spicuously, exserted.

Mexico—San Luis Potosi, Schaffner, No. 71, (distrib. as A.
Mexicana); Parry and Palmer, No. 231. Zexas.—Chicos Mts.,
Havard, No. 39. New Mexico.—Wright, No. 1,097; Organ
Mts., Vasey., Sitgreave’s Exp. (type). Avzzona.—Mt. Graham,
Rothrock, No. 411; Mt. Agassiz, Rusby; Santa Rita Mts.,
Pringle. Utah.—Wabhsatch Mts., Watson, No. 366; Parry, Nos.
12 and 61; Ogden, Hayden; Stansbury’s Island, Stansbury’s
Exp; Kanab, Mrs. A. P. Thompson; near Great Salt Lake,
Porter; Beaver City, Palmer, No. 149. Mevada —E. Hum-
boldt Mts., Watson, No. 366. Calzfornia.—Brewer, Nos. 1,759
and 2,101, Lemmon, No. 1,093, Greene, No. 413, Kellogg, Bo-
lander, No. 4,935; Castle Lake, Pringle; Plumas Co., Mrs.
Austin; San Bernadino Mts., Parish; Yosemite Valley and
Mts., Torrey, No. 152, Bolander, No. 4,935. Ovegon.—Stein’s
Mt., Cusick, No. 1,260.

Var. NANA, Gray, Pl. Wright, ii. 64, (1853).

Flowers smaller, stems 6’ to 10’ high.

Arizona.—‘ Rim Rock,” Tonto Basin, Mearns, No. 138;
Mexican Boundary Survey, Santa Rita del Cobra, Bigelow, No.
406a. New Mexico, Wright.

Var. OREGONENSIS, n. var.

Stems 8’ to 16’ high; calyx broadly campanulate and open,
very variable in size, lobes short and obtuse, glandular to glandu-
lar-pubescent; styles shorter and more subulate; stamens and
_ styles included at first, at length slightly exserted.

Oregon.—Stein’s Mt.; Harney Valley ; Siskiyou Mts., Thos.
Howell, No. 689. A specimen collected by Mr. Parish on the San
Bernadino Mts. in S. Calif., No. 1,820, seems to be an interme-
diate form, also one from Yosemite, Meehan.

***® Tnflorescence glomerate-spicate, often secund,

12. H. BRACTEATA, (Torr.) Seringe in DC. Prodr., iv. 52, (1830).
Ttarella (?) bracteata, Torr. Ann. Lyc. N. Y., ii. 204, (1827).
Oreotrys bracteata, Raf. Fl. Tellur. ii. 74, (1836).

Small, stems usually several, 3‘ to 8’ high, minutely glandu-

Le Boe tee eee Reg ee po
Ks *

ee es er ee ae

lige ee lio

198

lar, naked or bearing two or three small leaves; root-leaves
roundish, %’ to 1%’ broad, subcordate, incisely lobed, lobes cre-
nate-dentate; calyx at time of flowering campanulate, about 2’
long, minutely glandular; petals filiform, only a little longer than
calyx lobes; stamens not exserted at first, but slightly exserted
later.

Colorado.—Parry, No. 172, Greene; Georgetown, Patterson,
No. 31; Denver to Idaho City, Porter; Rocky Mts., Hall and
Harbour, No. 205, (in part); Grand Lake, Vasey, No. 217;
James, (type of Ztarella bracteata); Gray’s Peak. Nevada.—
Empire City, Gray.

+++ Flowering calyx 3" to 5” long.
* Inflorescence an open, spreading panicle.
13. H. PUBESCENS, Pursh, 1. 187, (1814).
H. pulverulenta and reniformis, Raf. Med. FI. i. 243 and
244, (1828).
H. ribifolia, Fisch. and Lall. in Ind. Sem, h. Petrop. 8, 62,
(1841).

Stems, usually bearing one or two small leaves, 1° to 3° high,
densely glandular, at least above; root-leaves round-cordate, 2!
to 4’ broad, slightly 5 or 7 lobed, veins prominent; calyx at
time of flowering oblong-campanulate, somewhat oblique, 3” to
4" long, minutely glandular, lobes often unequal; petals broadly
spatulate, veined, a little longer than calyx lobes; stamens hardly
exserted, the anthers being on a level with the tips of the calyx
lobes, sometimes, however, slightly exserted.

Pennsylvania.—Lancaster Co., Small; Birmingham, Miss
Davis; near Schuylkill River, Canby; Banks of Susquehanna,
Porter; Warriorsmark, Lowrie; Reading, Herb. Phil. Acad.
Maryland.—Alleghanies, Rafinesque (47. grandiflora, Raf. in
Herb. Torr.) Vérginia.—Daubeny, Hot Springs, Curtiss. orth
Carolina.—Vasey; Hick. Nut Gap, Curtiss, Asheville, Thos.
Hoge. Kentucky.—Rafinesque, (/7. reniformis, Raf. in Herb.
Gray); Bath, Short.

** Inflorescence a narrow panicle,
14. H. HISPIDA, Pursh, i. 188, (1814).

H. Richardsonii, R. Br., Frankl. Journ., 766, t. 29, (1823).

H. lucida, Schlecht., Ind. Sem. h. Hal. 8, (1848).

Stems, usually leafless, 2° to 4° high, hirsute, as are also the

petioles, with pale spreading hairs, and above minutely glandu-

199

lar; leaves round-cordate to broadly ovate-cordate, 2’ to 3/
broad; calyx at time of flowering campanulate, conspicuously
oblique, 3!’ to 5’ long, lobes unequal; petals small, spatulate, a
little longer than calyx lobes ; stamens soon exserted, often be-
coming longer than the petals.

Virginia.—Gray. Michigan.—Kalamazoo, Tuthill. ///enozs.
—Babcock; Augusta, S. B. Mead; near Oquawka, Patterson;
Ringwood, Vasey; Marion Co., Bebb; Winnebago Co., Bebb;
Athens, E. Hall. W7sconsin.—Madison, S. H. Watson, Hale.
Jowa.—Decorah, Collett. Minnesota.—Basswood Lake, Arthur,
No. 431 (B.) Dakota.—Box Elder Creek, W. S. Rusby. J/on-
tana —Park Co., Tweedy, No. 259; Bozeman Pass, Canby, No.
116, (distrib. as 7. cylindrica). Idaho.—Allen. British Amer-
tca.—Hooker; English River, Kennicott; Lake Superior, Ma-
coun; Lake Winnepeg, (Dr. Gunn, in Herb. Torrey); Lake
Winnepeg Valley, Bourgeau ; Saskatchawan, Bourgeau ; Assini-
boia, Sourie Plains, Macoun, No. 733; Rocky Mts., Kananaskis,
Macoun; Lake Shebandedwan, Ontario, Macoun.

Var. HIRSUTICAULIS, n. var.

Hirsute; stems for their entire length, as well as petioles and
larger veins on lower surface of leaves, thickly beset with white
or slightly yellowish spreading hairs; stems I° to 2° high, naked,
or bearing one or two very small leaves or laciniate bracts; root
leaves round-cordate with a broad and deep sinus at base, I’ to 3’
broad, with 5 or 7 obtuse lobes, lobes crenate-apiculate, margin
ciliate, upper surface glaucous, or nearly so, lower surface pale ;
calyx at time of flowering campanulate, rather short and broad,
about 2’ long, very slightly, if at all, oblique, minutely glandu-
lar, parted almost half way down, lobes somewhat unequal, ob-
tuse, green, base of calyx often brownish ; petals small, spatulate,
green, looking like smaller calyx lobes, and like them minutely
glandular, not projecting beyond calyx lobes ; stamens much ex-
serted; seeds numerous, about 1%" long, dark brown, muricate,
oblong, curved, triangular in section.

Missourt.—St. Louis, Engelmann ; Louisiana, Pech.

This plant differs from //. 4¢spida mainly in having an open,
spreading panicle, and much smaller flowers. It may, perhaps,
be a distinct species, but as there appear to be intermediate forms,
it would seem best, for the present at least, to consider it a
variety.

|
)
|
|
}
|

200

§ 2. Stamens always included.
+ Flowering calyx 1-2" long.
{ Flowering calyx campanulate.
* Inflorescence a long, narrow, racemose-panicle.

15. H. NOVA-MEXICANA, n. spec.

Stems 1° to 2° high, usually bearing a few small laciniate bracts,
glandular-puberulent or pubescent, or even slightly villous, espe-
cially at the base and in the case of the younger stems, with short,
scattered, pale, yellowish hairs; petioles 1’ to 3’ long, not slender, of-
ten grooved or fluted, villous with short yellowish hairs which are
continued upon the larger veins on the lower surface of the leaves ;
leaves thin, sometimes purplish underneath when dried, 1’ to 2’
broad, round-cordate with a deep but usually rather narrow
sinus at base, hardly lobed, crenate, mucronate-dentate, margin
ciliate, upper surface glaucous, or that of the younger leaves
pubescent; calyx at time of flowering short campanulate, broad,
open, 1’ to 114" long, lobes short and obtuse, pulverulent, the base
of the calyx, often chocolate-brown in color, becoming somewhat
globose in fruit; petals minute, linear, not longer than calyx
lobes; seeds numerous, about 4%” long, muricate, oblong, almost
straight. In one specimen examined (No. 1098 below) eight sta-

mens were found, two of them arising from the same base.
New Mexico.—Wright, No. 1098; Copper mines, Bigelow,
Mex. Bound. Survey, No. 407; Pinos Altos Mts., Greene.

'
;
.
e
;

** Tnflorescence a short racemose-panicle.
16. H. HALLI, Gray, Proc. Acad. Phil. 62. (1863).

Glandular-puberulent ; stems 4’ to 8’ high, naked, or bearing a
few subulatebracts ; leaves round-cordate or sub-cordate, 1%‘ to 1‘
: broad, slightly 5 lobed, lobes crenate-dentate; calyx at time of
7 flowering 1%4"' to 2’’ long, minutely glandular or glandular-pubes-
cent; petals narrowly spatulate with a long slender claw, almost
twice as long as calyx lobes.

Colorado.—Georgetown, Jones, No. 499 (distrib. as 7. brac-
teata); Grand Cafion of the Arkansas, Brandegee; Upper Arkan-
sas, Porter; Pike’s Peak, Sheldon, No. 319, Letterman, No. 27,
Canby; Rocky Mts., Hall and Harbour, No. 205 (in part) (type);
| Greenhorn Mts., Greene. /daho.—Ramshorn Mt.,a glabrous
form, Newberry.

: {{ Flowering calyx almost rotate, limb flat, dilated.

‘ 17. H. PARVIFOLIA, Nutt., Torr. and Gray FL, i., 581. (1840).

201

Glandular-puberulent ; stems 6’ to 2° high, usually naked; leaves
round-cordate, or occasionally reniform, %4’ to 2’ broad, crenately 5
or 7 lobed; calyx at time of flowering 1” to 14%4” long, obconical,
minutely glandular, lobes short, almost triangular; petals small,
broadly spatulate or obovate with a very short claw, usually a
little longer than calyx lobes.

New Mexico.—Fendler, No. 264; Santa Fe, Rothrock, No.
61; Santa Magdalena Mts., Vasey. Avrizona.—Palmer. Colo-
rado.—Wolf and Rothrock, Nos. 804 and 805, Parry, No. 173,
Vasey, No. 218 and 219, Greene; Gray’s Peak, Patterson, No.
32, Gray and Hooker; Lake City, Pease; Chian Cafion and
Ute Pass, Porter; Georgetown, Jones, No. 452 (distrib. as 7.
Halli); South Park, Coulter; Pike’s Peak, Rocky Mts., Parry,
Nos. 173 and 174, Thomas, Hall and Harbour, No. 204. Utah.
—Ogden; Wahsatch Mts., Hayden, Watson, No. 368; Bear
Valley, Palmer, No. 150. Mevada.—Shockley, No. 249. Wyo-
ming.—Yellowstone Lake, Hayden; Laramie Plains, Sheldon,
No. 88; Yellowstone Park, Tweedy, No. 246; Fort Bridger,
Leidy, No. 61. Ovegon.—Nuttall (type). MWontana.—Shield’s
River, Scribner, No. 52a. British America.—Cypress Hills, Ma-
coun, No. 54; Milk River Ridge, N. W. T., Havard, Dawson,
‘No. 732.

Alpine specimens of this species are smaller, with a shorter

and more compact panicle.

t+ Flowering calyx 2’’-5"' long.

* Inflorescence a loose, few-flowered raceme.
18. H. RACEMOSA, Watson, Proc. Amer. Acad. xx. 365, (1885).

Glandular-pubescent; stems 4/ to 10’ high, bearing 2 or 3

comparatively large petiolate leaves; leaves reniform to reniform-
cordate, crenately lobed and toothed, 1’ to 2’ broad, the younger
leaves pubescent along the larger veins on the lower surface, and
beset with short scattered hairs on the upper surface, in some
plants the older leaves almost glabrous on both surfaces; calyx
at time of flowering broadly campanulate, 2” to 3’’ long, glandu-
lar-puberulent or pubescent; petals linear-spatulate, occasionally
more or less laciniately toothed toward the top, but little longer
than calyx lobes.

Washington.—Mount Paddo (Adams) Suksdorf; Mts. north of
Ellensburgh, Brandegee, No. 765; Cascade Mts., Brandegee, No.
305 (distributed as “ /7. cylindrica, small form’).

|
|
:
F
i

ee Oe. eee eS ee, ee

202

19. H. WILLIAMSII, Eaton, Bot. Gazette, xv. 62, (1890).

Stems naked, slender, 1° to 2° high, glandular-puberulent;
leaves 4 to 7, in a cluster at base of stem, round-cordate, 1/ to 1%’
broad, hardly lobed, crenate with a ciliate margin, glaucous, lower
surface often somewhat purple in the dried specimens; petioles 1’
to 3’ long, slender; calyx at time of flowering obconical, acute at
base, minutely glandular, 2” to 3 long, 1’ to 114" broad; petals
caducous, broadly spatulate with a long slender claw, usually 2 to
3 times as long as calyx lobes, in some specimens even longer.

Montana.—R. S. Williams, No. 179 (type); near Jefferson
City and Bozeman, Scribner, No. 52b; Nevada Creek, Canby, No.
119; Beaver Head Co., Tweedy, No. 39 (distributed as 7e//ima
pentandra). Wyoming.—Yellowstone Park, Tweedy, No. 846,
Chas. H. Hall.

** Inflorescence thyrsoid.
20. H. SANGUINEA, Engelm., in Wisliz. Rep. 23, (1848).

Stem slender, 1° to 18’ high, glandular-pubescent, naked, or
bearing a few diminutive leaves; petioles 2’ to 4’ long, villous
with soft, pale spreading hairs; root-leaves round-cordate, 1/ to 2’
broad, somewhat 5 or 7 lobed, lobes crenate-dentate, or almost
serrate, margin ciliate; calyx at time of flowering red, campanu-
late, open, minutely glandular, about 4” long; petals very shorts
less than 1’ long and inserted so low upon the calyx that their
tips hardly project beyond the calyx-tube.

Mexico.—Chihuahua, Pringle, No. 1588. Mew Mexico.—
Wright, No. 1096. Avrizona.—South Catalina Mts., Pringle ;
Santa Rita Mts., Pringle; Sanoita Valley, Rothrock, No. 673;
Camp Lowell, Parish, No. 86.

*** Tnflorescence more or less spicate.
21. H. CYLINDRICA, Dougl., Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. i., 236, (1840).
Stem naked, 2° to 3° high, lower portion as well as petioles
and larger veins on lower surface of leaves very villous or hirsute
with spreading rusty hairs; petioles rather slender, 4’ to 1° long;
leaves 1’ to 3’ broad, round-cordate, almost glabrous above,
slightly 5 or 7 lobed, lobes obtuse, crenate, mucronate-dentate;

calyx at time of flowering 3” to 4’ long, campanulate, glandular

and scabrous, somewhat oblique, deeply cleft; petals minute or
none.

Oregon.—Nuttall, Elihu Hall, No. 160, ‘Hooker, dupl.”

203 |

Herb. Gray ; Clear Water, Spaulding; Portland, Howell; Cascade
Mts., Newberry; Sumass Prairie, Lyall, Oregon Bound Commiss.;
Columbia Woods, Nuttall, “ Ho/ochloa elata.” Washing ton.—Up-
per Columbia, U. S. Expl. Exp., No. 461; Falcon Valley, Suks-
dorf. British Columbia.—Fletcher. Vancouver’s Island, Ma-
coun.

Var. OVALIFOLIA (Nutt.)

H. ovalifolia, Nutt., in T. & G. Fl. i. 581, (1840).

Minutely glandular-pubescent; stems 8’ to 18’ high, naked, or
bearing a few subulate bracts; leaves minutely viscid-pubescent
on both sides, or occasionally almost glabrous, %' to 14’ long,
oval or roundish oval, usually truncate or even somewhat cunei-
form at base, but occasionally slightly cordate, crenate or cre-
nately incised, occasionally slightly lobed ; calyx at time of flower-
ing campanulate, pubescent, 3’ to 4’ long, lobes somewhat un-
equal; petals often wanting.

Nevada.—East Humboldt Mts., Jones. Wyoming.—Stinking
Water, Parry, No. 99; Yellowstone Park, Tweedy, Platt, Hay-
den Survey (distrib. as 1. cylindrica). Idaho.—Uayden’s Exped.
Oregon.—Blue Mts., Nuttall (type); Union Co., Cusick (a very
large flowered form, calyx almost 6" long). J/ontana,—Ban-
nock, Watson, No. 137; Rocky Mts., S. of Va. City, Hayden.
Washington.—North Fork Columbia River and Interior, U. 5.
Explor. Exped. British America.—Crow’s Nest Pass, and near
Kamloops, Dawson; Spencer’s Bridge and Morley, Macoun.

Var. ALPINA, Watson, King’s Rep., v. 96, (1871).

Glandular-pubescent; stem 6’ to 12’ high; leaves 34‘ to 1’
broad ; spikes short, hardly more than 1’ long.

Nevada.—Clover Mts., Watson, No. 367 (type). Ovregon.—
Howell, R. D. Nevius. Washington.—Mt. Adams, Suksdorf,
Nos. 14 and 26. British Columbia. —Kananaskis, Rocky Mts.,
Macoun; Crow’s Nest Pass, Rocky Mts., Dawson.

Var. GLABELLA (Torr. & Gray);

H. glabella, Torr. & Gray, Fl. i. 581, (1840).

Almost glabrous, or slightly pulverulent-pubescent, destitute
of spreading hairs; stem naked, 18’ to 2° high; leaves round-
cordate to ovate-cordate, often thick and leathery, 1’ to 2’ broad,
crenately lobed, veins prominent, lobes crenate, apiculate-den-
tate; calyx at time of flowering 3” to 4’ long, campanulate,
glandular-pubescent ; petals minute or wanting.

eee Oe ee ae " A | ee eee oS me Oem ee te ay kere
Neg: SS ee ee et a . ? :

204

Montana.—Judith Mts., Canby ; Rattlesnake Canon, Watson,
No. 137; Little Belt Mts., Scribner, No. 52; Oregon.—Nuttall,
(type), Lt. Mullan; Blue Mts., Henderson. Washington.—Spo-
kane Co., Suksdorf, No. 299; Cascade Mts., Yakima, Brandegee.
British America.—Kootanie Pass, Rocky Mts., Dawson.

Var. TENUIFOLIA, n. var.

Glabrous, stem naked, 1° to 2° high; leaves thin, round-cor-
date, 1’ to 2’ broad, somewhat incisely 5 or 7 lobed, lobes crenate,
aristate-dentate, margin minutely ciliate ; petioles slender, 2’ to
4’ long; calyx at time of flowering 2” to 3 long, campanulate,
open, minutely glandular, deeply cleft into somewhat unequal
lobes ; petals narrowly spatulate, becoming as long, or nearly as
long, as the calyx lobes.

Oregon.—Near the Dalles, Thos. Howell (distrib. as /7. gla-
bella, Nutt.). Washington.—Sincoe Mts., J. Howell.

In addition to the specimens contained in the Columbia Col-
lege Herbarium, those of Harvard College, the Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, the National Herbarium at
Washington, the Geological Survey of Canada, Mr. Wm. M.
Canby and Prof. Thos. C. Porter have been examined.

A Biographical Sketch of Dr. George Thurber.
By H. H. Russy,

George Thurber was born in Providence, R. I, on Septem-
ber 2d, 1821, his father being Jacob Thurber, for many years a
well-known business man of that city. Although Dr. Thurber
was in the strict sense of the word a self-educated man, his chief
studies lying in the direction of subjects in which he was specially
interested, and being pursued by methods of his own devising,
yet he enjoyed for some time the advantages of study at the
Union Classical and Engineering School of Providence, conducted
by Mr. Thomas C. Hartshorn. Among his schoolmates were
several men who have since become distinguished, the most
d noted of them, perhaps, being Mr. George William Curtis. He
¥ never graduated from this institution. By his strong disposition ‘
to utilize the results of study in some practical manner, he was
soon led to become interested in the subject of pharmacy, and
was duly apprenticed to a pharmacist of his native city. During

205

this appreticeship his taste for chemistry was cultivated to such
an extent that when he became himself a proprietor, in partner-
ship with Mr. Joshua Chapin, he pursued the study as a specialty,
and fitted himself for special work in that department. About
this time he was appointed lecturer on chemistry at the Franklin
Society of Providence, the position being purely an honorary
one. In 1840 the members of his class presented him with a
testimonial in the form of a copy of Turner’s Chemistry, the
volume being still in the possession of his relatives. His peculiar
passion for tracing everything to its origin soon forced him into
the study of botany as explaining the sources of the vegetable
drugs with whose composition he had already become so familiar.
Once introduced to this science, his love for it rapidly grew into
an absorbing passion, and he developed an intense desire to make
botanical explorations. He therefore eagerly seized an oppor-
tunity which presented itself in 1850 for becoming associated
with the United States Boundary Commission to settle the
boundary between the United States and Mexico, his position
being that of botanist, to which were added, after the fashion
of the times, the offices of quartermaster and commissary. The
duties of this position occupied him for nearly four years, when
the commission was disbanded and he returned to his home in
Providence. His duties while on this commission were performed
in no perfunctory manner. Thoroughly in love with the work
which his position brought to him, he secured a collection which
will ever be historical, and which formed the subject of Dr.
Gray’s important contribution, ‘ Plante Nove Thurberiane.”
It was upon this expedition that Dr. Thurber discovered the
curious /P2lostyles, which he at once recognized as something
very curious, and which he subsequently accurately classified, in-
sisting upon his determination in the face of the persistent incre-
dulity of both Torrey and Gray, until his earnestness led them to
an investigation and confirmation. Almost immediately after
his return to Providence he was made a member of the Visiting
Board of Brown University on Applied Chemistry, and from that
institution he subsequently received the degree of A. M. Inthe
year of his return he received, chiefly, I believe, through the in-
fluence of Dr. Torrey, an appointment to the United States As-

206

say Office in New York. His letter of acceptance was written on
Christmas day. The thoroughness with which Dr. Thurber as-
similated and the persistence with which he retained information
is evidenced by the fact that a careful perusal of his diary, written
subsequent to his return from Mexico, appears to establish the
fact that he did not find it necessary to review his previous
knowledge of chemistry in order to fit himself for assuming this
important position. He remained in the Assay Office until 1856,
when he resigned on account of political differences, this incident
well illustrating his perfect candor and uncompromising spirit.
Upon being asked for a contribution to the campaign fund of the
dominant political party, he, being an enthusiastic admirer of the
opposition candidate, inquired, “Is this an invitation or a de-
mand ?”’ He was informed that it was a demand, and at once
tendered his resignation. He then established some sort of a
connection with the Cooper Union, as a lecturer according to
one authority, and according to another as a tenant and student.
The former statement is probably the correctone. At about the
same time he accepted a position as lecturer on botany and ma-
teria medica at the College of Pharmacy of the City of New
York, resigning after several terms to occupy the chair of botany
and horticulture in the Michigan Agricultural College. Four
years later he returned to New York and again lectured fora
short time in the College of Pharmacy. He then became editor
of the American Agriculturist, devoting twenty-two years, the
most of the remaining active portion of his life, to this work, which
he conducted successfully from every point of view. He estab-
lished his home at a beautiful point upon the left bank of the
Passaic River, near the village of Passaic, which he named “ The
Pines” after a little grove of large pine trees growing in front of
his house. In 1880 he paid a brief visit to Europe, visiting Eng-
land, France, Belgium, Germany and Switzerland, where he was
treated with distinguished consideration by many leading botan-
ists and horticulturists. He always counted among his pleasantest
privileges that of being able to return a portion of this pleasant
hospitality some years later when he received Sir Joseph
Hooker, who accompanied Dr. Gray on a tour through the great
West. In 1886 he was made a corresponding member of the

207

Royal Horticultural Society of London. He was a life member
of the American Pomological Society, and presided over its At-
lanta meeting. He was also President of the New Jersey Hor-
ticultural Society, a corresponding member of the Philadelphia
Academy of Sciences, and an active member of the New York
Academy of Sciences. From the University Medical College of
New York he received the honorary title of Doctor of Medicine.

Two genera of plants have been dedicated to this distinguished
man. On page 209 of the first volume of Bentham & Hooker
we find accepted the genus 7hurberia, of Asa Gray, in the J7/e-
motrs of the American Academy, v. 308. But on page 982 of
the same volume the authors announce their opinion that this
recognition was erroneous, as the genus 7hurberia of Gray is not
to be separated from Gossypium. Mr. Bentham therefore, in
the Fournal of the Linnean Soctety, xix, 58, dedicates to hima
genus comprising two species of grasses of Texas and Arkansas,
and this genus is accredited in the third volume, page 1,118, of
the Genera Plantarum. We have, therefore,the curious circum-
stance of having the same name applied to two different genera
in different volumes of the same work. This reference is thus
given in detail because of an erroneous idea which has been
created by the statement in Garden and Forest, April 9, page
173, where Gray’s genus 7urderia is referred to as though it
were the accepted one,

It was probably owing to the indefatigable exertions and ac-
companying exposures of his Mexican service that Dr. Thurber
contracted a rheumatism to which he was ever after a martyr.
It was painful to witness his frequent attacks, during which he
remained steadily at his desk, performing his duties day and
night in the midst of the acutest torture. But during the last
few years various complications developed which almost inca-
pacitated him for any severe labor, and to these he succumbed
on the night of Wednesday, April 2, leaving a brother and three
sisters, together with a host of professional and personal friends,
to mourn his loss. He was buried in the Swan Point Cemetery,
founded, strangely enough, by the same Thomas C. Hartshorn
who had instructed him when a boy, and overlooking the beauti-

a a a

F
ae,
‘4
"

ee ee Sel ee ee ee Cee : as Ci ee eee Er eee a

208

ful valley of the Seekonk River where in early life he had found
his favorite haunts for botanizing.

As aman, Dr. Thurber was frank, truthful and conscientious
in all his relations, kind and generous beyond most men, sensi-
tive and sympathetic. Possessed of a perfect physical and moral
courage, and of a fortitude ample to second those qualities, he
never wavered in the performance of any one of the diversified
duties which fell to his lot. Like his warm personal friend Dr.
Gray, he was noted for his readiness to turn from his absorbing
labors and spare a portion of his limited time for the assistance
and instruction of the young; but almost the last thing he would
do was to ask any assistance from anyone else or subject them
to the slightest inconvenience. At the same time that he was
thus genial and considerate of the young, his air had nothing of
the patronizing style about it, and he was equally considerate to
those who approached him as his equals.

A considerable portion of his time and effort were devoted to
the exposure of business and professional frauds, in the humbug
column of the American Agriculturist, which thus became a
terror to quacks, charlatans and swindlers of every description,
but particularly to those circulating among the agricultural com-
munity, where his influence was widest and strongest. Under
his control the advertising columns of this journal were absolutely
incorruptible, and unapproachable by any but the most worthy
of subjects. Although constantly tempted by the most alluring
offers, both for himself and for his publishers, those columns were
never known to be opened to any patent medicine or other ques-
tionable or evil article ; and in thus commenting upon his charac-
ter, we cannot failto be impressed with the very unusual specta-
cle of a large publishing house supporting its editor in refusing,
solely from motives of principle, this very lucrative class of
patronage. Dr. Thurber carried his discountenancing of secrecy
to a point which must appear amusing to any but the most well
informed intelligence. He would touch no medicine of any kind
unless he was fully informed as to its composition and character,
and even in matters of eating and drinking he insisted upon the
most perfect knowledge of the nature of the articles. It is even

209

humorously reported that he could not enjoy his green peas un-
less he knew the name of their variety.

He was one of the hardest workers that his profession has ever
known in this country, and his irregular habits of working and
resting unquestionably did much to aggravate his malady and
shorten his life. Not infrequently would his labor continue
through the night, the hours uncounted, until his family ris-
ing, perhaps late on a Sunday morning, would find him still ,
engaged at his writing, the rays of his lamp mingling unnoticed
with those of the rising sun. During his attacks of sickness he
was accustomed to have his couch drawn beside his desk, where
he would sit until, exhausted by suffering and exertion, he
would recline until sufficiently rested to resume his writing.

Immediately adjoining his house was his experimental garden,
which was very extensive, and to the careful and continuous use
of which is largely to be accredited the singular accuracy of de-
tail and realism, and the naturalness of style, which characterize
his horticultural contributions.

Unfortunately Dr. Thurber wrote but few articles over his own
signature. His chief contributions were to the American Agri-
culturist, in the form of ‘‘ The Doctor’s Talks” and ‘“ Notes
from the Pines.” The latter papers were conspicuous in horti-
cultural literature for the extent and accuracy of the botanical in-
formation which they covered. During his residence in Michigan
he revised and partially rewrote Darlington’s Agricultural
Botany, which was then published under the title of American
Weeds and Useful Plants. He wrote also the graminology of the
botany of California, and the entire botany of Appleton’s New
American Encyclopedia, which latter, when he assumed charge
of it, was said to be in a fair way to inflict a vast accumulation of
errors upon the American public. In addition to this accredited
work Dr. Thurber made important contributions to science in
connection with his oversight of the publications of the Orange
Judd Co., as much by the elimination of erroneous matter as by
actual additions.

As a botanist Dr. Thurber was keen of discrimination, patient
and thorough in research, of retentive memory and possessed of
a sound judgment. Yet in all of these qualities, which made him

Se Magen ett me eT eel

Ge eae

:

Ph en? pe Mie es es
q

210

honored among botanists, he was excelled by his rare ability for
instructing in botanical subjects those who possessed little or no
knowledge of the science. His clearness of diction, his pleasing
style and his ready adaptability to the character of his readers did
much to popularize the science, and especially to induce those
practically interested in gardening and horticulture to inform
themselves more fully of the science on which their art depended.
Garden and Forest, ina notice of Dr. Thurber, expresses the
opinion that his writings did more in his time to elevate the
standing of the agricultural and horticultural press of the country
than the writings of any other man. Graminology was his well
known specialty and there were few, either in this country or
abroad, who were his equals. The regret must be universal that
he did not live to complete his monograph upon American
Grasses. His last paper, upon the poisonous hairs of Prémula
obconica, published in Garden and Forest, was one in the
writing of which he took the greatest interest and to which he
devoted all the enthusiasm of his by-gone youth.

To the members of the Torrey Botanical Club Dr. Thurber
was best known as the long-time President of our Association.
In March, 1873, he wrote the obituary notice of his warm and
life-long friend, Dr. Torrey, at that time the President of the Club,
and the following month he acted as Chairman of a committee, in
association with Mr. Leggett and Mr. Hall, in drafting formal
resolutions concerning the death of this gentleman. On the 29th
of April, 1873, he was elected as Dr. Torrey’s successor, our
present associate, Dr. T. F. Allen, serving with him as Vice-
President. This position he occupied for a long series of years—
as long as he was able to give attention to the proceedings of the
association or to be present at its meetings. In 1880 he was
succeeded in the Presidency by Dr. Newberry.

Dr. Thurber was accustomed to saving every letter which he
received, however unimportant the subject, so that there is mater-
ial for greatly extending this brief notice.

His library and collections were left for the benefit of his
nephew, Harry Woolson. The bulk of his collections will proba-
bly be deposited in the Harvard herbarium.

211

An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in South
America, 1885-1886,—XIll.

(Continued from page 94.)

Rami graciles, fuscescentes. Petiolus 3-6 cm. longus. Folia
tenuiter membranacea, in eadom jugo satis inaqualia, majora
13-18 cm. longa, 6-10 cm. lata. Cyme I-2 cm. long. Calycis
tubus 4 mm. longus; dentes exteriores erecti, 4-5 mm. longi.
Bacce subglobose, circiter 1 cm. crassa. Aff. Cl. hirta. Ma-
piri, 2,500 ft. (2238).

CLIDEMIA CORDATA, Cogn. sp. nov. (Sect. Sagrea, Cogn.) ;
fere glaberrima; ramis teretibus, superne leviter compressis,
junioribus vix furfuraceis ; foliis longe petiolatis, late ovato-
cordatis, acutiuscule beviterque acuminatis, minute crenulato-
denticulatis, 7-9-nerviis, subtus ad nervos leviter furfuraceis ;
cymis brevibus, diffusis, paucifloris ; floribus 4-meris, brevis-
sime pedicellatis, basi minutissime bibracteolatis ; calycis tubo
ovoideo, lobis brevissimis, dentibus exterioribus oblongo-lin-
earibus, obtusiusculis, tubo paulo brevioribus.

Rami satis graciles, elongati, fuscescentes. Petiolus 6-10 cm.
longus. Folia tenuiter membranacea, 11-16 cm. longa, 9-13 cm.
lata. Cyme 3-5 cm. longe ; pedicelli 1-3 mm. longi. Calycis
tubus 2 mm. longus; dentes reflexi, 1%-2 mm. longi. Mapiri,
2,500 ft. (2311).

CLIDEMIA RusbyI, Britt. spec. nova. Sect. Sagrea. Frutex
erectus, ramosus; flores in axillis foliorum sessiles congesti ; foliis
glabris, 5-nerviis, oblongis, acuminatis, basi acutis, 7-9 cm.
longis, 3-4 cm. latis; petiolis 1-2 cm. longis ; rami_ tereti ;
calycis tubus furfuraceis, dentes tubo multo breviores. Mapiri,
2,500 ft. (2320). Nearest Clidemia septuplinervia, Cogn. ex
descriptio.

CLIDEMIA PILOSISSIMA, Britt. spec. nova. Frutex adscendens,
~ ramosus; flores in paniculas axillares digesti; folia 7-nervia,
cordata, acuminata vel acuta, 10-15 cm. longa, 5-8 cm. lata,
utrinque stellato-pubescentia, membranacea, longe petiolata ;
petiolis marginis venisve longe rufo-pilosis; pedicellis lon-
giusculis, crassis, rufo-pilosis, stellato-pubescentibus ; fructus
globosus, 6 mm. longus. Mapiri, 5,000 ft. (2234). Related

to S. umbrosa.

CLIDEMIA OBLIQUA, Griseb. Mapiri 2,500 ft. (2317).
Calophysa pilosa, (Don.), Tri. 1. c. Mapiri, 5,000 ft. (2315).

212

Microphysa quadrialata, Naud. |. c. 99.2 Falls of the Madeira,

(2241).

Bellucia grossularioides, (L.), Tri. 1. c. 141. Guanai, 2,000 ft.

(2314).

Bellucia imperialis, Sald. and Cogn. in Mart. Fl. Bras. xiv. (4),

515? Mapiri, 5,000 ft. (2330).

Ossea petiolaris, (Naud.), Tri. |. c. 147. Mapiri, 5,000 ft. (2301;

2310).

Blakea repens, (R. & P.), Don. 1. c. 325. Guanai, 2,000 ft.

(2342).

Mourinia parvifolia, Benth. in Voy. Sulphur, 97. Mapiri,

5,000 ft. (2681).

Mourinia princeps, Naud. |. c. xviii. 283. Junction of the rivers

Beni and Madre de Dios, (2666).
Mourinia? Same locality. (2682).

I am indebted to M. Cogniaux of Verviers, Belgium, the dis-
tinguished monographer of this difficult order for the Brazil
Flora and DeCandolle’s “ Monographiz Phanerogamorum,” for
many notes and determinations.

LYTHRARIE/:,

Adenaria floribunda, H. B. K. Nov. Gen. vi. 188. Sorata,
8,000 ft. (14109).
Var. grisleoides, (H. B. K.), Keehne in Mart. Fl. Bras. xiii.
(2), 210. Guanui, 2,000 ft. (1966).

Cuphea micrantha, H. B. K. loc. cit. 196. Guanai, 2,000 ft. -

(1858).

Cuphea Spruceana, Koehne. Mapiri, 5,000 ft. (1924).

Cuphea verticillata, H. B. K. loc. cit. Sorata, 8,000 ft. (1070).

Cuphea tanthina, Keehne. Yungas, 4,000 ft. (1068); Sorata,
10,000 ft. (1067); 8,000 ft. (1066); Unduavi, 8,000 ft.
(1064); near La Paz, 10,000 ft. (1065). Also a form with
narrower leaves from Unduavi, 8,000 ft. (1069).

Physocalymna scaberrimum, Pohl, Flora, $627,153. <(P. forts
dum, Pohl, Pl. Bras. i. 100). Junction of the Rivers Beni and
Madre de Dios (2444).

Punica Granatum, L. Sp. Pl. 427. Tacna, Chili. Cultivated. (464).

Pa eC? eee volt Vali - a a

q” fo |

213

ONAGRARIEE,

Eipilobium andicolum, Haussk. CEést. Bot. Zeit. 1879. Near La
Paz, 10,000 ft. (1805); Yungas, 6,000 ft. (1807); Unduavi,
8,000 ft. (1808). The same as Mandon’s No. 626.

Epilobium denticulatum, R. & P. Fl. Per. iii. 78. Near La Paz,
10,000 ft. (1806).

Epilobium, a single incomplete specimen from Valparaiso, Chili
(2510).

Jussiea Peruviana, L. Sp. Pl. 555. Mapiri, 2,500 ft. (1794).

Jussiea latifolia, Benth. in Hook. Journ. Bot. ii. 317. Falls of
the Madeira, Brazil (1796).

Jussie@a nervosa, Poir. in Lam. Encycl. Suppl. iii. 199. Guanai,
2,000 ft. (1799).

Fussi@a nervosa, Poir. var. pubescens, Mich. in Mart. FI. Bras.
xiii. (II), 155. Guanai, 2,000 ft. (1221). A broad-leaved
form, possibly a distinct species.

Fussiea densiflora, Mich. Flora, 1874, 300. Beni River, Bolivia
(1235); Falls of the Madeira, Brazil, (1792).

Fussiea erecta, L. Sp. Pl. 556. Guanai, 2,000 ft. (1095).

Fussiea affinis, DC. Prodr. iti. 53. Reis, Bolivia (1793); Falls
of the Madeira, Brazil (1795).

Fussie@a octonervia, Lam. Dict. iti. 332. Beni River, Bolivia
(1798); Falls of the Madeira, Brazil (1797).

CENOTHERA COCCINEA, spec. nova. Caulis basi sublignosus,
simplex, % met. altus, pubescens, pilis brevioribus; folia al-
terna, sessilia, lanceolata 5-8 cm. longa, 8-20 mm. lata, re-
mote denticulata, utrinque parce pilosa vel glabrata; flores
axillares, solitarii, sessiles, coccinei, 2 cm. lat.; petala ovata,
obtusa, integra; capsula cylindrico-ovoidea, hirsuta, 15 mm.
longa, 4 mm. lata; semina numerosa, oblonga, compressa, 14
mm. longa.

Ingenio del Oro, 10,000 ft. (1815; 1976). A very showy species,
related to O. mollissima, L.

Ginothera rosea, Ait. Hort. Kew. ii. 3. Sorata, 8,000 ft. (1814).

Fuchsia rosea, R. & P. Fl. Per. iii. 89. Near Valparaiso (1800;

1852). Named by Dr. Philippi.

Fuchsia serratifolia, R. &. P. 1. c. 86. Yungas, 6,000 ft. (t801).

Fuchsia dependens, Hook. Ic. Pl. t. 65. Yungas (1071; 1802);
Unduavi (1804).

we ee Ae, Ok eh oe > SL at ee ee eee Ae aS TR Ae ee’ PW we Mees Cae
Z t
¥
is
:

214

Fuchsia Magellanica, Lam. Yungas, 4,000 ft. (1812). a
FUCHSIA BOLIVIANA, Britt. spec. nova. Arbor vel frutex glabra.

Folia opposita, petiolata, membranacea, ovalia, 6 cm.-12 cm.
longa, 3cm.-4cm. lata, utrinque acuta, minute serrulata, petio-

lis 1 cm. longis. Flores rosei, 2 cm.-3cm. longi, gracile pedicel-

lati, in paniculas foliosas terminales dispositi; calycis tubus
tubulosus, lobi lineares, acuti, tubo breviores; petala calycis
lobis similia, paulo breviora; stamina petalis paulo breviora ;
ovarium oblongum; stylo paulo exserto.

Yungas, 6,000 ft. (1813). The same as Mandon’s No. 624,

Herb. Kew. Related to the Mexican /. arborescens, Sims.

F. salicifolia, Hemsl. Unduavi, 8,000 ft. (1803).

Fuchsia, a fragment of a species near F. ampliata, Benth., but
corolla tube more slender and leaves acuminate. Probably
; undescribed.

SAMYDACE/E.
Casearta Javitensis, H.B.K. Nov. Gen. v. 366. Falls of the
Madeira, Brazil (2415).
: Casearia spinosa, Willd. Sp. Pl. ii. 626. Junction of the Rivers

a Beni and Madre de Dios (1382).

> Casearia sylvestris, Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. ii. 752. Reis, 1,500 ft.

4 (1383).

4 Casearia punctata, Spr. Neue Entd. ii. 154. Guanai, 2,000 ft. ~

(r384). The same as Lechler’s No. 2514 from Peru, Herb.
Kew.

Casearta oblongifolia, Camb. in St. Hil. Fl. Bras. Merid. Guanai,
2,000 ft. (1974), also 1977 from same locality, also 2494, col-
lected in fruit, all doubtfully referred to this species.

3 Casearia bractetfera, Sagot in Herb. Kew.? Falls of the

3 Madeira, Brazil (2574).

CASEARIA MEMBRANACEA, spec. nova. Arbor inermis, ramulis
cinereis. Tolia ovalia, tenuiter membranacea, utrinque acuta,

9-13 cm. longa, 3-5 cm. lata, minute serrulata, glabra, petio-
lata, punctata. Flores in fasciculas numerosa; calycis ped-

Sore. Oe ‘

dunculisque pubescentibus, staminibus 10. Junction of the 4

Rivers Beni and Madre de Dios (2074). ,
Casearia, species collected in fruit. Falls of Madeira (2614 a). »
ABATIA BOLIVIANA (Mandon & Wedd.). (Graniera Boliviana,

Mandon & Wedd. PI. And. Boliv. No. 1511). Sorata, 10,000 ee

ft (2468). ,

ee!

yet ee ee Ct. a ee

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. Plate CIV.

Vy ae ; ;
| HARA AS AS
AHallick det, CHARAN 1.
ANS " } 3
WY \\ » .
‘evi

CHEILANTHES BRANDEGEI, D, C, Eaton.

215

A New Fern,
(Plate CIV).

CHEILANTHES BRANDEGEI :—Caudice brevi adscendente;
stipitibus caespitosis fragilibus castaneis ad basim paleis brunneis
lanceolatis vestitis; frondibus membranaceis deltoideo-ovatis 3-
6 uncialibus bi-tripinnatis viridibus supra fere laevibus infra secus
venulas exigue pilosis; pinnulis ovatis obtusis nunc amplis nunc
minoribus crenatis vel majoribus crenato incisis, basi plerumque
rachi decurrenti-adnatis, venulis conspicuis dichotomis ; involucris
interruptis nunc sub-confluentibus viridibus margine scarioso
parce ciliatis.

Magdalena Island and San Benito, in Lower California, col-
lected in January, March and April, 1889, by Mr. Townsend
Stith Brandegee of San Francisco.

This plant has in habit and the shape of the pinnz and seg-
ments, some resemblance to Pelle@a Seemanni, Hooker, and in
giving Mr. Brandegee the names of the ferns he collected in his
visit to Lower California I referred it with some doubt to that
species. But the interrupted involucres are plainly those of
Chetlanthes. The fern should be placed in§ Adzanéopszs, but there
is no species to which it is very closely related.

The drawing by Mr. Arthur Hollick represents a plant
gathered in January and a part of a frond gathered a few months

later, when the pinnz were more fully expanded.
D. C. EATON.
DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATE.
Fig. 1.—A plant, natural size.
2,—A pinna, enlarged.
3.—A fruiting segment, enlarged.
4.—Part of same, magnified.

A New Fern for North America,

ASPLENIUM FONTANUM (L.), BERNH. (Asplenitum Hallert,
R. Brown.) Many years ago the late J. M. McMinn, then residing
at Williamsport, sent me a package of plants, and amongst them
I found an unnamed fern, whose label states that it was collected
by him “on a dry, rocky cliff, on Lycoming Creek, Lycoming
County, Penn., July, 1869.” At the time, I feared a foreigner
had inadvertently been put in the place of something else, and
hence gave it no further consideration, although, afterwards, the

ee pee we aS

ee

oa a‘
i i FoR ed

216

collector assured a botanical friend that I was mistaken in my
judgment. I now believe that the suspicion was wholly ground-
less, and this belief is confirmed by the discovery, in my her-
barium, of another unnamed specimen of the very same fern,
collected by Mrs. E. J. Spence, near Springfield, Ohio, and sent
me by Dr. Beardslee, of Painesville, in 1871, as one of the
plants of the State.

The specimens agree closely with Asplentum FHfalleri, of
Europe, except that the mucronate-spinulose tips of the divisions
of the pinnz are somewhat longer.

Against its admission into our flora no good reason can be
urged on the score of improbability, for its congeners and near
allies, the little rock-ferns of the old world, A. 7richomanes, A.
viride and A. Ruta-muraria, occur here also. Because of com-
mon resemblance, as well as its small size and rarity, it has, per-
haps, been often overlooked. Sought for, with intent to find, it
will no doubt yet be detected at other points in our territory,
and a full supply obtained.

In this connection I may mention that Asplentum Bradleyt,
D. C. Eaton, has recently been discovered in Lancaster County,
Penn., by Mr. John K. Small—-a remarkable extension of its
range to the north and east. But, when it is known that the
same enthusiastic young botanist has also discovered in the same
region a considerable number of stations for its usual associates,
A. montanum and A. pinnatifidum, it need awaken no surprise.
Hos: C, PORTER,

Botanical Notes.

Contributions from the National Herbarium. Under the
above title an important serial publication has been begun by
the Division of Botany of the U.S. Department of Agriculture.

It is designed to afford a place for the presentation of the valua-.

ble results now being obtained by the botanists of the Depart-
ment and others who may be especially employed to study the
large collections made by the special agents now in the field in
various parts of the country. Two numbers have already been
printed. The first contains an account of Dr. Edward Palmer’s
collections in the Southwest by Dr. Vasey and Mr. Rose; the

cae: i, “eee

Cet =

217

second an enumeration of Mr. G. C. Nealley’s collections during
the past three years in southwestern Texas by Dr. Coulter.

Reviews of Foreign Literature.

Della presenza di Stipole nella Lonicera cwrulea. Nota di S. Som-

mier, (Nuovo Gior. Bot. Italiano, April, ’90).

In this article the author describes a form of Lovicera, called
by him ZL. cwrulea, L. forma stipuligera which he collected in
Western Siberia, and which in his specimens unite the forms of
the species heretofore known as @ glabrescens, Rupr., f villosa,
Torrey and Gray, and y edulis, Turcz., with elliptical, ovate or
obovate leaves varying as to size, and both villous or glabrous,
most of the specimens having well developed interpetiolar stipules.
When young they are merely foliaceous expansions that unite
the two opposing petioles, making a more or less circular disk.
This disk, called by Sig. Sommier ‘ stipular disk ” was in some
plants slightly developed, in others attaining nearly 11 mm., and
when young is of the same color, consistency, etc., as the leaves ;
later they turn the color of the woody stem, and are persistent
after the fall of the leaves.

These stipules bear a strong resemblance to those of Penta-
pyxis stipulata and Lycesteria glaucophylla, especially to those
of the latter plant, which is described in the Flora of British In-
dia as having stipules ‘ entirely absent or more or less developed
into a small semi-circular coriaceous lamina.” In Lonicera Cal-
fornica, Torr. and Gray, the superior leaves are connate like
those of Lonicera Caprifolium, the lower ones having detached
appendages (called stipuliform appendages in the Flora of North
America) that correspond as perfectly to the disk of LZ. carulea
as to the appendagesecalled stipules by Hooker and Thomson in
Pentapyxis. In L. Californica it is hard to say whether the stip-
uliform appendages attaching themselves to the bases of the up-
per leaves, form the perfoliate disk or whether the connate leaves
lobed at their bases are the origin of the stipuliform appendages.

Sig. Sommier suggests that, as there is an ever increasing
number of species, genera and orders, formerly thought exstipu-
late, in which stipules, either rudimentary or in a single stage of
the development of the plant, are being. found, this might be an

a eee eee |

ee eee a ee eee ee

218

argument in favor of the hypothesis that stipules like leaf-sheaths
are the remains of primitive foliaceous appendages from which
originated the monocotyledons and dicotyledons, (Saporta et
Marion, L’Evolution du Régne Végétal) and he concludes with
the following deductions:

Ist. That this species is a link between the sections Caprifo-
lium and Xylosteum, that is between the perfoliate and imperfo-
liate Lonicere.

2d. That the presence of stipules in the genus Pentapyxis will
nullify the characters that absolutely distinguish this genus from
Lonicera, (L. Californica furnishing another example of a stipu-
late species).

3d. That stipules in the order Caprifoliaceze do not have that
taxinomical value heretofore attributed to them, as in the same
Species, or even in the same individual they may be more or
less developed or are absent altogether.

4th. That the presence of stipules in the Rubiacez loses some
of its value as a distinguishing character between that order and

the Caprifoliacez. fee V..

Index to Recent American Botanical Literature,

Araucarioxylon of Kraus, with Compiled Descriptions and Par-
tial Synonomy of the Spectes—A Revision of the Genus. ¥.

H. Knowlton. (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. xii. 601-617).

In this contribution an attempt is made to arrange the various
fossil genera Araucarites, Dadoxylon, Pissadendron, C ordattes,
etc., according to their supposed affinities, and to give a complete
synonomy and bibliography of each species. In this arrange-
ment three genera only are recognized, Cordattes, Unger, Dad-
oxylon, Endl., and Araucarioxylon, Kraus, Eleven species are
included under the first mentioned genus, twenty-six under the
second and thirteen under the last. The structure of the wood
of each species is described and the habitat given. Aside from
the value of the descriptions, the citations of synonomy and bib-
liography will be appreciated by all students who have occasion
to study this class of fossil plants. ;

Babcock Herbarium. (Rept. Dept. Nat. Hist. Northwestern

Univ. 1888, pp, 9, 10).

An account of the donation and probable extent of the above

219

herbarium, now inthe possession of the Northwestern University.

Babcock Herbarium—List of Mosses in the. (Rept. Dept. Nat.
Hist. Northwestern Univ., 1889, pp. 14-16).

Beggiatoa alba and the Dying of Fish in Iowa. 1. H. Pammel.
(Abstract, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci., 1887-9, pp. 90, 91).

Bignonia rugosa. J.D.H. (Bot. Mag. Tab. 7,124).

Brodiza multifora. Carl Purdy. (Zoe, i. 101-102).

Catalogue of Plants Growing without Cultivation in Ripon and
the Near Vicinity. Mrs. C. F. Tracy. (Pamph. pp. 26, Ri-
pon, Wis., March, 1889).

Catalogue of the Mosses in the Collections of Dr. Vasey and Dr.
Lapham, now in the University Herbarium. (Rept. Dept.
Nat. Hist. Northwestern Univ. 1889, pp. 17-19).

Cherry Disease—A. L. H. Pammel. (Abstract, Proc. Iowa
Acad. Sci. 1887-9, pp. 92-94).

A description of Cylindrosporium Padi, Karst., supposed by
some to be identical with Septoria Prunt and S. Cerasina.
Ciperaceas de Mexico—Nota acerca de las. P. Maury. (La

Naturaleza (II) i. 294-296; translated from Bull. Soc. Bot.

France).

Cotton Root-Rot. L. H. Pammel. (Bull. No. 7, Texas Agric.
Exp. Sta., Nov. 1889. Pamph. 8vo. pp. 30, Pl. I-V).
Ozontum auricomum is figured.

Cypress Knees—The Causes of. S. V. Clevenger. (Am. Nat.
xxiv, 581).

In this contribution to the much discussed question, the
author refers to a previous article in which the anchor and but-
tress theory of the angular roots was advocated, and suggests
that the strain which inevitably occurs at the angles would re-
sult in sap exudation and the piling up of indurated tissue such
as is found in the “knees.’’ In support of this proposition he
quotes from Herbert Spencer’s Principles of Biology as follows :
‘“Many commonplace facts indicate that the mechanical strains
to which upright gravity plants are exposed, themselves cause
increase of the dense deposits by which such plants are enabled
to resist such strains.”

Doubling of Flowers— Observations upon. Byron D. Halsted.
(Pop. Sci. Monthly, xxxvii. 374-381).

a, ae ee ee ee a ee ee ee

220

Ina popular form the author gives an excellent resumé of
the facts and theories in regard to the transformation of parts and
the abnormalities of structure occurring in nature and induced
by cultivation.

Elements of Structural aud Systematic Botany for High Schools
and Elementary College Courses. Douglas H. Campbell.
(8vo., pp. ix + 253, Boston, Ginn & Co., 1890).

This little book is a welcome addition to our available mate-
rial for teaching the general principles of Botany. It consists of
chapters on the structure of cells and tissues, followed immedi-
ately by others on the classification of plants, the primary sub-
divisions recognized being (1) Protophytes, including Slime
Moulds, Schizophytes and Volvocinee ; (2) Alga, grouped un-
der the Green, the Brown and the Red; (3) Fungi, including as
classes, Phycomycetes, Ustillagineae, Ascomycetes and Basidio-
mycetes; (4) Bryophytes; (5) Pteridophytes and (6) Sperma-
phytes (why not Spermatophytes ?) Under this last group we
note one of the most valuable features of the book, viz., the de-
parture from the generally accepted arrangement of the angio-
sperms, and the substitution therefor of modern ideas of classi-
fication. The difficulty in the use of the system here adopted
will be in the lack of floras arranged ona similar plan. Chapters
are devoted to the fertilization of flowers and to histological
methods. The book is illustrated by one hundred and twenty-.
eight cuts, nearly all of them new, exhibiting the structure of all
the larger groups, and they are among the most valuable ele-
ments of the volume. N28,
lvesh Water Alge. (Rept. Dept. Nat. Hist. Northwestern Univ.

1890, pp. 18-21). :

A list of one hundred and four species, collected in Cook Co.,
Illinois.

Fungous Diseases of Frutt Trees in lowa—Some. L. H. Pammel.
(Abstract, Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci., 1887-9, pp. 91, 92).
Description of Lxtomosporium maculatum.

Fungi Affecting Fishes—An Aquarium Study. Samuel Lock.
wood. (Journ. N. Y. Mic. Soc. vi. 67-85, Pl. 23-24).

This article is divided into two parts, one dealing with Saf-
rolegnia, the other with Devea, anew genus allied to the for-

A >
— ™

ee ee ae

221

mer. Saprolegnia ferox and Devea are both figured. In the
latter genus is described and figured a new species, D. zxfundibus,
found upon Hippocampus in captivity.

[Teterosporous Fern Allies of the Pacific Coast and Mexico. Lucien

M. Underwood. (Zoe, i. 97-101).

An enumeration with critical notes and citations of known
localities for the species of J/soetes, Marsilia, Pilularia and
Azolla. I. Pringlet is described as new from Guadalahaja, Mex.
(Pringle, No. 2,633); Azolla filicoides, Lam., recently collected
by Mr. Brandegee in San Mateo Co., Cal., is new to the United
States flora. Prof. Underwood is mistaken in his statement that

“the last catalogue of Mexican Pteridophytes was by Fournier

(1872).” Mr. Hemsley’s Botany of the Biologia Centrali- Ameri-
cana enumerates those known up to 1886. Professor Under-
wood now lists just twice the number of heterosporous species
there recorded. i Oe a

Hickory—The False Shagbark (Hicoria microcarpa). L. H.

Bailey. (Amer. Gard. xi. 386-389; eleven illustrations).

Professor Bailey contributes an exceedingly valuable essay on
this interesting tree and its relations to the Shag-bark and Pig-
nut Hickories. He contends, and to our mind establishes con-
clusively, that it is a well-marked species, its nearest ally be-
ing the Pig-nut, from which it may readily be distinguished,
however, by its thin-shelled, strongly beaked nut with dehiscent
husk, sweet edible meat, and its shaggy bark, which splits off in
narrow strips. The observed range given for the tree is from
New York to Michigan and south to Delaware. With this paper
in hand botanists will doubtless be able to considerably extend
these limits. It is quite as abundant as the Pig-nut in the vicin-
ity of New York City. N. L. B.
Ilex longipes. WN. Trelease. (Gard. and For., iii. 344, fig. 46).
Insular Floras. Lorenzo G. Yates. (Reprint from Ninth Ann.

Rept. State Mineralogist Calif. pp. 11-20; no date).

The exceedingly interesting flora of San Miguel, Santa Rosa,
Santa Cruz ‘and the Anacapas, to which attention has been
brought from time to time by our West Coast botanists, is here
catalogued, so far as known, with locality and name of collector
after each species.

Ree Ae eg UAE ON ie) edna Tee ye nae See SOM ie TE AY ee eT ae eee =
i jae 4 aS % 4 :

222

Lueddemannia Pescatorei. J. D. H. (Bot. Mag. Tab. 7123).

Masdevallia Carderi. J.D. H. (Bot. Mag., Tab. 7125).

Medicinal Plants of Alabama—The. Chas. Mohr. (Pamph. 8vo,
pp. 17, Mobile, Alabama).

This list is of much value to the apothecary, and, so far as it
goes, to the botanist also. The number of species enumerated
is necessarily limited, but the notes on distribution are full, and
common names are given for each species.

Medtcinal Plants of the State of Minnesota—An enumeration of
the. Carl Weschcke. (Pharm. Rundsch, viii. 155-157).

Micromycetes Novi. YP. Hariot and P. A. Karsten (Journ. Mycol.
xii. 129-131).

Calospheria Smilacis and Cornularia Rhots collected by Lesque-
reux in Ohio are described as new.

Microseris—The Pappus of. T.S. Brandegee. Zoe, i. 126-127).

Mosses—New Canadian, N. C. Kindberg. (Ottawa Nat. iv.

61-65).

In this number are described one new species of Dicranum
one Physcomitrium, one Webera, a new Thelia, a new Thuidium,
two Brachythectums, one Lsothectum, one Rhynchostegium, two
Amblystegiums and one Harpidium besides four new varieties
and two subspecies. kK. G. B.

Naturalized Plants of Southern California—III. §. B. Parish.
(Zoe, i. 122-126).
Among these interesting notes is one on the introduction by
the Chinese of Sagzttaria Chinensis at San Bernardino.

Notes on North American Trees—X VIII, XTX. C. S. Sargent.

(Garden and Forest, iii. 331, 332 and 344).

Descriptions of the wood of the following species are given:
Heltetta parvifolia, Keberlinia spinosa, Ilex monticola, Ceano-
thus velutinus, var. arboreus, Rhus integrifolia, Cercidium flori-
dum, Acacia Farnesiana, A. flexicaulis, Prunus tlictfolia, var. oc-
cidentalis, Crategus Crus-galli, var. berberifolia and Lyonotham-
nus asplentfolius.

Notes on some of the rarer Plants found in Blue Earth and Pipe-
stone Counties, Minnesota. John B. Leiberg. (Bull. Minn.

Acad. Nat. Sci. iii. 37, 38).

223

Otacanthus—-Sur les Characteres des. . Baillon. (Bull. Mens.
Linn. Soc. Paris, No. 104, 831, 832).

Differing from Mr. Bentham, M. Baillon holds that O. ceru-
Jeus, Lindl., belongs to the Scrophularineze rather than to the
Acanthaceez, and that the plant collected by Pearce in Bolivia re-
ferred to in the “Genera Plantarum” under Ofacanthus, represents
a distinct genus of true Acanthacez, and proposes for it the name
Tacoanthus Pearcet, the generic name derived anagrammatically.

js fas ae» 5

Penstemon gentianoides. (Garden, xxxvii. 603, illustrated).

Philadelphia Botanists—Some early. W. ¥. Leonard. (Bull.
Minn. Acad. Nat. Sci. iii. 29-37).

Notes on the life and works of Schweinitz, Nuttall, Rafinesque
and Darlington.

Pinus Teda, L.—The Old Field or Loblolly Pine. J.T. Roth-
rock. (Forest Leaves, iii. 25, illustrated).

Plante Glazioviane nove vel minus cognite. P. Taubert. (Bei-
blatt zu Engler’s Bot. Jahrb. xii. Heft 1).

New species of Brazilian Plants collected by Dr. A. Glaziou
are described in the following genera: WDiéchorisandra, Barba-
cenia, Brosimum, Daphnopsis, Adenostephanus, Roupala, Aristo-
lochia, Triplaris, Tetraplacus, Patagonula, Belangera, Weinman-
nia and Macrodendron, a new genus of Saxifrageze ; a number of
the descriptions are by Dr. C. Mez.

Plants of Santa Catalina Island. T. S. Brandegee. (Zoe i. 107-
115).

Notes on several of the more interesting plants of the island,
with a list of species supplementary to Mr. W. S. Lyon’s cata-
logue printed in the Botanical Gazette, 1886.

Ptelea aptera. (Garden and Forest, iii. 332, fig. 45).

Revised Names of Plants of New Fersey, Extracted from Britton’s
State Catalogue. H.H. Rusby. (Reprint from Drug. Bull.
July, 1890, pamph., pp. 23).

In this handy little pamphlet the author has arranged alpha-
betically all the changes in nomenclature from Gray’s Manual
and other recent text books and catalogues. The list is a timely
one, and will be found very useful.

* de cae

eee.

i i iS te A aR i a ho kl

224

Report of the Department of Botany, lowa State Agricultural
College and Farm. L. H. Pammel. (Reprint from 13th
Bien. Rept. Board of Trustees, 1888 and 1889, pp. 42-48).
This report is principally taken up with brief notes upon some

of the recently introduced weeds, such as Cuscuta epithymum,

Solanum Carolinense, S. rostratum and Lactuca Scariola, also

loco-poisoning, due to Crotalaria sagittalis and Astragalus mol-

lisimus.

Sand-hill Flora—Characteristic. M. A. Carleton. (Trans. Kans.
Acad. Sci. xii. Part i. 32-34).

A list of eleven observed species is given for the region of the
sand hills in the principal river valleys of Kansas. The species
thought worthy of mention under the above title are: Prunus
Chicasa, Lithospermum hirtum, Evolvulus argenteus, Yucca angus-
tifolia, Discopleura capillacea! (which grows with us in swampy
land or even in water), Viola tricolor, var. arvensis, Cristatella
Famesit, Linaria Canadensis, Aplopappus divaricatus, Frelichia
gracilis and Hosackia Purshiana.

Silk Cotton Tree—The. (Garden and Forest, iii. 341, 342, illus-
trated),

Under this title is a description and representation of a tree of
Lrtodendron anfractuosum, from a specimen in front of the town-
house of Nassau, West Indies.

Some Western Plants. Wm. M. Canby. (Bot. Gaz xv. 150).

Astragalus Tweedyi, identical with specimens collected and
distributed by Mr. Howell as A. collinus, Dougl. is described as
new. Mr. Canby relegates A. Californicus, to A. collinus, Dougl.,
var. Californicus, Gray. A doubtful species of Erigeron, allied to
£. pumilus, is described under the provisional name £. Scribneri.

Trillium sessile, var. Californicum. (Garden and Forest, iii. 320,
fig. 44).

Varieties Not Soon Wearing Out—Some Reasons for. Byron D.
Halsted. (Am. Nat. xxiv. 577-581).

Willows Presented to the Henry H. Babcock Herbarium by M. S.
Bebb, ksq., of Rockford, Ill. (Rept. Dept. Nat. Hist. North-
western Univ. 1889, pp. 20-23).

This list includes a list of hybrids and also a description of
Salix glaucophylla, Bebb, and its varieties.

MISS!
BOTA NI¢

YA DN
GARI

BULLETIN

OF THE

guRREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Vol. XVII.J

New York, September 6, 1890. (No. 9.

New or Little Known Grasses—II.*
By T°. LAMSON-SCRIBNER,
(Plates CV-CVIII).

Some months ago I received from the Botanist of the United
States Department of Agriculture specimens ofa dicecious grass—
both the male and female plants—collected on the sandy coasts
of Lower California, by Dr. E. Palmer. The characters presented
by these specimens were in some respects remarkable and wholly
unlike any species known to me. The characters of the female
plants at once suggested those of ¥ouvea straminea, Fourn. (Bull.
Soc. Roy. Bot. de Belgique, xv. p. 475) and a very careful further
study of the material in hand has led me to the conclusion that this
grass is none other than that rare species, which was unknown to
Bentham and has never been seen by Prof. Hackel. While differ-
ing in some apparently essential points from the published descrip-
tions of ¥ouvea straminea, there is such an agreement in the
characters, especially in those which are most remarkable, that
until we can make a comparison with the type, I must consider
our plant certainly Youvea, and in all probability ¥. straminea,
which is diagnosed by Fournier (in Pl. Mex. ii. p. 68) as follows:

JOUVEA. Gramen littoreum, junciforme. Spica terminalis,
cylindrica acuta. Spiculz uniflorz, dioica, in rhachide immerse et
illiin parte inferiore adnate. Mascule non nota. Feminearum
glume dwu@, exterior cartilaginea, straminea, ¢zterna hyalina, apice
tantum a rhachide distincta. Palee due, auguste minores ; sty-
lus longus, stigmatibus 2, flore exeuntibus ; sguamults triangulart-
bus.

* For No. 1, see BULLETIN, xv, 8-10.

.
o
A
:
’
.

Pa ae Ved Se ee a aoe * <r oeee

226

¥. straminea. Culmo striato, angusto, pedali, stramineo, gla-

bro, nodis nigrescentibus, merithalliis 1-foliolatis; ligulis lacinia-
tus pilosis, foliis linearibus, acutis, brevibus, pungentibus; spicis
femineis 1-2, terminalibus cylindricis acutis ; spiculis 1-3, alter-
nis in rhachide immersis ; gluma exteriore ab axe fissura tantum
in parte superior discreta, zv¢ertor hyalina, caryopsis immatura,
in stylum aztenuata, stigmatibus 2, plumosa, emergentibus.—In
arena littoralis meris Pacifici, San Augustin (Lehm.).
_ Fournier saw only the pistillate plant and the specimens from
which his description was drawn were evidently young, for he says:
“caryopsis immatura.” The specimens collected by Dr. Palmer
are all very old and this difference in the state of the plants may
account for some of the differences in the characters between our
specimens and those described by Fournier. The points of disa-
greement in the above quoted description are in italics.

In our plants the outer glume in the ° spikelet is grown to
the rhachis for four-fifths or five-sixths of its length. If it is un-
derstood that “in parte inferiore adnate,” can only mean “ ad-
nate for half their length” or ‘ their lower half adnate,” we have
a character not applicable to our plant; but does the expression
demand a rendering which limits so definitely the extent of adna-
tion? It is possible that in young plants the glumes are
not so completely grown to the rhachis as in those which are
mature.

In Palmer's specimens the limits of the adnate, cartilaginous
outer glume are clearly visible in a transverse section of the spike
made near the base of the spikelet and the cellular structure
seems to indicate that it is seven-nerved. On the inner face and
continuing entirely around the grain-cavity are several layers of
dense sclerenchyma cells. Those cells which line the back of the
cavity may belong to the “ hyaline inner glume,” but this glume
cannot be distinguished excepting at the free apex, where it is
grown by its edges to the outer glume, thus forming a short tube
through which the rather stout style projects (fig. n, pl. CVI.)

I have been unable to find any traces of a flowering glume or
palea. Fournier found both these organs, and although he men-
tions their shape and size, he says nothing of their texture. If

they were very thin and hyaline, it is possible that they may have

227

become adnate to the mature grain and wholly undistinguishable.
The outer layer of irregular, thin cells covering the grain, seen in
transverse sections, may belong to these organs.

In all the characters excepting those here noted, and which
we have tried to account for, our plant accords with Fouvea stra-
minea, Fourn. The type specimens were collected on the sandy
shores of the Pacific, within the same region as those gathered by
Dr. Palmer, and although it is possible that two genera possess-
ing such unusual characters might exist in that region, growing
under like conditions, and have escaped the notice of botanists
until now, it certainly does not seem probable, and considering
that our plant agrees in so many and striking particulars with the
published description of ¥ouvea, I think we ought to try to ex-
plain or harmonize any apparent differences rather than attempt
to establish a new genus. Certainly it would be unwise to do
this before we are assured of a valid distinction by a comparison
with Fournier’s types.

The characters of the genus ¥owvea, based upon our speci-
mens, are as follows:

JOUVEA, Fourn.

Spikelets unisexual, dicecious, very dissimilar, é much com-
pressed, many-flowered, spicate on slender terminal or lateral
peduncles, rhachilla continuous. Empty glumes two, thin,
the second one-nerved and larger than the first (in old
specimens the empty glumes, particularly the first, are rarely

present); flowering glumes longer and broader, carinate, acute

-herbaceo-chartaceous, three-nerved; palea broad and prominently

two-keeled, stamens three. Female spikes one-several in ter-
minal fascicles on the culm or its branches, enclosed below by the
leaf-sheaths or broad prophylla terete, acute, articulated at base
and falling off entire. Spikelets one- flowered, embedded in the
continuous rhachis, adnate below. Outer glume cartilaginous,
abruptly narrowed towards the free apex. Style single, long-
exserted; stigmas two, plumose. Grain subterete, free.
Youvea straminea, Fourn.? (Rachidospermum Mexicanum,
Vasey, Bot. Gaz. xv. 110). Culms erect froma creeping rhi-
zome, about 30 cm. high, striate, smooth, solid, the internodes
flattened or sulcate upon alternating sides branched, the branches

ae ee oa 8)

a: eee ER So en ae aS

:
:
.
f
ip
aa
Es
a
:
3
4
¥

228

erect and enveloped at the base by the short and somewhat
dilated leaf-sheaths and strong prophylla, the latter being remark-
ably developed in aborted branches of the 2 inflorescence. Lower
sheaths crowded and over-lapping, those above much shorter
than the internodes; ligule a ciliate fringe of short hairs, the
hairs at the sides longer; leaves I-10 cm. long, the uppermost
shortest and divergent, all pungent-pointed, conduplicate, scab-
rous on the prominent striae of the upper surface and a few scat-
tering hairs near the margins. Staminate spikes 3-6 cm. long;
spikelets three to six, sessile on alternate notches of the slender
rhachis, 14-3 cm. long, about 3 mm. wide, much compressed,
ten- to eighteen-flowered. (Flowering glumes 4-5 mm. long,
broadly lanceolate, acute, with a strong keel, which is scabrous
above, and a distinct lateral nerve on each side about half as long
as the glume. Paleas somewhat shorter than the glumes, finely
scabrous on the prominent keels. Female spikes 2-3 cm. long,

cm somewhat concave on one side near the
base, otherwise terete and very sharp- pointed,
often a little curved and spur-shaped; spike-
lets one to three, alternate, 6-8 mm. long,
deeply embedded in the rhachis to which
the glumes are firmly adnate for four-fifths
or five-sixths of their length. Style spring-
ing from one side of the top of the ovary,
often bent back near the base and projecting
through the conical-tubular apex of the
A portion of a @ spike of glumes. Grain about 6 mm. long.

Jouvea straminea, Fourn.? I have referred this grass to ¥ouvea
showing the tubular free

apex of the glumes, «a.

straminea with a query because Fourn-
ier’s description, drawn as it was from
an immature female plant, renders a positive identification from
this alone, nearly impossible.

It appears* that the male and probably also female plants of
this grass were collected at Cape St. Lucas, Lower California, by
Xantusin 1859-’60. The first (No. 121 of the collection) was re-
ferred by Dr. Gray, in his account of Xantus’ plants, to the present
genus Dzstichlis, Of the probable female plant (No. 1IQ) it is -

*Botanical Gazette, xv. p. 109.

‘6 H oie eon ~ hi Hie I He ai a le al ae ala oy, ee ee egret eee Pee ee eee
{Ua COL ee Ree eS oe ee eee: a ihe 3A. iy)

<a

at oe

Te ee ae ee eT te oe

229

said “a new grass of uncertain genus, the single specimen mis-
laid.” Very likely the male plant has been already published
under Rrizopyrum or Distichlis, to which genus it bears a general
resemblance, but from which it differs markedly in its solid culms,
its manner of branching, sessile spikelets and three-nerved flower-
ing glumes. Fournier, who knew only the female plant, allied
Fouvea with Buchloé, and Bentham followed him in Genera Plan-
tarum (vol. iii. p. 1173). The genus has, however, no affinities
with the Chloridee. Judging from the characters of the female
spikes, as given by Fournier, Prof. Hackel (in Engl. und Prantl,
Nat. Pflanzenfam. 2, vol. ii. pp. 76, 78; the ‘‘ True Grasses,” pp.
170-174) placed ¥ouvea near Monerma and /schnurus in Hordee.
Although the position here assigned is, to me, unsatisfactory, I
am unable to find another where the peculiar characters of the
grass will render the relationship less questionable. As the tribes
of the family are defined by Bentham and by Hackel our grass
would certainly fall under Hordez, and would not fall under any
of the others excepting the characters of these be modified. _ If
properly referred, it is remarkable as being the only dicecious
grass among the Hordee.

PENTARRHAPHIS FOURNIERANA, Hack. & Scribn.

Among the plants collected by Mr. C. G. Pringle in Guadala-
jara, Mexico, in 1889, there is a grass which ina recent collection
from the same region (Palmer No. 200, 1886) was referred to
Bouteloua, (B. Fourierana, Vasey, Proc. Amer. Acad xxii. 461,
without description) but from which genus it differs in several essen-
tialcharacters. I sent samples of this grass, along with some others
of Pringle’s collection, to Prof. Hackel, and in referring to the lot
Hackel says: ‘‘ There are several very interesting species in it,
and above all there is what I believe to be the long-forgotten and
doubtful genus Pentarrhaphis of Kunth, represented by Pringle’s
No. 2559. It does not match fully the species described by
Kunth in Humb. Bonpl. Nov. Gen. et. Spec. i. p. 178, t. 60, viz. P.
scabra, but differs in several points, chiefly in having ¢wo spikelets
on each node of the rhachis instead of one, and in the smaller
number of setz at the base of the twin spikelets. These sete,
which Kunth believed to be the teeth of a supposed “ gluma steri-

3
;
:
‘i
4
,

230

lis inferior,” are in my view, the relics of a whole rudimentary
spikelet. You will often have observed in several Bouteloue (the
genus to which Pentarrhaphis is very nearly allied) that the rha-
chilla of the spikelet is headed by a group of bristles (in B. mu/ti-
seta, for example, by many) which are reduced glumes. Now in
Pentarrhaphis | believe the group of bristles at the base represents
a whole rudimentary spikelet. The number of these seta seems
to be somewhat variable, as is often the case with rudimentary
organs. As you have fuller materials for investigation I invite
you to makea closer study of it, and should you gain the same
opinion as myself regarding it, I propose for the species the name
Pentarrhaphis geminata, Hack. & Scribn.

“T believe that Polyschistis, Presl. (in Rel. Hank. i. p. 294) is
quite the same genus, and his P. paupercula seems even to be
very nearly allied to Pentarrhaphis geminata. But I can only
judge of this from Presl’s figure, not from authentic specimens,
which I sought for in vain in the Vienna Herbarium. Presl says
that Henke collected it in Luzone, but he very often confounded
plants from Mexico with those from the Philippines, and vice versa.”

After making a careful investigation of the spikelets and the
bristles or setae accompanying them, I communicated my conclu-
sions, detailed below, to Prof. Hackel, and in reply he says: “I
fully agree with you in the signification that you give to the
various bristles that accompany the base of the twin spikelets.
As to the number of five bristles, described by Kunth, I venture
the view that one of them was the outer glume, the rest forming
two pairs, each representing a sterile spikelet. I found also in
your specimen one example of a single spikelet [in the cluster]
and I think it was accompanied by five or six bristles.”

I found several such examples as here referred to, in my
specimens, always the lowermost clusters in the racemes. Fig. B,
Plate CVIII illustrates one of these. At the base of this spikelet on
the upper or outer side, is the second empty glume, a, while on
the lower or inner side are several strongly pilose seta (three of
which are undistinguishable from one another when dry, the fourth
being evidently the second spikelet very imperfectly developed.
From the position of these setae they might easily be mistaken
for a quadripartite lower glume, such as Presl describes for Poly-

231

schistis, “gluma inferiora quadripartita, flora brevior, laciniis
lineari-subulatis, pilosis.” Supposing one of these bristles to have
been bifid, as at c, plate CVII, only more deeply so, there would
then exist a striking resemblance to the lower glume of Pentar-
rhaphis, as described by Kunth: “gluma inferior ex aristis
quinque basi subconnatis composita.”

In the clusters or fascicles with two well developed spikelets
these spring from a very much shortened, hirsute axis so that
they appear to stand opposite each other, the backs of their lowest
glumes coming together, see figure A, plate CVIII. Between
the spikelets are three seta or awn-like bristles, one of which is
often more or less deeply two-parted. These bristles, shown
more clearly in figure C, are sub-equal in length, similarly pilose
and projecting in the same line of growth with the spikelets, and
appear to be, at least when examined dry, all of the same nature.
If moistened, however, and then carefully examined under a lense,
two of them will be found to have upon each side below a narrow
membranous margin (see figs. 0’, 4’, plate CVII); this character,
together with that of their position, determines them to be the
lower empty glumes of the two spikelets. The third seta is either
simple or bifid and originates at a point a little to one side or in
advance of the lower empty glumes. It may be said to occupy
the centre of the fascicle of which it forms a part, representing
the rudiment of a third spikelet. That it is not a continuation of
the partial rhachis, but really the representative of a third spike-
let, is determined, I think, by the following characters: (1) its
direction of growth in the same line with the fully developed
spikelets; (2) its springing from the same very hirsute and
condensed axis of these spikelets, which is (to me an important
point in this connection) articulated with the short pedicel from
the main rhachis; (3) its being pilose like the empty glumes, the
extended midribs or awns of which it most closely resembles. In
those Boutelouze with which I am familiar, wherein the rhachis of
the spikes is produced beyond the spikes, the primary direction
of this rhachis is continued, and although it may be reduced to a
sharp point or even become notched or bifid as in Bowteloua dt-
sticha, Benth. (Polyodon distichum, HBK.) there is no question
as to its true character.

232

Assuming that the foregoing views respecting the nature of
the setae at the base of the single spikelet or pair of spikelets, to
be correct, the genus Pentarrhaphis, placed among those regard-
ed as doubtful by Bentham (Gen. PI. iii. p. 1090) and founded
upon a single Mexican species which has been completely lost to
recent botanists, may be characterized as follows:
PENTARRHAPHIS HBK. Nov. Gen. et Spec. i. p. 177, t. 60.

(Polyschistis Presl, Rel. Haenk. i. 294, t. 41).

Tribe Chloridez.

Spikelets one to two in each fascicle-like spike, accompanied
by one to four shorter, awn-like rudiments, two-flowered, the
first flower ?, the second ? or ¢@; rhachilla produced into a
short simple bristle behind the palea of the second floret. [Empty
glumes two, one-nerved, the first very narrow, awn-like when
dry, the second somewhat longer, lanceolate, usually two-toothed,
awned between the teeth ; flowering glumes five or seven-toothed,
the middle and marginal teeth extending into a long, divergent,
scabrous awn. Palea_ strongly two-nerved, two-toothed or
sometimes briefly two-awned. Stamens three; styles distinct.
Stigmas projecting from the sides of the florets, penicilliform.
Lodicules two, dolabriform. Grain oblong, free. Low, slender,
tufted grasses with erect, simple or branched flowering culms and
narrow flat leaves. Spikes very short, secund and rather remote
along the flexuose and sometimes arcuate rhachis, articulated
with the very short pedicels and falling off entire.

The disposition and appearance of the clusters of spikelets
and also their deciduous character are the same as in Ei gopogon ,
their external resemblance to Melanocenchris, with which this
genus is very closely allied, is even more marked. In the first,
however, the separate spikelets are one flowered and pedicellate
in the clusters; in the second, the spikelets are one-flowered,
above which the rhachilla bears several empty bracts similar to
the flowering glume. From BSouteloua, section Triathera, Pen-
tarrhaphis may readily be distinguished by its two-flowered
spikelets and simple, bristlelike prolongation of the rhachilla.—
Species three, two certainly and probably also the third, Mex-
ican.

P. FOURNIERANA, Hack. and Scribn. Culms densely crowded

?

along a creeping rhizome forming a thick, dense turf, erect, 18 to
25 cm. high; nodes silky villous with erect hairs; sheaths very
slightly inflated, sparsely pilose and hairy at the throat; ligule a
ring of short hairs; leaves about 1 mm. wide, pilose, especially
the longer ones from the base, upper leaves 1% to 3 cm. long,
all very acute; spikes three to six, secund-racemose along the
somewhat compressed rhachis. Spikelets two in each cluster
with a single, simple or bifid, awn-like rudiment of a third, ses-
sile. Empty glumes pilose with rather long, stiff hairs, hirsute
at the base, much shorter than the spikelets; flowering glumes
densely hairy at the base and more or less pilose along their
margins.—Mexico, (Pringle, No. 2,559, 1889; Palmer, 200,
1886).

Pentarrhaphis scabra, HBK., has taller, and branched flowering
culms, longer and broader leaves, one spikelet only at each node
of the main rhachis, and the lower empty glume and the bristle-
like rudiments (according to the illustration in Nov. Gen. et
Spec.) are simply scabrous (see fig. w, plate CVIII).

In Pentarrhaphis paupercula, (Polyschistis paupercula, Presl),
the lower leaves are short, like the upper ones, spikelets single at
the nodes of main rhachis, and short pedicel of the second floret
(joint of the rhachilla) pilose. (See figs. x and x’, plate CVIII).
According to Presl this species is annual. The descriptions and
illustrations of these species given by Kunth and Presl permit of
the following brief synopsis of them.

Spikelets two in each cluster, rudiment a single simple or bifid, pilose
eS oS Lp Se ee I, P. FOURNIERANA.
Spikelets one in each cluster, rudimentary bristles three or four.
Bristles and pedicel of the second floret scabrous. ..2. P. SCABRA.
Bristles and pedicel of the second floret pilose... .. 3. P.-PAUPERCULA.

.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plate CV.

Male and female plants of /owvea straminea, Fourn.? reduced in size.

Plate CVI.
a.—A portion of the @ inflorescence.

d.—A one-flowered Q spike, enclosed at the base by a leaf.

234 a sane

¢.—A similar spike with the leaf removed, showing prophylla, x.

d@.—A two-flowered 9 spike. \

e.—A similar spike, the lower portion in longitudinal section, showing grain cavities.

J.—A section of the lower part of a Q spike, made in the same plane as the glume,
showing grain, etc. |

g.—Grain with a portion of the style.

h, i, k,—Transverse sections of the spike across a spikelet, showing the grain within,

7, m.—Transverse sections of the grain, /, includes the embryo,

n.—Free apex of the glumes.

o.—Staminate spikelet.

p.-—Floret of same.

r.—F lowering glume of g floret expanded.

s.—A stamen,

t,—A portion of the stemand a branch with a prophyllum, x.

u.—Transverse section of the culm.

v.—Transverse section of a leaf.”

a w,—Figure showing the ligule.

‘a Plate CVII,

H.—A plant of Pentarrhaphis Fournierana, somewhat reduced.

d', 6'.—First empty glumes of the two spikelets, moistened and membranous mar-
gins pressed out.

a.—Second empty glume.

f .—F lowering glume of the first floret.

P.—Palea of same.

¢.—Bifid rudiment of the third spikelet.

K.—Pistil with lodicules. with scale of enlargement indicated.

L.—Lodicules spread out.

Plate CVIII.

A.—Spike or cluster of spikelets with portion of main rhachis, r.

C.—Cluster of spikelets spread apart to expose the bristle-like lower glumes, 2, 4,
and bifid rudiment, c.

B.—Cluster of spikelets in which the second spikelet is reduced nearly to the form of
the bristles.

e.—Anterior view of the pedicellate second floret, showing the prolongation of the
rhachilla, f. :

w.—Cluster of spikelets of Pentarrhaphis scabra, the florets separated from the
empty glumes and bristles.

v.—First floret of same.

u.—Second floret of same, showlng prolongation of rhachilla, f’.

X.—Cluster of spikelets of Pentarrhaphis paupercula (Polvschistis paupercula, Presl).

X'.—Second floret of same, showing the pilose pedicel.
All of plates CV, CVI and CVII, and figures A, B, C and ¢ of plate CVITI origi- as,

nal. Figures #, v and w, redrawn from Kunth; figures X and X’, redrawn from

Presl.

te

:

y

:

E

4

4
-

ee a oe

Plate CV.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

SS SSSSss

<= > << —.
— SS Se. ehhh
Za SS ame
gp Se a SSS SSS
A x Sor
RP
eo
a
=>
=
= =
SSS ” —
— LSS ESS
LILI So
e- sae eS ay)
See"
= a 7
—

'

JOUVEA STRAMINEA, Fourn.?

JOUVEA STRAMINEA, Fourn.?

PENTARRHAPHIS FOURNIERANA, Hack. & Scribn.

Proceedings of the Botanical Club of the A. A. A. S., Indianapolis
Meeting, August, 1890.

THURSDAY, AUGUST 2Ist.

The President, Dr. N. L. Britton, in the chair, Dr. C. R.
Barnes, Secretary.

Dr. Britton spoke on ‘‘ The Present State of Systematic Bot-
any in North America,” alluding to the great amount of investi-
gation now being done at the several centers of work, the in-
creasing number of specialists and the general satisfactory condi-
tion of the science.

Mr. Fernow remarked on his new check-list of North
American trees, the nomenclature based for the most part on the
recent writings of Professor Sargent and compiled by Mr. Sud-
worth. The list will give both scientific and common names; in
the compilation of the latter he asked the assistance of botanists
all over the country.

Mr. C. M. Weed exhibited specimens of Actine//a acaulis from
Lakeside, Ohio, where it appears to be native. This greatly ex-
tends the range of the plant to the East. Professor Bessey
stated that it occurred in Nebraska on hill-tops.

Mr. Weed also read a paper on “ The Milky Juices of Plants
as a Protection against Insect Borers.’ He had found this hold
true in many plants, but Lactuca Canadensis seemed to be an ex-
ception. Professor Burrill said that the same fact had been re-
ported to him from Greece in the case of the fig, Ficus Indica,
the plant being artificially slashed to prevent insect depredations.

Professor Beal described small tubers detected by him on the
roots of Ceanothus Americanus. Professor Burrill remarked that
it would be interesting if these should prove to have the same
functions attributed to the tubercles borne so abundantly in the
Leguminose. Dr. Britton called attention to an observation by
Dr. Thurber on the occurrence of tubers on Rhexia.

Professor Burrill remarked on the genus Pactertum, main-
taining that it should be recognized as valid.

FRIDAY, AUG. 22.
Mr. B. D. Galloway presented a paper by Miss Effie A.

ieee

236

Southworth on “A New Hollyhock Disease,” caused by the
hitherto undescribed fungus Colletotrichium Althea.

Professor Scribner remarked on “The Nature of the Palea ©

and Lodicules in Grasses.”

The conclusions drawn were :

1. That the palea are two-keeled prophylla which begin the
floral branch, and like those of the culm-branches, stand with
their backs toward the main axis or rhachilla of the spikelet ;
when the flower is carried back on to the rhachilla the palea is
wanting.

2. The lodicules are true scales, in that they belong to the
epidermal system, and their sole function is to separate the
glumes in anthesis, as the special epidermal development in the
axils of the panicle-branches serves to diverge these during the
same period by pressing against the axis from which the branches
arise.

Professor Lazenby called attention to two marked forms of
the Virginia Creeper, V’2tés (Ampelopsis) quinquefolia, one of which
clings readily to houses and other structures, while the other
does not. The clinging one appears to be native in Indiana and
Ohio, while the other is there only found in cultivation. Remarks
were made by Professors Beal, Bastin and Claypole.

Prof. L. H. Pammel read a paper on “Pollination of the
Genus 4sculus.”’

Professor Campbell remarked on ‘‘Adventive Buds of Lycopo-
dium lucidulum,” on “ The Archegonia of Ferns,” and on “ The
Germination of the Spores and the Prothallia of Osmunda.”

The President appointed as a Committee on Nominations of
Officers for the next meeting, Professor Wilson, Mr. Coville and
Professor Spaulding.

MONDAY, AUGUST 25th.

Mr. F. V. Coville remarked on his descriptive list of the Fanci
of Texas; it includes seventeen species, one of which is Texan
only, (/. filépendulus), fourteen range to the northeast and two
are found in the Rocky Mountains. Mr. Coville also exhibited a
serviceable collecting knife, the ‘cotton knife” of the South,
which he especially recommended for the collection of subterra-

Se eon

237

nean parts of plants. Professor Beal spoke of the importance of
the root-stocks of grasses as diagnostic characters, and remarked
on their poor representation in herbaria.

Professor Arthur described several pieces of apparatus for the
investigation of phenomena of vegetable physiology, illustrated
by drawings. The subject was discussed by Professor McBride,
Mr. W. H. Seaman, Professor Bessey and Professor Spaulding.

Mr. Coville reported on the progress of the Botanical Ex-
change Club under the direction of the Division of Botany of the
United States Department of Agriculture, stating that some five
thousand specimens are now in hand.

Professor Claypole read a paper on “ Plant Colonists at Akron,
Ohio,” alluding to Conium maculatum, Tragopogon porrifolius,
Artemisia vulgaris and Cnicus arvensis, both sterile and fertile
plants of the latter being found, and Lactuca Scariola. Professor
Burrill remarked on the scarcity of fertile plants of Cuécus arven-
sts in Illinois, and Dr. Britton stated that they were also rare in
New Jersey and Southern New York. Professor Arthur re-
ported that Dysodia chrysanthemoides and [va xanthiifolia were
steadily migrating eastward along the railroads. Dr. Britton re-
ported Leontodon hirtus as recently found at several points in New
Jersey and New York, and Crepis pulchra introduced along the
railroad at Culpepper, Virginia. Both of these European species
demand admission into our text-books of systematic botany. Mr.
Blatchley stated that So/anum rostratum had been found in In-
diana, an immigrant from the southwest. Fugitive specimens of
the latter have also been picked up in New York and New Jersey.

In the afternoon the club enjoyed an excursion tendered by
the Local Committee of Arrangements, to a series of ravines
known as the “ Shades of Death,” situated about fifty miles from
Indianapolis, and reached by the I., D. & W. R. R., which gener-
ously provided a special train for the transportation of the mem-
bers. Despite the somewhat forbidding name of the locality it
proved to be of much botanical interest, and a delightful trip was
experienced. At an informal meeting on the grounds, the
President appointed Professors Bastin, Wilson and Bessey a com-
mittee to draw suitable resolutions of thanks to the local commit-
tee and the superintendent of the I., D. and W. R. R,

puiieies all

si:

;
s

Be a
=
2

RR a iat PES eae 2 Meo oP eer ae

238

TUESDAY, AUG. 26th.

Professor Halsted reported a double-flowered form of Convol-
vulus sepium, and a probable hybrid of Tragopogon pratensis X
T. porrifolius from New Brunswick, N. J. He also stated that
the pollen of /pilobinm palustre var. oliganthum is interestingly
different from that of any other species of the genus in having the
four grains produced in each mother cell, remain united ina
quadrate mass and are only separated by prolonged teasing. The
individual grains are large, as they noticeably are in the genus,
and the groups are therefore remarkably conspicuous. When
taken from the stigma they usually exhibit tubes proceeding one
from each of the four grains. That the plant common and that
the quadrate pollen masses make fine objects for the microscope
are the excuses for mentioning the peculiarity not often met with
elsewhere. In this species it seems to be constant. In the ab-
sence of Prof. Halsted his communications were presented by the
Secretary.

Professor McBride stated that he thought other species of
Epilobium shared the same structure.

A paper by Miss E. Porter—‘ Notes on Spore Discharge of
Ascomycetes,” was read by the Secretary. It contained observa-
tions on this process in species of Pleospora.

Mr. H. L. Bolley read a paper on ‘“ Potatoe Scab a Bacterial
Disease,” illustrated by specimens and drawings. Prof. Burrill
stated that the investigation conducted by Mr. Bolley would
lead to some of the most valuable results reached for many years
in the study of vegetable pathology.

The committee appointed to nominate officers for the next
meeting of the club reported as follows:

President, Mr. Wm. M. Canby, of Wilmington, Del.

Vice-President, Prof. Lucien M. Underwood, of Syracuse,
mY.

Secretary, Mr. B. D. Galloway, of Washington, D. C.

The nominees were unanimously elected.

The President then declared the club adjourned, to meet next
year at Washington, D. C.

Re ee Ee SET. RMR ME OnE Oy rr ki OF me ae ne coe eee? = Se i hh ak ‘

Re ee KA ee ae

List of Botanical Papers Presented before the Section of Biology,
Indianapolis Meeting A. A. A. S., August, 1890,

Forest Trees of Indiana, by Stanley Coulter.

Preliminary notes on a new and destructive Oat Disease, by
B. T. Galloway.

Observations on the variability of disease-germs, by Theo-
bald Smith.

The Trimorphism of Uvomyces Trifolit, by J. K. Howell,
presented by W. R. Dudley.

Observations on the life history of Uncinula spiralis, by B,
T. Galloway.

On the seed coats of the genus Euphorbia, by L. H.
Pammel.

Observations on the method of growth of the Prothallia
of the Filicineze, with reference to their relationships, by Doug-
las H. Campbell.

Development of the Sporocarp of Griffithsia Bornetiana, by
V. M. Spalding.

Contributions to the life history of /soetes, by Douglas H.
Campbell.

The relation of the Mexican flora to that of the United States,
by Sereno Watson.

The distribution of the North American Umbellifere, by John
M. Coulter.

The distribution of Hepaticaee of North America, by Lucien
M. Underwood.

The Migration of Weeds, by Byron D. Halsted.

Geographical distribution of North American Grasses, by W.
J. Beal.

Geographical distribution of North American Cornacee, by
John M. Coulter.

The general distribution of North American plants, by N. L.
Britton.

Work of the Botanical Division of the Department of Agri-
culture, by F. V. Coville.

7 The continuity of protoplasm through the cell-walls of plants, 2
| by W. J. Beal and T. W. Tuomey.

Bn ne CE Te Eg nS ee oe ene

240

The development and function of the so-called Cypress-
: “knees,” with a consideration of the natural habitat of the tree,

4 by W. P. Wilson.

* Preliminary notes on the genus Ryxchospora in North

America, by N. L. Britton.

On Rusbya, a new genus of Vacciniacez from Bolivia, by N.
: L. Britton.

a Notes on a monograph of the genus Lechea, by N. L. Britton.
a The specific germ of the Carnation disease, by J. C. Arthur
4 and H. L. Bolley.

Notes upon plants collected by Dr. Ed. Palmer at La Paz,
Lower California, in 1890, by J. N. Rose, presented by John M.
Coulter.

Notes upon the crystals in certain species of the Arum family,
by W. R. Lazenby.

Notes on /sopyrum biternatum, by C. W. Hargitt.

y

Botanical Notes.

Tubular Flowers in Rudbeckia. J have lately had handed to
me a flower of the Rudbeckia hirta, in which the rays instead of
being flat are all tubular. The plant grows here in Concord, it
had eight or ten flowers and all the rays were like the specimen
given me. The tubular flowers were of the light color of the un-
derside of the rays, while the opening at the end was bright yel-
low, a line or vein being on the centre of the upper side where
the rolled rays seemed to join. The flower looked very much
like the hub and spokes of a wheel. A. W. HOSMER.
Concord, Mass.
Progress at Brown University. Botany is looking up at
Brown University. At its last meeting, the Corporation elected
Mr. James L. Bennett Curator of the Herbaria, and Prof. H.
C. Bumpus assistant in Biology. We have some hopes, too,
of new and better accommodations for the herbaria and labora-
tory. We greatly desire to strengthen our present collections
and to create an economic museum. In the hope that some
friend may see this and aid us, I send you this brief note.
Fruits, fibres, fabrics, drugs ; nothing vegetable will be alien to us. !
We ask the good will of the fraternity. W. W. BAILEY. |

241

Reviews of Foreign Literature,

Conspectus Flore Europaee. Supplementum IT, Pars altera. C.

PF. Nyman. (8vo., pp. 225-404, Orebro, 1890).

This concluding part of a most extensive and important piece
of work includes additions and emendations to the preceding
pages, notes, observations and a complete index to the Supple-
ment. It embraces the additional matter from Boraginez to Pteri-
dophyta. A very considerable number of species have been
added to the Flora of Europe since the completion of the Con-
spectus. Localities for rare or critical species are cited in
detail, and references given for descriptions of all the additional
species. It would have been exceedingly interesting to have had
a statement of the number of species recognized in the work, in
order to compare it with those known from an equal area of
America lying in the same latitudes.

Monographie der Gattung Orobanche. Dr. Gunther Ritter Beck

von Mannagetta. (Bibliotheca Botanica, Heft 19).

This is an exhaustive monograph of these interesting root-
parasites, including chapters on the history of the genus, its mor-
phology, anatomy and physiology, the host-plants of the various
species and their geographical distribution. Then follows the
critical description of the eighty-three species recognized, nine of
which are American, included in the subgenera Aphyllon, My-
zorrhiza and Kopsiopsis. The first of these includes (1) O. unz#-
flora, L. (A. uniflorum, Gray) and (2) O. fasciculata (Spreng.)
Nutt. (A. fasciculatum, T. & G. The second (3) O. Californica,
C.&.S. (A. Californicum, Gray); (4) O. Grayana, Beck (A.
comosum, Gray; O. comosa, Hook. not Wallr.); (5) O. Ludovi-
ctana, Nutt. (A. Ludoviciana, Gray) and under this A. Cooperi,
Gray and A. multiflora, Nutt. are placed as varieties; (6) O.
Chilensis (Phil.), Beck, the only South American species; (7) O.
bulbosa, Beck (A. tuberosum, Gray, not O. tuberosa, Hook); (8)
O. pinorum, Geyer (A. pinetorum, Gray) which Dr. Beck has not
seen and regards as imperfectly described. The third subgenus
includes (9) O. Hookeri, Beck, (Boschniakia strobilacea, Gray).

Ni. B.

Recherches exp -imentales sur les Modifications des Feuilles chez

242

les Plantes maritimes ; par M. Pierre Lesage (Revue Génér.

de Bot. Fev., Mars, April, ’90).

This paper sets forth elaborate experiments on the variations
of inland plants grown at the seashore. Ninety species taken
from thirty-two orders were studied and three plants especially
were cultivated, Pisum sativum, Linum grandiflorum and Lept-
dium sativum. The stated results of the experiments are here
translated as closely as possible.

ist. Plants growing by the sea generally have thicker leaves
than when they grow inland. All plants naturally do not follow

are ®

this rule.

: 2d. Inplants that most successfully submit to maritime influ-
ence, the palisade-cells are much developed. If the thickness of
the leaf has notably increased, the palisades are much lengthened,
at the same time the number of the mesophyll layers may aug-
ment or remain the same, according to the species. If the leaf
keeps to more or less the same thickness in the different cases,
the palisades are developed so that the relation of the palisadic

E tissue to the mesophyll is greatest at the seashore.
g 3d. The lacune are greatly reduced in plants of the sea-
a board.

4th. Chlorophyll tends to be less abundant in the cells of
plants on the shore. This conclusion is less rigorous than the
preceding ones. It cannot be verified well, except in plants sta-
tioned where they can be more or less inundated by the sea or
where they can receive the salt mist from the waves in large
quantities.

5th. The carnosity, the development of the palisades, the re-
duction of the lacunz and the diminution of the chlorophyll can
be obtained in experimental cultivation, where the variable ele-
ment is salt. A.M. V.

Index to Recent American Botanical Literature.

= Aésculus Parryi. C.S.S,. (Garden & Forest, iii. 356, Fig. 47).

“a Apical growth in Roots of Marsilia quadrifolia and Equisetum

a. arvense. Wm. M. Andrews (Bot. Gaz. xv. 174-177, illus-
trated).

Chestnut Tree—The. (Garden & Forest, iii. 353, 354, illustrated). a

j
2

243

Clematis Fremontii. (Garden & Forest, iii. 380, fig. 49).

Cornacee—A Revision of North American. J. M. Coulter and
W.H. Evans. (Bot. Gaz. xv. 30-38, 86-97 ; also reprinted).

In this revision the authors lay considerable stress upon the
characters of the stones of the fruit as points of distinction, not
only between species, but also between sections, in their arrange-
ment of the genus Cornus. C. Drummondii,C. A. Meyet, is rel-
egated to a variety of C. asperifolia, Michx. C. Californica, C.
A. Meyer, is considered to be a variety of C. pubescens, Nutt. C.
candidissima, Marsh. (1785), replaces C. paniculata, L’Her.,
(1788). C. Greenei is described as a new species founded on
specimens furnished by Prof. E. L. Greene, from California. C.

Batleyi is also named as a new species, from specimens collected

about the Great Lakes and westward. The same species was dis-
tributed by Dr. Porter as C. pubescens, and has been confused with
several other species. In regard to these the authors say: ‘ C.
stolonifera, C. Batleyt and C. pubescens form a very perplexing
and apparently confluent group of species. In all probability
they freely cross with one another, and some of the puzzling in-
termediate forms may be hybrids.” The genus Vyssa is also ar-
ranged according to the characteristics of the fruit and their
stones. Only four species are recognized.

Under the genus Garrya, G. Lindheimeri, Torr. becomes G.
ovata, Benth. var. Lindhetmeri ; G. flavescens, Watson, becomes
G. Veatchit, Kellogg, var. flavescens and G. flavescens, var. Pal-
merit, Watson, becomes G. Veatchiz, Kellogg. A. -H.

Fungi in the Collection of the Association—List of Staten Island.
Arthur Hollick & N. L. Britton. (Proc. Nat. Sci. Assn. S. I.
Special No. 11, Aug., 1890).

This list of forty-two species of fungi was prepared from speci-
mens collected on Staten Island by the members of the Natural
Science Association and submitted to Mr. J. B. Ellis for deter-
mination. As might be expected, the species are such as are
more or less conspicuous—thirteen of them being in the genus
Polyporus. \n regard to P. rimosus, Berk., Mr. Ellis says, in a
foot-note: “Your specimen is the first I have seen from this
region.”

Goanese Ipecac. H. H. Rusby. (Reprint from Drug. Bull., July,
1890, illustrated),

Under this title is a description and plate of Naregamia alata,
W. & A.

History of Garden Vegetables. E. L. Sturtevant. (Am. Nat.
xxiv. 629-646).

This contribution to the subject contains notes on ‘Rocket
Salad,” (Brassica eruca); “Rosemary,” ( Rosemarinus offic-
tnalis); Rue,” (Ruta graveoleus) ; ‘“Ruta-baga,” (Brassica Napo-
brassica); ‘ Saffron,” (Crocus sativus); “Sage,” (Salvia offic-
inalis.); “Salsify,” (Tragopogon porrifolius) ; “Samphire,” Crith-
mum maritimum); “Savory” (Satureja sp.); Savoy Cabbage,
(Brassica oleracea bullata); Scarlet Runner Bean, (Phaseolus
multtflorus); Scolymus, (Scolymus Hispanicus); Scorzonera
(Scorsonera Hispanica); “Scurvy Grass,” (Cochlearia officinalts,
“Sea Kale,” (Crambe maritima) and “ Shallot,” (Addium asca-
lonicumy).

List of Plants collected by Dr. Edward Palmer, in 1888, in South-
ern California. Geo. Vasey and J. N. Rose (Contr. Nat.
Herb., No. 1., 1-8).

An enumeration of two hundred and forty-seven species,
many of them rare. No new species are described.

List of Plants collected by Dr. Edward Palmer, in 1889, at La-
goon Head, Cedros Island, San Benito Island, Guadalupe
Island and at the Head of the Gulf of California. Geo. Vasey
and J. N. Rose. (Contrib. Nat. Herb., No. 1, 9-28).

An enumeration of several hundred species including descrip-
tions by Mr. Rose of new ones in the genera Sisymbrium, Encelia,
Phacelia, Nicotiana, Eschscholtzia, Spheralcea and Hemizonia,
and Euphorhia Pondit, Millspaugh.

Mosses of Staten Island—Preliminary list of the. ¥. G. Britton.
(Proc. Nat. Sci. Assn. S. I., Special No. 10, July, 1890).

In this list are enumerated five species and varieties of
Sphagna and ninety-six Musci. In a brief head-note the author
says that the specimens upon which the list is founded were col-
lected during a period of about eight years, and it is to be con-
sidered as very nearly complete, but additions may be looked for
in the genera Bryum, Barbula and Orthotrichum.

245

Native Shrubs of California—IV. FE. L. Greene. (Garden and

Forest, iii. 378, 379).

Interesting memoranda upon four species of Lavatera are
given under this heading, the first one of which, (ZL. assurgenti-
Jlora), is the only species inhabiting the main land. Of the other
three each one inhabits an island of its own off the coast of Lower
California. Z. venosa is confined to the island of San Benito, Z.
ensularis to Coronado Island and L. occidentalis to Guadalupe.
Notes on North American Trees.—XX. C.S. Sargent. (Gar-

den and Forest, iii. 355-356).

Description of the wood of the following species are given:
Lerminalia Buceras, Quercus tomentella, Cupressus Mac Nabiana,
Picea Breweriana and Larix Lyaltit.

Osservastoni sulla Mina lobata. G. ¥:. Mattei. (Nuevo Giorn.

Bot. Ital. xxii. 290).

Pitcher Plants. Sophie B. Herrick. (The Great Divide, iii. 74,

75).

The editors of the ‘‘ Great Divide” are evidently not bota-
nists, or else they presume upon not having botanists on their list
of subscribers, otherwise this extraordinary article could certainly
not have appeared. The text is written in the usual style of a
popular treatise and contains but little information that is decep-
tive. In the illustrations, however, a Cephalotus is boldly called
Sarracenia variolaris, a Nepenthes is labelled Darlingtonia Cali-
Jornica, and a Darlingtonia is named Sarracenia purpurea. There
is also a figure of Utricularia which, as the name is suggested,
might be recognized for a member of that genus.

_ Plant Diseases—On the Nature of Certain. A. L. Kean. (Bot.

Gaz. xv. 171-174).

Plant Notes. ¥. J. Hill. (Garden and Forest, iii. 370).
Memoranda upon //ypericum Kalmianun and Lobelia Kalmii.

Ramularia on Cotton—A New. Geo. F. Atkinson. (Bot. Gaz.
xv. 166-168, illustrated).
Ramularia areola is described and figured as new.

Schubertia grandiflora, Mart. and Zucc. S.W. (Garden and
Forest, iii. 368, fig. 48).

Tecoma radicans. WW. Goldring. (Garden, xxxviii. 51, illus-
trated).

Ber

Upon a Collection of Plants made by Mr. G. C. Nealley in the
region of the Rio Grande in Texas, from Brazos Santiago to
El Paso County. John M. Coulter. (Contrib. Nat. Herb.
No. 2, pp. 65, Washington, 1890).

Mr. Nealley has been employed by Dr. Vasey for several
years in the collection of the plants of southwestern Texas. He
has succeeded in finding many of the rarer species, not obtained
since the time of the Mexican Boundary Survey, and in addition
to this has discovered a considerable number of undescribed spe-
cies. Among the most interesting of the plants enumerated by
Professor Coulter, are Castalia elegans, found in considerable
abundance in a new locality. Castalia flava, to which is doubt-
fully referred all the Texano-Mexican yellow water-lily speci-
mens, including Bourgeau’s No. 4, from Santa Anita, and Pringle’s
No. 1,956, from Brownsville, distributed as Vymphea Mexicana ;
Thelypodium Vaseyi, n. sp., Abutilon Nealleyt, n. sp., Spheralcea
subhastata, n. sp., Cardiospermum molle, and Desmodium spirale,
new to the United States, Pithecolobium Texense, n. sp., Gaura
Nealleyi, n. sp., Turnera diffusa, var. aphrodisiaca, new to the
United States, Aplopappus Nealleyi and A. Texense, n. sp., Vig-
uiera longipes, n. sp., Perityle Vaseyi, n. sp., lpomea Nealleyt,
and /. Texana, n. sp., Eriogonum Nealleyt, 0. sp. and
Euphorbia Vaseyi, n. sp. The Juncacee and Cyperacee,
named by Mr. Coville, include several species heretofore only
sparingly collected. Dr. Vasey enumerates the Graminee and
describes the following new species: Panicum capillariotdes,
Muhlenbergia Lemmoni, Scribn., Sporobolus Nealleyt and S. Tex-
anus; Trisetum Hallii, Scribn., Bouteloua breviseta, Triodia
eragrostoides, Vasey and Scribn.; 7: grandiflora and Poa Tex-
ana. The Pteridophyta were named by Mr. Henry E, Seaton,
Notholena Nealleyi, being described as new.

Altogether this is the most valuable and interesting collection
recently made in the United States, and a very satisfactory re-
sult of the work of the Division of Botany in exploration, The
original specific names of the plants enumerated, have been re-
tained in many instances. We wish that this had been uniformly

carried out, and the parenthetic citation of authors employed.
N. L. B.

ee Ray eee ge). | etree ge) S-

BULLETIN

OF THE

Z£ORREY BOTANICAL CLUG.

Vol. XVII.J New York, October 9, 1890. [No. 10.

Notes on the Manner of Growth of the Cell Wall.

By Emiry L. Greaory.
(Plate CIX).

The question of the manner of growth of the cell wall in the
vegetable kingdom has not yet been satisfactorily answered. If
we accept the theory of Nzgeli in respect to the crystalline form
of the micella composing it, and suppose the first or primary
wall to be formed according to the laws governing the arrange-
ment of such figures, when lying free in a fluid substance, the
question then arises, how does this wall grow in surface and in
thickness? Negeli says in his work on the growth of the starch
grain, that before this question can be answered many facts must
be observed and registered.

The object of the present brief paper is to record one or two
facts which appear to be connected with this question. It is not
expedient therefore to give a resumé of the work already done
and the facts discovered in this field since the suggestion of
Negeli. An article written by Krabbe in Pringsheim’s Jahrbuch
in 1887 contains an account of some very interesting observa-
tions and experiments, and in this paper the author claims to have
proven one or two points in this connection which have hitherto
lacked positive demonstration. Without taking space here to re-
view this whole article, which is a long and valuable contribution
to the literature on this subject, I may be pardoned for repeating
some parts of it here.

In the study of stratification and striation in the walls of bast
and thick-walled libriform cells, Krabbe claims that the observa-
tions preceding his own have been made on longitudinal sections,
and therefore the results are not always reliable.

ws,
“i
oe
iv
oP.
:

248

A stratified wall consists of several layers which appear to be
quite distinct from each other when seen on the cross-section.
These layers often appear striated, or as having stripings running
more or less obliquely through them which on the cross-section
show like narrow lines. Krabbe used cross-sections of different
stems, Linum, Urtica and others, and by an ingenious method of
focusing by which the lines, according to their relative position
in the layer, were made to recede from or approach each other,
claims to have proven that the process of intussusception could
not have taken place in the growth in thickness of the entire wall.
That is, he claims to have shown that the growth in thickness of
each one of these lamella or layers was entirely separate from
that of the others, and that no interchange of micelle from one
layer to another could have taken place.

The result of this study, ingenious as it was, led to no definite
results as to the actual manner of increase of thickness in a wall
already formed. Admitting that the two lamelle are entirely
independent of each other, each containing its own micelle from
the first, the question still remains, how did they reach their
present thickness? He agrees with all the recent investigators on
this subject, that in many cases a so-called new formation of wall
occurs. To explain this we will suppose a cell with moderately
thickened walls; this when about to add to its thickness throws
out a new wall which eventually sets itself firmly on the old one
so as to become part and parcel of it. This building a new wall
by the protoplasm of an already enclosed cell is a process quite
lately discovered and in German is known as “ neubildung.”

In another portion of his work he claims to have reached more
satisfactory results; in fact to have actually proven that intussus-
ception does take place in the increase of thickness in certain walls.
In certain plants of the families Asclepiadaceee and Apocynacee
there occurs a process of widening or bulging out of the walls ot
the bast cells in a very singular fashion, and afterward a cellulose
wall may be built across so as to form separate cells in the once
single bast fiber. Now as to the growth of these widenings
it is plain that the number of micella composing the growing
cell wall must have increased considerably. The question how
this increase is managed Krabbe answers by saying that it

OR a Sail id 0 a ns co es all al

249

can be in no other way than by intussusception. He gives elabor-
ate arguments to prove that the turgor could not be sufficient to
account for it on the principal of stretching, says that a pressure
of from 3,750 to §,000 atmospheres must be assumed in order to
produce such a result, and that it is impossible to premise a pres-
sure of more than 1,000 atmospheres in a cell. Other serious ob-
jections are given, and finally, because Strasburger denies that a
cell can grow in surface by any other process than by stretch-
ing, he says, admitting it to have grown by stretching, we
must then expect it to be proportionately thinner, but such is
not the case. Measurements are given showing the wall to be of
uniform thickness. Therefore it is proven that these local thicken-
ings in the bast cells of these plants must be the result of the
process of intussusception.

Then he gives his reasons for concluding that in most cases of
thickened walls showing striation the process of new formation
has taken place, a wall being built and then added to the previous
one. He says, admitting this latter statement proven, “ Still the
real question is not touched, for who can say how this new wall
increased in thickness in its process of growth, whether by appo-
sition or intussusception.” In the case of the growth of the
widened places in the bast fibers, however, a definite point is
gained; if the proofs are satisfactory then we may hold that the
theory of growth in thickness by intussusception in some cases is
established.

While the writer was studying the development of wings on
the stems of the genus Euonymus one or two instances of peculiar
growth were noticed. About eighteen different species or varie-
ties of this genus were studied, but only one of them showed this
peculiarity in wall formation. This was Awonymus angustifolia,
var. purpurea; the specimens were obtained from the nursery of
Thomas Meehan, near Philadelphia. This species has the usual
four-angled stem with slight but perfectly developed wings along
these angles. It will be necessary here to repeat a little from the
work on cork wings referred to above: “ A cross-section at the
distance of 1% centimeter from the growing tip of stem shows the
tissues of the rind ina formative stage. The outer wall of the
epidermal cells is covered by a thin cuticle, the cells themselves

com PAE RCA RE, Rese
2

> eee

250

are large, nearly isodiametric, and with thin walls; below the
epidermis are two layers of thin-walled cells without chlorophyll,
then four or five layers of parenchymatic chlorophyll-holding cells,
and then below these again several layers of colorless cells.” At
the corners of the stem the rows of chlorophyll-holding cells are
broken by a cluster of collenchymatic colorless cells. In a later
stage of development the central cells of this cluster form the
string of bast fibers which are pushed out by the growing wing.
It is with the growth and development of these bast fibers that a
point of interest occurs. A section cut at the distance of A
centimeter from the growing tip (Plate CIX. fig. 1.) shows this
little central cluster of cells, with thick walls and small lumen;
now a section at three centimeters from the tip shows that several
important changes have occurred. The two cylinders of color-
less cells now begin to take on a collenchymatic appearance, the’
walls having thickened considerably. The cells of the epidermis
are in a state of rapid growth and division, new cells being added
to the outer cylinder whose walls rapidly thicken, as may be seen
by sections at the distance of five and seven centimeters from the
tip. The cells in the center of the group in the corners are seen
to have increased in diameter while at the same time their walls
are much thinner.

Now if we follow this same set of cells, cutting at various dis-
tances below this, we find them with extremely thick walls, so
that only a small point appears as the lumen. Their diameter is
about the same as at the distance of three centimeters, but in
whatever way the additional thickness has been acquired the
original wall as seen at the latter distance is perfectly evident as a
dark line marking the outline of each cell.

Here, if we accept Strasburger’s theory, that growth in sur-
face takes place by stretching, we have an apparently consistent
explanation of the processes which have taken place. The thick
walled cells in fig. tc, have changed to thin-walled wider
lumened cells as seen in fig. 2, by using up the material already
in their walls. By this process of stretching the diameter is in-
creased until the proper size for the bast fibre is obtained. Then
by a succeeding process this thin wall is added to until hardly a
trace of cavity remains. If, on the other hand, as in the case of

ee Pe ee oe

251

the bast fibres described by Krabbe, it can be proven that the
turgor cannot be raised sufficiently to produce this effect of
stretching, the only other explanation possible is that the walls
of the cells in question have undergone the following cycle of
changes: Their thin walls produced by the original division of
the cells composing them have been thickened so they have the
appearance as shown in fig. 1; then the matter composing these
walls has been partially absorbed till only the light wall remains
as seen in figure 2; this must also have increased in surface to
allow for the increased diameter as seen here. Then later ona
new process of thickening has taken place, by which the wall is
made much thicker then before. It must be noticed here that
there is not the same difficulty in the way of the wall stretching
out till the diameter required is reached as in the case described
by Krabbe. Here the young walls are in their early stage of
growth and there is every probability that a much smaller pres-
sure would serve to extend them than in case of the bast fibers
of an older tissue.

It is true that the simple fact that one explanation appears
more plausible than another, is not at all of the nature of proof in
scientific research. At the same time the rapid succession of
changes noticed in the thickness of the walls of this tissue seems
worthy of record as a fact bearing on this subject.

Another peculiarity still more striking than this occurs in the
course of the rapid growth and division of the epidermal cells be-
tween the wings. As before stated, these originate from a phel-
logen layer extending not around the stem, but only for a short
distance around and beyond the little cluster of bast cells, the
wing shoving these out as it develops. In this variety the wing
never acquires a very great depth, but is of width enough to
materially aid in the enlargement of the circumference, while the
spaces between are thus enabled to assimilate. It is only, there-
fore, on the spaces between these wings that the epidermal cells
retain their character and divide, forming new ones. This pro-
cess does not result in the formation of corky layers, composing
the tissue known as periderm, but they form an additional sup-
port to the outer collenchymatic cylinder, which at first is only
two layers in thickness. By means of these additional cells the

bi Pel alt sft

eae ee

ie

252

number is increased often to six or seven layers. In regard to
these collenchymatic layers being necessary to support the stem,
it may be mentioned in passing that this stem is one of the class
having no bast fibers in its outer or rind portion.

The real periderm consists of the wings until the stem gets
older—two or three years in some instances—when the assimilat-
ing surface is no longer needed, the bands of phellogen cells ex-
tend themselves until a circle is formed around the entire stem.

Now it is with the stem before the wings form and for some
time after this, that we have to do. In order to allow the cells
under the epidermis to fulfill their office of assimilating, the epi-
dermal cells themselves must remain intact and perform their of-
fice as do the epidermal cells of the leaf. It is necessary, there-
fore, that they divide and increase rapidly in order to keep pace
with the increasing growth in diameter. This in itself presents
no difficulty as long as the cell contents are in working order and
the cell wall is of pure cellulose, so that it can change in any way
to enable it to increase in thickness or in surface ; this process of
growth and cell division is normal to the plant.

There is, however, one difficulty in this for the epidermal
cells, which is not found usually elsewhere. This is the heavy
upper or outside wall, the cellulose of which turns to suberin or
cutin at a very early stage of the growth of the stem. One of
the characteristics of suberin is that it is nearly impervious to
air. It is also supposed to be much less liable to change of
structure than cellulose. By this is meant that the micella com-
posing it do not so readily change place, therefore change in
form or structure is more difficult in case of suberized wall than
that consisting of pure cellulose. In other words a cell with
purely cellulose wall with living contents is always liable to
changes by means of growth, while the wall turned to suberin or
lignin is a sign of completed growth, fixedness of form.

Now in our Lwonymus stem at a distance of one-half centi-
meter from the tip these epidermal cells are found partly suber-
ized as to their upper wall, this wall is thicker than the other, but
the shape of the cell is nearly cubical. Ata distance of three
centimeters from the tip and from this on till the stem has ac-
quired some age, the outer walls of the epidermal cells are very

ce saat

253

thick and strongly cuticularized. Instead of stretching across
the cell at right angles with the radial walls, and parallel with the
lower tangential walls, they are strongly inclined upward, many
making a sharp angle. Here, where the wall is so plainly cuti-
cularized, the process of division is rapidly going on; new walls
are seen in both directions, tangential and radial. But, as before
stated, the tangential divisions are limited for the most part to
four or five layers of cells, forming the collenchymatic cylinder
outside the palisade cells. The radial divisions, of course, keep
pace with the increasing circumference, and the outer tangential
wall must increase at a rapid rate; it must increase not only in
surface, but it does keep pace in thickness, for no section can be
made which does not show all the cells of the epidermis fitted
with outer walls of uniform thickness.

Now if we turn to the sections studied, we shall see a peculiar
development which must in some way serve to aid in this series
of rapid changes. We have before mentioned a curvature in the
wall in nearly all cells in the process of division (which process is
detected by the thinness of the new wall). Besides the thin new
wall just forming, there is another element which, so far as I
know, is peculiar to this variety. This is a sphere or spherical
body consisting of partly cuticularized cellulose, extending from
the outer wall down into the cell, to which in all cases is attached
the new wall. That is to say, this spherical body projecting down
into the cell was never found unless below it was the new radial
wall which was just forming to increase the number of cells in
the circumference. New cells were sometimes seen without the
sphere, but the sphere is never found without the wall. Now by
a study of the surface of these cells the following facts are recog-
nized :

These spheres are found principally or more frequently on
the tangential walls of the grown epidermal cells. At the stage
where they are most numerous, these cells have a long diameter
parallel with the axis of the stem. The tangential diameter is
the one which must enlarge so rapidly to keep pace with the in-
crease in circumference, and these bodies occupy such a position
as to be readily made use of in the new outer wall.

If we suppose this to be the function of these bodies, the

4
=
E

a
:
e

254

question at once arises. By what process is their substance taken
up into the wall? There is little probability that the latter
stretches out so as to use up this material, as in the case of the
cellulose ring in the Gidogonium cell. The shape is not adapted
to this purpose, therefore a process similar to that of intussuscep-
tion must take place. The assumption that this is the function
of these globular bodies, and that they are merely reserve stores
enabling the outer wall of the epidermis to preserve its uniform
thickness, we admit, rests on very slight proofs. There are, how-
ever, several indications which point in this direction.

Chemically, they agree perfectly with the outer wall from
which they extend. The greater portion of this wall consists of
cutin in its early stages, a layer of pure cellulose is found to ex-
tend along the inner surface connecting with the side walls, and
this cellulose extends entirely around the sphere. In fact, it is
as though a little bag of cellulose membrane were sunken in here
and filled with cuticularized substance. There is no question as
to its chemical nature, as it was repeatedly and thoroughly tested.
Again its connection with the new young wall is suggestive of this
function, Except for this, its appearance is quite similar to the
incrustations of calcium carbonate sometimes found in the epider-
mal cells of /zcus.* However, cystoliths do not occupy such a
position in reference to new walls, neither do they consist of cu-
ticularized cellulose. Another reason for the assumption is the
lack of these bodies in the epidermis of the grown stem, or that
portion where the new periderm is about to form and the epider-
mis is to be thrown off.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE CIX.

Figures 1, 2 and 3 represent cross-sections of stem of /wonymus angustifolia,
var, purpurea, ‘They include only a corner in each instance, containing a bundle of
bast cells, which appears in fig. 3 in a mature or finished condition.

Fig. 1 shows a section cut one-half centimeter below the tip of the stem, fig. 2
three centimeters, and fig. 3 twenty-five centimeters from this tip. In each of these
figures a marks epidermal tissue, 6 the subepidermal or supporting-cells, and @ those
holding chlorophyll.

In fig. 1, ¢ marks the collenchymatic cells of the corner, which later on develop
into bast fibers. In fig. 2, these cells ¢ are thin-walled, and have a larger lumen.
In fig. 3 the same letter marks the cluster now completed.

Fig. 4 represents the epidermal layer as seen from above—distance from tip of

*See Haberlandt Physiologische Pflanzen Anatomie, page 340.

OS ee ee ere ke ke

JULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. PLATE CIX ©

al

aC
es
Ly Sacs
KL JORG
SAO
FON

circa aso
ry
jt
- eee ee
ov — ae,
I FIC IEA if eee an ro
circe 350
bps 7. g
aaa han am aad
OUCDUDOO SI
WO IS HD

GREGORY ON THE MANNER OF GROWTH OFTHE CELL-WAILL.

255,

stem about twenty-five centimeters : a marks the spherical projection into the cells.

Fig. 5 shows cross-section through epidermal and subepidermal layers at the
same distance from tip as in fig. 4 ; @ shows here the spherical projection.

Fig. 6.—Same as fig. 5, only a longitudinal section.

Fig. 7.—Cross-section showing epidermal cells, cut one-half centimeter from
tip ; @ here shows beginning of a stoma.

A Further Enumeration of some Lichens of the United States.

By Dr, JOHN W. ECKFELDT.

The following account includes a few lichens heretofore but
little known as occurring within the limits of the United
States, and as two of these species have been described elsewhere,
and as they are comparatively new or uncommon to the region
specified, I deem it wise to call further attention to them. It will
be further noticed that I have included three new species; these
were collected during the winter of 1887, and were kindly iden-
tified by Dr. W. Nylander, whose descriptions I here include.
Formerly the other plants were recorded as occurring only in the
island of Cuba.

LECIDEA (BIATORA) MESOPHdA, Nyl. spec. nova. Thallus
cinerascens vel cinereo-virescens, subleprosus, tenuis, inde-
terminatus ; apothecia livido-nigricantia (latit circiter 0.5 mil-
lim.), lecanoroidea obmarginem conceptacularem albicantem
(vix prominulum), intus strato media obscurato ; spore 8-ne,
fusiformes, 3-septate, longit O.O1I-15, crassit 0.004 millim.,
epithecium incolor, paraphyses non discrete, hypothecium
supra fuscum infraque incolor. [odo gelatina hymenialis
coeeruliscent, dein fulvo rubescens.

Species videtur e stirpe Lecidia (Liat. violacee ab, omnibus
distincta apotheciis intus albis striato hypotheciali superiori in-
fuscato. Tuckerman in hb. eam dexit Platygrapham et adert
quedam facies Platygraphe prominule, Nyl. numer. p. 131
Guyanensis quae vero distat hypothecio fusco et alus notis varus.

A rather rare and well marked species found throughout
Florida, but recently collected at Jacksonville on barks at the
base of various trees, by Mr. Calkins. This plant evidently
belongs to the more tropical regions of America, and may be
found by careful search in the island of Cuba.

LECIDEA (BIATORA) ORPHNG@A, Tuck. Proceed, 1864 p. 274.

Tuck. synop. pars. 2, p. 157. Thallus obscure rufescens, mi-

yan? | eee cin hat Ae Mt ee Le ee ee ee ee ae ee eo ioe shee POE Ce ee Oe, tee

256

nute granulosus, sub. furfuraceus ; apothecia fusca planiuscula

marginata aut demum convexiuscula immarginata (latet fere

0.25 millim.), intus obscura; spore 8-16-na. incolores ob-

long simplices, long 0.005-9 crass. 0.002 millim.; epithe-

cium incolor, hypothecium fuscum. Iodo gelatina hymenia-
lis fulvo-rubescens (precedente ccerulescentia). Species satis
distincta in stirpe Z. (Bzatora) furfuracee, Pers.

Tuckerman refers to this plant as occurring on trees in Cuba,

and collected there by Mr. C. Wright. We have been able to

place this rare plant among the flora of North America. It was
found during the winter of 1887 onthe bark of //ex Cassine by

Mr. Calkins, and from the material submitted to me, I was led to

suppose that it was heretofore unobserved.

LECIDIA (BIATORA) MILLEGRANA, (Tayl.) sub. LECANORA,
Nyl. N. Gran. p. 64; LECANORA PYRRHITIS, Tuck.

Another species peculiar to Cuba as referred to by Tucker-
man, and found at Jacksonville on the bark of various trees. A
well-marked and exceedingly interesting species also of sub-
tropical distribution.

ARTHONIA CINEREOPRUINOSA, Scher. Spore 3-4-septate,
long. O.OII-15, crass, 0.0035-45 millim, spermatia recta, long.
0.004-5, crassit 0.0006 millim. Jodo gelatina hymenialis
dilute coerulescens, dein fulvo-rubescens.

This lichen was found in small quantities, but in sufficient
amount to clearly and accurately determine the species. It oc-
curred at Jacksonville and Palatka on smooth bark of //ex Cassine.
ARTHONIA PALMICOLA, Ach. Syn. p. 5. Est quasi A. epipas-

toides, Nyl. sporis minoribus, I long., O.O1I-14, crass. 0.004-5

millim.

Under the latter name Mr. Willey says the plant occurs in
the Atlantic States. I have received it from Jacksonville, where
it appears to be quite a common species.

GRAPHIS VIRGINALIS, Tuck. Similis Ferrurine sub-nitide, Nyl.

Fueg. Patag. p. 34, sed sporis intus minus loculosis; long.

scurate.

Found on smooth barks in the low country of Florida, and
heretofore not in any recent list of lichens from that section of
North America. This plant belongs more properly to the tropi-
cal Graphids.

0.025-34 crass. 0.012-17 millim., et iodo coerulescenti ob- .

GRAPHIS VIRGINEA, Esch. Spore long. 0,050-75, crass.
0.016-18 millim. Iodo coerulescentes et simul thalamium
coerulescens.

GRAPHIS VIRGINEA, Esch. var. FULVESCENS, Tuck. (G. scalptu-
rata, var. fulvescens, Tuck, hb.) Apotheciis hiascentibus,
demum planis, testaceo-pallescentibus.

Oss. Graphis subvirginea, Nyl., est Gr. virginia, Mont., quoe
non est Gr. virginea, Eschw.

This lichen occurs throughout the northern portion of the
United States, and has been distributed under the name of G.
scalpturata. t occurs in Florida about Jacksonville on lex
Cassine.

GRAPHIS SUBFULGURATA, Nyl. spec. nova. Thallus macula
pallida indicatus; apothecia obducta vel subobducta, gracilia,
flexuosa et ramosa, epithecio angusto; spore 8-nz, fusce,
oblong, quadri loculares aut triseptate, long. 0.018-21,
crass. 0.006-8 millim. (Iodo non tincte); hypothecium in-
color.

Forsan et Ferrurina consideranda; accedere tamen videtur
versus Gr. fulguratam Fee, cui spore minores 1 long, O0.O11-15
crassit. fere 0.007 millim. A lichen having given much doubt as
to its identity may now be placed here as a well authenticated
species.

This lichen, not observed by all collectors, however, abounds
throughout Florida, and has been more frequently observed in
the neighborhood of Jacksonville. The specimens that I had
were collected by Mr. Calkins.

PYRENULA SUBPUNCTIFORMIS, Nyl., nova spec. Sat similis P.
punctiformis, Ach., at sporis triseptatis et nonnihil majoribus,
long. 0.018-22 crass. 0.006 millim.

A not uncommon species, frequently found associated on the
same bark with P. punctiformis and other Pyrenule and prob-
ably mistaken for P. fallactosa, Stitz.

Notes on Asplenium pinnatifidum, Nutt.

So remarkable have been the discoveries of Asplenium pinna-
tifidum, Nutt., in Lancaster Co., Pa., during the present season,
that a few notes concerning it seem to be worth recording. 4.
pinnatifidum, Nutt., was first discovered in this county by Prof.
T. C. Porter, June 14th, 1864, near Georgetown, and afterwards

258

on the Tucquan Creek several miles from its mouth. In 1868
at a point on the Octoraro Creek, near Nine Points, it was col-
lected by Dr. A. P. Garber. On the rst of April last, while bot-
anizing along the Pequea Creek with my friend, Mr. A. A,
Heller, I collected this rare and beautiful fern for the first time.
Since then I have collected it at four new stations, at two of
which it is quite rare, while at the other two stations it is remark-
ably plentiful.

On May 21st, ina deep and wild ravine near Smithville, which
was never explored, I found great quantities of A. pinnatifidum,
Nutt. growing in the crevices of the high cliffs. Then on June
26th, while collecting along the Susquehanna several miles above
Safe Harbor, in a very rocky ravine, I unexpectedly came upon
it. Both here and at Smithville there is one spot where a pecu-
liar form grows. The frond is two to three times broader in pro-
portion to the length than in the common form, and regularly
divided to the rachis almost to the apex, the pinne being ovate
in outline. I started out on July 21st to collect specimens at the
stations given by Prof. Porter and Dr. Garber. Somehow I
failed to find either, but discovered a new station on the cliffs of
the Octoraro about three miles east of Prof. Porter’s locality and
several miles west of that of Dr. Garber. The last station at
which I have collected it is on the rocks at the mouth of the
Tucquan Creek. At the localities where it grows so plentifully
it varies much both in size and form. The fronds vary in length
from two to twelve inches, and in width from one-half to two
inches. Many of my specimens have long, sharp lobes at the base
of the frond, and in some they run all the way up to the apex,
instead of the usual rounded lobes. One very fine specimen,
three of whose fronds are almost one foot long, has one frond
taking root at the apex, which gives rise to four small fronds.

JOHN K. SMALL.
Lancaster, Pa.

A new North American Lejeunea.
By Lucien M. UNpEeRwoop.
Among the extensive hepatic collections made by Professor
John Macoun in British Columbia during 1889~-'g0, a single
Lejeunea occurred, which was referred to Dr. Spruce, who has

a

Ze eamel

7 ee
ae

259

sent the following description and notes. It is especially inter-
esting as the first occurrence of the genus in Northwest America.

LEJEUNEA (COLOLEJEUNEA) MACOUNIH, Spruce, n. sp.—
Dioica (?), pusilla, albido-viridis, in plagas circumscriptas dif-
fusa; caules 4-5 millimetra longi, filiformes, pellucidi, vage
vel inaequaliter-pinnatim ramosi, intricati, parce radicellosi.
Folia imbricata, patentia, subplana vel apice decurvula, basi
brevi subtransversa inserta, oblique obovata, rotundata, me-
dio margine postico late (non autem profunde) sinuato-com-
plicata, papillulis scabra margineque subcrenulata; lobulus
duplo brevior ovato-quadratus, ad sinum truncatus et bidenta-
tus, laevis, ad plicam inflatus, deinde appresso-planus; cellule
minutula, subincrassata, ovali-4-6-angulares, omnes fere medio
papillulam globosam ferentes, praeterquam pauce subbasales (cete-
ris longiores) necnon lobuli cellula epapillosae. Foliola nulla.
Flores in caule ramisque terminales, innovati. Bractee erecta,
foliis breviores, laxe complicate, lobo anguste oblique obovato,
lobulo duplo breviore lineari sub-acuminato; bracteola nulla.
Perianthia emersa, dimidio infero obconica, supero rectangulari-
oblonga, paulo compressa, alte 5-carinata, subtruncata, ubique
preter basin versus papilluloso-scabra. Cetera haud visa. Folia
.8X.5, lobulus .4X.25, cellule 1-60; bracte lobus .65 x.3;
perianthium, .75 <X.3mm.

ffab. British Columbia, on maple bark, (Prof. Macoun), April
8th, 1889.

This elegant species is very distinct from all Cololejyeunew
hitherto described. Scabrous leaves are not infrequent in the
group, but in ZL. Macounzi the roughness arises from the presence
of a globose papilla on each cell of the leaf proper, or greater lobe,
such as exists in no other species known to me. The lobule, or
lesser lobe, however, is smooth as it is also in ZL. calcarea, Lib.,
whose acuminate and muricate leaves amply distinguish it. JZ.
Macounii, by its habit and by the form of its leaf and lobule, re-
calls a common tropical foliicolous species, ZL. pelluctda, which
belongs to a distinct group (Diplasiolejeunea) possessing large two-
ranked underleaves. RICHARD SPRUCE.

February 3, 1890. ;

Botanical Notes.

Polygonatum biflorum, E\\., grows with us and is very com-
mon. Polygonatum giganteum, Dietr. in its wiid form is very
local, thus far being known only in the extreme northwest of the

260

State, although it is not uncommon in Windham Co., Conn. It
is cultivated in many of our gardens and from the peculiar devel-
opment in its degradation, I am very well satisfied that the one
is a form of the other, for plants which were last year agreeable
to the description, ‘‘ glabrous throughout,” “leaves partly clasp-
ing,” “ filaments smooth,” “filaments inserted upon the middle of
the tube,” and therefore P. giganteum, this year from the same
roots produce only such plants as have ‘sessile leaves,” not
*“‘clasping,”’ which are ‘ pubescent and glaucous” beneath—with
“roughened filaments”
perianth.

* This is not the first time the impression has come to me con-
cerning this plant, that two forms of one species were counted as
two species, but I have had this season a better opportunity for
observation of the matter. JAMES L. BENNETT.

Brown University.

A Handbook of the Mosses of Northeastern America.—Wav-
ing learned that the edition of Lesquereux and James’ ‘f Manual
of the Mosses of North America” is almost exhausted, and being
assured that there is, in the East, a demand for a smaller and
cheaper guide to the study of this group of plants, I have com-
menced the preparation of a work to bear the above title. The
book will be illustrated, and the geographical area will include
the northeastern and central States and eastern British America.

upon the ‘uppermost portion” of the

It is hoped that the manuscript and drawings may be completed
by the end of next year. ELIZABETH G. BRITTON.

Note on the Eastward Extension of Pentstemon albidus, Nutt.—
In April, 1890, undoubted specimens of P. a/bidus, Nutt. were
sent to the University of Minnesota, by Mr. L. M. Moyer, from
Montevideo in the upper Minnesota Valley. It appears to be
fairly abundant along the southern bluffs of the Minnesota River,
in Big Stone, Chippewa and Renville Counties, and is apparently
extending eastward along the valley. In this region P. grandt-
fiorus, Nutt. is remarkably prevalent on high ridges and the two
species occur together in the vicinity of Appleton. The range of
P. albidus as given in the 6th edition of Gray’s Manual is “ Plains,
Neb. to Dak. and Tex.,” in Coulter’s Manual of Rocky. Mountain
Botany, the range is, “Plains from Dak. to Col. and Tex.” In

Ree Le Ae Rae 3 ae Ng Me a
pk

261

Minnesota it is restricted to the southwestern portion of the State
and is not found on upland or rolling prairie, so far as yet deter-
mined. This plant has never before been reported east of the
Missouri River. CONWAY MCMILLAN.

Note on Asplenium pinnatifidum. Considering the few re-
corded localities for Asplenium pinnatifidum, 1 think the follow-
ing notes may prove of interest :

In June, 1886, Messrs. A. P. Brown, Stewardson Brown, and
myself found this species growing sparingly on rocks in a deep
glen on the west side of the Susquehanna River at York Furnace,
York Co., Penn. We found it in the same locality in 1889 and
again in June of the present year. On the last occasion, being
convinced that the fern ought to be found in other similar locali-
ties along the river, we made a careful search for it and were re-
warded by finding it in several other places in the woods border-
ing the river below York Furnace. In all cases it was growing
on perpendicular rocks of an eastern exposure. No doubt fur-
ther search will discover it at various other points along the river.

Another locality from which I have seen specimens of pzmnatt-
fidum is on a tributary of the Brandywine Creek near Mortonville,
Chester Co., Penn. These specimens were collected by Miss
Mary Steele a number of years ago, and I doubt if the plant is
still to be found in this locality, as I have visited the place a num-
ber of times and have never been able to find it.

WITMER STONE.

Germantown, Pa..

Notes on two Carices.—Carex deflexa, Hornem., var. Deanez,
Bailey. While collecting on the embankment of the old “ Veazie
Railroad” at Old Town, on May 24th, I found a small clump of
this species—the only one I found that day. A few days later I
found it growing in dry open woods at Orono, and have since
found it quite abundant in a number of similar localities. The
only station in Maine, recorded in the Manual, is Mt. Desert,
45 miles to the south.

Carex chordorhiza, Ehrh., is quite abundant in the “ Bangor
Bog,” in Orono. Professor Bailey writes that he never heard of
it before in Maine. MERRITT L. FERNALD,

Orono, Me.

3
ES
x
,
=
7
a
as
f
Ri
B
~
a
4

262

Index to Recent American Botanical Literature,

Aconitum Fischert. J.D. Hooker. (Bot. Mag. t. 7130).

Sir Joseph Hooker adopts this name for the Aconite of north-
eastern Asia and refers to it the 4A. Columbianum, Nutt. of the
Rocky Mountains and Pacific coast, and the recently published
A. Noveboracense, Gray, (BULLETIN, 1886, p. 190) of central
New York; he even suggests that they all may have to go into
the eastern North American A. wncinatum, L. Whatever may
be the merits of A. Columbianum, which has already been re-
garded by American botanists at one time or another as identi-
cal with the Asiatic plant, we feel confident that A. Movebora-
cense represents a distinct species, and that A. uuctnatum is
equally valid. A. Noveboracense appears to us nearer related to
A. paniculatum, Lam., of central Europe than to A. Feschert.

Me Ls: Bi

Alleghanies of Virginia in F¥une—The. Anna M. Vail. (Gar-
den & Forest, iii. 367, 368; 391-392).

Bur Oak—A Fine. (Garden & Forest, iii. 402, illustrated).
Accompanying a general description of Quercus macrocarpa

is an account and representation of an individual specimen known

as the “Cravath Tree,” growing upon the farm of Mr. Miles G,

Cravath, Whitewater, Wis.

Catalogue of the Uncultivated Flowering Plants Growing tn the
Ohio State University Grounds. Moses Craig. (Bull. Ohio
Agric. Exp. Sta., i. 49-110, with map of grounds).

This list is concerned with the phanerogams only and contains
408 species and varieties. Common names are given in every
instance where a common name is known. Tables of comparison
are included, showing the number of genera and species in each
order as found in the University grounds and as reported for the
entire State. Also a table of comparison, showing the number of
species in ten of the principal orders in the University grounds,
Franklin County, and State. In like manner the number of
species in the genera Carex and Aster are compared. The cata-
logue is manifestly a carefully prepared one and is unusually pre-
cise and full in regard to dates and locations. The nomenclature
is somewhat antiquated, but as the author says he has betn “ striv-

a

OE ROSES eres cae

263

ing always to employ the names sanctioned by the late Dr. Gray ”
the synonomy may be readily hunted up, especially as in numer-
ous instances the author has caused synonyms to be printed in
brackets. The work will certainly render the future study of
botany at the State University a much easier task than when the
author first undertook it.

Color Notes on California Wild Flowers. C. R. Orcutt. (Gar-
den & Forest, iii. 438, 439; 450-451).
The author seems to think that color characteristics are apt

to be “frequently ignored by botanists” and hence takes pains

to say that he has compared his descriptions with the colored
plates given in Ridgeway’s ‘‘ Nomenclature of Colors for Natural-
ists’’ and we are treated to such tints as ‘deep claret-brown”
for Fritillaria biflora, “bright magenta” for Lathyrus venustus,

‘“‘ Heliotrope purple” for the spots in the corolla of Frasera Par-

ryt, ‘Chinese orange” and “ orange-vermilion” for Calochortus

Kennedyi, ‘Pomegranate purple” for Opuntia prolifera. We are

told that the corolla of Erythrea venusta is “ of a shade belong-

ing somewhere between solferino and magenta, too dark for rose

purple!” Leselia tenutfolia has flowers ‘‘something between a

poppy-red and carmine.” Spheralcea Emory has “ flame-scarlet ”

flowers. Monardella lanceolata is described as having ‘“ Phlox-
purple” flowers, while the flowers of Zhamnosma montanum are

“‘prune-purple.” It certainly would require a highly colored

imagination to picture the appearance of the descriptions in Gray’s

Manual, for instance, if such a code of color nomenclature should

be adopted.

Caraguata angustifolia. J. G. Baker. (Bot. Mag. t. 7137).

Contributions to Texan Botany. N. UL. Britton. Trans. N. Y.
Acad. Sci. ix. 181-185).

This includes (1) Additions to the List of Plants collected by
Miss Mary B. Croft at San Diego, sixty-seven species being
enumerated Lippia ligustrina (Lag.) Britt. is the older specific
name taken up for L. /ycioides, Steud. Several corrections are
made in former determinations. (2) Note on some plants collected
by Mr. Frank Tweedy in Tom Greene County in 1879, an enum-
eration of ninety-nine species, Desmodium Tweedyi being de-
scribed as new.

oe ee a
oa
:

264

Crategus coccinea, L. var. macrantha, Dudley. L. H. Bailey.

(American Garden, xi. 513, 514, fig. 1).

Dangerous Fungi. WU. W. Harkness. (Zoe, i. 151-152).
Diatoms—Movements of. C. Onderdonk. (Microscope, x. 225-

229.

Dogwood—The Flowering. (Garden & Forest, iii. 425, 426, fig.

54).

Includes a picture of a fine tree of Cornus florida, growing
on the estate of A. L. Barber, Grimes’ Hill, Staten Island, N. Y.
Elm —The Clark. (Garden & Forest, iii. 438, illustrated),

An account and figure of a celebrated tree of Ulimus Ameri-
cana, growing upon the Clark-Hancock place at Lexington, Mass.
and known to be about 125 years old.

Episcia maculata. (Bot. Mag. t. 7131).

Native of British Guiana.

Fermentation of Bread. (Katharine E. Golden. (Bot. Gaz. xv.

204-200).

In this article the author describes the experiments made to
determine the main factor in the raising of bread—whether due
to Saccharomyces cerevisie or Bacillus subtilis. In conclusion
she says: ‘It was demonstrated by the experiments that both
yeast and bacteria can separately raise bread, and, under the con-
ditions of the experiments, the yeast somewhat better than the
bacteria. Now, whether or not they act together in raising bread
ordinarily was not demonstrated, but from the fact that both or-
ganisms were found in large quantities in dough that had been
raised by Fleischmann’s yeast, and that bacteria are always in the
air and in large quantities on the surface of the grain from which
flour is made, and also that they occur in all preparations of yeast
ferment, it seems to be the only satisfactory conclusion that both
the bacteria and the yeast act together in raising most if not all
kinds of bread.”

Flora of the Californian Islands. T.S. Brandegee. (Zoe, i. 129-

148).

This is essentially a list of the flora of these islands as recog-
nized by the writer: 512 species are enumerated. The object of
the paper is evidently to make an opportunity to throw doubt on
the validity of the numerous species described from the territory

265

by Professor Greene, a large number of which are here referred
to mainland plants, the whole subject of the enumeration of the
flora having just been exhaustively treated by Dr. Yates.
Some of these reductions are probably desirable, as Professor
Greene has proposed them, but a considerable number at least
are very wide of the mark. The reference, for example, of five
Eschscholtzias back to EF. Californica indicates either that Mr.
Brandegee’s botanical instinct is not very highly developed, or
else that personal dislike of Mr. Greene is warping his judgment.
The nomenclature of the list is, to say the least peculiar, Linnaeus
being in several cases credited with binomials which he never

wrote. Nis. 3.
Flowers and Insects—V. Chas. Robertson. (Bot. Gaz., xv
199-204).

Insect visitors to the following plants are noted; Astragalus.
Mexicanus, Strophostyles angulosa, Amphicarpea Pitchert, Cercis
Canadensts, Cassia Chamecrista and Cassia Marilandica.
Fungt of Western New York. Charles E. Fairman. (Proc.

Rochester Acad Sci. 43-53; two plates. Also reprinted).

A general account of the mycologic flora of the region, fol-
lowed by descriptions of new species in the following genera:
Didymospheria, Anthostomella, Pseudovalsa, Vermicularia,
Phoma, Diplodia, Spheropsis, Sporidesmium, Mucor and Camaro-
sporium.

Fungous Diseases of the Spinach—Some. Byron D. Halsted.

(Bull. No. 70, N. J. Agric. Exp. Sta.)

Peronospora effusa, Colletotrichum Spinacee, Phyllosticta Che-
nopodt, Entyloma Ellisit and Cladosporium macrocarpum, are
figured and described.

Germination of Milkweed Pollen—Artificial. Byron D. Hal-
sted. (Microscope, x. 229, 230, illustrated).

Observations upon the pollen of Acerates viridifiora.
Hansteinia et Stenostephanus—Sur les Caracteres des. 4. Bail-

lon. (Bull. Mens. Soc. Linn. Paris, i. 855).

A discussion of the relations of these Mexican genera.
Helianthemum—A New. W.H. Evans. (Bot. Gaz. xv, 211).

Hf. Canadense var. Walkeri is described from specimens col-

lected at Castle Rock, Colo., by Mrs, S. B, Walker.

4
J

ee at ee eee

a eee
r

266

Flepatiques Nouvelles des Colonies Francaises. ¥. Bescherelle et

Richard Spence. (Bull. Soc. Bot. France, xxxvi. 177-189,

t. XIII-XV).

In the prefatory note M. Bescherelle explains that his only
collabration consisted in sending the material and notes to Dr.
Spruce. The species are arranged geographically, thirteen from
Guadaloupe, in the genera Mylia, Lejeunea, Blepharostoma, Ceph-
alozia, Kantia, Letoscyphus and Fungermannia ; one Lejeunea
from French Guiana and the remaining six species not American.

Hlepatice Nove Americane Tropice et Alig. Richard Spruce.
(Bull. Soc. Bot. France, xxxvi. 189-207, t. XVI-XVII.
These also were sent to the author by M. Bescherelle, three

from Mexico, fourteen from Paraguay, two from the Argentine

Republic and fourteen from Brazil collected by Balansa, Hiero-

nymus and Glaziou. The following genera are represented:

Frullania, Lejeunea, Radula, Lophocolea, Aneura, Riccia, Antho-

ceros, Lepidoszia, Chiloscyphus, Plagiochila and Metzgeria. Un-

der Lepidozia plumeformis, n. sp., is cited one of Dr. Rusby’s
collection from Bolivia. The plates in both these papers are

lithographed from drawings by W. H. Pearson.
EK, G. B:

History of Garden Vegetables—The. EE. L. Sturtevant. (Am.

Nat. xxiv. 719-744).

Notes are given upon the following plants: ‘ Skirret,” (Sza«m
stsarum) ; “ Snails,” (Medicago scutellata) ; ‘Soja’ Bean, (Sofa
hispida) ; “ Sorrel,” (Rumex sp.) ; “ Southernwood,” (Artemisia
Abrotanum) ,; Spinach, (Spinacea, sp.), and Squash, Pumpkin and
Gourd, (Cucurbita, Pepo, Melopepo, etc). The latter vegetables
are described at some length, and the memoranda in regard to
the importance of squashes and pumpkins as a food product in
early colonial times are of considerable interest. Whether or not
they all originated in this country seems still to be in doubt, but
the author concludes that * * “as the present types have all
been recorded in the Old World since the fifteenth century, and
were not recorded before the fourteenth and succeeding centuries,
there must be a connection between the fact of the discovery of
America and the fact of the appearance of pumpkins and squashes
in Europe.” In regard to the gourd the author thinks there is

oes, gible oe = eS Pee bs Te aoe se et a) a ee A
a BN Pi
q

267

still room for investigation in regard to its status as a native or
introduced plant in this country, but apparently inclines to the
belief that it has been introduced.

Hypoxylon Broomeanum, Berk. and Curt.

It isremarked in “ Grevillea,’ xix. 21, that specimens named
H. amorphum, Ell. and Ever. are clearly the above species.
Kalmia—A Curious Form of. C.S. Sargent. (Garden & Forest,

iii. 452, fig. 56).

Description and figure of a monstrous form of Ka/mza latifo
lia found at Deerfield, Mass. The corolla lobes are divided into
five linear petals, alternate with the calyx lobes, and some of
them producing abortive anthers. The variety seems to be con-
stant, can be propagated by grafting, and is freely fertile in culti-
vation.

Locust Trees—The American. (Gard. Chron. viii. 181, 182).

An interesting account of Robinia pseudacacia in Europe, es-
pecially of the individual, yet living in the garden of the Museum
in Paris, which was known to have been raised from seed in
1635, and is believed to be the first of its species that was made
to grow in the Old World.

Neolindenia, Sur le. 4H. Baillon. (Bull. Mens. Soc. Linn. Paris,

i. 851, 867-868).

Notes on a new genus, doubtfully referred to the Acantha-
cee, from Chiapas, Mexico.

Notes on the Canyon Flora of Northwest Nebraska. T. A, Wil-

liams. (Am. Nat. xxiv. 779, 780).

Notes on the Flora of the Lake Superior Region. E. J. Hill.

(Bot. Gaz. xv. 140-149; 159-166).

Notes on the Ligneous Vegetation of the Sierra Madre of Nuevo

Leon. C.G. Pringle. (Gard. & For. iii. 337, 338, 362-363).
Outlines of Wood’s “ How to Study Plants.’ (Pamph. pp. 28.

Indiana Teachers’ Reading Circle, 1890-’91).

Passifiora vitifolia. (Gard. Chron. viii. 212, fig. 32).
Pleurothallis platyrachis. (Bot. Mag. t. 7129).

Native of Costa Rica.

Prunus Allegheniensis. T.C. Porter. (Garden & Forest, iii.

428, fig. 53).

A capital figure of this interesting species.

268

Pyrus arbutifolia. C.S. Sargent. (Garden & Forest, iii. 416,

fig. 52).

In this contribution the author contends for specific rank for
the two plants generally regarded as var. me/anocarpa and var.
erythrocarpa. Marked differences in time of flowering, size and
color of fruit and time of its ripening and falling, in addition to
leaf characteristics, are given. Under this arrangement we should
have Pyrus arbutifolia, (L.) L.f. for the red-fruited species and
P. nigra (Willd.) Sargent, for the black-fruited one. The point
seems to us to be well taken.

Ruelliées exceptionnelles—Sur Plusieurs. (H. Baillon. (Bull.

Mens. Soc. Linn. Paris, i. 852, 853).

Descriptions of . colorata from Peru, and R. Chiguitensis
from Bolivia, (Weddell No. 3495).

Scribner—Professor F. Lamson. (Orchard & Garden, xii. 149,
illustrated),

Biography, with portrait.

Shortia galacifolia. (Garden, xxxviii, 204, 205, plate 768).

The history of SXortza is here briefly given, accompanied by
a full page colored plate of the plant.

Some Effects of the Mild Winter. Jacob Schneck. (Bot. Gaz.

XV. 209-211).

The memoranda in this article refer to the vicinity of Mt.
Carmel, Ills., and we are told that MJalva rotundifolia, Stellaria
media, Alyssum maritimum, Capsella Bursa-pastoris, Bellis peren-
nis and Lamium amplexicaule were in blossom all winter and
were only checked by a spell of cold weather in March.

Spruce Pine—The Florida. Carl Mohr. (Garden & Forest, iii.

402, 403).

Describes the habitat and surroundings of Pinus clausa with
with its accompanying vegetation.

Sweet Gum—The. (Garden xxxviii. 208, illustrated).

An account of the introduction into England of Liguidambar
styractflua and its occurrence there.

Triumfetta semitriloba. HH. H. Rusby. (Reprint from Drug.

Bull. Aug. 1890, illustrated).

Tulip Tree—The. (Gard. Chron., viii. 218, 2109, fig. 36).

A representation of a large tree in Kew Gardens.

269

Virginia Creeper—The. E.S. Goff. (Garden & Forest, iii. 392-

394).

Attention is called, in this brief note, to the fact that V7ztzs
guinguefolia seems to produce two well marked varieties, one pro-
ducing sponge-like disks and hence climbing everywhere readily,
the other producing tendrils without disks which assist the plant
in clambering up rough surfaces only. We have seen mention
made of these two varieties before, and the importance of distin-
guishing between them is often highly important when the vine
is to be planted for ornamental purposes. Observation of the
natural geographical distribution of the two forms would be valu-
able. ;

Water Lilies—Notes on Mexican. C.G. Pringle. (Garden &
Forest, iii. 415). Mymphea Mexicana, N. elegans, N. ampla
and WV. gracilis are described.

In regard to the latter species the author says: ‘“ Of the sev-
eral species under consideration this one alone, as I believe, pos-
sesses any marked fragrance. Its root-stock is a tuber rather
than a rhizome—or such at least it appears in autumn, after all
the rest of the plant has perished—an ovoid body one to three
inches in length, with thick and hard outer shell, covered with
bosses quite like a pine cone in appearance. In this state the
plant is prepared to hibernate and endure safely the droughts of
the earlier months of the year, when many of the shallow lakes
which it inhabits are dried up, and the land, where they lie tum-
bling about on the surface, is even growing a crop of wheat.”
West American Oaks. Part [/.* . L. Greene. Pamph. 4to.,

pp. 30, plates 13; San Francisco, Cal., June, 1890).

Part two of this splendid work has been issued under the same
conditions as part one—Mr. James M. McDonald assuming the
financial responsibility and Prof. Greene undertaking the neces-
sary botanical explorations and descriptions. The general style
of Dr. Kellogg’s drawings has been preserved, so that there is a
gratifying uniformity throughout, and this latter part is a fitting
sequel to the great work so well begun. Quercus Gilberti and
Q. venustula are described as new. A problematic specimen of
QO. Gambelli, from Bear Creek Cajion, Col., is figured and so

* For review of Part i, see BULLETIN, xvi. 177, 178.

te
7
.

270

named, provisionally, but the author says that he suspects it may
ultimately be found worthy of varietal rank. Q. Yacodiis figured
on the same plate with Q. Garryana, Dougl., with which it has
been frequently confounded, and Q. Macdonaldi, var elegantula, is
figured and described as a probable hybrid between Q. Engel-
manni and Q. dumosa. Changes from generally accepted names
are few. Q. Dunnit, Kellogg, (1879) becomes Q. Palmeri,
Engelm. (1876). The use of trinomials by the author we note
again with regret, not only because they are frequently mislead-
ing in regard to the authority for the specific name, but also be-
cause it seems a needless innovation. As an example we may
quote Quercus Macdonaldi elegantula, Greene, which is strictly
correct, so far as the authority is concerned, as Prof. Greene is
the author of both specific and varietal name, but when he writes
Quercus dumosa polycarpa, Greene, it is misleading, for the rea-
son that the name of Nuttall, the author of the species, does not
appear. fect.

Proceedings of the Club.

The regular meeting was held at Columbia College, Wednes-
day evening, Sept. 24th, the President in the chair and eighteen
persons present.

Reports of several of the field excursions during the summer
were received.

Mrs, Britton remarked on Saddatza stellaris, forma albiflora,
collected in abundance at South Beach, Staten Island, and on
her discovery of spurs on the two outer sepals of /mpatiens bi-
flora at New Dorp. She also stated that Habenaria ciliaris was
exceedingly abundant in flower at Linden Park, whereas last
year only two or three plants were found in bloom. The Presi-
dent suggested that this species might be uniformly biennially
flowering. Mr. Ogden reported it in full flower at Tenafly, N. J.,
this season, and the Secretary stated that flowers were abundant
at that station in 1888.

Dr. Newberry remarked on his recent trip to the Adirondack
region.

Mrs. Northrop gave a preliminary account of the vegetation
of the Bahama Islands.

pam
OTANIC#

QA RHYL?
UA NL IUIN

BULLETIN

OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLiGe

Vol. XVII.J

New York, November 9, 1890. (No. ff.

Contributions to Canadian Bryology.—No. 3,*
By JouHN Macoun.

Continued from Vol. XVI., p. go.

GRIMMIA DENSA, Kindb. n. sp.

Dicecious. Plants 2-3 cm. high, densely tufted, coherent,
green, at the base brown. Leaves patent, not crisped, muticous
(without hairpoint), long-lanceolate, borders reflexed ; upper
cells short, middle ones sinuous, lower narrower and not sinuous,
alar quadrate ; costa not winged at back. Capsule elliptical, pli-
cate-rugulose when dry, not costate, yellowish brown, declined
upon a 0.6 cm. long, curved and flexuous pedicel; beak long
and straight; teeth irregular 2-4-fid. to 2%, dark red, patent
when dry, annulus large, 3-seriate.

On rocks, summit of Mount Benson, near Nanaimo, Vancou-
ver Island, June 3, 1887. Alt. 3,000 feet.

G. HETEROPHYLLA Kindb. Mss.

On rocks on the mountains between the Nicola and Thomp-
son rivers, at Spence’s Bridge, B.C. Alt. 2,500 feet. May 28th,
1889.

GRIMMIA SARCOCALYX, Kindb. Mss.

On rocks on the summit of the mountain between the Nicola
and Thompson rivers, at Spence’s Bridge, B.C. Alt. 3,500
feet. May 28th, 1880.

GRIMMIA CONCINODONTOIDES, Kindb. Mss.

On dry rocks ovetlooking the Thompson River, at Spence’s

Bridge, B. C. Alt. 3,500 feet. May 28th, 1880.

GRIMMIA NIVALIS, Kindb. n. sp.
Tufts blackish, low and compact. Stems denudate below.

*Qwing to lack of space we have been forced to omit nearly all species from
Prof. Macoun’s list except those described as new by Dr. Kindberg.—[ Eps. ]

..
E
.
3
a
4
:
4
:
‘
i.

: 272

Leaves small, short, ovate-lanceolate, acute, muticous or indis-
tinctly piliferous, flat on the borders, the uppermost and the peri-
chetial ones longer and narrower with a smooth and long hair-
point; cells quadrate, chlorophyllose, the lower hyaline, short-
rectangular ; costa percurrent. Inflorescence dicecious. Capsule
exserted, wide-mouthed when empty, not rugose nor striate ;
teeth orange, nearly entire, spreading when dry; lid mammil-
late; pedicel arcuate, elongate, pale. Differs from G. plagiopo-
dia in the longer acute leaves and the pedicel very much longer
than capsule.

On rocks on the summit of the Gold Range, north of Griffin

Lake, B. C. Alt. 7,000 feet. Aug. 10, 1889.

RACOMITRIUM ROBUSTIFOLIUM, Kindb. n. sp.

Differs from 2. JJacounzi in the leaves being less crispate, pel-
lucid, more reflexed on the borders, often furnished with a short
hairpoint. Capsule oval, striate or plicate when dry; teeth dark
purple-brown, deeper cleft, papillose; the beak of the lid od/que,
needle shaped, very much shorter than the capsule; pedicel
slightly curved.

Both these species differ from R. varivm in the short pedicel
and the longer leaves.

Mount Arrowsmith, Vancouver Island, alt. 5,700 feet, July
17, 1887. ;

RACOMITRIUM BREVIPES, Kindb. n. sp.

Habit of R. heterostichum or R. canescens. Plants dirty
green; branches nodose with numerous short branchlets.
Leaves very faintly papillose, ovate-lanceolate, long-acuminate,
more or less revolute, hair-point long and rough; cells yellow,
the upper short or elongate, the alar distinctly quadrate. Capsule
small, oblong-cylindrical with a short oblique beak; pedicel short,
0.5 cm. Peristome not examined.*

On sloping garnetiferous rocks near the summit of the Gold
Range, north of Griffin Lake, British Columbia; alt. 6,700 feet.
Aug. 8, 1889. Coll. John Macoun. No. 395, Canadian Mosses.
Var. ericotdes, B. and Sch. (Bry. Eu. t. 271).

On rocks at Victoria, Vancouver Island, and at Hastings and
North Arm Burrard Inlet, B. C., 18809.

VAR. MUTICUM, Kindb. n. var.

Leaves without a hair-point; cells yellow; costa absent.

Barren. On rocks summit of Gold Range, at Griffin Lake, B. C.

Aug. 1880.

273

Scouleria Nevii, C. Mull.
S. aquatica, var. nigrescens, Kindb., BULLETIN, Xvi. 94.
Abundant on stones in mountain brooks at Sicamous and

Griffin Lake, B. C., 1880.
ENCALYPTA LEIOCARPA, Kindb. n. sp.

Habit of Z. streptocarpa. Moncecious. Tufts large, densely
radiculose and fuscous below; the young shoots dark green. Up-
per leaves patulous, when dry incurved, from a diaphanous base
lingulate, obtuse, muticous; lower leaves suberect ; costa scab-
rous at back, not excurrent; perichetial bracts not acuminate,
perigonial thick-apiculate. Capsule pale, cylindric, not striate,
sometimes with a short apophysis; peristome simple; teeth sub-
linear, papillose, orange and erect; seta red. Calyptra papillose
for its whole length, reaching below the capsule, not fringed,
dusky yellow.

On rocks summit of Mount Queest and other mountains in
the Gold Range, B.C. Alt. 6,500 feet. August 8, 1889.

Webera albicans, Schimp., var. DEFLEXA, Kindb. n. var.

Differs in the leaves revolute nearly all around, the peristome
pale yellow, the lid lower.

On the borders of rich woods, Vancouver Island; also Salt
Spring Island, Gulf of Georgia. May 10, 1887.
VAR. MACROSPORA, Kindb. n. var.

Leaves denticulate to the middle; costa excurrent. Spores
large, about 0.03 mm.

On the mountains north of Griffin Lake, Gold Range, B. C.
Alt. 6,500 feet. August 10, 1889,
Bryum Breidleri, Jur. Mountains north of Griffin Lake in the

Gold Range, B. C.

This species and Webera gracilis were growing in great pro-
fusion where snow had just disappeared. August 10, 1889.

BRYUM DENTICULATUM, Kindb. n. sp.

Differs from B. pseudotriquetrum in the leaves being loose,
distantly denticulate to the middle, lanceolate-acuminate, reflexed
at the base.

In a bog, Roger’s Pass, Selkirk Mountains, B.C. August 21,
1885.

B. Donianum, Grev. (Linn. Trans. xv. t. 3).
Allied to B. capillare, but differing in the leaves being near

ak ee an Se. ee ee ie te

274

the top of the branches, short-acuminate, slightly or shortly mu-
cronate, the capsule slightly curved, the inner peristome not
higher than the outer ina dry state, the spores smaller, about
0.01 mm. long or less.
On rocks at Hastings, B. C. April 11, 1880.
B. hydrophilum, Kindb. Read for B. hydrophyllum, BULLETIN,
XVI. 95.
B. obconicum,Hornsh. sub-sp. CONSTRICTUM, Kindb. n. sub-sp.

Stem higher; leaves green, larger, narrow-margined above ;
costa reddish, long-excurrent; capsule larger, constricted below
the mouth; spores very small, 0.01 mm. long.

Swamp in the Columbia River Valley at Donald, B. C., July
8th, 1885.
B. pallescens, Schleich., var. LAXIFOLIUM, Kindb. n. var.

Leaves loose, not glossy, long and narrow; upper cells nar-
row; spores small, about 0.01 mm.

Kananaskis Pass, Rocky Mountains, in damp woods. June

23, 1885.

Var. LONGIFOLIUM, Kindb. n. var.

Leaves dense, glossy, very long-attenuate; upper cells nar-
row; spores small.

On wet gravelly soil at Morley, Rocky Mountains. June 13,
1885.

B. PERCUMCENTINERVE, Kindb. Mss.

On dripping rocks in a ravine just west of Kamloops, B. C. June
18, 1889.
B. Kaui, Aust. On wet earth at Agassiz, B. C. 1880.

r. Kindberg says of this species that it is quite distinct from
the European B. Muhlenbeckit to which it was referred by Les-
quereux and James.

Mnium medium, Br. & Sch., sub-sp. ROBUSTUM, Kindb. n.
sub-sp.
Leaves larger than the species, ovate-oblong, more densely
denticulate, broadly yellow-margined, the comal scarcely larger

than the middle ones; costa yellow. Capsules clustered, 2-4, pale,
lid higher, conical, short-apiculate ; pedicel shorter than the stem.

On logs and rocks in shaded woods near Victoria, Vancouver
Island. June 11, 1887.

eee ee ee ON NEE A ee ee ee

275

ATRICHUM (CATHARINEA) LEIOPHYLLUM, Kindb. n. sp.

Plants erect, simple, naked below, densely foliate above.
Leaves smooth, lower very small, upper lanceolate and acute-
cuspidate, not margined, the base scarcely broader; borders
sharply serrate, with large teeth, the basal only entire; basal cells
narrow, the others round-hexagonal, all pellucid; costa percur-
rent; lamellae 6, disappearing below the apex, entire or slightly
crenulate. Capsule single, long, sub-cylindric, thicker below,
slightly curved, constricted at the mouth; lid obliquely rostrate
from a conic base; perichetial leaves long-cuspidate with excur-
rent costa; pedicel bright red. Dicecious.

In damp woods on the lower slopes of Mount Arrowsmith,
Vancouver Island. July 18, 1887.

ALSIA MACOUNH, Kindb. n. sp.

Loosely czspitose, bright green. Secondary stems pinnately
divided, branching from the middle; branches crowded, single or
rarely pinnate, obtuse, not circinate when dry. Leaves involute
above, papillose-dentate at the back, branch-leaves imbricate
open-erect, five-ranked, ovate, or oblong obtuse, reflexed below,
serrulate above the middle; cells oval-oblong and pellucid, the
alar smaller and obscure, sub-quadrate; costa percurrent; upper
perichetial leaves sheathing, filiform-acuminate, capsule red,
plicate-rugulose, oval-oblong, longer than the pedicel; teeth
trabeculate, yellowish inside, papillose; cilia short and smooth ;
annulus simple, adhering at the long-rostrate lid. Dicecious.

This species is by Lesquereux confounded with the true A/sza
abietina, by others with A/sta Californica. On trees at Sooke,
Vancouver Island and on Salt Spring Island; also on rocks at
You. @. ...May 17, 1875.

Neckera Douglasii, Hook., var. MACOUNII, Kindb. n var.
(Neckera Macounitt, Kindb. enumer. bryin. exotic).

Differing principally in the leaves less attenuate aud the cap- -

sule turgid oval, completely exserted on the long pedicel (not
‘narrow, half-exserted ’’).
On large boulders between Cathedral Mountain and Mount
_ Stephen, Rocky Mountains; also on trees at Hastings, B. C. and
Comox, Vancouver Island.
ANTITRICHIA TENELLA, Kindb. n. sp.
Tufts loose, green; secondary stems irregularly divided ;

branchlets numerous, the greater number very short. Leaves
small, sub-patent or loosely appressed when dry, ovate-acute or

276

short-acuminate, dentate at the apex, not striate, reflexed to the
apex; the greater number of cells short, the inner and middle
narrow; costa with 1-2 accessorial branches at the base, disap-
pearing below the apex; perigonial leaves elongate. Dicecious.
Female plants unknown.

Amongst Racomitrium varium on rocks below the railway
bridge over the Nanaimo River, Vancouver Island. April 26,
1887.

PLATYGYRIUM RUPESTRE, Kindb. n. Sp.

Plants intricate, caspitose, pale brownish-green, not glossy.
Stems irregularly divided, branchlets short, filiform, not creeping.
Leaves small, densely crowded, when dry appressed, open-erect
when moistened, scarious and pellucid, not chlorophyllose nor pap-
illose, subovate, acute or long-acuminate, the upper denticulate
above, the borders recurved below, sometimes to the middle or
above it; areolation in the lower leaves sublinear above, looser at
the base, in the upper leaves looser, oblong-linear, in all sub-
quadrate at the borders and at the base; costa none. Dicecious.

The generic position of this plant collected only in a barren
state is not yet certainly defined.
On the face ofa cliff above the first tunnel at Yale, B. C.
May 17, 1880.
HOMALOTHECIUM CORTICOLA, Kindb, Mss.
Cedar Hill near Victoria, Vancouver Island. April 21, 1887,

PSEUDOLESKEA SCIUROIDES, Kindb, n. sp.
Macounia sciuroides, Kindb. enumer. bryin. exot., 1888.

Dicecious. Stems creeping, loosely tufted, irregularly branch-
ing. Branches attenuate and incurved; paraphyllia filiform or
subulate. Leaves from the ovate base attenuate to a long den-
ticulate point, reflexed on the borders, recurved or straight not
striate, most of the cells oblong; costa stout, percurrent. Peri-
chetial leaves ovate-oblong, abruptly attenuate to a filiform or
subulate point, not reflexed on the borders ; areolation narrower ;
costa thinner, disappearing below the point. Capsule oblong,
suberect or inclined, not striate; pedicel 1-5 cm. long, Spores
0.02 mm. Lid and calyptra unknown. Peristome orange-colored ;
teeth densely articulate with indistinct longitudinal line, subulate
and hyaline-bordered, when dry incurved; segments scarcely
shorter or narrower, pertuse in the middle; basilar membrane
very short; cilia smooth.

On rocks in the valley of Elk River, Rocky Mountains, B. Ca
1883. Dr. G. M, Dawson coll.

ia ei be cole eee aN

yy ae

PSEUDOLESKEA OLIGOCLADA, Kindb. n. sp.

Allied to Pseudoleskea atrovirens. Tufts loose, dark brown,
sparingly radiculose. Secondary stems sparingly branched ;
branchlets distant, short and julaceous; paraphyllia numerous.
Leaves appressed when dry, falcate when moist, reflexed on the
borders, abruptly attenuate from the short ovate base to the
longer, sub-entire acumen, not striate; cells not confluent, short
with incrassate walls, oblong-quadrate, only the uppermost nar-
row ; costa stout and very long; perichetial leaves longer, acum-
inate, scarcely reflexed on the borders; cells narrower; arche-
gonia 10-12, paraphyses few, shorter. Dicecious. Capsules and
male plants unknown.

On damp rocks, Mount Benson, Nanaimo, Vancouver Island,
June 8, 1887.

M. Cardot believes that this plant is a variety of Pseudoleskea
atrovirens.

THUIDIUM (CLADOPODIUM) LESKEOIDES, Kindb. n. sp.

Plants very small; tufts intricate, green, not glossy ; stems
filiform, irregularly divided, without paraphyllia; branches not
attenuate, rootless. Leaves small, loose, erect-spreading, ovate-
oblong, acute or short-acuminate, very papillose, not pellucid,
erect on the borders, serrate all around; cells rotundate, the alar
scarcely distinct; costa percurrent. Barren. Habit of Hetero-
cladium heteropterum.

On rocks at Cedar Hill, Vancouver Island, April 21, 1887.

THUIDIUM VANCOUVERIENSE, Kindb. n. sp.

Plants minute, densely and irregularly pinnate, sparingly
radiculose, rarely flagelliferous, dark green, not glossy; branches
short, very slender. Leaves ovate-deltoid, denticulate above
the middle, pellucid, faintly papillose; stem leaves decurrent, at
the base reflexed, acute; branch leaves smaller, looser, more
concave, oval and obtuse; cells hexagonal-oval, or rhombic, the
alar and marginal quadrate-rhombic; costa slender, short,
scarcely reaching to the middle. Paraphyllia few or none. Peri-
chetial leaves longer acuminate, cells narrower. Capsule small
oblong, sub-erect ; pedicel I cm. long. Dicecious.

On rocks on the upper slopes of Mount Finlayson, at Gold-
stream, Vancouver Island, May 31, 1887.

Camptothecium hamatidens, Kindb., var. TENUE, Kindb., n. var.

Branches longer, filiform, leaves smaller only at the base and
hooked-denticulate at the apex. On rocks, Mount Erskine, Salt
Spring Island, Gulf of Georgia, May Io, 1887.

eee “
Co ap SR > a

7 ATS”

278

BRACHYTHECIUM PSEUDO-ALBICANS, Kindb. n. sp.

Differs from the true &. a/bicans (Neck.), in having the leaves
looser, sub-distichous, shorter-acuminate, faintly striate, dentic-
ulate all around; the alar cells greater, all the basal cells finally
reddish. Barren.

No, 235 Canadian Musci in part. On the sand spit and in
woods on the ground at Comox, Vancouver Island, May 5,
1887.

BRACHYTHECIUM LA&VISETUM, Kindb. n. sp.

Habit of B. populeum. Plants cespitose, green and glossy.
Stem irregularly ramulose. Leaves close, sub-erect, open, ovate-
lanceolate acuminate and acute, sulcate; borders serrulate from
the middle upwards; basal cells dilatate ; costa long, reaching at
least to two-thirds. Capsule small, incurved, oblong; outer teeth
hyaline-margined, light brown, cilia short and not appendiculate ;
perichetial leaves nerveless; lid highly convex not apiculate ;
pedicel very smooth. Moncecious.

In small quantity on a rotten log in the valley of Eagle
River, Craigallachie, Gold Range, British Columbia, July 17,
1889. Coll. J. Macoun. No. 326, Canadian Mosses.

ISOTHECIUM CARDOTI, Kindb. Mss.
On the base of trees in the open woods, Hastings, B. C., also
on logs near Victoria, Vancouver Island. A very beautiful

species.
IsOTHECIUM MYURCELLUM, Kindb. n, sp. |

Tufts very loose, dark green, not glossy. Stems creeping ;
branches (secondary stems) erect, tree-like and ramose; branch-
lets curved, attenuate. Leaves of the branchlets appressed when
dry, small, ovate, blunt or short acuminate, twice serrate or den-
ticulate all around, smooth, scarcely reflexed on the borders; alar
cells round-quadrate, the middle ones narrow, upper rhombic ;
costa long, three-fourths the length of the leaf. Perichetial leaves
nerveless, oblong with a long, denticulate, horizontally patent
acumen and narrow cells. Capsule oval-oblong, inclined; seg-
ments with a low basilar membrane and two short cilia; annu-
lus double; lid conical acuminate ; pedicel smooth. Dicecious.

On decaying logs in woods around Victoria and at Nanaimo
River, Vancouver Island, April 26, 1887.

EURHYNCHIUM DAWSONI, Kindb. n. sp.
Stems densely pinnate, not or rarely radiculose; branchlets
patent. Leaves green or brownish, not glossy, not or indistinctly
papillose, not long acuminate from the broad ovate base, re-

279

curved on the borders below, long-decurrent, open-erect, dentic-
ulate all around, areolation variable, often sub-rhomboidal ; costa
thick, reaching nearly to the apex. Probably dicecious.

Allied to £. hians and L. Sullivantit.
On rocks along the Nanaimo River below the Railway Bridge,
Nanaimo, Vancouver Island, April 27th, 1887.

Plagiothecium sylvaticum, var. SQUARROSUM, Kindb. n. var.

This is a distinct variety, presenting a squarrose appearance
when dry. On earth at Hastings, Burrard Inlet, B. C., April
27, 1889.
PLAGIOTHECIUM (ISOPTERYGIUM) BIFARICELLUM, Kindb. n. sp.

Plants small, sparingly radiculose, loosely cespitose, dark or
blackish green, not glossy. Stems rigid pinnate. Leaves loose,
small, spreading, smooth and not striate ; stem-leaves at the base
broadly ovate-cordate, decurrent, serrulate all around, abruptly
attenuate to the filiform, hooked-deflexed and sub-entire acumen;
cells narrow, linear, the basal oblong ; costa obsolete or reaching
tothe middle. Dicecious.

Wet places in woods at Comox, Vancouver Island, May 3,
1887.
A. serpens, L., sub-species COLUMBI#, Kindb. n. sub-sp.

Leaves loose, spreading, serrulate all around, costa longer.

On earth in woods at Sicamous, B. C., July 19, 1889.

Hypnum (CAMPYLIUM) MACOUNII, Kindb. n. sp.

Allied to Hypnum hispidulum. Uabit of the European H.
Halleri. Moncecious. Plants small, interlaced in dense brownish-
ereen tufts. Stems pinnate, prostrate, sparingly radiculose.
Leaves densely crowded, squarrose-recurved, round-deltoid,short-
acuminate, reflexed on the borders of the entire base to the den-
ticulate acumen; alar cells quadrate, pellucid, not numerous, the
other short oblong or short lanceolate; costa obsolete or none.
Capsule small narrow-cylindrical, slightly curved, annulus simple ;
basilar membrane low; lid convex, obtuse and not apiculate ;
pedicel reddish-brown, smooth 2 cm. long.

On earth by springs at Mount Stephen on the Canadian
Pacific Railway, Rocky Mountains. Alt. 5,600 feet. July 28,
1885.

Hypnum (Campylium) Sommerfeltit, Myrin.

On the bases of trees at Hastings and Griffin Lake in the

Gold Range, B. C., 1889.

eS eee ee

OP eae ae 7

280

H. (HARPIDIUM) LONGINERVE, Kindb.

In BULLETIN, xvi. 97, this species is described as Dichelyma
longinerve. Later examinations have shown it to be a true Har-
pidium.

Hl. (Rhytidium) robustum, Hook.

Very abundant on the slopes of Mounts Benson and Arrow-
smith, Vancouver Island. This is the plant upon which Austin
founded /ylocomium Flemmingii. He saw neither flowers nor
fruit. It was fruiting abundantly in 1887.

HT. subimponens, Lesq., var. CRISTULUM, Kindb. n. var.

Eypnum cristulum, Kindb. enum. bryinee. exot., 1888. Inter-
mediate between //. fertzle and H. crista-castrensis. Stems regu-
larly pinnate, rootless. Leaves green or brownish-green, estriatc,
filiform-pointed, the point a little shorter than the lanceolate base.
Capsule yellow, cylindric narrow, faintly curved, sub-erect; teeth
at the base pale yellow, hyaline above ; perichetial leaves faintly
striate. Probably dicecious.

Quite common on rocks in oak woods around Victoria, Van-
couver Island, April 17, 1887.

HYPNUM (DREPANIUM) CANADENSE, Kindb. n. sp.

Intermediate between //. zmponens and HZ. sub-imponens.
Dicecious. Densely caspitose, yellow or pale green. Stems
creeping, densely pinnate-ramulose; branches robust, thick and
tumid. Leaves close, falcate, with elongate-ovate or oblong base
and short acumen, faintly or not striate, more or less denticulate
all around, not reflexed on the borders, larger than in 7. zmpo-
nens , cells very narrow, the alar (one or two) large and pellucid,
the other basal cells yellow; paraphyllia few, subulate. Perigo-
nial leaves very broad-ovate, abruptly narrowed to a straight
subulate point.

No. 314 Canadian Mosses. On-rotten logs at the summit
level of the Canadian Pacific Railway, near Hecton, Rocky Moun-
tains. Alt. 5,300 feet. July 23, 1885.

H. (LIMNOBIUM) PSEUDO-ARCTICUM, Kindb. n. sp.

Differs from //. arcticum in the leaves being crenulate at least
above the middle; costa short and double, not reaching to the
middle; perichetial leaves short-acuminate, serrulate. Inner
peristomal teeth rimose in the middle. Stem sparingly rooting.

On stones in mountain brooks near Sicamous; and in brooks

on mountains north of Griffin Lake, B. C.,July 8, 1889.

281

An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in South
America, 1885-1886.—XIV.

(Continued from page 214.)
LOASE:.

LOASA CANARINOIDES (Leune et C. Koch) (///aria canarinoides
Leune et C. Koch, Flore des Serres t. 913). This very beau-
tiful vine, supposed by M. Planchon to have been introduced
to German gardens from Central America, was found by Dr.
Rusby in considerable quantities on the slopes of the Andes
near Unduavi, Bolivia, at an altitude of 8,000 feet. His speci-
mens differ slightly from the type of t. 5022 of Bot. Mag., in
having blunter petals. Unfortunately all the specimens yet
preserved are in flower only.

Loasa heptamera, Wedd. Chior. And. 218, ex descr. (L. horrida
Britt. mss.). Near La Paz, 11,000 ft. (663). The same as
Mandon’s 619.

Blumenbachia lateritia, Hook. f. Same locality (664). The
same as Mandon’s 618.

TURNERACE‘.
(Named by Mr. R. A. Rolfe.)

Periqueta cistoides (L.) Meyer; Steud. Nomencl. 724. Falls of
Madeira, Brazil (1451).

Turnera odorata, Rich. Act. Soc. Hist. Nat., Paris, 1792, 107.
Falls of Madeira (1792).

Turnera Weddelliana, Urb. & Rolfe. Reis, 1,500 ft. (2094);
Guanai, 2,000 ft. (2653).

PASSIFLORACE/E.
(Species of Zuacsonia and Passiflora, determined by Dr. M. T. Masters.)
Tacsonia insignis, Mast. in Gard. Chron. (1873) p. II12, fig.
239. Near Yungas, Bolivia, 4,000 ft. (2465).
Passiflora fetida, var. nigelliflora, Mast. (Passiflora nigellifiora,
Hook.) Falls of the Madeira, Brazil (2457).
Passiflora tricuspis, Mast. in Flor. Brazil xiii, part I. (1872), p.
587. Mapiri, Bolivia, 5,000 ft. (928° and 496).
Rami compressi asperati. Species adhuc imperfecte cognita.
Specimina a cl. Rusby lecta quoad folia omnino cum illis a Bur-

|
|
.
|

a ee ae

a ee nee ae

Ne ee ee Ee a ee ee ee eS ee ee

282

chellio carptis sub numero 6.988-2 conveniunt. Exemplaria
tamen manca Gardneri (1631) et Weddell (3025.) a me hic relata
paullulum diversa videntur. Sequitur floris descriptio a speci-
mine Rusbyi desumpta:—Flores patelliformes diametro_polli-
cares. Sepala pilosula oblonga ecarinata mutica. Petala sepalis
paulo breviora conformia tenuiora albida. Corona faucialis ex-
tima filamentosa filis sepalis paulo brevioribus, filis secunde
seriei liguliformibus apice clavatis procedentibus dimidio bre.
vioribus. Corona media procedenti approximata membranacea
annularis valde plicata horizontaliter inflexa. Corona infra me-
diana annularis crassiuscula. Ccet. non visa. Species ¢. F.
trifasctata aliquando comparanda.
Passtflora cerulea, L. Sp. Pl. 959. Tacna, Chili. Cultivated (489).
Passifiora triloba, Ruiz et Pavon ; Mast, loc. cit. p. 560. Junction
of Rivers Beni and Madre de Dios. (490).
Passiflora coccinea, Aublet; Mast. |. c. p. 605. Junction of Rivers
Beni and Madre de Dios. (492.) Yungas, 4,000 ft. (493).
PASSIFLORA RusBYI, spec. nova. Fruticosa cirrhosa, cirro supra
basin deciduo parte residua spinam fingente ramis teretibus
sulcato-striatis ; petioliseglandulosis; stipulis * * * foliis
circa 6 poll. long. 21% poll. lat. membranaceis glabris ovato-
lanceolatis acuminatis ; floribus racemosis, pedunculo elonga-
to; bracteis foliaceis deciduis lineari-oblongis a flore distanti-
bus; floribus 1% poll. long. extus aurantiacis puberulis ; floris
tubo pollicari basi ventricoso superne sensim dilatato; sepa-
lis subcoriaceis oblongis obtusis ecarinatis imbricatis partibus
obducatis glabris rubro-aurantiacis ; petalis conformibus paulo
brevioribus ; corona fauciali duplici filis extimis petalis dimi-
dio brevioribus flavidis capitatellis apicem versus tuberculatis ;
filis interioribus dimidio brevioribus linearibus; corona media
e tubo paulo infra medium emergente basi membranacea
tubulata superne filamentosa filis subulatis elongatis erectis ;
gynophoro glabro basi pentagono alato, alis ad parietes tubi
ita transeuntibus ut tubus basi quinque locularis evadat ; ovario

oblongo flavido puberulo; stylis basi a sese remotiusculis :
Hucte * * *

Junction of Rivers Beni and Madre de Dios, (2089.) P. spinose
Poeppig arcte affinis differt tamen petiolis eglandulosis,
corona mediana, filamentis basi liberis aliisque notis.

PASSIFLORA NEPHRODES, sp. nov. § Granadilla. Fruticosa ramis
hirsutis teretibus sulcato-striatis ; petiolis pollicaribus eglandu-

oy

283

losis; foliis 3 poll. long. 234 poll. lat, membranaceis cordato
3-lobis lobis ovatis acutis, medio multo majore ; stipulis polli-
caribus foliaceis dimidiato-reniformibus aristatis grosse serra-
tis; pedunculo * * * bracteis * * * floribus diame-
tro 2 pollicaribus ; sepalis oblongis hirsutis cornutis; petalis
sepalis parum brevioribus; corona fauciali filamentosa filis
extimis petalis parum brevioribus, cateris numerosissimus
brevioribus capitatellis; corona media * * * ovario glo-
boso hirsuto * * * Unduavi, 8,000 ft. (494).

Passifiora ? Mapiri, 2,500 ft. (2525). Foliage only collected.

_ Malesherbsia lineartfolia, Poir. Near Valparaiso, Chili (2419).

Carica microcarpa, Jacq. Hort. Scheen. iii. 32, t. 309, 310. Yun-
gas, 6,000 ft. (1764); 4,000 ft. (1766).

Carica? Yungas, 4,000 ft. (1765).

Carica? Junction of Rivers Beni and Madre de Dios (1762).

CUCURBITACE:.

Luffa cylindrica (L.), Roem. Syn. fasc. 2,63. Beni River (2064).
Cultivated and spontaneous.

Melothria Cucumis, Vell. Fl. Flum. i. t. 70. Guanai, 2,000 ft.
(2066).

Melothria Fluminensis, Gardn. in Hook. Journ. Bot. i. 173. Junc-
tion of the rivers Beni and Madre de Dios (2067).

Melothria Hookert, Cogn., in D.C. Monog. Phan. iii. 588. Mapiri,
5000 ft. (2065).

Guranta spinulosa (Pcepp. and Endl.), Cogn. Diag. Cucurb. i. 17.
Mapiri, 5,000 ft. (2061; 2062); 2,500 ft. (2063); (Anguria
spinulosa, Poepp and Endl.)

Gurania? Beni River (2662).

Cayaponia pentaphylla, Cogn. loc. cit. 760? Reis 1,500 ft. (2069).

Cayaponia coriacea, Cogn. in Mart. Fl. Bras. Cucurb. 79. Falls
of Madeira, Brazil (497).

Cayaponia Tayuya (Vell.), Cogn. in D.C. Monog. Phan. iii. 772.
Mapiri, 5,000 ft. (495).

Cyclanthera pedata (1..), Schrad. Index. Sem. Hort. Gott. 1831.
Yungas, 4,000 ft. Cultivated (491).

Cyclanthera Matthewsii, Arn. in Hook. Journ. Bot. iii. 280?
Guanai, 2,000 ft. (2071).

Cyclanthera, probably undescribed. Yungas, 6,000 ft. (2059).

284

CYCLANTHERA (?) RUSBYI, spec. nova. Caulis paulo ramosus,
sulcatus, puberulus. Petiolus 8-10 mm. longus. Folia sub-
membranacea, ovata, 8-10 cm. longa, 4-6 cm. Jata, acuta vel
obtusa, supra papillosa, subtus pubescentia, margine remote
denticulata, sinus basilaris late rotundatus. Cirrhi bifidi, gra-
ciles, elongati. Pedunculus communis 1-3 cm. longus, mul-
tiflorus. Pedicelli 2 mm. longi. Corolla virescens, segmentis
triangularibus, acutis, 1 mm. longis. Pedunculus fructiferus
crassis, 1-2 cm. longus, striatus. Fructus oblique ovoideus 4-
5 cm. longus, 2 cm. crassus. Aculei numerosi, compressi, |
mm. longi. Yungas, 6,000 ft. (2589); Unduavi, 8,000 ft.
(2068). If correctly referred to this genus, appears nearest

related to C. subinermis, Cogn.

Elaterium Amazonicum, Mart. in Cogn, Diag. Cucurb. ti. 55.
Yungas, 6,000 ft. (2070).

ECHINOCYSTIS MACROCARPUS, spec. nova. Caulis sulcatus,
sparse villoso-hirsutus. Petiolus gracilis, sulcatus, longe
villoso-hirsutus. Folia suborbicularia, 10-15 cm. lata, 5-loba,
utrinque puberula, lobis acutis vel acuminatis, sinus basillaris
rotundus, 2-3 cm. latis. Pedunculus communis masculus gra-
cilis, sparse villosus, 10-15 cm. longus. Inflorascentia mas-
cula paniculata. Cirrhi ramosi elongati. Fructus sessilis, 5-
6 cm. longus, 2 cm. latus, horride aculeatus. Aculei inaequa-
les, majores 2 cm. longi. Rostrum conicum, acuminatum,
sparse aculeatum, tomentosum. Yungas, 6,000 ft. (2060).

Apparently nearest /. /ongispina, Cogn.
Alsomitra Brasiliensis, Cogn. in Mart. FI. Bras. Cucurb, 115.
Junction of Rivers Beni and Madre de Dios. (547).

BEGONIACEE.

Begonia pleiopetala, A. D.C. Ann. Sci. Nat. (4) xi. 121. Un-
duavi, 8,000 ft. (682).

Begonia Weddelliana, A. D.C. loc. cit. ex. descrip. Yungas,
6,000 ft. (679).

Begonia, related to the preceding. Ingenio del Oro, 10,000 ft.
(681).

Begonia, apparently allied to B. Boliviensis, A. D.C. Yungas,
6,000 ft. (683).

Begonia fagopyroides, Kunth et Bouché, Ind. Hort. Berl. 1848.
Yungas, 4,000 ft. (686).

a ees e.g ye” ee PER ek eee ge * a eee See _— eae

285

Indian Bread Root,

An article recently appeared in the “ Waterloo Observer,”
N. Y., which has some botanical interest, relating to a root which
the Seneca Indians called Ooktehaw a century ago, and from
which they made bread. The ground nut, Afios tuberosa, was
well known, and formed the totem of the potato clan of the
Senecas a hundred years earlier. This was the principal edible
root of the New York Indians. Mr. Horatio Hale properly con-
sidered the word generic, and thought that Ooktehaw bread was
made from roots in general. Mr. George H. Harris, of Roches-
ter, N. Y., now thinks differently, and claims that the root in
question is a Western plant, which he terms Psoralea esculenta,
otherwise the Prairie Potato, or Bread Root. I suppose it to be
a plant which I have seen, but do not know it by this name, nor
do I think any Psoralea has been reported in New York. As the
root was in common use it could not have escaped the notice of
botanists and others, whatever its name. Mr. Harris claims that
a similar root was used by the early settlers in the Genesee Val-
ley, and was called O-k7i-tah-ak-gua, or Bread Root. There may
be a mistake both in the meaning of the word and the plant.

The ground nut is not now common, and I do not find it in
my list of Onondaga names, but Ofe-ta-ha appears, applied to
the beet, and meaning simply a root. Ook-ta-ha-wa-ne is the
artichoke, and means Big root. The Cayugas called the turnip
Ok-te-ha. This will show the generic use of the word mention-
ed by a prisoner among the Senecas, and, as Mr. Hale supposed,
Ook-te-haw bread was that made of any edible root. Of those
in use here the ground nut was held in the highest estimation,
but it was not the only kind eaten in time of need.

W. M. BEAUCHAMP.

Geographical Distribution of Phlox bifida.

The marked increase in late years of local collectors in the
region east of the Mississippi River has tended to greatly increase
our knowledge of the geographical range of the native species ot
this region, especially those that have a tendency to be local in
their distribution. Asa result, new stations for our rarer plants
are constantly coming to light; but yet, with our ever-increas-

OOS te, Ee ee ee ee ee

286

ing knowledge in this direction, we are compelled to admit that
there are certain species that still must be considered as local in
their distribution, and of this class is Phlox bifida.

Iam inclined to think this species more limited in its geo-
graphical range than has been generally supposed.

In fact, I feel justified in concluding that this very distinct
Phlox is confined to Illinois. The writer would be glad to receive
any information that would support or destroy such conclusion.

In Gray’s ‘ Flora of North America,” its habitat is given as
“Prairies of Illinois and Missouri;” but I am inclined to think
the Missouri habitat very questionable.

In Tracy’s “Catalogue of Plants of Missouri,” Phlox bifida
is included, but no locality is mentioned, and it is inserted on the
ground of the Missouri habitat in ‘‘Gray’s Manual, fifth edition.”

From the fact that the species was named by Prof. Beck, who
collected in the neighborhood of St. Louis, Mo., at one time, I
was led to address Prof. Trelease of that city, with the idea of
ascertaining, if possible, its existence in that locality. In answer-
ing, he said, in looking over Dr. Engelmann’s check-list of Mis-
sourt plants, he could find no mention of it, nor was it in
Riehl’s herbarium of Missouri plants at Shaw’s Garden.

It would hardly seem possible that such an enthusiastic and
accurate botanist as Dr. Engelmann, with the opportunities of
his many years residence in St. Louis, would have overlooked it
if native in that vicinity. Though a rare plant in Illinois, it is
found in several widely separated localities. Patterson’s cata-
logue gives the following localities: ‘Common on lake shore,
south of Chicago, Babcock; Kankakee County, Hill; Peoria,
Brendel; Mason and Cass, Mead; Menard, Hall; Union, For-
bes.” The lake shore habitat makes it possible that it might
extend along the shore either into Indiana or Wisconsin.

It is very abundant in a deep, rocky defile known as “ Rocky
Glen,” about two miles distant from Peoria. It is a profuse
bloomer, and in May the steep sides are clothed with the delicate
star-like flowers. About a mile distant from this locality it grows
more sparingly on a steep, sandy bank. As neither locality is
susceptible of cultivation, it would appear as if destined to exist
here forever. FRANK MCDONALD.

287

Botanical Notes,

New Localities —Collections made during the past two or
three seasons have shown me several instances in which the
limits of species as given in the ‘‘ New Manual” must be ex-
tended.

During the summer I collected Rudus cunetfolius in the vicin-
ity of Bridgeport, Conn., growing on dry rocky hillsides, and a
few miles back in the country, Cadlitriche deflexa, var. Austint, by
the roadside. Both of these are recorded from New York and
should be looked for in Connecticut, but are not mentioned by
Gray. Diodia teres, is given in the “Manual” as extending
from New Jersey to West Illinois, Missouri and Texas. This is
quite abundant on the beach at Black Rock, near Bridgeport.
Another stray, which I understand is becoming common in the
east, is Plantago Patagonica, var. aristata, This was found at
Bridgeport this season.

At Evanston, IIl., last spring, I found a-bed of Plantago Vir-
ginica, which the ‘“ Manual” gives as extending from southern
New England to southern Illinois and south. It grew ina field
near Lake Michigan and if introduced is well established.

Cycloloma platyphyllum occurs rather abundantly in drifting
sand in a field near the shore to the south of Evanston.

The latest, and to me the most interesting; find was made near
the last of August at Edgemoor in northern Indiana. There I
found Utricularia resupinata growing in abundance along the
edge of a marshy pond. The nearest station, according to the
“ Manual,” is Presque Isle, Lake Erie. L. N. JOHNSON.

Evanston, III.

A new Locality for Asplenium ebenoides.—I\ have to report a
locality for Asplenium ebenoides which, to the best of my knowl-
edge, has not been reported. The locality is ‘‘ Culp’s hill,” Get-
tysburg, Pa. I found it growing among Camptosorus rhizophyl-
lus and Polypodium vulgare, which species are abundant there,
frequently covering large rock surfaces. A. ebenewm also abounds.

S. L. POWELL.

Jouns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Md.

A Distribution of Weeds.—Dr. Halsted, who has made a study
of weeds for a number of years, proposes to issue a century of

ty

net

Me See eee ee

PSR EP eet oe pee ee

Bia i ae Sai ee wk El hE Ae ook igh ce tate ee tee 2 ed ooh i ee a ete es a elt

Tera Sr ee ee Poe | aie ee eT & pie
boat es ee ee > i coe dpa

288

these pestiferous plants. This collection will be made up from
scores of reports of American botanists upon the twenty worst
weeds in their locality, and therefore will be representative of the
various regions of the United States. In the future it is ex-
pected to supplement this collection with one of the seeds of the
same species, and continue the work until the weeds of America
are fully represented in the economic and other herbaria of the
country. While more particularly designed for the agricultural
colleges and experiment stations, this collection of injurious
plants cannot but be of interest to the general systematic bota-
nist. The price is not yet fixed upon, but will not be far from
eight dollars for the first century. Dr. Halsted desires that all
who are interested will send their word of encouragment to him.
The work is a vast one and entirely one of love for the cause of
a better understanding of our weeds by the one who is engaged
in the enterprise, namely, Byron D. Halsted, New Brunswick,
N. J.
Reviews of Foreign Literature.

Introduction to Fresh-water Alge, with an Lnumeration of all
the British Spectes. M. C. Cooke. (8vo. pp. 334; 13. plates,
London, 1890. International Scientific Series).

This is a convenient little laboratory book, giving illustrations
of all the genera of fresh-water Alge known in Britain, and as
these are nearly all common to North America it will be found a
useful adjunct to Mr. Wolle’s publications in this country. The
subject is treated in a popular, rather than a strictly scientific
manner. Directions are given for the collection and preservation
of the plants, their methods of growth and reproduction are de-
scribed and their phenomena of spontaneous movement com-
mented upon.

Dr. Cooke does not take much stock in the recent classifica-
tion of Algz proposed in Bennett and Murray’s ‘ Cryptogamic
Botany,” nor in what he is pleased to call the ‘‘ dual hypothesis ”’
of the nature of lichens, both of which are denounced in no un-
certain language. This and other considerations have induced
a scathing review of the book by Mr. Geo. Murray in the “ Jour-
nal of Botany,” for August, in which such useful phrases for

‘is
ke
s

Re ee Sg Te eae ae ‘i oe ita Ne ie oe ee

reviewers with a bias are employed that we reproduce some of
them here:

“The author of this book,” says Mr. Murray, ‘deserves the
highest credit for his good intentions. * * * The plan of the
book and the idea of producing it are most creditable to Mr.
Cooke, but he should have induced someone else to carry the
matter into effect. * * * Over the ground covered by the
list of subjects there is, indeed, wanted a good, trustworthy, popu-
lar guide. Mr. Cooke would have been the better for such a
guide.”

In defense of his work, Dr. Cooke contents himself with re-
printing Mr. Murray’s review in “ Grevillea,” and pointing out
the fact that Mr. Murray is an officer of the Botanical Department
of the British Museum, while he, himself, is similarly attached to
Kew. Di. Ex

Index to Recent American Botanical Literature.

Abies grandis. A. D. Webster. (Garden, xxxviii. 291, illus-
trated).
Acrostichum Yatesti, Sodiro. R. P. Luis Sodiro. (Anales Univ.

Quito. iv. No. 29).

A new fern, related as A. succisefolia, Thouars, discovered
on Mt. Pinchincha, Ecuador, and dedicated to Dr. Lorenzo G.
Yates.

Asclepias tuberosa. (Vick’s Mag. xiii. 309, 310, illustrated).
Asplenium blepharodes, a new Fern from Lower California. D.

Smeaton. (Zoe, i. 197. Plate VIT).

A species allied to A. parvulum collected by Mr. Brandegee
at Sierra de Laguna in January, 1880, differing from that species
in its stouter habit, and especially in its beautifully ciliate indurium,
that of A. parvulum and other allied species being nearly or
quite entire.

Azolla Caroliniana. (Proc. Nat. Sci. Assn. S. I, Oct. 9th, 1890.

At the meeting held on the above date, Mr. Thomas Craig
showed specimens collected near Clove Lake, Staten Island,
where it had been introduced by Mr. Samuel Henshaw in 1885.
The plant is evidently thoroughly established in its northern
home.

Ta ee Sead Sas 8
i os 9 al
‘

“ a ae Oe i”
a
q
a

ee a

ft

pees ee he ER Ee ae Oe ee ee Bee fee, fe

. we oe

S| tala le

eg ee ee Pees ee eo

eR Oe oT ee eee ce aS

‘J
i
4
.

i hee ee Te Lee

290

Barbacenia squamata. J. G. Baker. (Gard. Chron. viii. 408,
fig. 81).
Botanical Notes, 1889. J. H. Carruth. (Trans. Kansas Acad.
Sci. xii. 43, 44).
Notes on Vitis palmata, V. estivalis, Acer nigrum, which is
claimed as a species distinct from A. saccharum, Polygonum
evectum, Physalis lanceolata and Quercus tinctorta.

Bromeliacee—New Guatemalan. J. G. Baker. (Journ. Bot.

XXVili. 305, 306).

The following are described as new: A’chmea (Hohenbergia)
Isabellina, A?.(Lamprococcus) Donnell-Smithii, AE. (Platyech-
mea) squarrosa and Tillandsia (Allardtia) sparsiflora, all from
the collections of Capt. J. Donnell Smith.

Bulletin No. XIX, Agricultural Experiment Station, Cornell Unt-
versity. (Pamph. 8vo. pp. 13, Ithaca, N. Y., 1890).

In this bulletin may be found reports upon various fruit
blights, and figures representing leaves attacked by Fusitcladium
dendriticum, Entomosporium maculatum, Taphrina deformans,
and Gleosporium venetum.

Cacti—Among the. C.H. Shinn. (Vick’s Mag. xili. 302-307,
illustrated).
An account of the cactus flora of the Southwest, with figures

of Cereus giganteus, C. Pringlei, Echinocactus Emoryt, Opuntia

Tuna, O. angustata, O. versicolor and Agave Palmert.

Cactus Family—The. Gerald Hastings. (Am. Garden, xi. 472-
475, illustrated).

Cereus chloranthus, Opuntia Tuna, Pelecyphora aselliformis,
var. concolor, and fruit of Cereus Greggii are figured.

Cactus Landscapes. Geo. Vasey. (Am. Garden, xi. 468-470,
illustrated).

Figures are given of Opuntia Whipplet and O. angustata.
Cactuses In-doors and Out. (Am. Garden. xi. 459-467, illus-
trated). ;

This article also includes notes upon several cactus-like /w-
phorbias. The illustrations include Cereus giganteus, Nopalea
cocctnellifera, Mamillaria micromeris, M. macromeris, E:chinocac-
tus Visnaga, :. Emoryi, E. hexedrophorus, Opuntia Rafinesquiz,

291

Leuchtenbergia principis, Anhalonium fissuratum, Euphorbia
meloformis, Rhipsalis salicornoides, Pereskia Bleo.

Cactuses Under Culture. M. De Loup. (Am. Garden, xi. 470-
471, illustrated).

Contains figures of Cereus nycticaulis and Opuntia Ficus-In-
aica.

Calochortus Madrensis. J. G. Baker. (Gard. Chron. viii. 391,
fig. 78).

Canchalagua (Erythrea venusta). C, R. Orcutt. (West Amer.
Sci. vii. 45, 46).

Chilenische Tertierpflanzen. “A. Engelhardt. (Abhand. Natur.
Ges. Isis, 1890, 3-5).

A list of Tertiary plants from Chili.

Contributions to American Botany. XVII. Sereno Watson.
(Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci. xxv. 124-163. Reprinted).
This includes: I—Miscellaneous notes upon North Amer-

ican plants, chiefly of the United States, with descriptions of new

species. Sisyrimbrium humifusum, Vahl, is referred to Aradis
under the same specific name. The following new species are
described: Avabis Howellii, from Oregon and California; Strep-
tanthus Lemmoni, S. barbatus, S. Avizonicus and S. campestris
from California and Arizona, and a synopsis of the known species
of Streptanthus given; Silene multinervia and S. Schockleyt from

California; Trifolium Cataline from Santa Catalina Island;

Astragalus Forwoodii from the Black Hills; Vicia Thurbert from

the Rocky Mountains and V. Hassez from California; Eriogynta

uniflora from Montana, and under this a discussion of the rela-
tions of the several genera recognized by Maximowicz as distinct
from Spirea, maintaining with that author that the Asiatic Neil-
lia is distinct from Physocarpa, and that “ NV. capitata, Greene,
can in no way be separated from the ordinary P. opulifolia. His

N. malvacea also, judging from the characters, appears to be a

common form of P. Zorreyi ;”’ but Dr. Watson has not seen J.

malvacea ; if this view be correct, that the two genera are dis-

tinct, and we are inclined to consider it so, then, apparently, the

American shrubs must go to the genus /péscotorus, Raf., which

has priority over Physocarpa, Eremiastrum Orcuttit, from Cali-

we ee ee eee ee — eres = oe iia i

292

fornia; Aster Forwoodt? and Artemisia Forwoodti, from the Black
Hills; Lepidospartum latisquamum, from Nevada; Hieracium
nigrocollinum, from the Black Hills; Camassta Howellit, from
Oregon ; Ruppia occidentalis, from British Columbia.

There are also discussions of a number of the species first
characterized by the author in the sixth edition of Gray’s Manual.

II. Descriptions of new species of plants, from northern Mex-
ico, collected chiefly by Mr. C. G. Pringle, in 1888 and 1889.
Eighty-seven species are here characterized, as well as the fol-
lowing new genera: Sargentia, in Rutacee ; Rhodosciadium, in
Umbellifere, and ¥al/iscoa, in Composite. ae eae.
Coprinus from Montana—WNotes on a Species of. J. B. Ellis and

B. M. Everhart. (Microscope, x. 129-131, Pl. IV).

A figure and description of Coprinus sclerotigenus, found
growing from a black sclerotium in sheep manure, near Great
Falls, Montana.

Cornus Batleyi, J. M. Coulter. (Garden and Forest, iii. 464,

fig. 58).

Distribution of Boracic Acid Among Plants. J. S. Callison.

(Journ. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. vii. 14-20).
Drought-Enduring Trees. J. L. Budd. (Garden and Forest,

iii. 475, 476).

Notes upon introduced shrubs and trees which have thriven
in lowa during the past three years of short rainfall, when native
species hardly held their own.

Elm—The American. (Garden and Forest, iii. 462, illustrated).

Attention is called, in this article, to the type of tree with
short lateral branchlets covering the main limbs and trunk.
Eptilobium—A New. Wm. Trelease. (Zoe. i. 210, 211).

£. Parishit of the E. coloratum group collected by Mr. Parish
at San Bernardino, Cal., Nov. 1889, Nos. 2094 and 2095, and by
Mr. Brandegee, near Todos Santos, Lower California.
Ferns—WNotes on Native. F.H. Horsford. (Garden and Forest,

iii. 516).

Notes on Aspidium cristatum, and its variety Clintonianum,
A. Thelypteris, A. aculeatum, var. Braunii, A. Noveboracense and
A. fragrans.

so essai Tye a MM i SU a
.

a. as , 2 * EL Ee en TY Taree ae

293

Floras of the United States and British America—A List of the
State and Local. N.L. Britton. (Reprinted from the An-
nals of the New York Academy of Science, Vol. V).

At last students of the geographical distribution of North
American plants have a complete index to works of reference on
that subject. Considering that all the ‘notes and short lists of
observations ” have been excluded, one is astonished at the great
number of titles that Dr. Britton has accumulated, there being no
less than 791, consecutively numbered. The work is the exten-
sion and perfection of the series of papers begun in Vol. VIII. of
THE BULLETIN, by Messrs. Gerard and Britton, entitled ‘‘ Con-
tributions towards a List of the State and Local Floras of the
United States.’’ The floras are divided into four classes, lettered
from A to D, namely, those of lists without exact localities (205),
those giving stations (286), those giving stations with notes or
occasional descriptions (174), and descriptive lists (91). A few
are not classified. The order of arrangement is by countries,
States and counties. Aside from the reference value of this list
it furnishes in itself some interesting historical facts.

The six Eastern States furnish 106; five Middle States and
D. C., 121; six Southeastern States, 55; seven Southern States,
57; eleven of the Western States, including the Indian Territory,
191; Upper Missouri Region, 12; Rocky Mountain Region, 26 ;
Great Basin Region, 15; Pacific Coast, 66; British America,
123, and Transcontinental Surveys, 10. The largest number
credited to single States are New York, 65 ; California, 48 ; Mass-
achusetts, 45 ; Pennsylvania, 30, and Ohio, 28.

Apparently the first list published was No. 232, A ‘ Catalogue
of Plants,” observed by John Bannister in Virginia, published in
Londonin 1668. The next, by Johannes Clayton, relates to the
same region and was published in Leyden from 1739 to 1743.
But then it is to be remembered that the Virginia of that day in
cluded many of our present States. Other old-timers were one in
1749-53 by Cadwallader Colden, relating to Orange Co. (N. Y.)
plants, one by Rev. M. Cutler, Boston, 1785, referring to plants
of the Eastern States; Flora Caroliniana by Thomas Walter in
1788, and Muhlenberg’s Index to the Flora of Lancaster Co., Pa.,
published in 1793. Doubtless a critical examination of the

es

294.

periods when this kind of list-making was most active, and a study

of the causative influences, would prove highly interesting and

profitable. Hen. K:

Fungi—A Few New. J.B. Ellis and S. M. Tracy. (Journ.
Mycol. vi. 76, 77).

Eleven new species are described.

Fungi—New North American. J. B. Ellis and B. M. Everhart.
(Reprint from Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., July 29, 1890).
Descriptions of one hundred and one species are given, with

many interesting criticisms.

Grapes—A Classification of American. T. V. Munson, (Garden
and Forest, iii. 474, 475. Also Bull. No. 3, Div. Pomology,
U.S. Dept. Agriculture).

In this arrangement the author divides the genus, as rec-
ognized by him, into two sections, viz.: Euvitis, Planchon,
and Puncticulosis, Munson. The first section is divided into
seven series, called respectively Riparize, Occidentales, Coriacex,
Labrusce, Aéstivales, Cordifolia and Cinerascentes. Section
two is represented by the eighth series only, denominated Mus-
cadinize. Twenty-five species are recognized. The following are
as new: Vitis Doaniana, V. Arizonica, var. glabra, V. Girdiana,
V. Lincecumti, var. glauca, V. Simpsoni, V. Virginiana, V. cinerea,
var. Floridana, V. Blancoii and V. Munsoniana, Simp. Interest-
ing and valuable notes are included in regard to hybridization
and geographical range and distribution.

Grasses of the Southwest. Plates and Descriptions of the Grasses
of the Desert Region of Western Texas, New Mexico, Ari-
gona and Southern California. Part J. Geo. Vasey. (U.
S. Dept. Agric., Div. Botany, Bull. No. 12, 4to, 50 plates,
Washington, 1890).

This is the most extensive contribution towards the illustra-
tion and description of our native grasses hitherto issued, and is
an exceedingly valuable contribution to botanical science, as well
as to that of agriculture. The drawings, made chiefly by Mr.
Wm. R. Scholl, are accurate and artistic, most of the species be-
ing given natural size and accompanied by enlargements of the
flowers. They are reproduced by lithography. From an in-
troductory note we learn that this constitutes one-half of the first

volume of a work to be entitled “ Illustrations of North Ameri-

can Grasses.” Volume II. is to include the grasses of the Pacific

Slope. We hope an extension of the plan may lead to a volume

on the Eastern grasses. N. L. B.

Heteropsis Fenmani. VW. Oliver. (Ic. Plant. Plate 1949).

A new Aroid, native of British Guiana.

Hollyhock Disease.—A New. E. A.Southworth. (Journ, Mycol.
vi. 45-50, plate iii). :

The new fungus here figured and described is called Col/etotrt-
chium Althee.

Huckleberries and Blueberries—Gaylussacia and Vaccinium sp.
E. Lewis Sturtevant. (Trans. Mass. Hort. Soc. for Year 1890,
part I, 17-38).

Ina discussion regarding the common names the author says:

“T have never yet heard the words Whortleberry and Bilberry

used by uneducated country people, and yet these words are given

prominence in American cyclopedias and by American authors.

The popular method, in New England at least, seems to be to

apply the name of Huckleberries to those kinds in which the

seeds are prominent in the chewing, and Blueberries to those of
other kinds in which the seeds are not noticeable, regardless of
the real color.” The twenty-one edible species are treated in the
author’s usual exhaustive manner regarding synonomy, bibliogra-
phy, common names, etc., both for America and the Old World.

Tsaria and an Attendant Pachybasium—Note on a Minnesota
Species of. Conway MacMillan. (Journ. Mycol. vi. 75, 76).

Lavatera—lIs it an introduced Plant? T.S. Brandegee. (Zoe,
i. 188, 190).

Leucophyllum Texanum. C.S.Sargent. (Gard. and For. iii. 488,
489, fig. 63).

List of Native Ferns and Allies Grown at Cinchona, Author—
Hart? (Ann. Rept. Pub. Gardens and Plantations of Jamai-
ca, for year ending Sept. 30, 1890, 7, 8).

Leflingia squarrosa. T.S. Brandegee. (Zoe, i. 219, 220).

Madrona—The. (Garden and Forest, iii. 509, 510, illustrated).

_ An account and figure of Arbutus Menziesit.

Medicinischen Pflanzen von Alabama—Die. Carl Mohr. (Pharm.

Rundsch. viii. 240-243).

296

A list of medicinal plants in the orders Ranunculacex to Le-
guminosze inclusive.

Mucronoporus Andersoni, n.sp. J. B. Ellis and B. M. Everhart.

(Journ. Mycol. vi. 79).

Found under bark of an oak log, Newfield, N. J., April, 1890.
North American Sphagna—Contributions to the knowledge of. C.

Warnstorf. Bot. Gaz. xv. 127-140, 189-198, 217-227).

It is due to the earnest efforts of Mr. Edwin Faxon that the
author has been supplied with an abundance of material for this
revision. Twenty-three species are recognized. S. Garberi is
reduced to S. compactum ; S. serratum, Austin, becomes S. 7rini-
tense, Muller; S. réparium, Angstr. is added; S. Floridanum
(Austin) Cardot is upheld; S. acutifolium is split up into numer-

rank; var. guinquefarium, Braith., equals S. guinguefarium;
var. plumulosum, Milde, becomes S. subnitens, Russ. & Warn.;
var. fuscum, Sch. is S. fuscum ,; var. robustum, Russ., is S. Rus-
sowit ; var. tenellum, Schpr., is S. tenellum ; var. gractle, Russ., is
S. Warnstorfii, Russ.; S. sedotdes is reduced again to a variety
of S. Pylest?, Brid.

Since the distribution of Austin’s fine exsiccate, the North
American Sphagna have been critically studied by Braithwaite,
(1880) Lindberg (1882) Lesquereux and James (1884) Cardot
(1887) the number of species fluctuating from 16 to 27.

E. G. B,
Notes on the History of Botany. YT. J. W. Burgess. (Pamph.

j 8vo., pp. 19).

q This is the author’s reprint of an interesting paper read before
4 the Hamilton Association, March 13, 1890.

: Opuntia Fruit as Food. Walter Dalton. (Am. Garden, xi. 467).
Pancratium fragrans. (Gard. Chron. viii. 359-360, fig. 71).

; Phenix dactylifera—Germination of. Mrs. J. E. Dixon. (Bull,
; Sci. Lab. Denison Univ. v. 8, 9, pl. A. f. 1, 2, 3).

: Phyllocactus Ackermann. (Am. Garden, Xi. 448, 449, fig. 1).

3 Potato Scab—A Bacterial Disease. H.1. Bolley. (Agric. Sci.

iv. 243-256).
A record of experiments tending to prove that the potato
scab is due to the presence of a specific Bacterium.

ous forms and varieties and six of its varieties raised to specific

ye

297

Provisional Flost-Index of the Fungi of the United States. Part
TT, Gamopetale—Apetale. WW. G. Farlow and A. B. Sey-
mour. (pp. 53-133, Cambridge, 1890).

Red Wood—The. (Gard. Chron. viii. 302-304, figs. 60-63).

A popular account of Seguoza sempervirens, with notes upon
its introduction and growth in Great Britain.

Report of the Chief of the Section of Vegetable Pathology for the
Year 1889, U. S. Dept. Agric. B.T. Galloway. (Pamph.
pp. 35, illustrated. Author’s Edition).

In addition to an account of the economic work of the Divi-
sion there is a description, with colored plate, of a mignonette
disease: Cercospora Resede, Fckl.

Report of the Botanist on the Grasses and Forage Plants and the
Catalogue of Plants (of Nebraska). Charles E. Bessey and
Herbert J. Webber. (Pamph. 8vo. pp. 162. Lincoln, Neb.,
1890. Extracted from the Report of the Nebraska State
Board of Agriculture for 1889).

This valuable report contains papers by Mr. Webber on ‘ The
Grasses of Central Nebraska” and “‘ The Grasses of Northwestern
Nebraska; ” on “ Grasses of Box Butte and Cheyenne Counties ”’
by Mr. J. G. Smith; by Mr. Webber on the several collections of
grasses exhibited at the State Fair held in 1889. The number of
wild species is given as 106 and the introduced species 22. There
are also papers on a variety of agricultural topics connected with
other forage plants.

Mr. Webber contributes the ‘Catalogue of the Flora of
Nebraska.” This is arranged in the philosophical manner of be-
ginning with the lower organisms and ending with what the au-
thor considers to be the most highly organized—in his case the
Composita—the arrangement of the Flowering Plants following
that of Luerssen. There are 1,890 species and varieties enumer-
ated, curiously coincident with the date of publication. Of these,
thirty-nine are Protophyta, ninety-five Zygophyta, twenty
Oophyta, 691 Carpophyta, forty-seven Bryophyta, seventeen
Pteridophyta and 981 Anthophyta. In nomenclature the oldest
specific name is quite consistently maintained and the original
author cited in parenthesis. Common names are given in detail
and localities cited for all the rarer plants. The list is an exceed-

OPO Aa eine oe Sa ae

298

ingly important contribution to geographical botany, and the

thanks of botanists are due Dr. Bessey and Mr. Webber for the

labor and care of its preparation. N. L. B.

Report of the Botanical Department of the Experiment Station,
Kansas State Agricultural College, for the Year 1889. W.
A. Kellerman and W. T. Swingle. (Reprint, pp. 213-364,
from 2d Ann. Rep. Exp. Sta.).

This paper consists of (1) Report on the Loose Smuts of
Cereals, containing detailed descriptions of Ustilago Avene, UV.
Tritict, U. Hordei and U. nuda, illustrated by nine plates. Com-
prehensive tables of synonymy of these four closely allied species
are given. (2) Experiments in Crossing Varieties of Corn, includ-
ding a bibliography of the subject. (3) Preliminary Study of the
Receptivity of Corn Silk.

Results of a Biological Survey of the San Francisco Mountain
Region and Desert of the Little Colorado in Arizona. C. Hart
Merriam. (North Am. Fauna No. 3, U. S. Dept. Agric.
Divn, Ornithol. and Mammal., Pamph. 8vo. pp. 136, illus-
trated. Washington, D.C., Sept. 11, 1890).

Several important botanical contributions are to be found in
this publication. Under the heading ‘Remarks on the geo-
graphic distribution of species characteristic of the several zones
of the San Francisco mountain region in Arizona” are lists of
plants found respectively on the summit, sub-alpine or timber line
zone, (Central) Hudsonian or Spruce zone, (Central) Canadian or
Balsam Fir zone, Neutral or Pine zone, and Pifion zone of the
mountains. Also a short account of the flora of the Desert of the
Little Colorado below. In regard to the origin of the boreal
flora of the mountains the author accepts the theory that during
the recession of the ice in glacial times these plants were left
stranded and as the temperature became warmer and warmer they
ascended the mountain until they found a temperature which
suited their needs. The desert flora is supposed to have come by
way of the Grand Cajfion of the Colorado from the deserts of
western Arizona—a theory which only an intimate acquaintance
with the physical features of the region can criticise. Brief notes
upon some of the botanical features of the Grand Cajion are also
given, Finally a list of the forest trees is appended, which

299

enumerates fourteen species and varieties. The work is well il-
lustrated by maps which show the areas and limits of the various
zones above mentioned.

Rhododendron Forest in New Hampshire—A. Walter Deane.
(Am. Garden, xi. 595, 596, illustrated).

Describes a visit to a forest of Rhododendron maximum on the

farm of S. M. Follansbee, Fitzwilliam, N. H.

Rose Rusts. A.B.Seymour. (Am. Garden, xi. 609, illustrated).
Description and figures of Phragmidium mucronatum and P.

spectosum. Also P. mucronatum, var. Americanum, which the

author thinks is probably identical with the European P. Ros@-al-
pine.

Sequota Forests of the Sierra Nevada. ¥rank J. Walker. (Zoe, i.
198-204, with map).

Mr. Walker estimates that 37,500 acres of Seguwota forest re-
main in the Sierra Nevada, of which about 13,500 are owned or
held by the Government.

Some Attractive Native Plants. \..H.B. (Am. Garden, xi.

597 -599, illustrated).

Polygalapauctfolia, Cypripedium pubescens, Lithospermum can-
escens, Chimaphila maculata and Sarcodes sanguinea are figured-
Spiral or elliptically wound Tracheids in the axilla of small de-

cayed Branches in Trees. P. H. Dudley. (Journ. N. Y.

Micros. Soc. vi. 110-114; four figures).

Stinking Smut of Wheat—Preliminary Experiments with
fungicides for. \N. A. Kellerman and W. T. Swingle.
(Bull. No. 12, Kans. State Agric. Coll. Exp. Sta., Pl. 1).
Contains representation of 77//etia fetens.

Tupelo Tree—The. (Gard. and Forest, iii. 485, 486).

A popular account of WVyssa aquatica, illustrated by an en-
graving of a group in eastern Massachusetts.

Trillium—The Snowy. A.D. Selby. (Journ. Columbus Hort.
Soc. v. 36, PI. iii).

Trillium nivale is described and figured. It is stated to be in
full bloom in Ohio in March,

Zonaria variegata, Lam’x— Notes on. Uerbert Maule Richards.
(Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts. and Sci. xxv. 83-92, one Plate.
Reprinted. Contrib. Crypt. Lab, Harvard Univ. xiii).

eae.
a ES

300

This is a study of the frond-structure of an alga of the order
Dictyotacex, collected by Professor Farlow in Bermuda and a
discussion of the relation of this genus to Déctyota, Taonia and
Padina.

Proceedings of the Club,

The regular meeting was held Tuesday evening, October 14th,
with twenty-two persons present, Rev. L. H. Lighthipe in the
Chair. :

The Secretary presented the following amendment to the
Constitution :

Resolved, That Article XXII of the Constitution be changed
to read, ‘‘ The regular meetings of the Club shall be held on the
second Tuesday and /ast Wednesday of the month” instead of
fourth Wednesday as it now stands.

“An account of the Autumn Flora of Southeastern Virginia ”’
was given by Mr. Arthur Hollick, illustrated by specimens. The
paper will appear in a later number of THE BULLETIN.

Miss Gaskin reported Asplenium montanum at Sam’s Point,
New York.

The second regular meeting of the month was held Wednes-
day evening, October 24th, the President in the Chair and twenty-
three persons present.

Mr. Frank Johnson was elected an active member, and Dr.
Lorenzo G. Yates and Prof. Luis Sodiro were elected correspond-
ing members.

The committee on amendment to Constitution reported favor-
ably thereon.

The paper of the evening “ New or Noteworthy North Amer-
ican Phanerogams ” was given by Dr. N. L. Britton.

Dr. Wheelock remarked on the two species of Pentstemon, P:
frutescens, of Arctic America, and P. crasstfolium, Shutt. of Flo-
rida, a hitherto undescribed plant.

Miss Stabler reported a peculiar growth of eerial roots in
Swamp Maple as noticed by her at Great Neck, L. I. The trees
in several instances were decayed 10 or 15 feet above the ground,
and roots 1% inch in diameter had been sent out from above
through this decayed growth to the ground 15 feet below.

age te

ak Malia ae

%

BULLETIN

OF THE

Notes on Corticium Oakesii, B. & C., and Michenera Artocreas, B. & C.
By GEORGE JAMES PEIRCE,

Plate CX.

In the order Thelephorez there are many interesting species of
fungi, of which the greater number grow upon the bark of trees.
I wish to speak in this paper somewhat in detail of the structure
of the species first described by Berkeley and Curtis as Corticium
Oakesiz.

In and upon the bark of certain species of Salix the mycelium
of Corticium Oakesit, B. & C., spreads, forming at last a hymen-
ium which is nearly if not quite sessile. It is shaped like a flat
bowl, greyish or flesh colored, and consists of a margin of rather
closely compacted hyphez, and of the hymenial surface proper
which is composed of somewhat club-shaped basidia separated from
one another by hairs which are branches of ordinary hyphal
threads, and constitute true paraphyses.

The paraphyses, which are short and also somewhat club-
shaped, are thickly beset at their tips with short, bristle-like
processes (see figure a) upon which, at certain stages at least,
conidial spores may be borne. After the paraphyses have at-
tained to such a bristly developement that they have the appear-
ance of test-tube brushes, some of them (see figure d) begin to
grow again at their tips. Those threads which do not resume
their growth lengthwise become stouter and more abundantly
clothed with bristles than the others. The second growth is al-
ways separated from the first by a more or less pronounced con-
striction (see figs. d, e, f, g) in and below which, as would be
expected, the older bristles are found. The second growth is

]
%
4
;
4
x
i

ae Pp ee ee Pee ge Ses

302

generally the last, and when it ceases bristles are again produced
as before. If, however, growth is still again resumed, a third set
of bristles is sometimes produced at the new tip (see figs. e, f).
It is noticeable that the bristles of the second crop, although
usually longer and larger than those first formed, are always
fewer, generally only four. Only rarely are there more than three
or four bristles in the third set.

In the second crop five or six bristles may be formed, but
only four ever reach any considerable size. The paraphyses in-
crease correspondingly in size and length. Four of the bristles
grow large and long, and, though retaining in great part their
thinness of wall, become erect, and bear finally on their tips
single, large, oval spores. These fully grown paraphyses are
therefore basidia whose sterigmata have been developed from
simple, small bristles. Both the erect, upward-pointing sterig-
mata, and the spores which they bear, are surprisingly large.
The sterigmata are about 16/ long by 4 broad, while the bristles
to which they correspond are only about 3, long and of propor-
tionate breadth. The spores (24 by 16) are clear, granular,
flesh-colored, with a nucleus, (which, however, is not always
evident), and when ripe, are fairly thick-walled. The sterigmata,
being thin-walled and slender, are very fragile, so that sometimes
it is no easy matter to secure preparations of them. When the
basidial spores are pretty well developed, the surface of the
hymenium becomes yellowish and powdery, instead of close,
smooth, and pallid, as it is while the plant is sterile or bearing
only conidia.

When the plant is not producing basidial spores, that is, when
it is young or after basidial spores have ceased to form, the
bristles of the paraphyses often bear at their tips clear, highly
refringent, colorless, spherical bodies about 0.82 in diameter,
which are doubtless conidial spores. There are, therefore, two
fertile stages in the life history of Cortictum Oakesit, the conidial
and the basidial.

The basidial spores are therefore like the conidial spores in
that they are both non-sexual, borne on bristles, or upon sterig-
mata which have been derived by development from bristles ;
but they are unlike the conidial spores in that they are only four

303

in number, large, and colored. The only extraordinary thing
about them is that they are borne on basidia which are modified
and developed paraphyses whose bristles have become larger,
longer, fewer, and more erect. The development of the spores
is similar to that described and figured by De Bary in his “ Mor-
phology and Biology of the Fungi, Mycetozoa, and Bacteria,”
page 64, for C. amorphum, Fr.

The paraphyses branch only occasionally and the branches
are always given off considerably below the tip, from that part
which is still clear and hypha-like. Those branches which I saw
were short, but rather large, (see fig. b).

Among the brush-like paraphyses I found numerous threads
which resemble the moniliform filaments in the hymenia of C.
amorphum, Fr. Upon each thread of this sort are from one to
six bead-like structures (see fig. c). The one on the tip is gener-
ally more constricted than the others. When there is only one
bead on a hypha it may become so much constricted from the
rest of the thread as to be almost separate therefrom. In this
stage it faintly suggests a spore.

Having found some moniliform hyphe in C. Oakesi which
resembled those of C. amorphum, I examined C. amorphum in
order to find, if possible, some trace of the bristle-brushes of C.
Oakesti. In this I was unsuccessful, and, so far as I know, these
bristly paraphyses may be considered the characteristic possession
of C. Oakesti. For this reason, therefore, as well as on account
of certain differences in external appearance, etc., I am convinced
that C. Oakesii is not, as had been supposed by earlier writers
and more recently by Mr. A. P. Morgan in his ‘‘ Mycologic Flora
of the Miami Valley,” ‘‘the same as C. amorphum,” nor even a
variety of the species.

In Grevillea (iii, 172), Cooke gives a brief but suggestive de-
scription of the structure of C. Oakesii as seen in two Ameri-
can specimens which he examined. He speaks of finding “ incip-
ient asci,” “large sporidia,” and “nodolose paraphyses,” and
concludes that the “spicules,” or bristle-like processes of the
paraphyses, are the stalks of conidial spores.

This appears to be the first paper in which the paraphyses
with spicules were correctly described and their true nature

PT ee eg ee a ee ee Re ge ad

304

pointed out. The “incipient asci” and “large sporidia” were,
however, later recognized by Cooke to be basidia containing oil
globules resembling sporidia. The ‘“nodulose paraphyses”’ are,
apparently, the moniliform paraphyses which I have just described.

The only other notice of C. Oakesii which needs special at-
tention is in the paper by Massee, on the Thelephorez, pub-
lished in the Linnzean Society’s Journal, xxv, 120. He says, in
C. Oakesit, or, as he calls it, Aleurodiscus Oakestt, “in addition
to normal tetrasporous basidia, which are rare, there are nume-
rous elliptical gonidia produced singly on thick gonidiophores,
whereas in Aleurodiscus Micheneri ' have found large colored
gonidia.”’

In the specimens that I examinec, normal basidia were com-
mon enough, although not always in fruit. I have seen all the
stages from the young and bare basidia to those bearing four ripe
spores on erect sterigmata, as I have already described and fig-
ured. I could find no trace of “thick gonidiophores,” and the
only normal thing which at all resembled them was, as I have
said, those hyphe whose tips were so constricted as to be bead-
like. But comparing these with Massee’s figures, it is evident that
these are altogether too simple and commonplace to be what he
means. I saw a single basidium, large, thick, and somewhat ir-
regular, upon which was a single stout sterigma bearing a spore
(see fig. h). The occasional abortion of two or three of the four
sterigmata has often been observed in other genera of fungi. If
wholesale abortion had taken place in Massee’s specimens he
would naturally have found that tetrasporous basidia were rare,
and that “large elliptical gonidia produced singly on thick goni-
diophores”’ took their place. Unless such a thing had occurred,
or unless Massee was so fortunate as to get specimens of a stage
different from any that I have seen, I can understand neither his
descriptions nor his figures. Surely the few moniliform hyphe,
thin-walled, slender and clear, are not the gonidiophores of
which he speaks, and we must choose between these and aborted
basidia if we are to accept his account.

Just as these observations were ready for publication, my at-
tention was called to a paper by Patouillard entitled, “ Quelques
champignons de la Chine récoltés par M. I’Abbé Delavy,” which

Pee ee eee Se a ee eet ye ee

305

came out in the July number of the “ Revue Mycologique.” In
this paper, under the head of A/leurodiscus Oakesii, B. & C., he
says that the sterile cells of the hymenium are of two sorts; some
are simply basidia which have not yet attained their full develop-
ment; the others, much more slender, and attenuated at both
ends, bear at their tips more or less spiniform protuberances;
that these last might easily be taken for paraphyses, were it not
that he had been able to determine that they appear in the
young specimen at the same time as the basidia and never pre-
cede them ; that it is, therefore, impossible to recognize in these
organs the homologues of those filaments which are found in the
thece of the Discomycetes. He says, further, that in the Ameri-
can specimens which he examined, the spine-bearing cells were
about the same in size as sterile basidia. He therefore concludes
that these are basidia which nevet can produce spores, and that
they have become sterile because of some other function of which
we are ignorant.

Now, since I have seen many of these spine-bearing cells in
specimens so young that not a basidium could be seen, these
spinous cells do precede the basidia. Furthermore, I have seen,
and in the figures I have tried to show, the development of ba-
sidia from these spine-bearing cells themselves. It is by the re-
sumption of growth on the part of some of these bristly cells that
the basidia are formed, and from the delicate little bristles the
thin-walled, large sterigmata are subsequently developed.

From my own observations, which can be confirmed at any
time by an examination of the preparations which I have made
of the various stages in the development of the basidia and bris-
tle-cells, I am convinced that, in spite of the general accuracy of
his account, it must be wrong on this point; that what have
always been called paraphyses are paraphyses, and that from
these the basidia are directly developed.

Another genus even more remarkable than Cortictum, also
belonging to the Thelephoree, is that called by Saccardo, MWich-
enera. There is only one species known in the United States,
and this is apparently not common. Like the Corticia, it grows
upon the bark of trees. It possesses a well-marked and almost,

s av eee 1 _m . 1 “Soe ee oe eae ee ee ee ee sr

306

if not quite, sessile hymenium, flat-bowl-shaped, whitish or flesh-
tinted without, and rufous within. There is a decided margin to
the bowl, formed of closely compacted hyphz, as in some Cor-
ticia, and the hymenium itself, when ripe, ceases to be hard and
smooth, and becomes powdery from the escape of the ripened

spores.

; The difficulties attending the study of this interesting fungus,
‘ Michenera Artocreas, B. & C., have been great. Its rarity,
combined with its remarkable structural peculiarities, have been
j the cause of many confusions of nomenclature, and each student
seems to have taken pleasure in re-naming this form. Berkley

and Curtis seem first to have specifically described it in their
“Cuban Fungi” under the name of MJichenera Artocreas ; but
subsequent writers have variously styled it Artocreas Michenert,
A. Michenera, Aleurodiscus Michenera, and A. Micheneri. In
addition to the confusion in synonomy, the necessarily imperfect
descriptions of the earlier botanists have been accepted without
thorough verification, and from this source have come some of
the errors which I hope to disprove in this paper.

For the sake of clearness, I will begin my description with
the young hymenium. It is made up of simple paraphyses, long,
slender, and smooth, unicellular, erect, parallel and tolerably
close together. Immediately beneath them, that is, at the base
of the hymenium, are the ordinary mycelial hyphz of the plant,
running horizontally or obliquely and interlacing among them-
selves. It is, of course, from these that the paraphyses spring.
Presently the tips ot some of the hyphz become erect, swell, and
force their way upwards between the paraphyses. The swollen
tip becomes more granular than the rest of the hypha. Later
each tip is divided off by a cross partition (see fig. k, Michenera
Artocreas, B. & C); it increases in size; its walls become thick-
ened, and at the same time, by the contraction of the upper part
of the cell, a long, tapering, lash-like structure is formed at the

LOSS, Lae PS eS a Sige TRY RNR ees ee

topmost point. Finally, the neck of the tip-cell, which has now

grown to be flask-shaped, is closed by the thickening of its walls. Th.
In the meantime, within the cell thus produced at the outer

end of a hyphal thread, a spore has been forming. This spore is

large, granular, and either colorless or faintly flesh-tinted. When

307

the spore is ripe, the mother-cell, with its spore inside, breaks off
at the partition which divided it from the parent hypha, and,
together with many other similar spore-containing cells, lies
rather loosely among the filamentous paraphyses until carried
away by the wind, or perhaps by some other agent. When the
spores are fully ripe, the long, lash-like appendages of the mother-
cells show a tendency to curl spirally and to shrivel. It would
be interesting to notice whether this has anything to do with the
dissemination of the spores.

The spores are formed so uniformly that one may speak of
three distinct layers in the hymenium. First, the somewhat
loosely reticulated mycelium, which is overlaid by the more
closely compacted hyphe, from which the paraphyses and sporo-
phores arise; then the dense layer of spores in their flask-shaped
mother-cells with upward pointing flagella.

Since it was generally agreed to retain Michenera Artocreas
among the Hymenomycetes, an effort was made to explain the
presence of the flask-shaped bodies which I have just described,
on the supposition that they were the spores of some fungus par-
asitic upon a Corticium ,; and this view was supported by the dis-
covery in other places of basidia and spores which had the same
appearance as the basidia and spores of a Cortictum. But I find
no evidence that the flask-shaped bodies are the spores of a para-
sitic fungus, for the hyphae which bear the spores are the same
in form, size and color as the ordinary mycelial hyphe of the
plant, and may with care be traced vertically in the body of the
hymenium for some distance.

Generally, in cases of fungi parasitic upon larger or more
complex forms, the hyphe run transversely and rather near the
surface of the host, and can, therefore, in sections or dissections,
be distinguished or even separated from the host. Such cases as
the Hypomyces, which grow on the larger Agaricini, present
this character. In Michenera, on the contrary, the spore-bear-
ing hyphe run approximately parallel, deep down into the hy-
menium, they form nothing like a sheet, and are not much re-
ticulated until they are near the mycelium of the plant. These
flask-shaped bodies can be nothing else than large conidial spores.

If one searches in the literature, one will find in Fig. 4, Plate

;
, , ; ’
ee) eee

IF ee Se ee ae

308

VI, of Brefeld’s “ Untersuchungen aus dem Gesammtgebiete
der Mycologie,” Heft VIII, a figure which closely resembles the
structure of the hymenium in A/tchenera Artocreas. This is a fig-
ure of Nyctalis parasitica, the nature of whose “ chlamydospores,”
has been considered a matter of some doubt.

Basidia and spores have been described as being produced
by Michenera Artocreas. In the hymenia, the only spores which
I have ever seen were those flask-shaped conidia which I have
already described. I have seen no traces either of basidia which
had not yet developed sufficiently to bear spores, or of old basidia
which had ceased to be spore-bearing. Yet on some specimens,
growing near the A/zchenera, but, so far as I have observed, never
connected with it, are often found large, low, flat hymenia in
which at proper times basidia and spores are produced. These
hymenia have attained their large size by the confluence of sev-
eral small ones. This a rather common occurrence in the Cor-
ticia. In these hymenia the spores are large, oval, granular,
and borne on long, slender sterigmata which spring from thin-
walled basidia. The paraphyses, though slender are somewhat
club-shaped, instead of filamentous like those of MWichenera Arto-
creas. In all these respects the hymenia are Corticium-like.
Itis not now possible to assert positively that these hymenia
have no organic connection with those which undoubtedly
belong to the Michencra,; for it is always a difficult matter
to trace a mycelium continuously for more than a short distance.
But it is my opinion, formed after careful examination of the
specimens at my disposal, that the mycelium which produces
hymenia in which are basidial spores, is not continuous with that
which sends up hymenia in which are the spores borne in flask-
shaped mother-cells. I believe that those hymenia which con-
tain basidia and basidial spores are, as they seem to be, the
hymenia of some species of Corticium, and that they have noth-
ing whatever to do with AZichenera Artocreas.

Never having seen, in any hymenium which was undoubtedly
one of Michenera Artocreas, any traces of basidia or of spores
which looked as if they might have been borne on basidia, I am
led to believe that the basidial stage of Wichenera Artocreas either
does not exist at all, or that it is so completely replaced by the

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. Plate CX.

i

Figs. k-n—MICHENERA ARTOCREAS.

Figs. a-i—CorTicium OAKESII.

309

conidial stage (represented by the flask-shaped cells, which I have
described, and the spores therein) that it very seldom appears.

The chief character by which modern mycologists recognize
Michenera Artocreas, B.&C., is the flask-shaped, flagellate conidia.
Fresh material of this plant, and if possible an abundance of it,
would doubtless disclose to the student much more of interest
than I have been able to make out from the herbarium specimens
which have been my only material for examination. I have had
the good fortune, however, to be able to study all the specimens
of Michenera in the Curtis collection of Fungi, and also all
the other specimens of Michenera in the Cryptogamic Herbarium
of Harvard University.

In studying both Corticéum and Michenera 1 have found Boh-
mer’s Hamatoxylin a valuable aid in bringing out structural
characters. It must be observed, however, that acid preparations,
such as glycerine and acetic acid, are impossible with this stain ;
for the acid gradually destroys the color after changing it to
a disagreeable reddish hue. On the other hand, alkaline solu-
tions produce a purple, flocculent precipitate. Pure glycerine is
the most convenient mounting medium, and if the sections, or
macerated fragments, be s/ow/y run up from water to glycerine
no shrinkage ensues, the color is unchanged, and the preparations
may be kept indefinitely.

To Dr. Farlow, professor of Cryptogamic Botany at Harvard
University, who very kindly put at my disposal the specimens
which I have studied, and who has helped me by counsel and by
criticism in preparing this paper, I wish to convey my grateful
acknowledgments.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE Cx.

Corticium Oakesii, B.&C,
a.—Simple bristly paraphysis.
b.—Showing method of branching of paraphyses.
c.—Moniliform or nodulose paraphyses resembling those of C. amorphum, Fr.
d.—Young paraphysis which has resumed its upward growth,
e.—Paraphysis in which second crop of bristles has been formed and growth is con-
tinued.

f.—Paraphysis, with a second crop of bristles, which will probably go on growing.
g.—A paraphysis which has been developed into a basidium, four bristles only be-

ing formed in the second crop, and these bearing large, oval, granular spores.
The first crop of bristles is seen below.

hell Pa 5 ys iat ort Real Me vee Me eee. ae ee eee! hy, ES. eS Se ieee Sule Ae «ace

ses a eee

a eee Se re Ree ee ae ee ee = n CP Ea Oo” oe eee we eer ee Re es i ai it
r ; ’

310

h.—A basidium with only one sterizma and one spore.
i.—Detail of a crop of bristles, showing manner of extrusion, position, etc.

Michenera artocreas, B.& C.

k.—A hypha which has swelled at its tip. The tip is already cut off from the parent
hypha by a cross partition. The tip is more granular than the rest of the fila-
ment.

1.—A tip which has broken from the hypha after the lash-like process from its top
has been developed. The walls are still thin and the spore has not been formed.

m.—A tip cell whose much thickened walls enclose a dark granular spore (sp). The
flagellate tip shows some tendency to curl. The neck of the mother-cell is
almost completely closed by the thickening of its walls.

n.—A section through the hymenium of JZ, artocreas.

I.—Layer in which filamentous paraphyses are the principal elements.

II.—Spore-layer, mother-cells of spores lying loosely among filamentous para-
physes.

I1I.—Layer of spore-bearing hyphz which are separated from each other by
paraphyses.

IV.—Mycelium at base of hymenium, showing that both paraphyses and sporo-
phores are continuous with ordinary mycelial hyphe.

CRYPTOGAMIC LABORATORY,
Harvard University, June, 18go.

New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams.—III.
By N. L. Brirron,

RANUNCULUS PORTERI, n. sp. § Batrachium. Submersed,
: apparently several feet long, freely branching. Leaves petioled,
the petioles %’ to 1’ long, and dilated at the base, the
: blade about 114’ in diameter repeatedly ternately divided into
linear or capillary segments; the upper shorter and_ broader;
flowers white, 3’ to 4” broad, peduncled; achenes 6 to 12 in a
head, obliquely oval, compressed, somewhat pubescent, margin-
less, very nearly 1” long, beakless or with a mere apiculation,
3 irregularly rugose transversely; receptacle pubescent.
I noticed this plant in Dr. Porter’s Herbarium a year or so

ago. The accompanying label has only “ Henry’s Fork, No.

/ 1062; Ranunculus, entirely immersed.” It was collected on the
. Hayden Survey of the territories, but I cannot place the exact
locality.

‘

The species differs from any form of 2. aguatilis with which
Iam acquainted, in its much broader and fewer leaf-segments
and larger achenia. I sent it to Mr. Baker at Kew, who thinks it
not related to any European form of that plant, remarking that
“no European form ever shows so much transition between float-

311

ing leaves and capillary leaves as this does.” Its affinity with
R. aquatilis is evident, however, from its beakless, rugose pubes-
cent achenia and hairy receptacle.

I refer here, with considerable hesitation, the plant collected by
Professor Greene at Ione, Cal., June 7, 1889, and the species may
occur in British Columbia.

Capsella procumbens (L.), Fr. Mant. Nov. Fl. Suec. i. 14
(1832). Reichenb. Ic. Flor. Germ. et. Helv. ii. t. si. £ 4221
(1837).

Lepidium procumbens, L. Sp. Pl. 643 (17 5 3).

Hutchinsia procumbens, D.C. Prodr. i. 178 (1818).

Capsella elliptica, C. A. Meyer, Verzeich. Pflanz. Cauc. 194
(1831).

Hymenolobus divaricatus and H. erectus, Nutt. in T. & G. Fi
N. A. i. 117 (1838).

Capsella divaricata, Walp. Rep. i. 175 (1842).

I was first led to investigate the relations of the Old and New
World plants which have been described under the above-cited
names from finding them all united in the Kew Herbarium. An
examination of the specimens there preserved and subsequent
study of an extensive suite at home have convinced me that they
are all one species, adding another to the list of circumboreal
plants. In Europe it extends south to the Mediterranean region,
in Asia to Thibet, and it apparently occurs also in Australia. On
our own continent it has been found in Labrador by Mr. J. A.
Allen (along the seashore, Dead Islands, lat, 52° 48’) and it is
widely distributed over the far west as far south as Utah and
Lower California.

Hypericum Canadense, L. var. majus, Gray Man. Ed. 5, 86
(1867).

A study of this plant in the field and herbarium leads me to
think that it has good claim to specific rank. Its characters of
lanceolate, acute, 5 to 7-nerved leaves, greater size and longer
and sharper calyx-lobes seem quite constant. I have not seen it
growing with the typical H. Canadense. If they could be found
together, important evidence might be obtained. I do not pro-
pose here to elevate it to specific rank, but only to call attention

312

to it in the hope that it may be investigated. Its range is given
by Prof. Coulter (Bot. Gaz. xi. 110) as ‘Canada to Pennsylvania,
Illinois and about the Great Lakes,’”’ but by Watson and Coulter in
the 6th edition of Gray’s Manual “ L. Superior, Robbins, S. New
York and southward.” These are contradictory. Specimens
from Vermont, New Jersey, Illinois and Iowa are preserved in
the Columbia Herbarium.

Calandrinia pygmea, A. Gray, Proc. Amer. Ac. viii. 623
(1873).

Talinum pygmeum, A. Gray, Amer. Journ. Sci. xxxiii. 407
(1862).

There is an Australian species so named by F. Mueller in
Fragm. Phytog. Austr. i. 175 (1858) and recognized by Ben-
tham in Flora Australiensis. I would therefore propose for the
American plant the name C. GRAYI.

Crotalaria retusa, L., was collected by Mr. Blodgett on Key
West, Florida, many years ago. It does not appear to have been
reported from the United States before, but might be expected,
as it grows throughout tropical America.

Lotus HELLERI, n. sp. (Hosackia Purshiana, Torr. & Gray,
Fl. N. A. i. 327 in part). Erect, annual, divaricately branching
1° to 2° high, finely pubescent or glabrous, leafy ; branches ascend-
ing, 6’ to 8’ long, slender; stipules; leaves sessile, 3-foliolate ;
leaflets linear or linear-oblong, acute, entire, the terminal one
slightly longer stalked than the lateral ones which are somewhat
inequilateral; peduncles 1-flowered, axillary, slender, about 8”
long in fruit, leafy-bracted at the summit; keel yellowish about
3" long ; wings yellowish, tinged with pink; standard pale pink ;
calyx lobes linear, equalling or slightly exceeding the tube; pod
linear, glabrous, 1’ to 11%’ long, 1%” wide, acute, 5 to 6-seeded,
deflexed at maturity.

North Carolina (Schweinitz) Mecklenberg Co. (M. A. Cur-
tis) Salisbury, Rowan Co. (A. A. Heller). Named in commemora-
tion of Mr. Heller’s recent collecting trip in North Carolina, on
which a number of rare and interesting plants were obtained.
Lotus Americanus, (Nutt.) Bisch, Litt. Ber. Linnea, 1840, 132,
(Hosackia Purshiana, Benth.), with which this has been con-
founded, has larger and broader leaflets, is more villous, and has
the calyx more deeply cleft. I believe that it has not been found

‘

313

east of the Mississippi, but ranges from Minnesota to Sonora.
The widely distributed plant of the Pacific Coast, also mixed up
with Lotus Americanus, appears to me quite distinct, as Nuttall
made out, describing it as Hosackia elata (In T. & G. FI. N. A.
i. 327) and there may be, as he also thought, several other
closely related species in California and the Northwest.

Psoralea Reverchont, S. Wats., Proc. Amer. Acad. xxi. 449,
originally described from specimens collected by Mr. Reverchon
in western Texas, in 1877, was also found by Dr. Palmer in
the Indian Territory, 1868 (No. 72).

Psoralea corylifolia, 1. is in Dr. Chapman's Herbarium,
ticketed “ Appalachicola, introduced.” It is an Asiatic species,
close to P. dentata, DC. of southern Europe.

Cassia crotolarioides, Kunth, var. leucophylla, Benth. There
is a specimen so determined in the Kew Herbarium, collected by
Prof. Mosely in the Grand Canon, Colorado Plateau, Arizona,
1884. The species is known in north Mexico, and its occurrence
in this region might have been expected.

Ilex montana, T. and G. var. MOLLIS (A. Gray). lex mollis,
A. Gray, Man. Ed. 2. Leaves as in the type, but pubescent be-
neath. Burgoon’s Gap, Penn. (Porter). Pocono Plateau, Penn.;
collected by myself on the Torrey Club Field Excursion, June
7-10, 1880.

This plant was first referred to //ex dubia (Don.), B. 5. P.
Prel. Cat. N. Y., but on comparison with typical specimens of
this species from the Alleghanies of North Carolina, Georgia and
Alabama, it appears hardly possible that this disposition of it is
correct. J. dubia has broadly ovate, oval or even obovate leaves,
which are rarely acuminate and commonly obtuse, and are much
more densely and softly pubescent beneath.

Ilex mollis was founded on the Pennsylvania plant, and the
southern species subsequently referred to it. Iam maintaining
dubia as the specific name of the latter on the authority of Dr.
Gray, who probably saw a type of it. But from Don’s descrip-
tion of Prinos dubius, (Gard. Dict. ii. 20), this would not be certain,
and he says it occurs from New Jersey to Carolina, while the plant
which I know as dudia is not reported north of North Carolina.

¥ -
teeta eae Se eS ee Eee | '

314

Mex verticillata (L.) A. Gray, var. tenuifolia, Torr.
Fl. North. States, 338 (1824). This variety with thin, ob-
ovate leaves, glabrous, except a slight pubescence along the
midvein on the under surface, and with mucronate-tipped, ap-
pressed teeth, originally collected by Dr. Torrey in the cedar
swamp at New Durham, has recently been collected by Mr. W.
M. Whitfield at Mt. Washington, Berkshire Co., Mass.

Var. padifolia (Willd.), T. and G. in S. Wats. Bibliog.
Index, i. 220, is distinguished from the type by its smaller,
thicker (almost coriaceous), broadly oval or nearly orbicular
leaves. The original specimen in Herb. Torrey came from Lake
Erie. The plant is common on the Pocono Plateau of Pennsyl-
vania.

Professor Trelease, in his review of North American species
of /lex in Trans. St. Louis Acad. Sci. Vol. V., does not recog-
nize either of these varieties, but they appear to me certainly
well-marked enough to warrant consideration.

SPIRAA VIRGINIANA, n. sp. A glabrous shrub, the branches
forming long wands, erect or reclining, 1°-4° long. Leaves ob-
long or slightly oblanceolate, thin, obtuse or short-pointed at the
apex, rounded or cuneate at the base, 114/—2! long, 5'’-8”’ wide,
green above, pale beneath, entire or with a few low serrations in

the upper half; petioles 2’ long; pedicels and peduncles pale

and glaucous; flowers about 2’ broad, in terminal compound

corymbs 1'-3/ across; calyx teeth 5, triangular, blunt, about the
length of the short-campanulate tube, distinctly glaucous; petals
5, white, ovate-orbicular, obtuse, stamens 15-20, persistent ;
styles 5-6; follicles in the specimens examined 5-6, apparently
sterile, included in the persistent calyx.

On damp rocks along the Monongahela River, Morgantown,
West Virginia, collected by Dr. C. F. Millspaugh in flower, June
20th, 1890, and in apparently imperfect fruit late in September.
Collected also by Mr. G. R. Vasey in the mountains of North
Carolina, 1878.

Spirea betulefolia, Pall. and S. corymbosa, Raf., have much
longer follicles exserted beyond the calyx, broader, thicker and
dentate leaves, and are different in habit. Rafinesque published a
number of species in his New Flora, but none of them can apply
to this one.

315

LUDWIGIA ALTERNIFOLIA, L., var. LINEARIFOLIA, n. var.
Two or three feet high, divergently branched, the branches as-
cending. Leaves linear, elongated, 2’-4' long, 1%4’-4’" wide,
acute; flowers solitary in the axils of the upper leaves or bracts,
yellow ; sepals ovate-lanceolate acute, narrower than those of Z.
alternifolia; branches and both sides of the leaves somewhat
pubescent. Petals apparently remaining on the plant longer than
those of L. alternifolia, which, as Dr. Millspaugh observes, com-
monly fall away when the plant is shocked.

Appearing very distinct from typical Z. alternifolia, but pre-
sumably but a variety of it. From the description it may be the
Rhexia linearifolia, Poir. in Lam. Encycl. vi. 2, said to come
from Carolina.

Leontodon hirtus, L., long known from the ballast grounds of
the eastern seaports, is becoming more widely adventive. It has
recently been collected in Southern New Jersey by Dr. J. E.
Peters, at Cold Spring Harbor, Long Island, by Mr. Geo. D.
Hulst, and on Vancouver Island, British Columbia, by Prof. Ma-
coun. It certainly claims recognition as an adventive plant.

Populus heterophylla, L. Another locality for this rare tree
in the Middle States has been discovered by Rev. L. H. Light-
hipe, near Woodbridge, Middlesex Co., N. J. The stations now
known for it at the north, besides those given in my ‘‘ Catalogue
of Plants from New Jersey,” and its somewhat wide distribution
on Staten Island, are Northport, Long Island, and Guilford,
Conn., as recorded by Professor Sargent in his Forestry Report
in the Tenth Census,

Eriocaulon Kérnictkanum, Van Heurck et Muell. Arg. Obs.
Bot. 101 (1870). This species does not appear to have been
alluded to by any American author. I know nothing more
about it than the description given by the above named authors.
The plant was collected in eastern Texas by Chas. Wright, and
is mentioned here only to call it to the attention of our botanists.
It can hardly be Drummond’s No. 409 (second coll.), which I
take to be &. Benthami, Kunth., although without sufficient ex-
amination to warrant certainty.

Cyperus pheocephalus, Griseb. Plant, Lorentz. 216 (1874),
may be reported from mountains between Mazatlan and Durango,

eer wee eae ee EN tn dle . eM i hE i oe Pak tt lea A Re Ce ie

2 eee he er een

ae a, a ae la a Oe ee ee

316

Mexico, collected by Mr. Forrer in 1887. Specimens were sent
me by Prof. Greene. It occurs along the Andes of South Amer-
ica from Ecuador to Argentina. (Spruce, 5,904; Mandon,
1,394; Rusby, 100).

CYPERUS BLODGETTIL, n. sp. Section Mariscus. Perennial,
from a tuberous thickened base, 8’-9/ high. Roots fibrous;
leaves linear, 3'-4’ long, about 1/’ wide, glabrous, smooth on the
edges; culm sharply triangular; involucre of about three leaves,
1'-2%' long; inflorescence of 1-3 dense globose heads, 5//—8//
in diameter; spikelets 20-40, 6-10-flowered, the lowest vlume
empty, the others fertile ; glumes keeled, oval or ovate, obtusish,
strongly about 9-nerved, about %’’ long; achenium oblong,
about two-thirds the length of the glume, triangular; falling
away with the glumes from the rachis at maturity ; rachis strongly
scarred with the bases of the flowers; stamens three ?

Key West, Mr. Blodgett (Herb. Torrey and Herb. Gray).

I went over this species with Mr. Clarke at Kew in 1888 and
we decided that it must be new. Mr. Clarke, maintaining that
Mariscus is distinct as a genus from Cyperus, proposed calling it
M. avenicola, and if this view is to be adopted, the plant may
bear this name. But I have not been able to agree with him in
this respect. The species appears nearest to C. Grayit.

The Flora of the Summit of Mt. Monadnock, N. H,, in July.

Mt. Monadnock lies in Cheshire County, in the southwestern
part of New Hampshire, and can be reached in four hours from
Boston, Mass., thus bringing a most interesting botanical region
within easy access to lovers of botany. A few words as to
the vegetation on the immediate summit may prove of interest.
The mountain is 3169 feet high and rears its bald head into the
sub-alpine region, thus presenting botanical features much re-
sembling those about the Half Way House, on Mt. Washington,
New Hampshire.

I visited the top of Monadnock, July 22nd, 1889, on a beau-
tiful clear day. The thick woods that clothe the slopes of the
mountain cease within a half mile of the summit and the bold, bare
rocks, with many an overhanging cliff, afford no easy ascent,
though a rough pathway has been traced to the top for visitors
to the Mountain House, which lies nestled among the trees a mile

317

from the summit. The view from the summit is magnificent.
Dense forests, sparkling lakes, rolling hills, and towns half hidden
among the trees, offer a restful picture to the eye. The plants
found on the hoary head of the old mountain scarcely exceed a
foot in height. The prominent feature consists of Juncus trifidus,
which grows in small, dense, tough patches between the rocks, and
was in good fruiting condition when I gatheredit. I was obliged
to use my trowel as a hatchet, to hack out pieces of the hard, dry
sod. Poa serotina, which varies so much in different localities,
formed a turf several feet square, by a small pool of surface water,
within a few yards of the very summit. The grass, which was of
special interest to me, however, and which I met for the first time,
at this spot, was Poa nemoralis, [Poa cesia, var. strictior of the
Gray Manual, 5th edition]. It formed a dense sod of several
square feet, in a few spots, between the massive boulders. I feasted
my eyes upon this interesting grass, which is certainly not com-
mon, and stretched out at full length upon it to eat my lunch.
The pretty Avenaria Grenlandica was in full flower and grew
some distance down the mountain side, forming small patches of
snowy white. Solidago Virga-aurea, var. alpina was very abun-
dant, in full bloom, growing here and there in profusion. The
plants were from 2 to 6 inches in height and the radical leaves
were fully developed. These leaves varied very much in shape,
from almost orbicular with margined petioles to narrowly spatulate
and pointed. On the damp slopes about the summit, Xhodora
was abundant in fruit and, by a clear, cool spring of crystal water,
but a minute’s scramble down the rocks, I found Ledum latifolium,
Carex canescens, var. alpicola was growing from the mountain top
to nearly as far down as the Mountain House, while Potentzlla
tridentata was very abundant on the rocks everywhere, in full
flower. I found this plant growing abundantly in an open
meadow in Jaffrey, N. H., on August 11th, the fruit having fully
matured. Creeping up very close to the summit and just per-
fecting its bright red berries, was Vaccinium Vitis-ld@a. It is
called Mountain Cranberry and certainly makes an excellent
sauce. Expertus dico. A small form of Eriophorum gracile was
growing among rich sphagnum by a small pool.

These were the phanogamous features of the top of the moun-

eee eae a ee es ee be * . BE Oe he Od” Oo, ee a ae Te Ge nang eam Te

a

Ee ee

SE ee eR eT

318

tain, within a few rods of the very highest point, and though they
do not embrace plants of any special rarity, yet they were of in-
terest to me, as being just what one would expect to find at such
an elevation. The absence of any shade whatever and of any
rich soil, to any extent, of course excludes many plants that other-
wise would be found. On the way up the mountain, in the rich
woods, I collected Rzbes rubrum in fruit, and Streptopus amplexifo-
fius was very abundant. Its coral red berries make it a very
attractive plant. WALTER DEANE.

The Pinnatifid Leaves of Nasturtium Armoracia.

In Gray’s Manual, revised edition, the leaves of this species
are described as follows: ‘ Root-leaves very large, oblong,
crenate, rarely pinnatifid.” My observations on the plant, con-
ducted during a long and bitter struggle with it in my garden,
lead me to conclude that the pinnatifid leaves are not rare, but
periodical in their appearance. The order of the foliation of the
plant, as noted by me for the past three years, is as follows:
Early in the spring the leaves are small, dissected or dissected
pinnatifid. Those next in order are larger and have broader
lobes, and after a short time these in turn are succeeded by the
broad or summer leaves. Often a single plant will have a series
of leaves showing a complete gradation from the dissected to
the broad blade. The broad leaves are characteristic of the sum-
mer state of the plant, and I have never seen a pinnatifid leaf in
midsummer. Early in the fall the new leaves as they appear have
more deeply crenate-toothed margins, and as the season advances,
many of the plants send out truly pinnatifid leaves again. There
are indications that this would be the case with all if the season
of growth were longer, for the buds of all usually contain unde-
veloped pinnatifid leaves when the frost kills the foliage. In
October of the present year, every plant, in over forty which I
examined, had some of the leaves pinnatifid. As the plant ap-
pears in our gardens there is no assignable cause for so marked a
change of foliage. The history of the plant, so far as I can find
out, is silent as to its habits in the wild state, but it prefers, in this
country, rich wet ground, rarely thriving on high and dry soils.
This fact, taken in connection with others, as the habits of allied

319

plants, notably WV. dacustre, and that many aquatic exogenous
plants have dissected leaves, would lead to the conclusion that our
plant had been an aquatic at some period of its history. My own
conclusion in regard to it is that it was originally an aquatic, but
under a gradual change of condition of its surroundings, probably
the drying up in summer of the shallow water in which it lived, it
acquired a form suitable for emersed conditions, became amphibi-
ous as it were. Possibly it would be better to suppose a marshy
habitat, subject to fall and winter overflow, but as ponds and
lakes usually preceded marshes it is perhaps best to trace this in-
teresting case of heredity, if such it be, to them rather than to
marshy ground. CHAS. A. DAVIS.
Alma, Mich., Oct. 25, 18g0.

Botanical Notes,

Appointment of Dr. Thos. Morong to the Curatorship of the
Columbia College Herbarium.

After an absence of over two years in southern South Amer-
ica, during which time he has collected a very large and valuable
representation of the plants of that region, Dr. Morong has re-
turned in health and safety. All botanists will bid him cordial
welcome, both on his safe return and his entry upon anew sphere
of usefulness and activity. The trustees of Columbia College
have appointed him to be Curator of their herbarium, a position
which has not been occupied since the death of Mr. P. V. LeRoy.
In this appointment an important step has been made in the prog-
ress of American systematic botany. Nd, 1d:

Flepaticee Britannice Exsiccate, Carrington and Pearson;
Fas. IV., Nos. 216-290; price 14 10s., Manchester, Eccles,
England. As many of the British species are common to Amer-
ica, we take pleasure in commending these neatly prepared sets.
They are bound in cloth, large octavo. We may state here that
the hepatic collections of C. F. Austin were purchased by Messrs.
Carrington and Pearson, so that it is to them that we must look
for comparisons with many types of American species.

New Localities.—Ligusticum Scoticum, L. A few plants of this
species grow beside the salt creek on the west side of Black Point,

320

East Lyme, Conn. A pretty close search of the salt marshes in
this vicinity has failed to discover it at any other station, so that
it must be accounted very rare in the State. It has, however,
been collected by several persons on Fishers Island, N. Y., and is
reported from Watch Hill, R. I., just over the Connecticut State
line, but whether it is abundant or rare at these points I cannot
say.

Desmodium sesstlifolium, Torr. & Gray. This species was
found in the extreme south part of the town of Norwich, Conn.,
near the track of the N. L. N. R. R. On the north shore of
Trading Cove, which separates Norwich from Montville, rises a
steep rocky and sandy hill covered with a mixed growth of hard
woods, pitch pines, and hemlocks. The Desmodium grows, not
very abundantly, on the warm southern slopes of this hill. More
or less is to be found also along the banks of the railroad which
here runs close along the west bank of the Thames river. Unfor-
tunately the herbage beside the track is mowed so frequently that
the plant does not get the chance to spread that it would other-
wise have. Whether this species occurs also on any of the neigh-
boring hills, or on the east side of the Thames, as seems not
improbable, the writer has had no opportunity to ascertain.

CHAS. B. GRAVES, M.D.

New London, Conn.

Reviews of Foreign Literature.

Sur certains Rapports entre L’ Arabie Heurense et L’ Anctenne

Egypte, risultant de son dernier Voyage au Yémen,; par le Dr.

G. Schweinfurth. M. E. Autran, Genéve, 1890.

Situated on the high road to India, the southwest corner
of Arabia has been from time immemorial the rallying point
for all the tribes of the far east, and notwithstanding its ac-
cessibility and reputed character for hospitality, it has been a
comparatively little traveled country. The history of botanical
exploration in Yémen began 128 years ago, when Peter Farskal
joined Karsten Niebuhr’s remarkable expedition and six months
later died in Arabia, leaving a valuable collection of scientific
documents, which were published by Niebuhr under the title of
Flore Agyptiaco-Arabique,” Forskal’s plants are now pre-

321

served at Copenhagen. Seventy-four years later a French botan-
ist, P. E. Botta, collected in southern Arabia and his plants are
now in the Muséum du Jardin des Plantes at Paris. In 2825 G.
Erenberg and Hemprich explored Qunfuda and the surrounding
valleys and their collections are among the most valuable in the
Berlin museum. Albert Denflers traveled through Yémen in
1887 and during the winter of 1888-89 Dr. Schweinfurth collected
920 species and confirmed many of Forskal’s discoveries. The
ancient Egyptians cultivated certain trees, dedicated to certain
divinities, and among them were the Persea of the ancient Greeks
(Mimusops Schimperi,) and the Sycamore; the leaves and fruit
of both trees having been frequently found in ancient tombs,
where they had been deposited as offerings. The “ Persea ” (not
to be confounded with Persea gratissima, Gaertn.) has for cen-
turies disappeared from Egypt, but the Sycamore is still found
there in large quantites, though only in cultivation. The region
of the Upper Nile, rich as it is in Fig-tree species having charac-
teristics that bring them into close relation to the Sycamore, has
not as yet shown any in a wild state that might be considered its
ancestor. Dr. Schweinfurth gathering from Forskal’s notes that
in Arabia were to be found species allied to the Egyptian Syca-
more, was especially interested in searching for them and learned
that the Fig-tree, known as “ Chanés” in the mountains and as
“Bourra” on the plains, is identical with the Egyptian tree which
incontestably has its origin there. He also found the ‘“ Persea”
growing wild and called “ Lebbakh,” a term used by the Arab
geographers of the middle ages and which to-day in Egypt is
appied to an Acacia introduced from India (Albizzia Lebbek,)
and is now as “ Lebbakh,” a widespread roadside tree.

The fact that there are in Arabia to-day trees indigenous to
the country that several centuries ago, and for three thousand
years were considered as sacred in Egypt, may possibly throw
great light on the ancient relations of the two countries.

A...

322

Index to Recent American Botanical Literature.

Alge Brasilienses a cl. Dr. Glaziou collecte. M. Mobius. (No-
tarisia, Anno v. 1065-1090, one plate).

An enumeration of eighty-two species of Brazilian Algz col-
lected by Dr. Glaziou. No new species are described. The
following are figured: Lxtocladia viridis, Bryopsis plumosa,
Odontothallia microdonta and Galaxaura, spec.

Alge collected in the neighborhood of Toronto—A Preliminary
List of. J. J. Mackenzie. (Proc. Can. Inst. 3d Series, vii.
270-274).

Acineta densa. (Bot. Mag. T. 7143).

Annual Report of the State Botanist of the State of New York.
Chas. H. Peck. (Pamph. pp. 54, four plates. Reprint from
the forty-third Report of the New York State Museum of
Natural History, Albany, 1890).

As usual, Mr. Peck’s annual report contains much of interest
and scientific value. 229 species of New York plants have been
added to the State Herbarium, of which 105 are new to it, besides
many extra-limital species. Twenty-three different persons con-
tributed. Mr. Peck’s field operations were conducted in several
counties. Under “Plants not before Reported,” are Hesperis
matronalis, from Albany Co., Prunus avium, from near Catskill,
Trapa natans, established in Sander’s Lake, near Schenectady,
Aster vimineus not rare in the eastern part of Long Island, Lac-
nanthes tinctoria, Manor, Suffolk Co., Cynodon Dactylon, vacant
lots in Long Island City. Some of these have, however, been
previously found in other parts of the State. The others of this
category are Fungi, of which the following are described as new:
Tricholoma grave, Clitocybe multiceps, Coprinus Brassice, Cor-
tinarius glutinosus, C. annulatus, C. luteus, C. paludosus, Lactar-
tus subinsulsus, L. mutabilis, Russula brevipes, Marasmius albi-
ceps, Poria aurea, Irpex rimosus, Corticium subaurantiacnm, C.
basale, Peniophora unicolar, Clavaria similis, Comatricha longa,
C. subceespitosa, Phyllosticta bicolor, P. Prini, P. Silenes, Phoma
allantella, Plasmopora Viburni, Sporotrichum cinereum, Conto-
sporium Polytricht, Stachybotrys elongata, Dematium parasiticum,
fusicladium destruens, Macrosporium Polytrichi, Isaria aranea-

er NT ae te ee 7 eon oN ‘Ce Pe eee eee ees ee ee ee ge TE

323

rum, Tubercularia carpogena, Fusarium Sclerodermatis, Gleo-
sporium leptospermum, Underwoodia, a new genus of Helvellacez,
with U. columnaris, Helotium mycetophilum, Hematomyces
faginea, Eutypella longirostris, Leptota farinosa, Pholiota eru-
ginosa and Phellorina Californica, the three latter species extra-
limital. ;

Under “Remarks and Observations,” Ranunculus Clintont,
Beck, now referred to RX. repens, still occurs along the Erie Canal
between Rome and Oriskany, Lythrum alatum occurs at Selkirk,
Albany Co., Stam cicutefolium, var. brevifolium, a new variety
from Cedar Lake, St. Lawrence Co., and many other important
notes on distribution.

There is also a monograph of the three New York species of
Armillaria and a synopsis of those of the United States, and an
account by Mr. P. H. Dudley of the growth of fungi on railroad
timber. Bde Eh.
Aristolochia longecaudata, (Gard. Chron., viii. 493, fig. 98).
Ascomycetes Novi. P. A. Karsten and P. Hariot (Revue Mycol.

xii. 169-173).

Includes Chlorosplenium tuberosum from Cape Horn, Nectria
Harioti, from New Granada and Kullhemia phyllophora from
Brazil.

Black Rot of the Grape—Some Recent Observations on. B. T.

Galloway. (Bot. Gaz. xv. 255-259).

Botany at the Indianapolis Meeting. C. 1. Bessey. (Am. Nat.

xxiv. 958-964).

List and abstracts of the botanical papers read before the
American Association for the Advancement of Science, the Botani-
cal Club of the Association and the Society for the Promotion of
Agriculture during the August meetings of the present year at
Indianapolis.

California Lilies. (Garden, xxxviii. Pl. 776).

Accompanying this article is a colored plate of Lz/zum par-
dalinum, var. luteum, L. Bolandert and L. maritimum.
Catalpa—The. (Garden & Forest, iii. 533, 534).

Catalpa Trees—Two Remarkable. H. Brooks. Garden & Forest,

iii. 536, figs. 68, 69).

Accompanying this article are representations of large individ

4
|

324

uals of Catalpa bignonioides on the P. C. Brooks estate at West

Medford, Mass. These trees have produced drooping branches

which have rooted and produced shoots, thus forming a minia-

ture forest of young Catalpas.

Contributions a la Flore du Paraguay—ITTl, Polygalacées. Dr.
Robert Chodat. (Mem. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat. Genéve xxx.
No. 8).

Under this title are described twenty-six species of Polygala
found in Paraguay, twelve of which are beautifully figured in six
plates. The drawings bring out clearly the style and seed char-
acters.

Cruel Plant—The. Arthur Henry. (Proc. Can. Inst., 3d Series,
vii, 226-229, illustrated).

An account of the method by which Phystanthus albens
catches and holds visiting moths.

Cucumber Root—The. (Am. Garden, xi. 691, illustrated).
Medeola Virginica is figured under this caption.

Dewberries— The. (Am. Garden, xi. 641, 642, illustrated).

Contains descriptions of Rubus Canadensis, R. hispidus and
R. trivialis, with fig. of the second named species and a full page
representation of 2. Canadensis, var. roribaccus, which is
described as a new variety, said to be native in the hills of West
Virginia.

Distribution of Plants—The. V. M. Spaulding. (Am. Nat.

xxiv. 819-831)

Professor Spaulding reviews in a very interesting manner the
historical development of the study of this topic, beginning with
Humboldt’s essay in 1805. He points out some of the views
held by him and subsequent authors, and concludes that the end
has not yet been reached. It is to be regretted that this paper
was not presented at Indianapolis, so that it might have been in-
corporated with the others there given, which are to be published
as a group in the proceedings of the American Association.

N. L. B.
Eriogonee. (Gard. Chron., viii. 525, fig, 103, 104, 105).
Contains figures of Eriogonum corymbosum, E. racemosum

and £. Thomasiz.

325

Eriogynia—On the Genus. Sereno Watson. (Bot. Gaz., xv.

241, 242, Fl. xiv).

The discovery of a new rosaceous plant allied to Sprr@a
cespitosa, Nutt. has determined the author to study certain allied
species of Spir@a with the result that: “If Eviogynia pectinata
is rightly separated from Spr@a, as I think, then S. cespitosa
should rather be joined with it than retained in Sp¢v@a, and with
it should go our new species, which I have accordingly named
_E. uniflora.” Nevertheless the author admits that the differences
between the species is so marked that he proposes to divide the
genus into three sections as follows: Eriogynia proper, repre-
sented by £. pectinata, Petrophytum by E. cespitosa, and Kelseya
(named in honor of the discoverer, Rev. F. D. Kelsey) for Z.
uniflora. The three species are represented on the accompany-
ing plate.

Eucalyptus and the Honey Bee. Mrs. R. F. Bingham (Bull. Santa

Barbara Soc. Nat. Hist. i. No. 2, 32-34).

Eucharis Bakeriana. (Bot. Mag. T. 7144).
Ferns—WNative. Mrs. J. T. Power. (Am. Garden, xi. 658-662,
illustrated).

Contains figures of Osmunda cinnamomea, O. Claytoniana,
Aspidium acrostichoides, Polypodium vulgare and Pellea gracilis.
Ferns of the Channel Islands. L. G. Yates. (Bull. Santa Bar-

bara Soc. Nat. Hist. i. No. 2, 8-10).

Polypodium Scouleri found on Santa Cruz.

Flora Brasiliensis—Fase. CVIIT. Cactacee. Carolus Schumann.

(pp. 186-334, tab. 39-63).

This fascicle completes Vol. iv. Part 2. Twenty genera and
about 130 species are described, a considerable number of the lat-
ter being new.

Food Plants of the Clover-stem Borer. Clarence M. Weed.

(Amer. Nat. xxiv. 867).

Forms of Staten Island Plants. N. L. Britton. (Proc. Nat. Sci.

Assn. S. I., Nov. 8, 1890).

The author notes the occurrence on Staten Island of Sabbatia
stellaris forma albiflora and Aster Nove-Angliee forma roseus.
Fruit Plants—The Evolution vnd Variation of. J. H. Bourn.

(Trans. Mass. Hort. Soc., 1889, Part i, 14-29).

326

Lemon —On the Structure and Development of the. VL. S. Ross.

(Bot. Gaz. xv. 262-267, Pl. xvi).

From what is evidently careful study and examination, the
author says: ‘“‘that every part of the fruit has its origin from
some part of the leaf.’ The pulp clubs are stated to be derived
from the leaf hairs, and in this connection it is of interest to note
that under the title “ The Ideal Ovary,” Mr. E. E. Sterns (BULLE-
TIN, xvi. 77) says: ‘‘ Apropos of the Orange I may add here the
observation that the stalked, elongated, juice-filled cells of the
pulp, springing from the inner surface of the carpellary leaf, are
true trichomes in structure and position, and therefore, when we
revel in the fruits of Cztrus Aurantium, we are, morphologically
speaking, eating hairs.” The excellent figures greatly assist in
understanding what has already been written on the subject.

List of Botanists of the Agricultural Experiment Stations in the
United States. (U.S. Dept. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. No. 6,
pamph. pp. 23, 1890).

This paper gives a list of the Agricultural Experiment Sta-
tions and their officers, together with a digest of the lines of work
now being prosecuted. It was prepared by a committee from the
Association of American Agricultural Colleges, consisting of Prof.
Halsted, Prof. Scribner and Mr. Galloway.

Lyonothamnus asplenifolius. H.C. Ford. (Bull. Santa Barbara
Soc. Nat. Hist. i. No. 2, 56-58).

An account of this beautiful tree as studied by Dr. Yates and
Prof. Ford on the island of Santa Cruz.

Medicinal Plants Growing Wild in Santa Barbara and Vicinity.
Mrs. R. F. Bingham. (Bull. Santa Barbara Soc. Nat. Hist. i.
No. 2, 34-37).

Medicintschen Pflanzen von Alabama—Die. Carl Mohr. Pharm.
Rundsch., viii, 257-262).

This part includes the species from Rosacez to Filices and ter-
minates the series.

Mock Oranges. (Garden, xxxviii. 413, illustrated).

Under this heading are notes upon Philadelphus coronarius,
P. Gordonianus, P. speciosus, P. microphyllus and P. grandiflorus
—the latter figured.

ES EE

327

Monographia Generis Coccolobe. G. Lindau. (Engler’s Bot.

Jahrb. xiii. 106-229, t. v).

A monograph of the polygonaceous genus Cocoloba, including
a discussion of its morphology. 125 species are recognised, of
which alarge number are described as new. C. Floridana Meisn.
of the Florida Keys is referred to C. laurifolia, Jacq., a widely
distributed species of the West Indies. A single species only is
attributed to Bolivia, bnt Dr. Rusby brought home three from

there and Mr. Bang has since collected another.
ee One 8

Monterey Cypress—The. A.D. Webster. (Garden, xxxviii. 363,
illustrated).
Account and representation of Cupressus macrocarpa as grow-
ing at Castlewellan.

Palms of the California Border—The. S, B. Parish. (Garden

& Forest, iii. 542).

The author contends that the identity of the Washingtonias
near the southern boundary of California is very uncertain and
the supposed VW. filifera of San Bernardino Co. may be W.
robusta, and if so it would be the proper name for the only true
palm known from the State of California.

Pereskia aculeata. (Bot. Mag. T. 7147).
Phystanthus albens. Chas. Armstrong. (Proc. Can. Inst. 3d

Series, vii, 230, 231).

Apparently an independent account of similar investigations
indexed under the heading “The Cruel Plant.”

Pinus Montezuma. (Gard. Chron. viii. 466, figs. 91, 92. 93, 94,

96).

An article describing this species as it is growing in Cornwall,
England.

Plane Trees—Origin of the. Wester F. Ward. (Am. Nat., xxiv.

797-810, Pl. xxvii).

The author criticises a recent paper upon this subject by Pann
Janko in Vol. xi. of Engler’s Botanische Fahrbiicher and revises
the geological distribution of recognized fossil species of the genus
Platanus. There is considerable diverstiy of opinion between the
two authors and there is evidently room for further criticism.

328

The article is accompanied by representations of leaves of Plata-
nus orientalis L., P. occidentalis, L., P. racemosa, Nutt. and Sas-
safras Cretaceum, Newb.

Plants collected in 1889 at Socorro and Clarion Islands, Pactfic
Ocean. Geo. Vasey and J. N. Rose. (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.
xiii. 145-149, reprinted).

These islands are situated about 260 miles south of Cape St.
Lucas and were visited in 1889 by the Fish Commission steamer
‘* Albatross,” the botanical collections being made by Mr. Chas.
H. Townsend. The following new species are described: 7eu-
rium Townsendit, Cardiospermum Palmert.

Promising Wild Fruits—II. A. A. Crozier. (Am. Garden, xi.
649-65 3, illustrated).
Crabs, Plums, the Buffalo Berry, Cacti and Persimmons are
discussed in this contribution, and Pyrus coronaria and Diospyros
Virginiana are figured.

Rubus Arten der Antillen. WW. O. Focke. (Abhand. Naturn.
Ver. Bremen, xi. 409-412). .
Descriptions of the three species known from the West Indies :
1. R. durus, Sauv. (Cuba, Wright, 2410); 2. R. florulentus,
Focke. (Porto Rico, Sintensis 4100; 4669, with var. Eggersit.
Focke (St. Domingo, Eggers 2065); 3. R. Domingensis, Focke
(St. Domingo, Eggers, 2281). All three have ternate leaves.

There is apparently a fourth species in Guadaloupe.
N. L. B.

Shrubs of Santa Barbara County—The indigenous. H. C. Ford.
(Bull. Santa Barbara Soc. Nat. Hist. i. No. 2, 29-31).
A list of about sixty species.

St. Fohnsworts—Two American. (Garden & Forest, ili. 524,
525, figs. 26, 27).
Under this heading are described and figured Hypericum pro-
lificum and FH. denstflorum.

The Silva of North America. A Description of the Forest Trees
which grow naturally in North America exclusive of Mexico.
By Charles Sprague Sargent, Director of the Arnold Arbor-
etum of Harvard University. Illustrated with Figures and

329

Analyses drawn from Nature by Charles Edward Faxon and
engraved by Philibert and Eugene Picart. Volume I. Mag-
noliacee—llicinee. Large 4to, pp. ix-+119; 50 plates.
Boston and New York. Houghton, Miftlin and Co., 1891.
It is with a sense of profound gratitude and the highest admi-
ration for the immense labor devoted to the work that we cor-
dially welcome the appearance of the first volume of this magnifi-
cent book. Professor Sargent has been engaged in the accumu-
lation of the material now collated and given to the world, for a
large number of years, and the result will rank with the best class-
ical works on Science and Art that have ever been issued at home
or abroad.

The book is sumptuously printed on heavy paper and cut
with broad margins. The illustrations are superb. The descrip-
tions are excellent and the notes on geographical distribution,
history and economic importance are of the highest interest and
value.

The descriptions of genera and species, which follow the
sequence adopted in the Genera Plantarum of Bentham and
Hooker, are prefaced by an account of the various publications
which have been especially devoted to our trees; the earliest
being Humphrey Marshall’s ‘“‘Arbustum Americanum ” and the
most recent noted Professor Edward L. Greene’s ‘‘ West Amer-
ican Oaks.”

The author’s definition of a tree is certainly the most rational
one. He says “The line which divides trees from shrubs is a
purely arbitrary one, and an attempt to separate them is often
unsatisfactory. A division based on habit rather than on size
seems, on the whole, more easily applied than any other, and
therefore less objectionable. So, for the purposes of this work I
have considered as trees all woody plants which grow up from
the ground with a single stem, whatever size or height they may
attain.” As to the number of species coming within this defini-
tion it is stated ‘The forests of North America, exclusive of
Mexico, are now believed to contain four hundred and twenty-
two, besides numerous varieties.”

The question of nomenclature is treated of in the following
sentences: “I have adopted the method which imposes upon a

oe ae

ce ae ee ee ee

330

plant the oldest generic name applied to it by Linnzus in the
first edition of the “Genera Plantarum,” published in 1737, or by
any subsequent author, and the oldest specific name used by
Linnzus in the first edition of the Species Plantarum, published
in 1753, or by any subsequent author, without regard to the fact
that such a specific name may have been associated at first with
a generic name improperly employed. The rigid application of
this rule leads to the change of many familiar names and consid-
erable temporary confusion. But unless it is adopted, anything
like stability of nomenclature is hopeless, and the sooner the
changes which are inevitable in the future are made, the more
easily students will become accustomed to them and acquire a
knowledge of the correct names of our trees.” This position will
be heartily welcomed by almost every American botanist. In-
deed, we believe that the publication of this great work on this
principle will practically remove all opposition to the method
here adopted, and which some of us have for many years foreseen
as the only escape from a very troublesome question.

The following species are described and figured in this vol-
ume :—Magnolia fetida ; Magnolia glauca; Magnolia acumt-
nata; Magnolia tripetala; Magnolia Fraseri,; Liriodendron
Tulipifera ; Asimina triloba ; Anona glabra; Capparis Famai-
censis , Canella alba; Gordonia Lasianthus ; Gordonia Alta-
maha, Fremontia Californica; Tilia Americana ; Tilia pubes-
cens; Tilia heterophylla; Guiacum sanctum; Xanthoxylum
Clava-Herculis ; Xanthoxlum cribrosum ; Xanthoxylum Fagara ;
Ptelea trifoliata ; Helietta parvifolia; Amyris maritima ; Can-
otia holacantha ; Simaruba glauca, Keberlinia spinosa, Bur-
sera Simaruba,; Swietenia Mahogani; Ilex opaca; Ilex Cassine ;
Tlex vomitoria , Ilex decidua and Ilex monticola. According to
our view the correct name of the last is //ex montana.

The Silva will be completed in 12 volumes, to be issued two
each year. The price is fixed at $25.00 per volume. It ought
to find a place in every public library in this country and abroad
and the proprietor of every country place will be one thing short
of complete equipment, until a copy of it is within reach in his
drawing-room. ING het. Bp
Trees of North Eastern America—The. Charles S. Newhall,

301

with an introductory note by Nath. L. Britton (8vo. New

York. G. P. Putnam’s Sons. 1890).

This work is an illustration of what has been styled ‘“ Delatin-
ized Botany.” In it no descriptive terms are used other than
those consisting of common English words. Such works are
written and consulted under the apprehension that there is an
easier and more convenient way of expressing and receiving
scientific ideas than by the use of scientific language. That this
is a serious misapprehension there is no doubt. It belies the
fundamental principle of scientific language, whose precise object
is the reaching of the result by the shortest and most convenient
method consistent with accuracy. It is true that certain results
more or less valuable may be attained by the method of this author;
but even where the results are not in themselves erroneous they
must in some cases involve false teaching. There is a way of

compromising by the admission of the minimum number of tech- -

nical terms, using them only where it is necessary to avoid giving
a false impression—which seems to us much better. For instance
Mr. Newhall substitutes for obovate the term “‘ inverse egg-shaped.”
How unfortunate! An egg is ovoid—solid—while ovate refers
to a surface. And then, who knows which is the ‘“ reverse” way
of an egg? The prefix ob in obovate does not refer to the rever-
sion of the egg, but to the reversion of the ovate shape of the leaf.
Both ovate and obovate are the technical creations of scientific
language, created for the very reason that they were needed, and
in this form as the most convenient one. How much easier, as
wellas better, for the author to have taught his readers the use of
the terms ovoid, ovate and oé, thus elevating them and his subject
at the same time, than to have thus misled the one and degraded
the other! Is this not ob-education? But it is not intended to
decry the attempt to provide useful works for those unable to study
nature scientifically. Neither is it intended to decry the value of
Mr. Newhall’s work ; but only to criticise certain false methods
which we are sorry to see receiving his support. On the whole
we can heartily endorse the statements in the introductory note
that there is great need of such a popular work. We anticipate
and bespeak for the work a large sale, but- we hope that the
author will in a subsequent edition substitute graceful and accu-

332

rate terms for a number of clumsy and inaccurate ones. The
illustrations also should be improved, as they are decidedly below
the standard of publications of this kind. Hw. Ee

Umbellifere:— Notes on North American—ITI, John M. Coulter

and J. N. Rose. (Bot. Gaz. xv, 259,-261, Pl. vv.)

The following are described as new: Hydrocotyle Bonariensts,
Lam. var. 7erana, and Arracacia Donnell-Smithii, the latter
figured,

Yuccas.—Some Good. A. Davenport. (Am. Garden, xi. 666,
667, illutrated.)
Contains a picture of Yucca gloriosa var. recurvifolia.

Proceedings of the Club,

The Regular Meeting was held on Tuesday evening, Nov.
11th, the President in the Chair and fifteen persons present.

The Chairman of the Committee on Instruction reported fav-
orably on the season’s work. The majority of the students are
continuing their botanical work.

The paper as announced, ‘‘ Notes on the Spring Flora of the
Southern Alleghanies,” was then given by Miss Anna Murray
Vail.

Among the many plants shown Clematis Addisonii, the new
species which Dr. Britton has named for our President, attracted
most attention.

The Second November meeting was held Nov. 26th, the
President in the Chair and twenty-nine persons present.

Mr. R. S. Williams and F. D. Kelsey were elected Correspond-
ing Members and Mr. F. W. Anderson an Active Member.

The amendment to the Constitution was voted upon and car-
ried unanimously. |

The regular meeting days will now be the second Tuesday
and last Wednesday of each month.

Dr. Rusby’s paper, ‘‘ Collecting in the Tropical Andes,” then
followed. At its close the Club listened with great attention to
remarks corroborative of Dr. Rusby’s experience and descriptive
of his own from Dr. Thos. Morong, who has just returned from
Paraguay and Chili.

nee
a

Rhexia aristosa, n.sp. (Plate XCIX): N.

A General Index to Vols. VII-X VI (1880-1889) is being prepared, and will probably be
issued early in 1890.

VoL. xvi. JANUARY, 1890. No. 1.
| BULLETIN:
; OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB, —
A MONTHLY JOURNAL -OF BOTANY.

EDITED BY

NATHANIEL LORD BRITTON,

AND OTHER MEMBERS OF THE CLUB.

QOoNn TEN TS:

” PAGE. PAGE.
Revision of the United States species of REVIEWS OF FOREIGN LITERATURE —Frie :
the genus Fuirena. (Plate XCVIII.): Gafiissbindel in den Halmen von Olyra;
PR CARVIO Ve COUMIE SS oi cei o ee cn ec ees 1 Equisetum littorale, en Anjou; Diatom-
: eés Fossiles du Japon........ PES ey 16

An Enumeration of the Plants collected
by Dr. H. H. Rusby, in South America,
SRM ee eH, Bs, PP UULON, 6. oc cannes s'vs 9

INDEX TO RECENT AMERICAN LITERATURE.
—New Genera and Species of Alge;

The Botany of the Bahamas; Green-
_ Bibliographical Notes on Well Known land Desmids; The Genus Eleocharis in
Plants—XI: Hdward L. Greene.......... 13 North America; Fern Flora of Canada ;

Biography of Aug. B. Ghiesbreght;
Herbarium and Plant Descriptions;
New Leguminose; North American
Neillie; Annual Report of the New

ONES PE re ee 14

New varieties of well known species:

Thos. C. Porter.;.....++« Bat eo 15| York State Botanist; The Pecan Tree ;
; New or Noteworthy Western Species, :
BOTANICAL NOTES.—The Missouri Botanic and briefer notices.............+5-6 Pasa |

SPBTAOR ea prnn a vie +e CG Ms Eek 16 | PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB.......-- ..... 25

fo
:
3

‘THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. a

OFFICERS FOR 1890.

President,
HON. ADDISON BROWN,

Vice-President, A Treasurer,
THOMAS HOGG, — - WM. E. WHEELOCK, M.D.
Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary, ‘hs i
MARIA O. STEELE. '.., HELENA C, GASKIN. PEO IES os
138 Montague Street, Brooklyn, N.Y. Normal College, New York City x rs
Editor,

N. L. BRITTON, Ph.D.
Coben College, New York City.

Associate Eiditors, me

"JOSEPH SCHRENK, Histology. H. H. RUSBY, M.D, Medical Botany.
_EMILYL. GREGORY, Ph.D., German Literat. C. HENRY KAIN, Diatomacee.
ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ph.B., Recent American Literature.

Curator, Librarian,
JOSEPHINE E, ROGERS, M. L. DELAFIELD, Jr.

tearyinicad on Finance,
JUSTUS F. POGGENBURG, ta: WM. H. RUDKIN.

Committee on Admissions,

JOSEPH SCHRENK. HELENA C, GASKIN, |
Hoboken Academy, Hoboken, N. J. Normal College, New York pone

Library and Herbarium Committee, .
JOSEPHINE E, ROGERS, MARIA O. STEELE,
_M. L. DELAFLELD, Jr. Mrs. P. L. Lx BRUN.

Chairman of Section of Histology,
| JOSEPH SCHRENK.

Committees on the Local Flora,
PHANEROGAMIA, CRYPTOGAMIA,

Pror, THOS. C. PORTER, ELIZABETH G. BRITTON,
N. L. BRITTON, Ph.D., _ MARIA O. STEELE.
H. H, RUSBY, M:D. SMITH ELY JELLIFFE, M.D.

The Club meets regularly at Columbia College, 49th Street and Madison Ave. ;
nue, New York City, on the second Tuesday and fourth Wednesday of each peed a
except July, August and September, at 8 o’clock, p.m. Botanists are aia in= te
-vited to attend.
fe MEMBERS OF THE CLUB will please remit their annual dues for 1890, now
ie payable, to Dr. Wm. E, Wheelock, Treasurer, 26 E, 68th St., New York City.

‘ A General Index to Vols. VII-XVI (1880-1889) is being prepared, and will probably be
issued early in 1890.

Vor. XVII. FEBRUARY, (890. > No. 2.

BULLETIN

OF THE

PORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

A MONTHLY JOURNAL OF BOTANY.

EDITED BY

NATHANIEL LORD BRITTON,

AND OTHER MEMBERS OF THE CLUB.

CONTENTS:

: ‘ PAGE, , PAGE.
Plant Notes from Tadousac and Temis- pour obtenir des Arbres nains; Les
couata County, Canada: John I. Nor- Plantes Aquatiques Alimentaires ; His-
throp and Alice B. Northrop.....-.+++++++ 27| +toire d@’un nouveau Légume...... ich ete
Some Further Notes on the Flora of the RECENT AMERICAN LITERATURE.—The
Rangeley Lakes: Edward L. Rand...... _ 82] Knees of the Bald Cypress; Kew Bulle-
Notes on Castilleia: T.D, A. Cockerell..... 34| tin: Observations on the Cottonwood ;
ae A mild December; Economic Fungi;
+ G9: Phos. ¢ vce ages Asher... (Eaase a7 Euphorbiaceous Plants collected in
Se SHER eee WN Lower California by Mr. Brandegee;
BOTANICAL Nores.—Note on Viola pubes- Flora of the Northern Shores of Ameri- .
cens: Edward L. Rand; Stellaria humi- ‘| ca; Fungi of Economic Interest ob-
fuses J. Ho Regpised ...icec ds esence cannes | 88 served in Lancaster Co., Nebraska ;
REVIEWS OF FOREIGN LITERATURE.—On the Oe Nant - sages i. 0 4
Encasing of Protoplasm with reference : and aaiens notices : 41
to the Function of the Cell Nucleus; eve Sr Ale specmimraacen eR har OSG SPN Ss.
Capture of insects by Utricularia ; Sur PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB (including a
had ares ompunyers par les Japonais special report on the BULLETIN.)....-.-- 48
NEW YORE.

PRESS OF HOLT BROTHERS, 17-27 VANDEWATER STREET,

| THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.
OFFICERS FOR 1890.

¢ : President,
‘HON. ADDISON BROWN,

Vice-President, . Treasurer, Pa
THOMAS HOGG. WM. E. WHEELOCK, M.D. “
Recording Secretary, — Corresponding Secretary, ci

MARIA O. STEELE. | HELENA C. GASKIN,

138 Montague Street, Brooklyn, N.Y. Normal College, New York City

Editor, ny

N. L, BRITTON, Ph.D. oe mA
Columbia College, New York City. ae

Associate Editors,

' JOSEPH SCHRENK, Histology. H. H. RUSBY, M.D, Medical Botany,
EMILY L. GREGORY, Ph.D., German Literat. C. HENRY KAIN, Diatomacez.
ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ph.B., Recent American Literature.

Curator, Librarian, ti ee
JOSEPHINE E. ROGERS, M.L. DELAFIELD, JR,

Committee on Finance,
JUSTUS F. POGGENBURG, © WM. H. RUDKIN.

Committee ¢ on Adnitssions, ;
JOSEPH SCHRENK. : HELENA C, GASKIN,

Hoboken Academy, Hoboken, N. J. Normal Pane New York City. a ate
Library and Horkiitien Committee,
JOSEPHINE E. ROGERS, — MARIA O. STEELE,
M. L. DELAFIELD, Jr. Mrs. P, L. Le BRUN,

; Chairman of Section of Histology,
JOSEPH SCHRENK.

Committees on the Local Flora,

PHANEROGAMIA, : CRYPTOGAMIA,
Pror. THOS. C. PORTER, ELIZABETH G. BRITTON,
N. L, BRITTON, Ph.D., MARIA O. STEELE. me
H. H. RUSBY, M.D. . SMITH ELY JELLIFFE, M.D,

The Club meets regularly at Columbia College, goth Street and Madison Ane Wh
nue, New York City, on the second Tuesday and fourth Wednesday of each month, __
except July, August and September, at 8 o’clock, P.M. Botanists are cordially 2)
vited to attend. ‘sl
_ MEMBERS oF THE CLUB will please remit their annual dues for oe now
payable, to Dr. Wm. E. Wheelock, Treasurer, 26 E. 68th St., New York City.

“a
.
9

A General Index to Vols. VII-XVI
issued early in 1890.

(1880-1889) is being prepared, and will probably be

Vou. XVII.

MARCH, 1{890.

BULLETIN

OF THE

ORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

“Ah MONTHLY JOURNAL OF BOTANY.

EDITED BY

NATHANIEL LORD BRITTON,

AND OTHER MEMBERS OF THE CLUB.

CONTENTS:

PAGE.

An Enumeration of the Plants collected

by Dr. H. H. Rusby in South America,

oe 1885-1886.—X1.: NV. L. Britton .....++-5++
‘Phe Carices of the Upper Half of the

- Keweenaw Peninsula: L. H. Bailey...
‘Pinus Banksiana at the West: E. J. Hill.
The New Edition of Gray’s Manual: Thos.
PDE ino oan wai che anise bese yia.e O09
Charles Christopher Parry: N. L. Britton.
REVIEWS OF FOREIGN LITERATURE.— Ueber
Anlage und Ausbildung von Libriform-
-fiisern In Abhangigkeit von ausseren
-. Verhaltnissen.............- selec sue wees

53

PAGE.

INDEX TO RECENT AMERICAN BOTANICAL
LITERATURE.—Abstammung der Plata-
nen; Double Flowers of Epigeea repens ;
On the Affinities of the Filicinee ; Notes
on the Flora of Cap-a-L’Aigle ; The His-
tory of Garden Vegetables; The Lily
Disease in Bermuda; First Annual
Report of the Director of the Missouri
Botanical Garden; Plants from Lower
California; The Plants of Prospect
Park; The Seed-Wings of the Abietin-
ee; The “Working” of the Madison
Lakes, and briefer notices.........--++:

PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB,......+-++++++

NEW YORE.
PRESS OF Hott BROTHERS, 17-27 VANDEWATER STREET.

No. 3.

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.
| OFFICERS FOR 1800. en

President,
HON. ADDISON BROWN.

Vice-President, Treasurer,
THOMAS HOGG. WM. E. WHEELOCK, M.D.

Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary,

MARIA O. STEELE, © HELENA CY GASKIN, i
138 Montague Street, Brooklyn, N.Y. "Normal College, New York City eg sa!

Pee | %

Editor, ; Aaah F
N. L. BRITTON, Ph.D. fig a:
Columbia College, New York City, ;
; Associate Editors, nye * Fi
_ JOSEPH SCHRENK, Histology. H. H. RUSBY, M.D, Medical Botany.

: " _ EMILY L. GREGORY, Ph.D., German Literat. C. HENRY KAIN, Diatomacez.
ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ph.B., Recent American Literature.

_- Curator, ’ Librarian,
JOSEPHINE E. ROGERS, M. L. DELAFIELD, Jr.

Committee on Finance, haa
JUSTUS F. POGGENBURG, é WM. H. RUDKIN.

Committee on Admissions, cH Ea “5
JOSEPH SCHRENK. HELENA C. GASKIN. | Bet
Hoboken Academy, Hoboken, N. J. ; Normal College, New York City.
Library and Herbarium Committee, wi
JOSEPHINE E. ROGERS, - MARIA O. STEELE, yaa
M. L. DELAFIELD, Jr. Mrs, P. L. Le BRUN.
Chairman of Section of Histology,
JOSEPH SCHRENK.

Committees on the Local Flora,

PHANEROGAMIA, . CRYPTOGAMIA,
Pror. THOS. C. PORTER, ELIZABETH G. BRITTON,
N. L. BRITTON, Ph.D., MARIA O. STEELE. aa
H. H. RUSBY, M.D. SMITH ELY JELLIFFE, M.D,

The Club meets regularly at Columbia College, 49th Street and Madison Ave-
nue, New York City, on the second Tuesday and fourth Wednesday of each month, —
_ except July, August and September, at 8 o’clock, p.m. Botanists are cordially in- —
vited toattend, : cat be
_ MEBeRs oF THE CLUB will please remit their annual dues for 1890, now
; ip payable, to Dr. Wm. E. Wheelock, Treasurer, 26 E. 68th St,, New York City.

pe Sige AE Rat ee
eee Pe

- General Index to Vols. VII-XVI Cpe-LERe) is cite pepe and will probably be
_ issued early in 1890.

APRIL, (890. ‘No. 4,

BU aie

OF THE ey ar wd :

Enns JOURNAL OF BOTANY.

‘EDITED BY | : ;
NATHANIEL LORD BRITTON, .

AND OTHER MEMBERS OF: THE CLUB.

©

gta «|
b
2 he

CONT RNE SE

“id, > 7
Roses

;

: ; PAGE. PAGE. abe
ons to Canadian Bryology. —2: the Michigan hestnaicaiat College: W.
civessstreaseteceesesee 88] J: Beal; Amnunificent Gift: Chas. H. Peck 102
An aaa of the Plants collected REVIEWS OF FOREIGN LITERATURE.— White
by Dr. H, H. Rusby in South America, Huckleberries; Chrysanthemum “ Sam-
- 1885-1886.—XII.: NV. L. Britton,.......... 91| uel Henshaw ;” Recherches sur la
new Entyloma : Byron D. Halsted, ..... 9% transpiration et lassimilation pend-
1ew Edition of Gray’s Manual: Sere- ant les nuits Norvégiennes............. 108
© no Watson... . 06. .ccceeseesteesseesesee+ 97 | RECENT AMERICAN LITERATURE.—Poison-_
Anew Moss of the Genus Bruchia (Plate ous action of Clathrus columnatus; Die
OL): D. C. Baton... cede cee esses. 100] Arton der Gattung Ephedra; Flora of -
‘Notes on some of the Plants found in Kansas; Fossil Wood and Lignite of the
Muskoka Lake, Sept. ist, 1889: K. B. Potomac Formation; Undescribed -
CUA YPOL6 5 conse sees cvesnsin ugge conse ere 101 Plants from Guatemala; Stipules ia
BOTANICAL NOTES. _subularia aquatica; + certain Dicotyledonous Leaves of the
David F. Day; Note upon Ailanthus: Dakota rocks; The new American Bot-—
_ Byron D, Halsted; Burning of the Bo- anist and Florist, and briefer notices.. 106
eeaaaee Museum and Laboratory of PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB ......--e+.000+ it ;
MISSOURI
GARDEN,
NEW YORK.

PRESS OF HOLT BROTHERS, 17-27 VANDEWATER STREET,

OFFICERS FOR 1890.

President,
HON. ADDISON BROWN.

Vice-President, Treasurer,
‘THOMAS HOGG. _ WM. E. WHEELOCK, M.D.

_ Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary,
_ MARIA O. STEELE. HELENA C. GASKIN. -
138 Montague Street, Brooklyn, N.Y. _ Normal College, New York City

Editor,
N. BRITTON, Ph.D.
Columbia College, New York City.

Associate Editors,

LYL. GREGORY, Ph.D.,.German Literat. C. HENRY KAIN, Diatomacee.
cae YA M. VAIL, French Literatures H. H. RUSBY, M.D, Medical Botany.
ok ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ph.B., Recent American Litsiabee.

Curator, Librarian,

_ JOSEPHINE E. ROGERS, M. L. DELAFIELD, Jr.

Committee on Finance,
WM. H. RUDKIN.

. Committee on Admissions,
exe OGDEN. | HELENA C, GASKIN,
Produce Exchange, New York City. - Normal College, New York City.

Library and Herbarium Committee,

Joserint E, ROGERS, © _ MILLIE TIMMERMAN,
M. L. DELAFIELD, Jr. LENA ROWLEY.
Committees on the Local Flora,
PHANEROGAMIA, CRYPTOGAMIA,
Pror. THOS. C. PORTER, ELIZABETH G. BRITTON,
'N. L. BRITTON, Ph.D., MARIA O. STEELE.
' H. H, RUSBY, M.D. SMITH ELY JELLIFFE, M.D.
: The Club meets regularly at Columbia College, 49th Street and Madison Ave

New York City, on the second Tuesday and fourth Wednesday of each month,
' exce rt July, gs and September, at 8 o’clock, P.M. Botanists are eens in-

ol

General Index to Vols. VII-XVI (1880-1889) is being prepared, and wil neon be

MAY, 1890.

BULLETIN

‘ORREY BOTANICAL CLUB,
MONTHLY JOURNAL OF BOTANY.

EDITED BY

N ATHAN IEL LORD BRITTON,

4AND OTHER’ MEMBERS OF THE CLUB.

COD BIN 1S:
: PAGE. PAGE,
y ‘studies in Cell-division (Plates CII. and , An Undescribed Heuchera from Mon-
_ CIEL): Douglas H. Campbell............ 113 tana; Reviews of the new edition of
On the naming of ‘‘Forms” in the New Gray’s Manual; The Nomenclature of .
_ Jersey Catalogue : N.L. Britton........ 121 Organic Life; New Western Plauts ;
On Buxbaumia indusiata, Bridel: Daniel The Palmontologic History of the genus
Oe 5h BAIN 2. 6. ice Seivecwessegegce vases ree 186 Platanus; New Piperaces from Costa
“RECENT AMERICAN LITERATURE. —Peculi- ‘Rica; and briefer notices.......-.. --.. 128
arities in the Flora of the Santa Bar- PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB, (including Re-
_para Islands; Fungous Diseases of the port of the Field Committee for me
Onion; New North American Fungi; WOAP 180)... soi «suc case ctesasee seg en<ts 186

MISSOURI
BOTANICAL
BARE

NEW YORE.
- Press OF HOLT BROTHERS, ae VANDEWATER STREET,

OFFICERS FOR 1890.

President,
HON. ADDISON BROWN.

Vice-President, Treasurer,
“THOMAS HOGG. | WM. E. WHEELOCK, M.D.

‘ Recording Secretary, | Corresponding Secretary,

MARIA O. STEELE. — HELENA C. GASKIN,
ep 138 Montague Street, Brooklyn, N.Y. Normal College, New York City

Editor,
N. L. BRITTON, Ph.D.
Columbia College, New York City.

a ssociate Editors,

-VAIL, Prsiieh i teravire H. H, RUSBY, M.D., Medical Botany.
ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ph.B., Recent American Lites.

Curator, ‘ Librarian,

“ JOSEPHINE E. ROGERS, Me tee DELAFIELD, Jr.

Committee on Fintinse;
WM. H. RUDKIN.

Committee on. Admissions,

HENRY OGDEN. ; HELENA C. GASKIN. ,
_. Produce Exchange, New York City. Normal College, New York City.

Library and Herbarium Committee,

; _ JOSEPHINE E. ROGERS, MILLIE TIMMERMAN, _
__M.L. DELAFIELD, Jr. LENA ROWLEY.

Committees on the Local Flora,
; PHANEROGAMIA, ; % CRYPTOGAMIA,
Pror. THOS. C. PORTER, _ ELIZABETH G. BRITTON,
N. L. BRITTON, Ph.D., MARIA O. STEELE,
H. H. RUSBY, M.D. SMITH ELY JELLIFFE, M.D.

bs “The Club meets diay at Columbia College, 49th Street and Madison Ave-

- Mempers OF THE CLUB will please remit their annual dues for 1890, now
1 rable, to Dr. Wm. E. Wheelock, Treasurer, 26 E. 68th St., New York pears:

"By resolution of the Club, the subscription ine "a ‘the next volume of the BULLETIN

:% will be $2.00.

A General Index to Vols. VII-XVI (1880-1889) is prepared, and will be issued in a

short time.

_ No. 4 of Vol. 1 of the MEnorrg, containing Dr.

is dint issued. Price 75 cents.

Sturtevant’s paper on “ Seedless Fruits ”

JUNE, 1890. |

. BULLETIN

OF

THE

“ORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
A MONTHLY JOURNAL OF BOTANY.

NATHANIEL LORD BRITTON,

AND OTHER MEMBERS OF THE CLUB.

>

; PAGE.
PRemarka on the Group Cinnamomes of

. the North American Roses: G@. N. Best.. 141

"White Mountain Willows—IV: M S. Bebb. 149

otes upon Zyyodesmus and its New Spe-

98: Byron D. Halsted..................6 151

in the Wrong Genus Covers WwW.

sis Flora: Frank E. pepernt | Brew-_
a humistrata and B. aquati ca: Pei
Harve, deport rb Miss BE. F. An-

4 brid Grimmine ; Aorta Des-
ein Sone nge iene ces eeseuce) «1186-158

CONTENTS:

PAGE,
RECENT hisariss BOTANICAL LITERA=
TURE.—A nalogies and Affinities: Native
Shrubs of California; New Californian
Plants; Catalogue of Plan‘s found in
New Jersey; Check List of Plants com-
piled for the Vicinity of Baltimore ;_
Flora of the Kurile Islands; An Ad-
dress commemorative of Geo. W. Clin-
ton; History of Garden Vegetables ;
Hien circinale; On some North Amer-
ican Species of Laboulbeniacesw; A
Question of Nomenclature; On some
North American Ranunculi; New or
Noteworthy Species; Schizonotus and

MOUUIOD ES 5, ov oo oy ins Cones seeee. 158-167

PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB. ..+.. +000 cues 168

NEW YORK.
Phew OF HOLT BROTHERS, 17-27 VANDEWATER STREBET,

;

No. 6.

St) oe oe ee eee

Pea

zs

AR iran SAT <: 5
YE ae at

Sige om ee ne
SE ee ein eee

beer ayes

epee,

OFFICERS FOR I 890,

President,
HON. ADDISON BROWN.

Vice-President, Treasurer,
THOMAS HOGG. WM. E. WHEELOCK, M i

=

Recording Secretary, , Corresponding Secretary,

MARIA O. STEELE. HELENA C, GASKIN.
138 Montague Street, Brooklyn, N. Y. Normal College, New York

Editor,
N, L. BRITTON, Ph.D.
Columbia College, New York City.

Associate Editors,
“EMILY L. |. GREGORY, Ph.D., German Literat. C. HENRY KAIN, Diktomacte
ANNA M. VAIL, French.Literature. | H. H. RUSBY, M.D , Medical Botany.
ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ph.B., Recent American Literature.

>

Curator, Librarian,

JOSEPHINE E. ROGERS, | M. L. DELAFIELD, JR. 3

Comeateaes on Finance,
JUSTUS F. POGGENBURG,
° Committee on Admissions,

HENRY OGDEN. :
11 Pine Street, New York City.

Library and Herbarium Committee,

JOSEPHINE E, ROGERS, es MILLIE TIMMERMAN,
M. L. DELAFIELD, Jr. : LENA ROWLEY.

Committees on the Local Flora,

PHANEROGAMIA, CRYPTOGAMIA,
Pror. THOS. C. PORTER, ELIZABETH G. BRITTON,
N. L. BRITTON, Ph.D., MARIA O. STEELE, oe
Ho H.. RUSBY, -M.De 307 SMITH ELY JELLIFFE, M. D

The Club meets regularly at Columbia College, 4gth Street and Madiso: .
nue, New York City, on the second Tuesday and fourth Wednesday of each

except July, August and September, at 8 0 ‘clock, P.M. Bouin are cordis

vited to attend,
: MEMBERS OF THE CLUB will please remit their annual dues for 18
“payable, to Dr. Wm. E, Wheelock, Treasurer, 26 E. 68th St., New 1 City.

=

short time. Price 50 cents.

is gust issued. Price 75 cents

A MISSOURI °
BOTANICAL
“GARDEN.

No. 4 of Vol. 1 of the MEMOIRS, containing Dr. Sturtevant’s paper on * Seedless Fruits ”

Sarr.
nape at
ake

“Vor. XVII.

JULY, 1890.

‘BULLETIN.

OF THE

No. 7.

_ EDITED BY i

NATHANIEL LORD BRITTON,

AND OTHER MEMBERS OF THE CLUB.

he Revised Manuul and some Western
y Plante? By.3e Hill. .cc. ose.

ee ee

Frank 8. Collins........
Possible Natural Hybrid: Byron D.

Pee ee oa see

-ychium simplex in Maryland: John B.

_ Notes on Melica and Poa: Geo. Vasey. niet

- REVIEWS OF FOREIGN LITERATURE.—On a
New Italian Station for Galinsoga par-

- viflora and Eleusine Indica, and on

Verona. ... SAO Sat rea Lead Seats ehghea nie
ANICAL NorEs.—The Laboratory of

other Exotic Plants in the vicinity of :

PAGE.

Brachytrichia Quoyii (Ag.), Born. & Flah.: ia
i 5

176

177

Biological Research of the Brooklyn In-
tute . 80

CONTENTS:

PAGE.

RECENT AMERICAN LITERATURE.—Arti-
ficial Keys to the genera and species of
Mosses recognized in Lesquereux and
James’ Manual of the Mosses of North
America; Carex rigida and its Varieties ;
On the Carpologic Structure and Devel-
opment of the Collemacee and allied
Groups; The Yellow Water Crow-
foot; Contributions to North American
Euphorbiacee ; Monograph of the Lem-
aneaces of the United States; Lepi-.
dium Virginicum in France; New or”
Noteworthy Species; Notes on North .
American Trees; Preliminary Notes
on Perityle; Provisional List of the
Plants of the Bahama Islands; The
True Grasses; The Structure and De-
velopment of Tuomeya fluviatilis and
briefer notices:............++ aeed

oan baaeg OD

PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB........

: : NEW YORK:
Press oF HOLT BROTHERS, 17-27 VANDEWATER STREET.

THE TORREY BOTANICAL cL

OFFICERS FOR 1890.
Presarai,
ADDISON BROWN,

HON.

Vice-President, Treasurer, a
THOMAS HOGG. WM. E. WHEELOCK, M.D.

Recording Secretary, Corresponding a
MARIA O. STEELE. HELENA C, Gavsa.... te
138 Montague Street, Brooklyn, N.Y. Normal College, New vo City vee

| Editor,

N. L. BRITTON, Ph.D. —
Columbia College, New York City.

Associate Editors,

EMILY L. GREGORY, Ph.D., German Literat. C. HENRY KAIN, Diatomacere.
ANNA M. VAIL, French titerature: H. H, RUSBY, M.D , Medical Botany.
ARTHUR BOLLICS: Ph, B., Recent American Vieiiurel

ie Curator, Librarian, be
JOSEPHINE E. ROGERS, . M.L. By Asari rcunet, Jn. ae

Committee’on Finance, The
"Justus F. POGGENBURG, WM. H, RUDKIN. |

Committee on Admissions, —

HENRY OGDEN, : HELENA C, GASKIN.
11 Pine Street, New York Normal College, New York City.

Library and Herbarium Committee, xf
JOSEPHINE E. ROGERS, _ MILLIE TIMMERMAN, _

M.L. DELAFIELD, Jr. : LENA ROWLEY.
Committees on the Local flora,
PHANEROGAMIA, CRYPTOGAMIA,
Pror. THOS. C. PORTER, ELIZABETH G. BRITTON,
_N. L. BRITTON, Ph.D., . MARIA O. STEELE. .
H. H, RUSBY, M.D. SMITH ELY JELLIFFE, M.D,

The Club meets regularly at Columbia College, 49th Street and Madison. A ny
_ nue, New York City, on the second Tuesday and fourth Wednesday of each month a
except July, August and September, at 8 0 "clock, P.M. Botanists are a
- vited to attend. sige
MEMBERS oF THE CLUB will please remit their annual dues for 1890, now
4 payable, to Dr. Wm. E. Wheelock, Treasurer, 26 E. 68th St., New York City.

é

a a ails ak ak ASE To de, SY it

“MISSOURI
GARDEN:

AUGUST, 1890.

‘BULLETIN

OF THE

A MONTHLY JOURNAL OF BOTANY.

EDITED BY

NATHANIEL LORD BRITTON,

AND OTHER MEMBERS OF THE CLUB.

CON TENTS

PAGE. . PAGE,

a panini List of Species of the Genus RECENT AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERA-
Heuchera: Wm. E. Wheelock.......-+++-- 191 TURE.—A Revision of the Genus Arau-

: ‘Seager Sketch of Dr. Geo. Thur- + carioxylon of Kraus; The Causes of
F Cypress Knees; Elements of Structural

and Systematic Botany for High Schools
and Elementary Col'ege Courses; An

oo : ; ‘ ; Aquarium S udy of Fungi affecting .
‘ 1886 —XII1 : PS ee ee ee 211! righas Heterosporous Fern. Allies of
A New Fern. (P.ate CIV): D.C. Haton.. 215) the Pacific Coast and Mexico; The
A New Fern for North America: Thos. C. False Shagbark Hickory (Hicoria mi-
crocarpa); Insular Floras; Notes on
North Americah Trees; The Charac.
ters of Otacanthus; Plante Glaziovi-!
caraeewe OF FOREIGN LITERATURE.—On ane; Characteristic Sand-hill Flora of
the Presence of Stipules” in Lonicera Kansas; Some New Western Plants, ’

and briefer notices....... Pe tute Sieg a tS

NEW YORK:
PRESS OF HOLT BROTHERS, 17-27 VANDEWATER STREET.
* \

‘

OFFICERS. FOR 1890.

+ .
President, ;

HON. ADDISON BROWN..

Pace President : Treasurer,
THOMAS HOGG. - “WM. E. WHEELOCK, M.D:

Recording Secretary, Corresponding: Secretary,
MARIA O. STEELE, Be: HELENA a GASKIN,.
138 Montague Street, Brooklyn, N.Y. Normal College, so York

Editor,
'N. L. BRITTON, Ph.D.
Columbia College, New York City.

. Sl sslieiots Editors,

peiY GREGORY, Ph. if Geni Eiken C. HENRY KAIN, Diatomacez.

ANNA M. ‘VAIL, French Literature. H. H. RUSBY, M.D, Medical Botany,
# ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ph.B., Recent American Literature.

~

Curator, , _ + Librarian,
_ JOSEPHINE E. RESERG, clas M. L, DELAFIELD, Jr.

Committer-on Finance, ate
_ Justus F. POGGENBURG, “WM. H, RUDKIN.

*

ghee: Commitice on Admissions,

HENRY OGDEN. | | HELENA C. GASKIN,
rr Pine Street, New York City. ~ Normal eecenie New York a

Library and Hitberlien Cotiseltice

ae JOSEPHINE E. ROGERS, MILLIE TIMMERMAN,
- M.L. DELAFIELD, Jr. LENA ROWLEY.

Committees on the Local Flora, '
PHANEROGAMIA, CRYPTOGAMIA,

_ Pror, THOS. C. PORTER, ELIZABETH G, BRITTON,
__N. L. BRITTON, Ph.D., MARIA 0. STEELE, Ag
HH, RUSBY, M.D. SMITH ELY JELLIFFE, M.D, _

ee nue, ee York City, on the second Tuesday and fourth Wednesday of ohh mot
except July, — and September, at 8 o’clock, P.M. Botanists are ie

will be $2.00.

_ short t time. Price 50 cents. .

By Sian of the Club, the subscription price of the next volume of the BULLENIN

A General Index to Vols. VII-XVI (1880-1889) is prepared, and will be issued in a

mei ec No,’ te Vol. Il, of the Stmwors, containing Professor Halsted’s paper on ‘Reserve
_ Food sbi ai in Buds and Surrounding Parts,” is ready for distribution. Price, 50 cents.

Vou. XVII.

SEPTEMBER, 1{890.

eeu LL LEIS

OF THE

A MONTHLY JOURNAL OF BOTANY.

EDITED BY

NATHANIEL LORD BRITTON,

AND OTHER MEMBERS OF THE CLUB.
Tatistonbacat
BOTANICAL

PAGE.

New or Little Known Grasses—II: lt,
Lamson-Scribner ....:.... Bp A he NT ie
Proceedings of the Botanical Club of the
A, A. A. S., Indianapolis ee Au-
Mgupt, 1890...-.-..:... Sa PR NEGO ok goes
List of Botanical Papers Presented be-
fore the Section of Biology, Indianap-
olis Meeting, A. A. A. 8., August, 1890. . 239
_ BoranicaL Nores.—Tubular Flowers in
Rudbeckia: A. W. Hosmer ; Progress at
Brown University: W. W. Bailey....... 240
REVIEWS OF FOREIGN LITERATURE.—Con-
spectus Flore Europex ; Monograph of
Genus Orobanche; Experimental Re-

GARDEN
CON TEN. FS

PAGE.

searches on the Modifications of Leaves

in Maritime Plants........ Aste Sl xe | 243

RECENT AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERA-
TURE.—A Revision of North American
Cornacee ; History of Garden Vegeta-
bles; List of Fungi in the Collection of

the Natural Science Association of

Staten Island; Lists of Plants Collected
by Dr. Edward Palmer in 1888 and 1889
in Southern and Lower California; Pre-
‘liminary List of the Mosses of Staten
Island; Native Shrubs of California ;
Pitcher Plants; ; Upon a Collection of
Plants made by Mr. G. C. Nealley in

the Region of the Rio Grande, in Texas. 243

‘NEW YORK:
PRESS OF HOLT BROTHERS, 17-27 VANDEWATER STREET.

No. 9.

;
:
é
<
(
’

OFFICERS FOR 1890.

President,
HON. ADDISON BROWN.

Treasurer,
WM. E. WHEELOCK, M.D.

Vite-President,
- THOMAS HOGG.

Recording Secretary, _ Corresponding Seeretary,

MARIA O. STEELE. |. HELENA ©. GASKIN, —
138 Montague Street, Brooklyn, N.Y. 0

Laditor,
N: L. BRITTON, Ph.D.
Columbia College, New York City.

Associate os vain,

NWA M. VAIL, Rtench T jrevaure: H. H. RUSBY, M.D., Médtend Botany.
ety ARTHUR BOLLICK, Ph.B., Recent American Literature.

Tieriai,
M. L. DELAFIELD, JR.

Curator,
JOSEPHINE E. ROGERS,

Rie Committee on Finance,
| Justus F. POGGENBURG, : WM. H. RUDKIN.

Committee on Aaiectens.
HENRY OGDEN. ‘ _ HELENA C. GASKIN.
rr Pine Street, New York City. Normal College, New York City. °
: ¢
Library and Sertaiti Committee,
_ JOSEPHINE E. ROGERS, ’ MILLIE TIMMERMAN,
_M. L. DELAFIELD, Jr. ~ LENA: ROW Lars.

Committees on the Local Flora,

i PHANEROGAMIA, CRYPTOGAMIA, —

_ Pror. THOS. C. PORTER, ELIZABETH G. BRITTON, *
» N. Li BRITTON, Ph.D., - MARIA O. STEELE.

F. H. RUSBY, M:D. *: SMITH ELY JELLIFFE, M.D.

Be oy ‘The Club meets regularly at Columbia College, 49th Street and Madison Ave
ee New York City, on the second Tuesday and fourth Wednesday of each mon

except July, August and September, at 8 o’clock, P.M. Botanists are one in-
vited tovattend.

General Index to Vols. VII-XVI (1880-1889) is EE ER and will be issued 1

‘short time. Price 50 cents.

No.1, Vol. Il, of the MEmorrs, containing Professor Halsted’s paper on “
Food Materials in Buds gua Surrounding Parts,” is ready for distribution. Price, 50

7

“Vor. XVII

OF THE

ORREY BOTANICAL CLU

A MONTHLY JOURNAL OF BOTANY.

EDITED BY

"NATHANIEL LORD BRITTON,

“AND OTHER MEMBERS OF THE CLUB.
MISSOURI
BOTANICAL

OCTOBER,

1890. No.

GARDEN. =.
CONTENTS:

oe 1 ; PAGE.
Notes on the Manner of Growth of the
Cell Wall (Plate CIX.): Emily L. Greg-
A SE he ann ee 24

Fe A Further Enumeration of. some Lichens
of the United States: John W. Eckfeldt. 255

7

n Notes on Se Js buseaeis John

A new North American Lejeunea: Lucien
M. Underwood,

BOTANICAL Noves.—Polygonatum bijlor-
um: James L. Bennett; A Handbook
of the Mosses of Northeastern America :
Elizabeth G. Britton; Note on the East-
__ ward Extension of Pentstemon albidus :
; Maton Note on Agplenium

PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB

pinnatifidum: Witmer Stone ; Notes ©
two Carices: Merritt L. Fernald.. ;

RECENT AMERICAN BOTANICAL Liens

TURE.—Aconitum Fischeri; Catalogue
of the Plants growing in the Ohio Sta

University Grounds; Color Notes

California Wild Flowers; Contributions
to Texan Botany; Fermentation of
Bread; Flora of the Californian Is-
lands; Fungi of Western New York:
New Hepatics; History of Garden Veg-
etables; A Curious Form of Kalmia ;
Pyrus arbutifolta : The Virginia Creep-
er; Notes on Mexican Water Lilies ;
West American Oaks, Part II, and
priéfer notices.........-...eee eee ER

NEW YORK:
PRESS OF HOLT BROTHERS, 17-27 VANDEWATER STREET.

OFFICERS FOR oe

President,
HON. ADDISON BROWN.

Vice-President, Treasurer,
_ THOMAS HOGG. WM. E. WHEELOCK, M.D.

Recording Secretary, Crispi Secretary,
MARIA O. STEELE. | HELENA C. GASKIN,

138 Montague Street, Brooklyn, N Ae Normal College, New York phe.

Editor,

N. L. BRITTON, Ph.D.
Columbia College, New York City.

Associate Editors,

ILYL. GREGORY, Ph.D., German Literat. C. HENRY KAIN, Diatomacee.
NA M. VAIL, French titsinions: . H. H. RUSBY, M.D., Medical Botany.
ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ph.B., Recent American Literature.

- Curator, Librarian,
JOSEPHINE E. ah ereg ak M. L. DELAFIELD, Jr.

a ‘Committee on Finance,
a sustus F. POGGENBURG, WM. H. RUDKIN.

: Committee on Admissions,
HENRY OGDEN. _ HELENA C. GASKIN.

- x1 Pine Street, New York City. Normal College, New York City.

- Library and Herbarium Committee,
_ JOSEPHINE E. ROGERS, MILLIE TIMMERMAN,
-M.L. DELAFIELD, Jr. LENA ROWLEY.

Committees on the Local Flora,

PHANEROGAMIA, CRYPTOGAMIA,
- Pror. THOS. C. PORTER, ELIZABETH G. BRITTON,
N. L. BRITTON, Ph.D., MARIA O. STEELE.
- H, H. RUSBY, M.D. SMITH ELY JELLIFFE, M.D.

The Club meets regularly at Columbia College, 4gth Street and Madison Ave-
, New York City, on the second Tuesday and fourth Wednesday of each month,
spt July, August and September, at 8 o’clock, P.M. Botanists are cordially in-
d to attend.

Hits, MEMBERS oF THE CLUB will please remit their annual dues for 1890, now
: - payable, to Dr. Wm. E. Wheelock, Treasurer, 26 E. 68th St., New York City.

1. Vol. II, of the MEmorrs, containing Professor Halsted’s paper ¢ on “4 Rese 5
‘Food Materials in Buds and Surrounding Parts,” is ready for distribution. mee 50 cen

4

NOVEMBER, 1890.

BU LLETIN

OF THE

Vor. XVII.

ea 2k *

A MONTHLY JOURNAL OF BOTANY,

EDITED BY

NATHANIEL LORD BRITTON,
AND OTHER MEMBERS. OF THE CLUB.
MISSOU Ri
GARDEN, 7 el oe
CONTENTS: ad ee
PAGE,.

. Contributions to Canadian << iecoagee
*) No. 8: John Macoun.......... ogre

ae oe

INDEX TO RECENT AMERICAN BOTANICAL
LITERATURE.—Acrostichum Yatesii ; As-
lenium blepharodes, a new Fern mi

An Enumeration of the Plants collected
_by Dr. H. H. Rusby in South America,

__-1885-1886.—XIV.: N. L. Britton..........
‘s Indian Bread Root: ' Wi M. Beaeahow;

‘Frank McDonald...........0s000200000 0

- BOrANIoaL Nores.—New Localities: L.
N. Johnson ; A new Locality for Asplen-
ium ebenoides: S.L. Powell; A Distri-
fe Ee Ae eee ;

- REVIEWS OF FOREIGN EITERATURE.—In-
troduction to Fresh-water Alga, with

. 285

New Guatemalan Bromeliaces ; Recent
Cactus papers; Contributions to Amer-_
ican Botany, XVII; A new Epilobium ;

A List of the State and Local Florasof ~
the United States and British Amer- _
ica; A Classification of , American
Grapes; Grasses of the Southwest; —
Huckleberries and Blueberries; Con-
tributions to the knowledge of North |
American Sphagna ; Report of the Bot- —
anist on the Grasses and Forage Plants
of Nebraska, with a Catalogue of the
Plants of the ‘State ; Results of a Biolog-
ical Survey of the San Veneipiess Moun-
tains and the Desert of the Little Col-
oradoin Arizona; Sequoia Forests of the
Sierra Nevada ; Zonaria variegata,and
briefer notices.........+. beak she yas goin

“
ea
ower California; Azolla Caroliniana ; i Aa

PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB..... (eas Gaepeisy CRUSE

_. NEW YORE:
_ PRESS oF Hour t BROTHERS, 17-27 VANDEWATER STREET.

OFFICERS FOR 1890.

President,

HON, ADDISON BROWN,

a

Vice-President, Treasurer,
THOMAS HOGG. WM. E. WHEELOCK, M.D.

Recording Secretary, 3 Corresponding Secretary,
MARIA O. STEELE. HELENA C. GASKIN. oe
“138 Montague Street, Brooklyn, N.Y. Normal College, New York City _

Editor,
'
N. L. BRITTON, Ph.D.
Columbia College, New York City.

A ssocitate Lditors,

NAM. VAIL, Fietich Lientere, H. H. RUSBY, M.D., Medical Botany. _
ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ph.B., Retent American Literate: ;

Curator, ae Librarian,
JOSEPHINE E. ROGERS, M. L, DELAFIELD, Jr.

Committee on Finance,
q JUSTUS 1 F, POGGENBURG, WM. H. RUDKIN.

Committee on Admissions,

- HENRY OGDEN, HELENA C. GASKIN.
ri Pine alees New YorkCity.- ; Normal College, New York City.

Library and Herbarium Christies

JOSEPHINE E. ROGERS, MILLIE TIMMERMAN,
~M.L. DELAFIELD, Jr. LENA ROWLEY. .

Committees on the Local Flora,

i PHANEROGAMIA, f CRYPTOGAMIA,.

- Pror. THOS. C. PORTER, ELIZABETH G. BRITTON,
N. L. BRITTON,’ Ph.D., MARIA O. STEELE.

__H, H, RUSBY,-M.D. SMITH ELY JELLIFFE, M.D.

The Club meets regularly at Columbia College, 4gth Street and Madison Ave-

3;
%

a) ee a ONS oe Ps z < = 2 in y aig a a q

x to Vol. XVILof the BULLETIN will be distributed with the January number
-Mxmorrs, entitled ** ontributions to the Flora of Virginia,” contain-
a Arthur Hollick, with two plates, is about ready for

“Studies on the Germination of Some

“A MONTHLY JOURNAL OF BOTANY, =
Stam Sa
NATHANIEL LORD BRITTON,

N OTHER MEMBERS: OF THE CLUB.

Ml SSsOURL

} CARDEN, e . eee
-) CONTENTS: ee
eee page ee se PAGE. . 3

INDEX TO; RECENT AMERICAN BOTANICAL
Lireraturg.—Annual. Report of the
State Botanist of the State of New York;

310 |,. Contributions to the Flora of Paraguay;

tes on Oorticium Oakesii and Michenera
artocreas (Plate CX): Geo, J. Peirce..-- 301
- Newor Noteworthy North American Pha-

nerogams—Ill : N. Lb, Britton......----
The ‘Flora of the Summit of’ Mt. Monad- Dewberries; The Distribution of Plants;

"nock/N.H., in July: Walter Deane... 316 | The Genus Eriogynia; On the Struc: —
: ture and Development of the Lemon;-

The, Pinnatifid: Leaves of Nasturtium
SArmordcia: Chas: A. Davis «...++-++-+++ 318 List of Botanists of the Agricultural _—
BOTANICAL Nores.—Appointment of Dr. Experiment Stations; A Monograph of ©

“Thos. Morong to the Curatorship of the the Genus Coccoloba; Origin of the © :
- Plane Trees; Plants collected in 1889 at

Columbia College Herbarium; Hepa-
“tices Britannica Exsiccate ; New Lo- Socorro and Clarion Islands, Pacific ~
ealities for Ligusticum Scoticum. and Ocean; The Rubi of the Antilles; the
Desmodium sessilifolium: C. B. Graves. 319 Silva of North America; The Trees of t
; \ REVIEWS or ForeiGN LiTeRATURE.—Sur Northeastern Nort etfs TG, and ans
certains Rapports entre L’Arabie Heu- briefer notices........-- agian: \ekabaae a one
_yeuse et L’Ancienne Egypte,...------- . 820 | PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB......---- oe

Sor NEW 'YORK: ae
| Press oF Hour BROTHERS, 17-27. VANDEWATBR STREET.

HON. ADDISON 1 BROWN,

\ Pieesrissdends
_ THOMAS H OGG.

adenine Secretary,

“MARIA O. STEELE. 5 ht
138 Montages areeet ae rst a

. Associate Editors, he
EMILY L. GREGORY,-Ph.D., German Literat. C. HENRY KAIN, ‘Diatowecee:

BANS. M. VAIL, French Literature. H, H. RUSBY, M.D., Medical Bott.
- “ARTHUR HOLLICK,. Ph. Bie Recent Aarertshg Literature ”

. Curator, ; oe eat see “Teheabine . *
_ JOSEPHINE E. ROGERS, fences |. Mae P08: DELAFIELD, a

; Coisiasttoe on. : Finance, Wea Se . 3
Jostus Fy POSGHA SOR, ‘ seins WM. H, | RUDKIN.

HENRY OGDEN. gee C.GASKIN,
rr Pine Street, New $2 ona os are _Nonauit Colitge, ‘New York City.”

bsieaby ciel zipheti Catia " er ee
| JOSEPHINE E, ROGERS, fe : MILLIE TIMMERMAN,
oM, L. DELAENEEES Tee ey mee -LENA> ROWLEY.

-

Commitiees on dees: Local Flora,

a

Dis. BRANEROGAMIA, Soe tS Nine ; CRYPTOGAMIA,- VAReESS

’ Pror. THOS. C.. PORTER, "ELIZABETH G, BRITTON,

i ae BRITTON, PRD gece 3 ee: MARIA 0. STEELE.

Be 0 RUSBY, M. D. ay at 2 SMITH ELY JELLIFFE, M. D.

The Club miedihe regularly at: Columbia College, bth Street and Madison Aras a
We, New York City, on the second Tuesday and. fourth Wednesday of each month, »
except July, August and September, at 80 ‘clock, P.M, Botanists are rotataaa i < in.
vited to attend,

- Members oF THE CLUB will eae. remit their. annual tues for 1890,
eS to Dr. Wm. E. Wheelock, Treasurer, 26 E, 68th St, New: York Cit